%%% -*-BibTeX-*-
%%% ====================================================================
%%% BibTeX-file{
%%% author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe",
%%% version = "1.20",
%%% date = "07 February 2012",
%%% time = "15:25:21 MST",
%%% filename = "hpj.bib",
%%% address = "University of Utah
%%% Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB
%%% 155 S 1400 E RM 233
%%% Salt Lake City, UT 84112-0090
%%% USA",
%%% telephone = "+1 801 581 5254",
%%% FAX = "+1 801 581 4148",
%%% URL = "http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe",
%%% checksum = "00301 71299 350287 3342177",
%%% email = "beebe at math.utah.edu, beebe at acm.org,
%%% beebe at computer.org (Internet)",
%%% codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
%%% keywords = "Hewlett--Packard Journal, bibliography",
%%% license = "public domain",
%%% supported = "yes",
%%% docstring = "This is a bibliography of publications in the
%%% Hewlett--Packard Journal (ISSN 0018-1153),
%%% published by Hewlett--Packard Company.
%%%
%%% Volume 1 appeared in 1949, and the journal
%%% has appeared yearly since, except for volume
%%% 20, which was published in 1968--1969.
%%% Current issues are published bimonthly in
%%% February, April, June, August, October, and
%%% December.
%%%
%%% *********************************************
%%% * Note added on 29 October 2000: *
%%% * Publication regrettably ceased with *
%%% * volume 50, number 1, November 1998, and *
%%% * it appears that the World-Wide Web *
%%% * location given below has been removed. *
%%% *********************************************
%%%
%%% At version 1.20, the year coverage looked
%%% like this:
%%%
%%% 1967 ( 3) 1978 ( 46) 1989 ( 62)
%%% 1968 ( 14) 1979 ( 69) 1990 ( 73)
%%% 1969 ( 29) 1980 ( 71) 1991 ( 69)
%%% 1970 ( 24) 1981 ( 85) 1992 ( 116)
%%% 1971 ( 28) 1982 ( 72) 1993 ( 123)
%%% 1972 ( 46) 1983 ( 93) 1994 ( 112)
%%% 1973 ( 33) 1984 ( 79) 1995 ( 127)
%%% 1974 ( 48) 1985 ( 77) 1996 ( 102)
%%% 1975 ( 47) 1986 ( 71) 1997 ( 80)
%%% 1976 ( 39) 1987 ( 69) 1998 ( 37)
%%% 1977 ( 50) 1988 ( 93)
%%%
%%% Article: 2087
%%%
%%% Total entries: 2087
%%%
%%% Hewlett--Packard Company maintains information
%%% about recent issues of this journal at the
%%% World-Wide Web location
%%%
%%% http://www.hp.com/hpj/journal.html
%%%
%%% Hewlett--Packard has generously permitted
%%% copying of information at that Web site under
%%% the following copyright restrictions:
%%%
%%% ``(c) 1996 Hewlett--Packard Company. All
%%% rights reserved. Permission to copy
%%% without fee all or part of this
%%% publication is hereby granted provided
%%% that (1) the copies are not made, used,
%%% displayed, or distributed for commercial
%%% advantage; (2) the Hewlett--Packard Company
%%% copyright notice and the title of the
%%% publication and date appear on the
%%% copies; and (3) a notice appears stating
%%% that the copying is by permission of the
%%% Hewlett--Packard Company.''
%%%
%%% Since this bibliography file is freely
%%% available on the Internet, I consider that it
%%% falls under the permissions granted by
%%% Hewlett--Packard with respect to inclusion of
%%% article abstracts.
%%%
%%% That page contains pointers to Web pages for
%%% individual journal issues beginning with the
%%% February 1994 issue (volume 45, number 1). As
%%% of late May 1996, PostScript versions of
%%% individual articles were available, and a
%%% note said that HTML versions were in
%%% preparation.
%%%
%%% Starting with the August 1996 issue, PDF
%%% versions of articles are also available. You
%%% can use Adobe's free Acrobat Reader to view
%%% such files.
%%%
%%% In the entries below, WWW URLs are supplied
%%% for all articles referenced on the HP Web
%%% pages; in most cases, the URL references the
%%% issue page, rather than the specific article,
%%% because multiple article formats are
%%% available.
%%%
%%% This bibliography has been collected from
%%% bibliographies in the author's personal
%%% files, from the OCLC Contents1st database,
%%% from the UnCover database, from the IEEE
%%% INSPEC (1967--1997) database, from the
%%% American Mathematical Society MathSciNet
%%% database, from the Compendex database
%%% (1980--1996), from the HP WWW resource
%%% noted above, and from the computer science
%%% bibliography collection on ftp.ira.uka.de
%%% in /pub/bibliography to which many people
%%% of have contributed. The snapshot of this
%%% collection was taken on 5-May-1994, and it
%%% consists of 441 BibTeX files, 2,672,675
%%% lines, 205,289 entries, and 6,375
%%% <at>String{} abbreviations, occupying
%%% 94.8MB of disk space.
%%%
%%% Numerous errors in the sources noted above
%%% have been corrected. Spelling has been
%%% verified with the UNIX spell and GNU ispell
%%% programs using the exception dictionary
%%% stored in the companion file with extension
%%% .sok.
%%%
%%% BibTeX citation tags are uniformly chosen as
%%% name:year:abbrev, where name is the family
%%% name of the first author or editor, year is a
%%% 4-digit number, and abbrev is a 3-letter
%%% condensation of important title words.
%%% Citation tags were automatically generated by
%%% software developed for the BibNet Project.
%%%
%%% In this bibliography, entries are sorted in
%%% publication order, using ``bibsort
%%% -byvolume.''
%%%
%%% The checksum field above contains a CRC-16
%%% checksum as the first value, followed by the
%%% equivalent of the standard UNIX wc (word
%%% count) utility output of lines, words, and
%%% characters. This is produced by Robert
%%% Solovay's checksum utility.",
%%% }
%%% ====================================================================
@Preamble{
"\hyphenation{
Chris-to-pher
Firm-ware
Ha-ber-le
Hough-ton
Schwei-kardt
Schwie-bert
Small-talk
firm-ware
}"
}
%%% ====================================================================
%%% Acknowledgement abbreviations:
@String{ack-nhfb = "Nelson H. F. Beebe,
University of Utah,
Department of Mathematics, 110 LCB,
155 S 1400 E RM 233,
Salt Lake City, UT 84112-0090, USA,
Tel: +1 801 581 5254,
FAX: +1 801 581 4148,
e-mail: \path|beebe@math.utah.edu|,
\path|beebe@acm.org|,
\path|beebe@computer.org| (Internet),
URL: \path|http://www.math.utah.edu/~beebe/|"}
%%% ====================================================================
%%% Journal abbreviations:
@String{j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J = "Hew\-lett-Pack\-ard Journal: technical
information from the laboratories of
Hew\-lett-Pack\-ard Company"}
%%% ====================================================================
%%% Bibliography entries:
%%% NB: Volumes 1--29 (1949--1978) span years. At least up to volume
%%% 37, individual issues carry no issue number, just a month and year.
%%% The first article begins on the inside cover, and there is no
%%% annual index. Volumes 38--date are not available at the University
%%% of Utah Marriott Library for further checking of this bibliography.
@Article{Ohme:1967:LE,
author = "W. E. Ohme",
title = "Loudness evaluation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "3",
pages = "2--14",
month = nov,
year = "1967",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4350 (Acoustic noise, its effects and control)",
keywords = "acoustic noise; noise abatement",
}
@Article{Blasser:1967:ALA,
author = "H. Blasser and H. Finckh",
title = "Automatic loudness analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "3",
pages = "12--15",
month = nov,
year = "1967",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation)",
keywords = "acoustic analysis; acoustic intensity measurement",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1967:LAA,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "Loudness analyzer aids noise reduction, production
testing, speech analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "3",
pages = "15--19",
month = nov,
year = "1967",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation)",
keywords = "noise abatement; speech",
}
@Article{Poulter:1968:PTC,
author = "T. C. {Poulter, Jr.}",
title = "A practical time-shared computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "11",
pages = "2--7",
month = jul,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
keywords = "time-sharing programs; time-sharing systems",
}
@Article{Throne:1968:RFS,
author = "D. H. Throne",
title = "A rubidium-vapor frequency standard for systems
requiring superior frequency stability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "11",
pages = "8--14",
month = jul,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
keywords = "atomic clocks; measurement standards",
}
@Article{Grisell:1968:DTR,
author = "T. L. Grisell and I. H. {Hawley, Jr.} and B. D. Unter
and P. G. Winninghoff",
title = "Design of a third-generation {RF} spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "12",
pages = "8--14",
month = aug,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "display instruments; frequency measurement",
}
@Article{Hearn:1968:NCS,
author = "J. R. Hearn and D. C. Spreng",
title = "New concepts in signal generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "12",
pages = "15--19",
month = aug,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "signal sources; swept-frequency oscillators",
}
@Article{Unter:1968:FCF,
author = "B. D. Unter",
title = "Fully calibrated frequency-domain measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "19",
number = "12",
pages = "27--??",
month = aug,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; frequency-domain analysis",
}
@Article{Monnier:1968:NEC,
author = "R. E. Monnier",
title = "A new electronic calculator with computerlike
capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "3--9",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "special purpose computers",
}
@Article{Osborne:1968:HDM,
author = "T. E. Osborne",
title = "Hardware design of the model {9100A} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "10--13",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "special purpose computers",
}
@Article{Cochran:1968:IPC,
author = "D. S. Cochran",
title = "Internal programming of the {9100A} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "14--16",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "special purpose computers",
}
@Article{Near:1968:CHM,
author = "C. W. Near",
title = "Computer-testing the {HP} model {9100A} calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "1",
pages = "17--19",
month = sep,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
keywords = "computers; electronics applications of computers;
special purpose",
}
@Article{Wade:1968:RTV,
author = "J. M. Wade",
title = "Recording true-rms voltages over wide dynamic ranges",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "2",
pages = "9--14",
month = oct,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "recorders; voltmeters",
}
@Article{Peterson:1968:LTS,
author = "G. L. Peterson",
title = "The language of time sharing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "programming languages; time-sharing programs",
}
@Article{Whatley:1968:RAL,
author = "L. A. Whatley",
title = "Rapid analysis of low frequency spectra",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "4",
pages = "2--7",
month = dec,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "waveform analysis",
}
@Article{Talle:1968:HDP,
author = "O. S. {Talle, Jr.}",
title = "High dynamic performance {X-Y} recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "4",
pages = "8--11",
month = dec,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5590 (Other computer peripheral
equipment)",
keywords = "recorders",
}
@Article{Colwell:1968:LGO,
author = "J. M. Colwell and P. F. Febvre",
title = "A low-cost, general-purpose oscillator with low
distortion and high stability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "4",
pages = "12--15",
month = dec,
year = "1968",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "oscillators",
}
@Article{Adam:1969:BPC,
author = "S. F. Adam and G. R. Kirkpatrick and R. A. Lyon",
title = "Broadband passive components for microwave network
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "5",
pages = "2--10",
month = jan,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "microwave measurement; network analysers",
}
@Article{Bauhaus:1969:MHT,
author = "R. H. Bauhaus",
title = "Measuring high-frequency transistor parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "5",
pages = "11--14",
month = jan,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560J (Bipolar transistors); B7310G (Frequency
measurement)",
keywords = "microwave measurements; transistors",
}
@Article{Steinmetz:1969:RDC,
author = "W. J. Steinmetz and R. L. Knapp",
title = "Recording data for computer analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "5",
pages = "15--20",
month = jan,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "data communication equipment",
}
@Article{Bordon:1969:SD,
author = "H. C. Bordon and G. P. Pighini",
title = "Solid-state displays",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "6",
pages = "2--12",
month = feb,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5530
(Pattern recognition and computer vision equipment)",
keywords = "display systems; indicators; integrated circuits",
}
@Article{Zettler:1969:HHC,
author = "R. A. Zettler and A. M. Cowley",
title = "Hybrid hot carrier diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "6",
pages = "13--20",
month = feb,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices);
B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
keywords = "semiconductor diodes; semiconductor junctions",
}
@Article{Kay:1969:TFN,
author = "B. Kay and J. L. Harmon",
title = "Twelve functions in a new digital meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "7",
pages = "2--13",
month = mar,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
keywords = "analogue-digital conversion; digital instrumentation;
digital readout",
}
@Article{Cargile:1969:CST,
author = "W. P. Cargile",
title = "A computer-controlled system for testing digital logic
modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "7",
pages = "14--20 (or 2--20??)",
month = mar,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C7430 (Computer
engineering); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "logic devices; production",
}
@Article{Donn:1969:GWD,
author = "E. Donn",
title = "Generating words for digital testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "8",
pages = "8--13",
month = apr,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
keywords = "equipment; logic circuits; pulse generators; signal
generators; test",
}
@Article{Linkwitz:1969:FON,
author = "S. Linkwitz",
title = "Frequency-domain oscilloscope now measures to 1250
{MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "8",
pages = "14--20",
month = apr,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130 (General circuit analysis and synthesis
methods); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems)",
keywords = "analysis; display instruments; frequency measurement;
frequency-domain; oscillographs",
}
@Article{Gordon:1969:ICC,
author = "G. B. Gordon and G. A. Reeser",
title = "Introducing the Computing Counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "9",
pages = "2--8",
month = may,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3110G
(Frequency control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices)",
keywords = "counters; digital readout; electric sensing devices;
frequency measurement; indicators",
}
@Article{Band:1969:ACI,
author = "I. T. Band",
title = "Automatic counter inverts period to get frequency",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "9",
pages = "17--19",
month = may,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement); C3110G (Frequency control);
C3120C (Spatial variables control)",
keywords = "digital readout; electric sensing devices; frequency;
measurement",
}
@Article{Lowe:1969:PRC,
author = "R. D. Lowe",
title = "Portable, rugged cable fault locator for {VHF}
communications and {CATV}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "10",
pages = "2--8",
month = jun,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment)",
keywords = "analysis; fault location; telecommunication cables;
time-domain",
}
@Article{Gordon:1969:ILC,
author = "G. B. Gordon",
title = "{IC} logic checkout simplified",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "10",
pages = "14--16",
month = jun,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220 (Integrated circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "integrated circuit testing; logic circuits",
}
@Article{Kapuskar:1969:RMO,
author = "W. T. Kapuskar and C. J. Balmforth",
title = "Real-time measurement and on-line processing of
acoustical and other audio-frequency spectra",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "11",
pages = "2--10",
month = jul,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6130 (Speech analysis and processing techniques);
B6450 (Audio equipment and systems); B7320K (Time
measurement); B7620 (Aerospace test facilities and
simulation); C3120H (Time control); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
keywords = "acoustic variables measurement; acoustics; aerospace
test; analysis; communications applications of
computers; facilities; speech; testing",
}
@Article{Kapuskar:1969:MAN,
author = "W. T. Kapuskar and C. J. Balmforth",
title = "Monitoring airport noise",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "11",
pages = "11--15",
month = jul,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7650 (Ground support systems); B7320Z (Other
nonelectric variables measurement); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "acoustic variables measurement; aerospace;
applications of computers; noise measurement",
}
@Article{Kingsford-smith:1969:NAA,
author = "C. A. Kingsford-smith",
title = "Network analysis at low frequencies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "11",
pages = "16--20",
month = jul,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "network analysers",
}
@Article{Grimm:1969:AT,
author = "R. A. Grimm",
title = "Automated testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "12",
pages = "2--6",
month = aug,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic; equipment testing",
}
@Article{Ewy:1969:CAT,
author = "M. D. Ewy and S. C. Shank",
title = "Choosing an automatic test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "12",
pages = "7--10",
month = aug,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic; equipment testing",
}
@Article{Ewy:1969:BAA,
author = "M. D. Ewy",
title = "Building at automatic test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "12",
pages = "11--20",
month = aug,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic; equipment testing",
}
@Article{Colpitts:1969:GOC,
author = "R. W. Colpitts and D. Allen and T. Vos",
title = "Graphical output for the computing calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "13",
pages = "2--7",
month = sep,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "computer graphics; plotters",
}
@Article{Smith:1969:HTR,
author = "J. H. Smith",
title = "High-resolution time-domain reflectometry with a
portable 30-lb instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "13",
pages = "8--14",
month = sep,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
keywords = "microwave measurements; time-domain analysis",
}
@Article{Perkinson:1969:PDC,
author = "J. C. Perkinson and W. C. {Pierce, Jr.}",
title = "Precision dc current sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "20",
number = "13",
pages = "15--20",
month = sep,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits)",
keywords = "power supply circuits",
}
@Article{Itoh:1969:DMT,
author = "H. Itoh and K. L. Knudsen",
title = "Direct measurement of transistor noise voltage, noise
current and noise figure",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = oct,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "noise measurement; transistors",
}
@Article{Mantena:1969:SNT,
author = "N. R. Mantena",
title = "Sources of noise in transistors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "2",
pages = "8--11",
month = oct,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560J (Bipolar transistors)",
keywords = "noise; transistors",
}
@Article{Horth:1969:PHP,
author = "T. C. Horth",
title = "Premonitory heartbeat patterns recognized by
electronic monitor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "2",
pages = "12--20",
month = oct,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals); B7520 (Patient care and
treatment)",
keywords = "biomedical electronics; electrocardiography;
monitoring; patient",
}
@Article{Rex:1969:CSA,
author = "R. L. Rex and G. T. Roberts",
title = "Correlation, signal averaging, and probability
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); C1260
(Information theory)",
keywords = "correlation theory; probability; signal processing",
}
@Article{Anderson:1969:CRC,
author = "G. C. Anderson and M. A. Perry",
title = "A calibrated real-time correlator\slash averager\slash
probability analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "3",
pages = "9--16",
month = nov,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C1260
(Information theory)",
keywords = "correlators; digital signals; display instruments;
processing; signal",
}
@Article{Rytand:1969:NAR,
author = "W. A. Rytand and D. R. Gildea",
title = "Network analysis in the range 100 {kHz} to 110 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "4",
pages = "2--11",
month = dec,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "display instruments; network analysers",
}
@Article{Zellmer:1969:HIP,
author = "J. Zellmer",
title = "High impedance probing to 500 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "4",
pages = "12--16",
month = dec,
year = "1969",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "electrical impedance; probes; voltage measurement",
}
@Article{Pettit:1970:DO,
author = "J. Pettit",
title = "A d.c.-to-v.h.f. oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "2--8",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes",
}
@Article{Chaffee:1970:FHC,
author = "D. Chaffee",
title = "A fast-writing, high-frequency cathode-ray tube",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "9--10",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2360 (Electron beam scanned tubes)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tubes",
}
@Article{DeVilbiss:1970:WOA,
author = "A. J. DeVilbiss",
title = "A wideband oscilloscope amplifier",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "11--14",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; monolithic integrated
circuits; wideband amplifiers",
}
@Article{Brooksby:1970:MTA,
author = "M. Brooksby and R. D. Pering",
title = "Monolithic transistor arrays for high-frequency
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "15--16",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560J (Bipolar transistors); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "monolithic integrated circuits; transistors",
}
@Article{Mordan:1970:FTB,
author = "W. Mordan",
title = "A fast time base for a high-frequency oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "5",
pages = "17--20",
month = jan,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; time bases",
}
@Article{Rytting:1970:SAN,
author = "D. K. Rytting and S. N. Sanders",
title = "A system for automatic network analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "6",
pages = "2--10",
month = feb,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C5450
(Analogue and hybrid computers and systems)",
keywords = "error compensation; network analysers",
}
@Article{Ray:1970:SAN,
author = "W. A. Ray and W. W. Williams",
title = "Software for the automatic network analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "6",
pages = "11--15",
month = feb,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5450 (Analogue and hybrid computers and systems);
C6150Z (Other systems operation programs)",
keywords = "network analysers; programming",
}
@Article{Schmidhauser:1970:MNT,
author = "R. Schmidhauser",
title = "Measuring nanosecond time intervals by averaging. What
kind of resolution can you get and how do you get it?
What about accuracy?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "8",
pages = "11--13",
month = apr,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time
measurement); C3110G (Frequency control); C7300
(Natural sciences computing)",
keywords = "computer applications; computer-aided design;
counters; measurement; time",
}
@Article{Hanson:1970:HAA,
author = "F. L. Hanson",
title = "High accuracy a.c. calibration to 1100 volts",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "8",
pages = "14--17",
month = apr,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "calibration; voltmeters",
}
@Article{Paxton:1970:NCH,
author = "D. Paxton",
title = "A new camera for high-speed oscilloscope recording",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "8",
pages = "18--20",
month = apr,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2360 (Electron beam scanned tubes); C3370N (Control
applications in photography and cinematography); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; instrumentation;
photography; recording",
}
@Article{Cowley:1970:DAS,
author = "A. M. Cowley",
title = "Design and application of silicon {IMPATT} diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "9",
pages = "2--13",
month = may,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
keywords = "avalanche diodes; transit time devices",
}
@Article{Noguchi:1970:MCA,
author = "H. Noguchi and T. Shimizu and K. Maeda",
title = "Measuring capacitance automatically",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "9",
pages = "14--20",
month = may,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2130 (Capacitors); B7250J (Bridge instruments);
B7310J (Impedance and admittance measurement); B7310Z
(Other electric variables measurement); C3110Z (Other
electric variables control)",
keywords = "bridge instruments; capacitance measurement; electric;
variables measurement",
}
@Article{Roth:1970:DFA,
author = "P. R. Roth",
title = "Digital {Fourier} analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "10",
pages = "2--9",
month = jun,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0220 (Mathematical analysis); C1120 (Mathematical
analysis)",
keywords = "integration",
}
@Article{Kiss:1970:CCF,
author = "A. Z. Kiss",
title = "A calibrated computer-based {Fourier} analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "10",
pages = "10--20",
month = jun,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
C7410B (Power engineering computing)",
keywords = "applications; communications applications of
computers; computer; digital instrumentation",
}
@Article{Barrett:1970:AMP,
author = "P. J. Barrett and R. R. Hay and P. G. Winninghoff",
title = "Adding more precision to spectrum analyzer
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "11",
pages = "10--12",
month = jul,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "frequency measurement",
}
@Article{Dukes:1970:TYG,
author = "J. N. Dukes and G. B. Gordon",
title = "A two-hundred-foot yardstick with graduations every
microinch",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "21",
number = "12",
pages = "2--8",
month = aug,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
(Optical interferometry); A4210J (Optical interference
in homogeneous media); A4220 (Optical propagation and
transmission in inhomogeneous media); A4260K (Laser
beam applications); B4330 (Laser beam interactions and
properties); B4360 (Laser applications); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7320C (Spatial variables
measurement); C3120C (Spatial variables control)",
keywords = "distance measurement; laser beam applications; length;
light interferometers; measurement",
}
@Article{Anderson:1970:PMB,
author = "G. F. Anderson",
title = "A programmable, modular, bidirectional data coupler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "1",
pages = "2--6",
month = sep,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "data communication equipment",
}
@Article{Walko:1970:ISC,
author = "N. E. Walko",
title = "Instrumentation systems controlled by time-shared
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "1",
pages = "7--9",
month = sep,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5600 (Data
communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "data communication equipment; time-sharing systems",
}
@Article{Zeller:1970:OCR,
author = "G. Zeller",
title = "Optical card reader for fast calculator programming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "2",
pages = "8--12",
month = oct,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5560 (Data preparation equipment)",
keywords = "optical character recognition; punched card
equipment",
}
@Article{Bathiany:1970:SMS,
author = "R. H. Bathiany and C. J. Enlow and P. G. Foster and S.
Vitkovits",
title = "Sweeping the microwave spectrum with solid-state
sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
keywords = "microwave oscillators; swept-frequency oscillators",
}
@Article{Pratt:1970:MMS,
author = "R. E. Pratt and R. W. Austin and A. Dethiefsen",
title = "Microcircuits for the microwave sweeper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "3",
pages = "9--16",
month = nov,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
keywords = "frequency oscillators; hybrid integrated circuits;
microwave oscillators; swept-",
}
@Article{Martin:1970:CMS,
author = "D. Martin",
title = "Computing-counter measurement systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "4",
pages = "2--6",
month = dec,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); C3350
(Control in industrial production systems)",
keywords = "automatic control; control; counters; measurement
systems; process",
}
@Article{Ingman:1970:PKC,
author = "E. M. Ingman",
title = "Programmer is key to computing-counter systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "4",
pages = "7--12",
month = dec,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "digital systems; programming",
}
@Article{Plumb:1970:MNL,
author = "J. Plumb and J. Holtzinger",
title = "Measuring noise and level on international telephone
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "4",
pages = "13--16",
month = dec,
year = "1970",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7310F (Power and energy
measurement); C3110E (Power and energy control); C3370C
(Control applications in telephony)",
keywords = "level measurement; level meters; noise; noise
measurement; power measurement; signal generators;
telephone systems; telephony",
}
@Article{Walter:1971:NHM,
author = "C. Walter and H. M. Juneau and L. Thompson",
title = "A new high-speed multifunction {DVM}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "5",
pages = "1--15",
month = jan,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3110B
(Voltage control)",
keywords = "capability; DC readings speed of 1000 per second;
digital voltmeters; high speed multifunction digital
voltmeter; ohms; readings speed of 1000 per second;
true RMS AC; voltage measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ansley:1971:HC,
author = "W. G. Ansley and S. D. Edwards",
title = "{HP\slash CAI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "6",
pages = "2--3",
month = feb,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7810C
(Computer-aided instruction)",
keywords = "computer aided instruction; computer assisted
instruction system; language; standard computer; time
shared computer; time-sharing systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oliver:1971:DCC,
author = "B. M. Oliver",
title = "Distortion in complementary-pair class-{B}
amplifiers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "6",
pages = "11--16",
month = feb,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers)",
keywords = "amplifiers; complementary pair class B amplifiers;
crossover distortion; difference distortion; electric
distortion; feedback distortion suppression; negative;
transistor beta",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Cross:1971:ODR,
author = "J. R. Cross and J. A. Doub and J. M. Stedman",
title = "On-line data reduction for nuclear analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "7",
pages = "2--3",
month = mar,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3340F (Control of nuclear systems)",
keywords = "multichannel nuclear analysers; nuclear
instrumentation; on-line data reduction; online
operation; radioactivity detection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kameoka:1971:VHV,
author = "Y. Kameoka and J. E. Bonhomme",
title = "Very high and very low resistances --- why and how
they are measured",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "7",
pages = "11--16",
month = mar,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4100 (Electricity and magnetism; fields and charged
particles); B2120 (Resistors); B7310J (Impedance and
admittance measurement); C3110J (Impedance and
admittance control)",
keywords = "electrical conductivity measurement; materials
properties; measurement; quality; resistance
measurement; semiconductor contact; very high
resistance; very low resistance measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Donn:1971:MDP,
author = "E. S. Donn",
title = "Manipulating digital patterns with a new binary
sequence generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital pattern manipulation;
pseudorandom binary sequence generator; sequence
generating; shift register",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Upshinsky:1971:HMN,
author = "S. Upshinsky",
title = "How to make a nuclear spectrum hold still",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "9--11",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2930 (Radiation spectrometers and spectroscopic
techniques); B7440 (Particle spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital spectrum stabilizer;
drift compensation; instrumentation; multichannel
analyser; particle; spectrometers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Shergalis:1971:AFO,
author = "L. D. Shergalis",
title = "Astronomers find optical timing of pulsars more
accurate",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "12--13",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A9575 (Astronomical techniques); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7320K (Time measurement)",
keywords = "astronomical instruments; circuits; optical pulse
measurement; pulsars; time measurement; timing",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Adam:1971:PSA,
author = "S. F. Adam",
title = "Programmable step attenuators use
distributed-thin-film attenuator cards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "8",
pages = "14--16",
month = apr,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "attenuators; distributed thin films; microwave
measurement; programmable step attenuators; thin film
circuits; waveguide",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Kirkpatrick:1971:ESD,
author = "G. R. Kirkpatrick",
title = "Effective stripline device characterization",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "9",
pages = "12--16",
month = may,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1320 (Waveguide components); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "State Polytech. Coll., CA, USA",
keywords = "analyzer; components; high frequency circuitry design;
microwave measurement; microwave network; network
analysers; optimum design; strip line; stripline device
characterisation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harrington:1971:RRM,
author = "H. W. Harrington and J. R. Hearn and R. F. Rauskolb",
title = "The routine rotational microwave spectrometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "10",
pages = "2--3",
month = jun,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0758 (Magnetic resonance spectrometers, auxiliary
instruments and techniques); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); B7440 (Particle
spectrometers)",
keywords = "centimetric; microwave devices; microwave measurement;
radiofrequency; routine rotational microwave
spectrometer; spectrometers; wavelength",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Gudnitz:1971:GTS,
author = "L. Gudnitz and H. Tsuda",
title = "General-purpose test system gets digital capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "11",
pages = "2--9",
month = jul,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "applications; applications of computers; automatic
test equipment; automatic testing; computer; digital
device; electron device testing; electronics;
functional logic test; general purpose computer aided
test system; measurement systems; testing",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Hicks:1971:OPM,
author = "C. L. Hicks and M. R. Mellon",
title = "Optical power measurements made easy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "11",
pages = "10--16",
month = jul,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760 (Optical instruments and techniques); A4280
(Optical devices, techniques and applications); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310F
(Power and energy measurement); B7320P (Optical
variables measurement); C3120M (Optical variables
control); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "direct radiometric measurements; electric sensing
devices; fluxmeters; infrared; optical instruments;
optical variables measurement; power measurement;
radiant flux meter; radiometers; ultraviolet",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Band:1971:LMS,
author = "I. T. Band and H. J. Jekat and E. E. May",
title = "Lilliputian measuring system does much, costs little",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "12",
pages = "2--12",
month = aug,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlette-Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "circuits; counters; digital instrumentation;
electronic; emitting diode displays; frequency and time
measurements; high speed bipolar integrated; large
scale integration; logic circuits; MOS; read only
memory; solid state light",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1971:PPS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "A package for portability and serviceability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "12",
pages = "9--??",
month = aug,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging)",
keywords = "5300 system; cast aluminum case; delay; IC; in between
module; LSI; oscilloscope; packaging; plastic clips;
snap on concept",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Michener:1971:AAS,
author = "C. K. Michener",
title = "An almost all solid-state strip-chart recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "22",
number = "12",
pages = "13--16",
month = aug,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B8510 (Drives)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "complex servo system; drives; electromagnetic loud;
linear motor; linear motors; low; pen drive; recorders;
silhouette recorders; speaker; strip chart recorder",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Keiter:1971:FCS,
author = "R. C. Keiter",
title = "A fully calibrated, solid state microwave spectrum
analyzer. Microwave spectrum analysis with performance
advantages previously associated only with lower
frequency instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "1",
pages = "4--9",
month = sep,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "0.01-40 GHz; frequency stability; integrated circuit;
microwave measurement; microwave spectrum analyzer;
mixer; optimum harmonic mixing; spectral analysers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Page:1971:TG,
author = "J. Page",
title = "Tracking generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "1",
pages = "10--11",
month = sep,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); B7250 (Bench and
portable instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "frequency; frequency measurement; loss measurement;
response measurement; return loss measurement; signal
generators; spectral analysers; spectrum analyzer;
tracking signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hawley:1971:LFS,
author = "I. H. {Hawley, Jr.}",
title = "A low frequency spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "1",
pages = "12--15",
month = sep,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "20 Hz to 300 kHz; built in; crystal markers; frequency
measurement; low frequency spectrum analyzer; spectral
analysers; tracking generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coury:1971:PPA,
author = "F. F. Coury",
title = "Price, performance, architecture and the {2100A}
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "2--3",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "general purpose computers; Hewlett Packard Model 2100A
computer; minicomputers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Leis:1971:MRF,
author = "C. T. Leis",
title = "Microprogramming, {ROMs}, firmware and all that",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "4--9",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "computer architecture; firmware; Hewlett Packard Model
2100A; microprocessor; microprogramming; minicomputer;
minicomputers; only storage; read only memory; read-",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Frankenberg:1971:LMS,
author = "R. J. Frankenberg",
title = "A lot of memory in a small space",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "10--12",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320E (Storage on stationary magnetic media)",
keywords = "32K words; core memory; Hewlett Packard Model 2100A;
magnetic core stores; memory core stack design;
minicomputer; minicomputers; reliability; sense
amplifiers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Crawford:1971:BPS,
author = "R. D. Crawford and G. Justice",
title = "A bantam power supply for a minicomputer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "13--15",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C0310 (EDP management); C5420 (Mainframes
and minicomputers)",
keywords = "apparatus; computer facilities; Hewlett Packard Model
2100A; miniaturization techniques; minicomputer;
minicomputers; power supplies to; power supply",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Anonymous:1971:UTS,
author = "Anonymous",
title = "{UTC} time scale to change in 1972",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "2",
pages = "16--??",
month = oct,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
C3110G (Frequency control)",
keywords = "atomic clocks; clocks; Coordinated Universal Time
scale; measurement standards; standards; time
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1971:FSM,
author = "D. Martin",
title = "Frequency stability measurements by computing counter
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "3",
pages = "9--14",
month = nov,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
C3110G (Frequency control); C5450 (Analogue and hybrid
computers and systems)",
keywords = "computer applications; computer counter system;
computers; counters; frequency domain; frequency
stability; frequency stability measurements; high
resolution; hybrid; measurement systems; oscillators;
time domain",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Botka:1971:MII,
author = "J. K. Botka",
title = "More informative impedance measurements, swept from
0.5 to 100 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "3",
pages = "15--19",
month = nov,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1200 (Electronic circuits); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement)",
keywords = "circuit; circuits; complex impedance versus frequency;
design; electric impedance measurement; impedance
measuring system; instantaneous; measurement; network
analysers; probe; probes; swept display; systems;
vector",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shanahan:1971:USG,
author = "J. C. Shanahan",
title = "Uniting signal generation and signal synthesis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "4",
pages = "2--13",
month = dec,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "optimization; signal generators; synthesized signal
generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baldwin:1971:RLI,
author = "R. R. Baldwin and G. B. Gordon and A. F. Rude",
title = "Remote laser interferometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "4",
pages = "14--20",
month = dec,
year = "1971",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4330 (Laser beam
interactions and properties); B4360 (Laser
applications); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement)",
keywords = "distance measurement; interferometry; laser beam
applications; laser interferometry; light; linear and
angular measurements; optical systems; remote",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fanton:1972:CHS,
author = "J. L. Fanton",
title = "A computer-aided hospital system for cardiac
catheterization procedures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "5",
pages = "2--7",
month = jan,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7330 (Biology and
medical computing)",
keywords = "cardiac catheterization; computer reduction of data;
data acquisition; data reduction and analysis;
medicine",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1972:CCF,
author = "M. Baker and J. Pipkin",
title = "Clip-and-read comparator finds {IC} failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "5",
pages = "8--12",
month = jan,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B2220 (Integrated
circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "analysis; comparators (circuits); digital IC failure;
digital integrated circuits; failure; integrated
circuit testing; Model 10529A Logic comparator",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cunningham:1972:IAS,
author = "M. Cunningham and L. Wheelwright",
title = "Introducing the automatic spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "2--6",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "10 kHz to 18 GHz; automatic control; automatic
spectrum analyzer; computer applications; control;
engineering applications of computers; graphics;
interactive; spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Shaffer:1972:OAS,
author = "W. H. Shaffer",
title = "Organizing the automatic spectrum analyzer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "7--9",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "0.01 to 18 GHz; 0.1; automatic control; automatic
spectrum analyzer system; computer applications; model
8553B; model 8555A; party line control bus; RF
converters; spectral analysers; to 110 MHz",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Sanders:1972:AR,
author = "S. N. Sanders",
title = "Automating the {10-MHz-to-18-GHz} receiver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "10--13",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments)",
keywords = "0.01 to 18 GHz; absolute; amplitude calibration;
automatic control; computer applications; frequency
response flatness; HP Model 8555A; IF; intermodulation
distortion; local oscillators; microwave tuning; Model
8552B; quadrupole conversion receiver; receivers;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{McGrath:1972:FTR,
author = "W. R. McGrath and A. Miller",
title = "Fine-line thermal recording on {Z}-fold paper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "6",
pages = "17--19",
month = feb,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "fine line thermal recording; paper; recording; strip
chart recorders",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Ware:1972:TDR,
author = "G. A. Ware",
title = "Time domain reflectometry in narrowband systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "7",
pages = "2--7",
month = mar,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250D (Point-to-point radio systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments)",
keywords = "burst width; carrier frequency; detectable
reflections; fault location; from impedance differences
as small as 1\%; microwave links; narrowband systems;
new time domain; reflectometry system; short burst of
RF for incident pulse; test equipment",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Kameoka:1972:MHC,
author = "Y. Kameoka",
title = "Measuring high-value capacitors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "7",
pages = "8--13",
month = mar,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2130 (Capacitors); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7310J (Impedance and
admittance measurement); C3110J (Impedance and
admittance control)",
keywords = "1 microfarad to 300 millifarad measurements;
capacitance measurement; electric variables
measurement; electrolytic capacitors; four terminal
measurements; indicators; leakage currents; maximum;
resolution 0.02 microfarads",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Folsom:1972:MTR,
author = "J. B. Folsom",
title = "Measuring true {RMS AC} voltages to 100 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "7",
pages = "14--19",
month = mar,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3110B
(Voltage control); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
keywords = "1000 V maximum input voltage; and control; bandwidth;
BCD outputs; DC to 100 MHZ; HP 3403A, 3403B;
indicators; input impedance 10 megohm in parallel with
19; picofarad; remote programming; true RMS AC
voltmeters; voltage measurement; voltmeters",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Larsen:1972:EET,
author = "J. L. Larsen and R. F. Dillman and A. M. Nardizzi and
R. N. Tverdoch",
title = "An effective {ECG} telemetry system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B6210J
(Telemetry); B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B7520
(Patient care and treatment); C3385 (Biological and
medical control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "effective ECG telemetry system; electrocardiography;
instruments; patient monitoring; telemetering systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fox:1972:HIA,
author = "K. A. Fox and M. P. Pasturel and P. S. Showman",
title = "A human interface for automatic measurement systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "8",
pages = "10--17",
month = apr,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic control; automatic measurement systems;
computer interfaces; interactive graphic display;
magnetic tape cassette; man-machine systems;
measurement systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riggen:1972:AGD,
author = "J. Riggen and D. Fogg",
title = "An agile graphic display device",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "8",
pages = "18--23",
month = apr,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "agile graphic display device; computer graphic
equipment; display; display instruments; economics;
systems",
treatment = "E Economic; P Practical",
}
@Article{Herlinger:1972:FTD,
author = "J. E. Herlinger and J. R. Barnes",
title = "A faster, tougher disc drive for small computer
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "2--5",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "cartridge disc drive; drives; magnetic storage
devices; magnetic storage systems; peripheral memory
device",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Herlinger:1972:IDD,
author = "J. E. Herlinger and W. J. Lloyd",
title = "Inside the 7900 Disc Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "6--11",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "accuracy; cartridge disc drive; design features;
drives; magnetic storage devices; magnetic storage
systems; reliability; ruggedness; speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Girdner:1972:RWF,
author = "W. I. Girdner and W. H. Overton",
title = "Reading and writing on the fast disc",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "12--14",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
keywords = "data transfer; heads; magnetic storage devices; phase
locked loop; phase-locked loops; read/write system",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Bowman:1972:EDD,
author = "D. J. Bowman",
title = "An efficient disc drive\slash computer interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "15--16",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8510 (Drives); C3260B (Electric actuators and final
control equipment); C5320 (Digital storage); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; disc drive/computer interface;
drive; drives; I/O structure; magnetic storage systems;
performance",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Hanson:1972:NNI,
author = "R. C. Hanson",
title = "Narrowband noise immunity in a broadband gain-phase
meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "9",
pages = "17--20",
month = may,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310H
(Phase and gain measurement); C1260 (Information
theory)",
keywords = "gain measurement; narrowband noise immunity; noise;
phase meters; wideband gain phase meter",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Whitney:1972:PEC,
author = "T. M. Whitney and F. Rode and C. C. Tung",
title = "The `powerful pocketful': an electronic calculator
challenges the slide rule",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "2--9",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:34 1998",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a1.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "calculator; digits; exponential functions; logarithmic
functions; minicomputers; significant; slide rule;
trigonometric functions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cochran:1972:AAH,
author = "D. S. Cochran",
title = "Algorithms and accuracy in the {HP-35}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "10--11",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:32 1998",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a2.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "accuracy; electronic calculator; minicomputers;
resolution; sine algorithm",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Liljenwall:1972:PPC,
author = "E. T. Liljenwall",
title = "Packaging the pocket calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "12--13",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:31 1998",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a3.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); C5220 (Computer
architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "computer architecture; design engineering; industrial
design; minicomputers; packaging; pocket calculator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cline:1972:NCD,
author = "S. G. Cline and N. D. Marschke",
title = "New capabilities in digital low-frequency spectrum
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "10",
pages = "14--20",
month = jun,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Wed Mar 25 16:47:24 1998",
URL = "http://www.hp.com/hpj/72jun/ju72a4.htm",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "analysers; digital circuits; digital instrumentation;
fast transform; Fourier analyzer; peripherals;
spectral; spectrum analysis",
}
@Article{Tuttle:1972:STO,
author = "R. K. Tuttle",
title = "The synthesized test oscillator --- a new signal
source for the 0.1 {Hz}---13 {MHz} range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "11",
pages = "2--8",
month = jul,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "0.1 Hz to 13 MHz range; 3320B frequency synthesizer;
accurate level setting; frequency synthesizers; high
frequency stability; indirect synthesis; Model; Model
3320A frequency synthesizer; oscillators; precision
levelling circuit; programmable; synthesized test
oscillator; through BCD inputs",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kingsford-Smith:1972:ISG,
author = "C. A. Kingsford-Smith",
title = "The incremental sweep generator --- point-by-point
accuracy with swept-frequency convenience",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "11",
pages = "9--15",
month = jul,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "0.1 Hz to 13 MHz; automatic; automatic frequency
synthesizer; automatic test equipment; digital
controller; frequency oscillators; frequency range;
frequency synthesizers; HP; incremental frequency;
incremental sweep generator; incremental sweeping;
Keyboard tuning; millisecond to 3 seconds; model
3330A/B; residual FM less 1 Hz RMS; steps from 0.1 Hz
to 9.99 MHz; sweep linearity; swept-; testing; time per
step from 1",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Coury:1972:MWC,
author = "F. F. Coury",
title = "Microprogramming and writable control store",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "11",
pages = "16--20",
month = jul,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "applications; computer architecture; computer systems
design; HP2100A minicomputer; microprogramming;
microprograms testing and debugging; minicomputers;
writable control store",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Gookin:1972:CVN,
author = "A. Gookin",
title = "Compactness and versatility in a new plug-together
digital multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "2--6",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "and field use; bench; digital instrumentation; digital
multimeter; model 34701A; test equipment; testing
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1972:NFM,
author = "L. Thompson",
title = "A new five-digit multimeter that can test itself",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "7--12",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital processor; five digit
multimeter; memories; model 3490A; ready only; self
test capability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kasson:1972:FMH,
author = "J. M. Kasson",
title = "Functional modularity helps designer and user of new
measurement and control subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "13--19",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210F (Telemetering systems); B7210G (Data
acquisition systems); C3250 (Telecontrol and
telemetering components)",
keywords = "automatic; control systems; data acquisition;
measurement; measurement and control subsystem;
measurement systems; model 2440A analogue/digital
interface; modules; physical process; printed circuit
cards; sensing; telecontrol equipment; telemetering
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mickowski:1972:MMM,
author = "J. Mickowski",
title = "Multiprogrammer magnifies minicomputer {I/O}
capacity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "23",
number = "12",
pages = "20--23",
month = aug,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "acquisition; architecture; automatic test systems;
computer; data communication equipment; digital data;
direct digital control; driving X-Y and chart
recorders; I/O capacity; minicomputer; minicomputers;
model 6940A multiprogrammer; model 6941A extender;
multiprogramming; process control systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adler:1972:LPP,
author = "R. Adler and J. R. Hofland",
title = "Logic pulser and probe: a new digital troubleshooting
team",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "2--7",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "automatic testing; bad levels; circuits; digital
circuit nodes; digital circuits; digital integrated;
integrated circuit testing; integrated circuits; logic
pulser; open; probe; probes; pulse circuits; pulses",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Urquhart:1972:NML,
author = "R. Urquhart",
title = "A new microwave link analyzer with high-frequency test
tones",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "8--9",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "baseband output; electric variables measurement; high
frequency test tones; intermodulation noise;
measurement; measurements; microwave; microwave link
analyzer; microwave links; noise measurement; swept;
test tone probing; thermal noise; white noise tests",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fisher:1972:MRC,
author = "J. Fisher",
title = "Microwave radio communications and performance
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "10--11",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
keywords = "baseband signal; electric variables measurement;
measurement; microwave; microwave link analyser;
microwave links; microwave radio communications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crabtree:1972:MMR,
author = "M. Crabtree",
title = "{MLA} measures {RF} performance with down converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "17--18",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250 (Bench
and portable instruments); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "distortions; down converter; electric variables
measurement; FM linearity; frequency convertors; group
delay; local oscillator; microwave link analyzer;
microwave links; microwave measurement; mixer; RF
performance; sweep; test tone",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dethlefsen:1972:CMS,
author = "A. E. Dethlefsen",
title = "Communications-oriented microwave solid-state
sweeper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "1",
pages = "19--20",
month = sep,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B6270 (Other telecommunication systems and equipment);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
keywords = "electric variables measurement; IF swept; measurement;
microwave; microwave communication bands; microwave
links; microwave oscillators; microwave solid state
sweeper; oscillators; source; sweep oscillator;
swept-frequency; up converter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nelson:1972:PIS,
author = "G. E. Nelson and D. W. Ricci",
title = "A practical interface system for electronic
instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = oct,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
keywords = "common communications structure; digital; electronic
instruments; I/O circuit cards; instruments; passive
cabling; practical interface system; processing
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Loughry:1972:CDI,
author = "D. C. Loughry",
title = "A common digital interface for programmable
instruments: The evolution of a system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "2",
pages = "8--11",
month = oct,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
keywords = "common digital interface; evolution; instruments;
programmable instruments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nelson:1972:FGM,
author = "G. E. Nelson and P. L. Thomas and R. L. Atchley",
title = "Faster gain-phase measurements with new automatic
{50Hz}-to-{13MHz} network analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "2",
pages = "12--19",
month = oct,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310H (Phase
and gain measurement); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C5490 (Other aspects of analogue and
digital computers)",
keywords = "analysers; analyzers; automatic 50 HZ to 13 MHZ
network; comparator; digital instrumentation; gain;
gain measurement; gain phase measurements; insertion
loss; network; phase measurement; phase shift; signal
response; two port devices",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Vifian:1972:ME,
author = "H. Vifian and F. K. David and W. L. Frederick",
title = "A `voltmeter' for the microwave engineer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "3",
pages = "2--7",
month = nov,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "loss; losses; microwave frequencies; microwave
measurement; return; swept insertion; wide band",
}
@Article{Morrison:1972:VDU,
author = "D. J. Morrison and B. W. Finnie and R. S. Patel and K.
H. Edwards",
title = "Versatile display unit extends correlator capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "3",
pages = "8--15",
month = nov,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6100 (Information and communication theory); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., West Lothian, UK",
keywords = "correlator; display instruments; frequency domains;
spectrum display; time",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Emmermann:1972:VPH,
author = "G. G. Emmermann",
title = "Voltage precision and high current capability-both in
one power supply",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "3",
pages = "16--19",
month = nov,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Rockaway, NJ, USA",
keywords = "high current capability; power supplies to apparatus;
power supply; voltage precision",
}
@Article{Spangler:1972:NSP,
author = "R. M. Spangler",
title = "A new series of programmable calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "2--4",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "calculating apparatus; HP 9800 series; programmable
calculators",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brown:1972:MMC,
author = "C. D. Brown and J. M. Walden",
title = "Model 10 maintains compatibility, expands capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "5--8",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "arithmetic; calculating apparatus; HP 9810; internally
expanding memory; LED display; operations; plug in
function blocks; programmable calculators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{James:1972:IMS,
author = "R. L. James and F. J. Yockey",
title = "Interactive model 20 speaks algebraic language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "8--13",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "algebraic language; calculating apparatus; interactive
mode; LED display; model 20; natural algebraic
language; plug in modules",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spangler:1972:BMC,
author = "R. M. Spangler",
title = "{BASIC-language} model 30 can be calculator, computer,
or terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "14--18",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "9800 series; BASIC; calculating apparatus; computer
terminal; desktop computer; model 30; programmable
calculator; remote",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kohoutek:1972:PIM,
author = "H. J. Kohoutek",
title = "9800 processor incorporates {8-MHz} microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "19--22",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "9800 processor; logic circuitry; microprocessor
section; microprogramming; read only memories",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Finn:1972:AMS,
author = "C. L. Finn",
title = "All-semiconductor memory system includes read-only and
read\slash write chips",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "22--24",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
keywords = "all semiconductor memory; calculating apparatus; HP
9800; read only; read/write; semiconductor storage
devices; series",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Egan:1972:VIO,
author = "G. L. Egan",
title = "Versatile input\slash output structure welcomes
peripheral variety",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "4",
pages = "24--26",
month = dec,
year = "1972",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation)",
keywords = "calculating apparatus; HP 9800 series; input/output
structure",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Forbes:1973:EFM,
author = "B. E. Forbes and M. D. Green",
title = "An economical full-scale multipurpose computer
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "5",
pages = "2--8",
month = jan,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "16 bit computer system; architecture; computer
architecture; general purpose computers; hardware
stack; multipurpose; virtual memory",
}
@Article{Basiji:1973:CBL,
author = "J. Basiji and A. B. Bergh",
title = "Central bus links modular {HP} 3000 hardware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "5",
pages = "9--14",
month = jan,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer interfaces; HP 3000
hardware",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Foster:1973:SMC,
author = "W. E. Foster",
title = "Software for a multilingual computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "5",
pages = "15--19",
month = jan,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "analysis; BASIC; COBOL; FORTRAN; high level language;
multilingual computer; procedure oriented languages;
software; SPL; systems",
}
@Article{Shannon:1973:SSV,
author = "R. M. Shannon and K. L. Astrof and M. S. Marzalek and
L. C. Sanders",
title = "A solid state {VHF} signal generator for today's
exacting requirements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "6",
pages = "2--13",
month = feb,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators)",
keywords = "signal generator; signal generators; solid state;
VHF",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pierce:1973:CDM,
author = "W. C. {Pierce, Jr.} and J. S. Gallo and W. T. Walker",
title = "Computer-aided design of modular power supplies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "6",
pages = "4--19",
month = feb,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "circuit; circuits; computer aided design;
computer-aided circuit design; modular power supplies;
modules; power supply; universal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1973:HPF,
author = "D. H. Smith",
title = "High performance flame-ionization detector system for
gas chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "7",
pages = "2--10",
month = mar,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography)",
keywords = "chromatography; design; electrometer circuit;
electrometers; flame ionisation detector; mechanical",
}
@Article{Hassun:1973:SSG,
author = "R. Hassun and M. Humpherys and D. Scherer and D. K.
Young and B. Stribling and C. Cook",
title = "Synthesized signal generation to 1.3 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "7",
pages = "11--19",
month = mar,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "1.3 GHZ; detectors; frequency synthesis; frequency
synthesizers; microwave; microwave generation;
oscillators; wide capture range phase",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gardner:1973:GRC,
author = "R. Gardner and A. Dumont and S. Venzke",
title = "A greater range of capabilities for the compact,
plug-on digital multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "7",
pages = "20--24",
month = mar,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "3470 system; 5 digit resolution; digital
instrumentation; digital multimeter; digital
voltmeters; display; indicators; instruments; plug on;
resistance; voltage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schneider:1973:HAM,
author = "R. F. Schneider",
title = "A high-performance automatic microwave counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "8",
pages = "2--9",
month = apr,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 HZ to 18 GHZ; automatic frequency counter;
frequency meters; high sensitivity; microwave;
microwave measurement; systems compatible",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Merkelo:1973:DTS,
author = "J. Merkelo",
title = "A {dc-to-20-GHz} thin-film signal sampler for
microwave instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "8",
pages = "10--13",
month = apr,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "DC to 20GHZ; devices; microwave thin film circuit;
mixers (circuits); model 5340A microwave counter;
signal sampler; solid-; solid-state microwave circuits;
state microwave devices; thin film; thin film
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Aikin:1973:ACL,
author = "E. R. Aikin and J. L. Minck",
title = "Automating the calibration laboratory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "8",
pages = "14--17, 20--23",
month = apr,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automation; calibration; calibration laboratory;
hardware; laboratory apparatus and technique;
software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crowley:1973:PAM,
author = "W. L. Crowley and F. Rode",
title = "A pocket-sized answer machine for business and
finance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "2--9",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "electronic calculator for business and finance;
minicomputers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Zamborelli:1973:TFW,
author = "T. Zamborelli",
title = "Thick films widen attenuator response",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "9--??",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "attenuator response; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
conductors; high frequency oscilloscopes; thick film;
thick film resistors; thick films; thick films for
widening",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brunetti:1973:MRC,
author = "L. Brunetti",
title = "A more rugged, cleaner writing oscillographic ink
recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "10--17",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "ink recorder; oscillographic recording system;
recorders",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Barney:1973:QLH,
author = "D. B. Barney and J. R. Drehle",
title = "A quiet, low-cost, high-speed line printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "9",
pages = "18--22",
month = may,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "printers; thermal printer",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lepoff:1973:SDS,
author = "J. H. Lepoff and R. A. Morris",
title = "Schottky-barrier diodes structured for better
high-frequency performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "10",
pages = "2--6",
month = jun,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "high frequency performance; Schottky barrier diodes;
Schottky-barrier diodes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Horner:1973:DDM,
author = "J. F. Horner and L. W. Masters and P. T. Mingle",
title = "{DMM} and {DAC} modules expand low-cost measuring
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "10",
pages = "7--15",
month = jun,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5300; DAC modules; digital-analogue conversion; DMM
modules; Measuring System; multimeter/counter module",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Herreman:1973:LCS,
author = "G. O. Herreman",
title = "Laser\slash calculator system improves encoder plate
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "10",
pages = "16--18",
month = jun,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation);
A4260 (Laser systems and laser beam applications);
A4285 (Optical testing and workshop techniques); B4320M
(Laser accessories and instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calculating apparatus; encoder; laser/calculator
system; lasers; moving head disc drives; optical
instruments; plate measurements",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kelly:1973:SES,
author = "M. A. Kelly and C. E. Tyler",
title = "A second-generation {ESCA} spectrometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "11",
pages = "2--14",
month = jul,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2930 (Radiation spectrometers and spectroscopic
techniques); A8280D (Electromagnetic radiation
spectrometry (chemical analysis)); B7440 (Particle
spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "compensated electron optical system; dispersion;
electron spectroscopy; ESCA spectrometer; improved
detection; monochromatized X-rays; particle
spectrometers; resolution; sensitivity; spectrochemical
analysis; system",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Heflin:1973:CFG,
author = "E. H. Heflin",
title = "Compact function generator with enhanced
capability\slash cost ratio",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "11",
pages = "15--20",
month = jul,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic testing; capability/cost ratio; electronics
applications of computers; function generator; function
generators; production testing; sine waves; source of
test signals; square waves; triangular; waves",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Bobroff:1973:ATT,
author = "D. A. Bobroff",
title = "Automated transceiver testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "12",
pages = "2--7",
month = aug,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6250D
(Point-to-point radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)C7410F (Communications computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 MHz to 1000 MHz; automatic test equipment;
communications applications of; computerized system;
computers; EIA standards; Hewlett Packard 9540 system;
mobile; radio receivers; radio transmitters; receivers;
tests; transceivers; transmitters",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Huenemann:1973:SPT,
author = "R. G. Huenemann",
title = "Signal processing techniques for automatic transceiver
testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "12",
pages = "8--13",
month = aug,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6140
(Signal processing and detection); B6250D
(Point-to-point radio systems); C1260 (Information
theory)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic testing; automatic transceiver testing;
counter; EIA standards; Hewlett Packard 9540 system;
radio receivers; radio transmitters; signal processing;
signal processing techniques; voltmeter",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Peerboom:1973:DCS,
author = "R. Peerboom",
title = "Digitally-controlled current sources for new ways of
making automatic measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "24",
number = "12",
pages = "14--19",
month = aug,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "advantages; automatic measurements; automatic test
equipment; automatic test systems; controlled; current
sources; digital control; digitally; electric current;
operation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Hale:1973:LSA,
author = "W. L. Hale and G. E. Weibel",
title = "A low-frequency spectrum analyzer that makes slow
sweeps practical",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "1",
pages = "2--13",
month = sep,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1 Hz bandwidth; 5 Hz to 50 kHz; analysers; slow
sweeping; spectral; spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hyatt:1973:HBT,
author = "R. C. Hyatt and L. F. Mueller and T. N. Osterdock",
title = "A high-performance beam tube for cesium beam frequency
standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "1",
pages = "14--23",
month = sep,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A0630F
(Time and frequency measurement); A0750 (Electrical
instruments and techniques); A0790 (Other topics in
specialised instrumentation); B7130 (Measurement
standards and calibration); B7310G (Frequency
measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "atomic beam tube; atomic beams; atomic clocks;
caesium; Cs; frequency measurement; frequency standard;
measurement standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adler:1973:LAN,
author = "R. Adler and M. Baker and H. D. Marshall",
title = "The logic analyzer: a new instrument for observing
logic signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "2",
pages = "2--16",
month = oct,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "combinatorial triggering; delay; digital design;
digital sequence comparison; display; display
instruments; instrument; logic analyzer; logic design",
}
@Article{Falke:1973:PGT,
author = "R. Falke and H. Link",
title = "A pulse generator for today's digital circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "2",
pages = "17--23",
month = oct,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators)",
keywords = "16V offset; 16V pulses; digital circuits; high
repetition rate; pulse generators",
}
@Article{Dudley:1973:SHD,
author = "R. L. Dudley and V. L. Laing",
title = "A self-contained, hand-held digital multimeter --- a
new concept in instrument utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "3",
pages = "2--9",
month = nov,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0660 (Laboratory techniques); A0750 (Electrical
instruments and techniques); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)",
keywords = "digital multimeter; electric variables measurement;
hand held; laboratory apparatus and; self contained;
techniques",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{MacLeod:1973:PHC,
author = "K. J. MacLeod",
title = "A portable high-resolution counter for low-frequency
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "3",
pages = "10--15",
month = nov,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0790 (Other topics in specialised instrumentation);
B7310G (Frequency measurement)",
keywords = "frequencies between 0.833 Hz and 2 MHz; frequency
measurement; functional module; high resolution
counter; low frequency measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crawford:1973:HPG,
author = "T. Crawford and J. Robertson and J. Stinson and I.
Young",
title = "A high-speed pattern generator and an error detector
for testing digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "3",
pages = "16--24",
month = nov,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5310 (Storage system design)",
keywords = "Data; digital systems; error detection; error
detector; Generator; pattern generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Merrill:1973:GSR,
author = "H. L. Merrill and R. A. Warp",
title = "A go-anywhere strip-chart recorder that has laboratory
accuracy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "4",
pages = "2--8",
month = dec,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "data loggers; portable recorder; strip chart
recorder",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Graham:1973:TCF,
author = "T. R. Graham and J. M. Hood",
title = "Telecommunication cable fault location from the test
desk",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "4",
pages = "9--14",
month = dec,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250J (Bridge
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Mountain view, CA, USA",
keywords = "bridge instruments; fault location; fault locator;
telecommunication cable fault location;
telecommunication cables; Wheatstone bridge method",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dudley:1973:HEM,
author = "B. W. Dudley and R. D. Peck",
title = "High efficiency modular power supplies using switching
regulators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "4",
pages = "15--20",
month = dec,
year = "1973",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B8110B (Power system
management, operation and economics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Rockaway, NJ, USA",
keywords = "load regulation; modular power supplies; power
supplies; power systems; switching circuits; switching
regulator",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Farnbach:1974:LSA,
author = "W. A. Farnbach",
title = "The {Logic State Analyzer} --- displaying complex
digital processes in understandable form",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "5",
pages = "2--9",
month = jan,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "computer testing; digital processes; digital
processors; display; display instruments; Logic State
Analyser; monitoring program flow; troubleshooting",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Baldwin:1974:LIM,
author = "R. R. Baldwin and B. E. Grote and D. A. Harland",
title = "A laser interferometer that measures straightness of
travel",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "5",
pages = "10--20",
month = jan,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
(Optical interferometry)",
keywords = "laser interferometer; light interferometers; optical
flat; straightness of travel; submicron resolution over
ranges up to 100 feet",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Duerr:1974:DEA,
author = "J. R. Duerr",
title = "A data error analyzer for tracking down problems in
data communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "6",
pages = "11--20",
month = feb,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "data communication systems; data error analyzer; data
reduction and analysis; error analysis; simultaneous
measurements; telephone equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maeda:1974:APD,
author = "K. Maeda",
title = "An automatic, precision {1-MHz} digital {LCR} meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "2--9",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670E (Testing equipment); A0750 (Electrical
instruments and techniques); B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering); B2220 (Integrated
circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "1 MHz; automatic digital meter; capacitance
measurement; circuits; digital instrumentation;
inductance; integrated; integrated circuit testing; LCR
meter; measurement; reactance",
}
@Article{Krauss:1974:MPP,
author = "G. Krauss and R. Eggert",
title = "A moderately priced {20-MHz} pulse generator with
16-volt output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "10--15",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "16 V; 20 MHz; model 8011A; pulse generators",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Jeremiasen:1974:LAA,
author = "R. Jeremiasen",
title = "Logarithmic amplifier accepts {100-dB} signal range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "16--17",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1260 (Pulse circuits); B1265
(Digital electronics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "100 dB signal range; circuits; hybrid; logarithmic
amplifier; monolithic integrated circuits; pulse
amplifiers; thin film",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Hay:1974:VVS,
author = "R. R. Hay",
title = "Versatile {VHF} signal generator stresses low cost and
portability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "7",
pages = "18--23",
month = mar,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "low cost; portability; signal generator; signal
generators; VHF",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Bradley:1974:MMS,
author = "H. E. Bradley and C. J. Christopher",
title = "Mass memory system broadens calculator applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "8",
pages = "2--12",
month = apr,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)C6120 (File organisation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "applications; calculator applications; control; data
handling; desktop calculator; disc organisation;
electronic calculators; file organisation; inventory;
large data base; magnetic disc and drum storage; mass
memory system; order processing; payroll; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Foster:1974:ECV,
author = "T. E. Foster",
title = "An easily calibrated, versatile platinum resistance
thermometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "8",
pages = "13--17",
month = apr,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0720D (Thermometry); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7320R (Thermal variables measurement);
C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "-100 C to 200 C; -200 C to; 600 C; battery pack;
digital instrumentation; digital output; digital
thermometer; dual range instrument; expanded
resolution; interchangeable probes; linear analogue;
normal resolution; output; platinum; platinum
resistance thermometer; Pt resistance thermometer;
resistance thermometers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Tung:1974:CFP,
author = "C. C. Tung",
title = "The `Personal computer': {A} fully programmable pocket
calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "2--7",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "addressable data registers; arithmetic and register
circuit; built in mathematical; calculator; card
reader; comparison tests; computer architecture;
control and timing circuit; data; electronic
calculators; four register operational stack;
functions; Hewlett Packard HP 65; keys; magnetic;
magnetic card writer; personal computer; preprogrammed
cards; program branching; program flags; program
storage circuit; programmable pocket calculator; read
only memory circuit; register circuit; user definable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stockwell:1974:PPC,
author = "R. K. Stockwell",
title = "Programming the personal computer ({HP-65})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "8--14",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming)",
keywords = "algorithm; branching; calculator; coding; colour;
definable keys; electronic calculators; file protect;
functions of the keys; Hewlett Packard HP 65
calculator; implementation; irreducible equations; key
conditioning; magnetic card reader; microcode;
microinstructions; microprogramming; personal computer;
problem solving; programmable pocket; programming; read
only memory; reverse Polish keyboard language; system;
user",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Taggart:1974:DTM,
author = "R. B. Taggart",
title = "Designing a tiny magnetic card reader",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "15--17",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "design engineering; drives; electronic calculators;
file protect system; Hewlett Packard HP 65 calculator;
magnetic; magnetic card reader; miniature electric
motor; personal computer; polyurethane rubber drive
roller; programmable pocket calculator; storage
devices",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peterson:1974:THL,
author = "K. W. Peterson",
title = "Testing the {HP-65} logic board",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "18--20",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
keywords = "automatic test system; automatic testing;
computer-aided circuit analysis; computerized testing;
electronic calculators; Hewlett Packard HP 65
calculator; logic board; logic circuits; personal
computer; production testing; programmable pocket
calculator; quality control; reference; tester
architecture; troubleshooting; unit",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kirkpatrick:1974:EPS,
author = "G. R. Kirkpatrick and D. R. Veteran",
title = "Economical precision step attenuators for {RF} and
microwaves",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "9",
pages = "21--24",
month = may,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240D (Waveguide and coaxial cable systems); B6240
(Transmission line links and equipment)",
keywords = "attenuators; beryllium copper leaf springs; design
engineering; edgeline; film devices; film techniques;
microwave devices; microwaves; pads; precision step
attenuators; residual attenuation; RF; sapphire
substrates; single conductor switching; thin; thin film
tantalum; transmission structures; wideband step
attenuators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sorden:1974:NGF,
author = "J. L. Sorden",
title = "A new generation in frequency and time measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "2--8",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
B7430 (Counting circuits and electronics for particle
physics); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "50 microHz to 500 MHz; 500 MHz E/sup 2/L; clock;
counting circuits; DC amplifiers; digital
instrumentation; electronic counter; frequency
measurement; frequency measurements; high sensitivity
d.c. coupled; input amplifiers; logic; logic circuits;
resolution; ROM controlled reciprocal; time base; time
measurement; time measurements; white noise modulation;
wideband digital",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Felsenstein:1974:PES,
author = "R. E. Felsenstein",
title = "The {5345A} processor: an example of state machine
design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "9--11",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "commands; computer architecture; flow diagram; HP
5345A processor; processor functions; qualifier; state;
state machine design",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chu:1974:TIA,
author = "D. C. Chu",
title = "Time interval averaging: theory, problems, and
solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "12--15",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7320K (Time measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
electronics for particle physics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5345A counter; counting circuits; measuring
repetitive; resolution; time interval averaging; time
intervals; time measurement",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Muto:1974:TIC,
author = "A. S. Muto",
title = "Third input channel increases counter versatility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "16--18",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
electronics for particle physics); C3210B (Recorders
and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10; 5353A channel C plug in; counting circuits; d.c.
to 500 MHz; duplication facilities; electronic counter;
frequency; frequency measurement; measurements; mV
r.m.s. sensitivity; nulling technique",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1974:CAH,
author = "A. Bologlu",
title = "A completely automatic {4-GHz} heterodyne frequency
converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "19--21",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7430 (Counting circuits and
electronics for particle physics); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "4GHz; counting circuits; electronic counter; frequency
convertors; frequency range; heterodyne frequency
convertor",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Jeppsen:1974:IBE,
author = "B. E. Jeppsen and S. E. Schultz",
title = "Interface bus expands instrument utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "10",
pages = "22--24",
month = jun,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A2960 (Counting circuits and nuclear electronics);
B7430 (Counting circuits and electronics for particle
physics); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "communication systems; communications systems;
computer interfaces; counting circuits; digital;
electronic counter; instrument calculator systems;
interface bus system; noise; pulse; width jitter",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{McIntire:1974:PDB,
author = "R. E. McIntire",
title = "Powerful data base management systems for small
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "2--10",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "base inquiry facility; data; data base management
systems; file organisation; hp 2100; hp 3000; image;
management information systems; query; small
computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Masters:1974:QFC,
author = "L. W. Masters and W. J. O'Buch",
title = "Quality frequency counters designed for minimum cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "11--14",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1260 (Pulse
circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cost; counting circuits; design engineering; design to
cost approach; digital; frequency counters;
instrumentation; performance; production; quality;
servicing",
treatment = "E Economic; P Practical",
}
@Article{Pecchio:1974:VBP,
author = "S. Pecchio",
title = "A versatile bipolar power supply\slash amplifier for
lab and systems use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "15--19",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B1220 (Amplifiers); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bipolar; current limiting amplifier; distortion; gain
control; operational amplifiers; power amplifier; power
supply; power supply circuits; programmable gain;
programmable power supply; programmed control; voltage
control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brewster:1974:AEC,
author = "J. L. Brewster",
title = "An automatic exposure control for a lab-bench {X}-ray
camera",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "11",
pages = "20--24",
month = jul,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic exposure control; cameras; checking pad
alignment; control; electronic equipment testing; IC
testing; integrated circuit; locating shorted bonding
wires; multilayer circuit boards; NDT; nondestructive
testing; physical instrumentation; testing; X-ray
applications; X-ray camera",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Damon:1974:MAP,
author = "N. E. Damon",
title = "Measuring analog parameters of voiceband data
channels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "2--7",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)C5600 (Data
communication equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Univ. California, Los Angeles, CA, USA",
keywords = "analogue parameters; communication channels; data
communication systems; data communications; measurement
systems; networks; TIMS; transmission impairment
measuring set; voiceband data channels; voiceband
telephone lines",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Winninghoff:1974:TM,
author = "P. F. Winninghoff",
title = "Transient measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "8--9",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Montana State Univ., Bozeman, MT, USA",
keywords = "4940A TIMS; communication channels; data channel
characterization; data communication; data
communication systems; dropouts; gain hits; impulse
noise; phase hits; TIMS; transient analysers",
treatment = "A Application; N New Development",
}
@Article{Lee:1974:SWT,
author = "R. T. Lee",
title = "The {4940A} sine wave transmitter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "9--11",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210Z (Other data transmission); B6240 (Transmission
line links and equipment); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
keywords = "4940A sine wave transmitter; beat frequency oscillator
circuit technique; BFO circuit; communication channels;
frequency; frequency synthesizers; modulation links;
PCM systems; pulse-code; synthesizer; test equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dresch:1974:NDM,
author = "D. A. Dresch",
title = "Nonlinear distortion measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "12--13",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "Univ. Illinois, Chicago, IL, USA",
keywords = "distortion measurements; electric distortion
measurement; harmonic; intermodulation; intermodulation
technique; measurement; measurement systems; NLD
measurement; nonlinear distortion measurements",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Fowles:1974:EDD,
author = "R. G. Fowles and J. J. Heinzl",
title = "Envelope delay distortion measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "14--16",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "Pomona Con., Claremont, CA, USA",
keywords = "distortion; electric distortion measurement; envelope
delay distortion; envelope delay distortion
measurements; measurement systems; phase delay;
voiceband measurement",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Ketelsen:1974:PRM,
author = "E. Ketelsen",
title = "Peak-to-average ratio measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "17--18",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "California State Univ., Fullerton, CA, USA",
keywords = "4940A TIMS; electric distortion measurement;
equipment; measurements; peak to average ratio
measurements; telephone station; telephone systems;
TIMS",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Hall:1974:MIC,
author = "J. A. Hall and D. J. Mellor and R. D. Pering and A.
Fong",
title = "Microwave integrated circuits solve a transmission
problem in educational {TV}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "25",
number = "12",
pages = "20--24",
month = aug,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state microwave circuits and devices);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B6250G (Satellite
relay systems); B6430 (Television equipment, systems
and applications)",
corpsource = "North Carolina State Univ., Raleigh, NC, USA",
keywords = "educational TV; hybrid integrated circuits; low-noise
S-band; MIC; microwave circuits; microwave integrated
circuits; receiver; satellite links; satellite
transmission; solid-state; television broadcasting;
transmission problem; TRF principle; tuned radio
frequency principle",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Globas:1974:PGT,
author = "G. Globas and J. Zellmer and E. Cornish",
title = "A {250-MHz} pulse generator with transition times
variable to less than 1 ns",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "2--7",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "250 MHz pulse generator; microcircuit techniques;
pulse; pulse generators; repetition rate; transition
time variability",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Hardage:1974:ODH,
author = "P. K. Hardage and S. R. Kushnir and T. J. Zamborelli",
title = "Optimizing the design of a high-performance
oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "8--14",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cost; design optimization;
high performance wideband oscilloscope; measurement
accuracy",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Jackson:1974:TST,
author = "W. H. Jackson",
title = "A thin-film\slash semiconductor thermocouple for
microwave power measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "16--18",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B2220E
(Thin film circuits); B2560Z (Other semiconductor
devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8481A Power Sensor; burnout levels; devices; frequency
range; measurements; microwave measurement; microwave
power; parasitic reactances; power measurement;
semiconductor; thermocouples; thin film devices; thin
film semiconductor thermocouple",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Lamy:1974:MET,
author = "J. C. Lamy",
title = "Microelectronics enhances thermocouple power
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "1",
pages = "19--23",
month = sep,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B2220E
(Thin film circuits); B2560Z (Other semiconductor
devices); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "435A/8481A; devices; hot junction; low level DC
voltage; measurement; microelectronics; microwave
measurement; microwave power; power measurement;
semiconductor; Thermocouple Power Meter System;
thermocouples; thin film devices",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Stedman:1974:UFM,
author = "J. M. Stedman",
title = "A user-oriented family of minicomputers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "2--6",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX processor; choice of semiconductor memories;
customised instruction sets; design; microprogrammable
processors; microprogramming; minicomputers; modular
construction; semiconductor storage; systems; user
oriented",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Gordon:1974:MCP,
author = "P. Gordon and J. R. Jacobs",
title = "Microprogrammable central processor adapts easily to
special user needs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "7--9, 11--14",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX processor; central processor; I/O compatibility;
instruction set; microinstruction format;
microprogramming; minicomputers; program
compatibility",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Riggins:1974:TP,
author = "C. C. Riggins and R. L. Hammons",
title = "Testing the {21MX} processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "10--11",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "21MX processor; automatic test equipment; automatic
test system; computer testing; minicomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Frankenberg:1974:ASM,
author = "R. J. Frankenberg",
title = "All semiconductor memory selected for new minicomputer
series",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "15--19, 20",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX series; 4K RAM; cost; density; minicomputer
series; minicomputers; power; random-access storage;
reliability; semiconductor memory; semiconductor
storage systems; speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Elward:1974:MMM,
author = "J. S. Elward",
title = "The million-word minicomputer main memory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "19--20",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C6120 (File organisation)",
keywords = "1048576 word memory; 21MX series; computer
architecture; Dynamic Mapping System; file
organisation; firmware; hardware; maximum main memory
size; minicomputer main memory; minicomputers; speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{VanBrunt:1974:CPS,
author = "R. C. {Van Brunt}",
title = "A computer power system for severe operating
conditions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "2",
pages = "21--24",
month = oct,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5150 (Other circuits for digital computers); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "21MX series computers; AC line conditions;
minicomputers; power; power supplies to apparatus;
severe operating conditions; supply system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dickey:1974:DCS,
author = "S. Dickey",
title = "Distributed computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "3",
pages = "2--11",
month = nov,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "central computer system; data collection; data
communication systems; distributed computer;
management; minicomputers; process control; reports;
satellite computers; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Marrocco:1974:QCD,
author = "J. A. Marrocco and B. Bronson",
title = "A quality course in digital electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "3",
pages = "12--14",
month = nov,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0120 (Education and training); B1260 (Pulse
circuits); B1265 (Digital electronics)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "digital electronics; digital ICs; digital integrated
circuits; educational courses; teaching",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Guest:1974:SDC,
author = "D. H. Guest",
title = "Simplified data-transmission channel measurements
(amplitude\slash delay distortion analyser)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "3",
pages = "15--24",
month = nov,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310 (Electric
and magnetic variables measurement); C3210B (Recorders
and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "attenuation distortion; digital communication systems;
dual time interval; electric variables; grade telephone
lines; group delay; measurement; synthesized signal
generation; transmitting digital data; voice",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fischer:1974:IAC,
author = "W. A. Fischer and W. B. Risley",
title = "Improved accuracy and convenience in oscilloscope
timing and voltage measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "2--9",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); B7320K (Time measurement);
C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "accuracy; alternate sweep mode; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; D/A convertor; direct readout;
measurement; measurements; microprocessor;
oscilloscope; rate multiplier; stability; time
measurement; timing measurement; voltage",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Guest:1974:ALD,
author = "D. H. Guest",
title = "An active loop-holding device",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "11--??",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B6230B (Electronic
switching systems and exchanges)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "active loop holding device; Darlington pair; DC
holding current; distortion analyser; filter; RC low
pass; telephone switching equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Mack:1974:SBT,
author = "N. Mack and L. E. Shar",
title = "A supersystem for {BASIC} timesharing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "12--17",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6140D (High
level languages); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysis; BASIC; BASIC interpreter; BASIC timesharing
system; batch processing; batch-processing; executive
programs; language; multiprogramming; queuing; segment
trace system; session initiation time; supervisory and;
time-sharing systems",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Stefanski:1974:DRC,
author = "A. Stefanski",
title = "Deriving and reporting chromatograph data with a
microprocessor-controlled integrator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "4",
pages = "18--24",
month = dec,
year = "1974",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A0670T (Servo
and control devices); A8280B (Chromatography); A8280
(Chemical analysis and related physical methods of
analysis); C3380D (Control of physical instruments);
C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automated slope sensitivity; automatic sampler;
chromatogram; chromatograph data; chromatography;
computers; control engineering applications of; merged
peaks; microprocessor controlled integrator; peak
criteria; peaks; plotter; retention times",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Loughry:1975:HIB,
author = "D. C. Loughry",
title = "The {Hewlett--Packard Interface Bus}: current
perspectives",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "2--4",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "data communication; data communication equipment;
instrumentation; interface bus; international standard;
standards",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ricci:1975:PTI,
author = "D. W. Ricci and P. S. Stone",
title = "Putting together instrumentation systems at minimum
cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "5--11",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
C3200 (Control equipment and instrumentation); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "data communication equipment; instrumentation;
instrumentation systems; interface bus; minimum cost;
system assembly",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schultz:1975:FGA,
author = "S. E. Schultz and C. R. Trimble",
title = "Filling in the gaps-modular accessories for instrument
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "12--13, 15--18",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
keywords = "automated systems; D/A conversion; instrumentation;
measurement pacing; modules; programmable modules;
programmed control; remote display; switching; timing",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nadig:1975:QHC,
author = "H. J. Nadig",
title = "A quiet, {HP-IB} compatible printer that listens to
both {ASCII} and {BCD}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "14--15",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "ASCII; BCD; bus compatible printer; internal data bus;
option based architecture; printers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1975:MSC,
author = "D. L. Wolpert",
title = "A {Multifunction Scanner} for calculator-based data
acquisition systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "17--??",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5600
(Data communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "calculator based data acquisition systems;
connections; data acquisition; data communication
equipment; matrix switching; multichannel;
multifunction scanner; multiple switch closures;
programmable switch",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sasaki:1975:MCM,
author = "G. D. Sasaki and L. P. Johnson",
title = "Minimal cost measuring instruments for systems use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "18--??",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)",
keywords = "automatic systems; counters; instrumentation;
measurement systems; minimal cost measuring
instruments; modules; multimeter; systems use; timers",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dietrich:1975:VIB,
author = "H. E. Dietrich",
title = "Visualizing interface bus activity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "5",
pages = "19--24",
month = jan,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7200 (Measurement equipment and instrumentation
systems); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "bus compatible; bus compatible systems; bus line
status; data communication equipment; instrumentation;
instruments; interface bus activity; internal memory;
system analyser",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Huff:1975:HXR,
author = "D. W. Huff and D. E. Johnson and J. M. Wade",
title = "High-sensitivity {X-Y} recorder has few input
restrictions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "6",
pages = "2--9",
month = feb,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "130 dB of common mode; amplifier circuit; amplifiers;
common driver; high sensitivity X-Y recorder;
internally driven guard; one pen laboratory recorder;
recorders; rejection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Osada:1975:DHM,
author = "K. Osada and J. Suehiro",
title = "Digital high-capacitance measurements to one farad",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "6",
pages = "10--16",
month = feb,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310J
(Impedance and admittance measurement); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "capacitance measurement; digital high capacitance
measurements; digital instrumentation; digital output;
four digit readout; incoming inspection systems;
inspection; laboratory; metering; production testing;
remote programmability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snyder:1975:CPI,
author = "D. C. Snyder",
title = "Computer performance improvement by measurement and
microprogramming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "6",
pages = "17--24",
month = feb,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C6140B
(Machine-oriented languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer based Fourier analyser; computer performance;
firmware; improvement; instructions; machine language;
machine oriented languages; microprogramming;
performance measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hernday:1975:HS,
author = "P. R. Hernday and C. J. Enlow",
title = "A high-performance {2-to-18-GHz} sweeper",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "7",
pages = "2--14",
month = mar,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices)",
keywords = "2 to 18 GHz sweeper; amplifier; compact broadband
sweeper; frequency oscillators; harmonic multiplier;
high performance; microwave oscillators; oscillator;
power; RF plug in; single oscillator; solid-state
microwave circuits; swept-; YIG tuned; YIG tuned
multiplier",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dupre:1975:BSN,
author = "J. J. Dupre and C. J. Yansouni",
title = "Broadband swept network measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "7",
pages = "15--17",
month = mar,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Rosa, CA, USA",
keywords = "2 to 18 GHz; broadband swept network measurements;
frequency oscillators; microwave instruments; microwave
measurement; microwave oscillators; scalar
measurements; sweep oscillator; swept-; vector
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riedel:1975:DFG,
author = "R. J. Riedel and D. D. Danielson",
title = "The dual function generator: {A} source of a wide
variety of test signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "7",
pages = "18--24",
month = mar,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "AM signals; amplitude modulation; bursts; DC levels;
dual function; FM signals; frequency modulation;
function; generator; generators; pulse generators;
pulses; ramp generators; ramps; sine waves; square
waves; square-wave; test signals; tone; triangular
waves",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jekat:1975:PFC,
author = "H. J. Jekat",
title = "A portable {1100-MHz} frequency counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250F (Mobile radio systems); B6330 (Radionavigation
and direction finding); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "1100 MHz frequency counter; 5300 measuring system;
aeronautical navigation equipment; frequency meters;
land; mobile communication systems; mobile
communications; radionavigation; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{MacLeod:1975:BTC,
author = "K. J. MacLeod",
title = "Big timer\slash counter capability in a portable
package",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "9--10, 11--13",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5300 Measuring System; 75 MHz eight function universal
timer; battery pack; bus modules; counter; counters;
frequency measurement; HP interface; metering; snap on
module",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiFrancesco:1975:HPS,
author = "M. DiFrancesco",
title = "A high-current power supply for systems that use
5-volt {IC} logic extensively",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "14--19",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "100A at 5V; compactness; digital integrated circuits;
heat removal system; power supplies to apparatus; power
supply circuits; reliability",
}
@Article{McKinney:1975:BFA,
author = "H. W. McKinney",
title = "Band-selectable {Fourier} analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "8",
pages = "20--24",
month = apr,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation); C7890 (Other special applications of
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "band selectable Fourier analysis; computer; computer
aided analysis; Fourier analysis; frequency; frequency
resolution; measurement; power spectrum; spectral
analysers; spectral lines",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Aken:1975:UTS,
author = "M. B. Aken and D. K. Deaver",
title = "An understandable test set for making basic
measurements on telephone lines",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "9",
pages = "2--9",
month = may,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210D (Telephony); B7210 (Instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7310D (Current measurement)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; digital processor; direct
reading autoranged measurements; frequency; frequency
measurement; level measurement; lines; measurement;
portable test set; telephone; telephone line
measurements; test equipment",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Cline:1975:CSA,
author = "S. G. Cline and R. H. Perdriau and R. F. Rauskolb",
title = "A computer system for analog measurements on voiceband
data channels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "9",
pages = "10--17",
month = may,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)C7410F (Communications
computing)",
keywords = "analogue measurements; communication channels;
communications applications of; computer system;
computers; data channel performance tests; data
channels; data transmission systems; measurement
systems; transmission parameter analyser; voiceband",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Daniels:1975:PSA,
author = "J. W. Daniels and R. L. Atchley",
title = "A precision spectrum analyzer for the
{10-Hz-to-13-MHz} range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "9",
pages = "18--24",
month = may,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation)",
keywords = "0.01 dB; 10 Hz to 13; 3 Hz passbands; 70 dB dynamic
range; automatic systems; measurement resolution; MHz
range; precision spectrum analyser; spectral
analysers",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Doub:1975:CRC,
author = "J. A. Doub",
title = "Cost-effective, reliable {CRT} terminal is first of a
family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "2--5",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; design; interactive
computer terminal; interactive terminals;
microprocessor control; modular; reliable CRT
terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lane:1975:FML,
author = "A. B. Lane",
title = "A functionally modular logic system for a {CRT}
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "6--10",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "2640A CRT terminal; cathode-ray tube displays;
computer terminal; functionally modular logic system;
interactive; interactive terminals; single chip
microcomputer; terminal bus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roy:1975:HRS,
author = "J.-C. Roy",
title = "A high-resolution raster scan display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "11--15",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "2640A CRT terminal; cathode-ray tube displays; high
resolution; interactive terminal; interactive
terminals; raster scan display",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Waitman:1975:FMC,
author = "T. F. Waitman",
title = "Firmware for a microprocessor-controlled {CRT}
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "16--19",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Data Systems Div., Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
keywords = "firmware; interactive CRT; interactive terminals;
microprocessor programs; microprogramming; ROM;
terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blazek:1975:MK,
author = "O. Blazek",
title = "A microprocessor-scanned keyboard",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "20--21",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2640A keyboard; bounce; contactless ferrite core
switches; double triggering; firmware; interactive
terminals; keyboards; microprocessor scanned keyboard;
n-key rollover; reliability; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pierce:1975:PFM,
author = "R. B. Pierce",
title = "Packaging for function, manufacturability, and
service",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "10",
pages = "22--24",
month = jun,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "assembly; display; fabrication; function switches;
human factors; I/O cables; interactive terminals;
keyboard; manufacturability; packaging; repair times;
service; testing; viewing angle",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Horner:1975:MMM,
author = "J. F. Horner and B. S. Corya",
title = "Modularity means maximum effectiveness in medium-cost
universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "2--8",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
B7320K (Time measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "counters; frequency measurement; instrumentation;
measurement; modular design; optional timer; time;
universal counter; voltage measurement",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Langguth:1975:UMU,
author = "A. Langguth and W. D. Jackson",
title = "Using a modular universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "9--14",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); B7310G (Frequency measurement);
B7320K (Time measurement); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "counters; frequency; frequency measurement;
instrumentation; measurement; modular universal
counter; time; time measurement; voltage measurement",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Hall:1975:SSG,
author = "J. A. Hall and Young Dae Kim",
title = "Synthesized signal generator operation to 2.6 {GHz}
with wideband phase modulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "15--20",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6240 (Transmission line links and equipment); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
keywords = "frequency range 1 MHz to 2.6 GHz; phase modulation;
signal generators; synthesized signal generator;
wideband phase modulation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Hall:1975:APS,
author = "J. A. Hall",
title = "Applications of a phase-modulated signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "11",
pages = "21--24",
month = jul,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "phase lock loops; phase modulated signal generator;
phase-locked loops; signal generators",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Small:1975:LSA,
author = "C. T. Small and J. S. {Morrill, Jr.}",
title = "The logic state analyzer, a viewing port for the data
domain",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "12",
pages = "2--11",
month = aug,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C5210 (Logic
design methods)",
keywords = "analyser; capabilities; computer debugging; data
domain; digital instrumentation; display; instruments;
logic state; model 1600A",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wagner:1975:UPD,
author = "W. E. Wagner",
title = "Unravelling problems in the design of
microprocessor-based systems (test instruments)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "12",
pages = "12--16",
month = aug,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C5210 (Logic
design methods); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "based systems; computer debugging; data; design
problems detection; digital instrumentation; display;
domain; instruments; logic state analyses; logic
testing; microcomputers; microprocessor; model 1600S;
typical applications",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Pannach:1975:MWG,
author = "A. Pannach and W. Kappler",
title = "A multichannel word generator for testing digital
components and systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "26",
number = "12",
pages = "17--24",
month = aug,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E
(Signal generators); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
keywords = "32 bit; 32 bit serial words; 50 MHz clock rate; 8 bit
parallel words; digital; digital instrumentation;
electronic equipment testing; generators; logic
testing; model 8016A; multichannel word generator;
pattern generator; pulse; serial words; system testing;
testing digital components",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Finch:1975:AUO,
author = "W. R. Finch and R. B. Grady",
title = "{ATLAS}: a unit-under-test oriented language for
automatic test systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "1",
pages = "2--13",
month = sep,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7200
(Measurement equipment and instrumentation systems);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); C3200 (Control
equipment and instrumentation); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C6140D (High level languages);
C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "ATLAS; ATLAS compiler; automatic test equipment;
automatic test systems; language; problem oriented
languages; program compilers; standard test; unit under
test oriented language",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1975:ACP,
author = "A. Bologlu",
title = "Automatic {4.5-GHz} counter provides {1-Hz}
resolution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "1",
pages = "14--18",
month = sep,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7250 (Bench and portable instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3200 (Control equipment and
instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "1 Hz; automatic 4.5 GHz counter; built in diagnostics;
counting circuits; frequency counter; frequency
measurement; measurement; microwave; resolution",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Inhelder:1975:NIE,
author = "A. E. Inhelder",
title = "A new instrument enclosure with greater convenience,
better accessibility, and higher attenuation of {RF}
interference",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "1",
pages = "19--24",
month = sep,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "accessibility; attenuation; convenience; instrument
enclosure; instrumentation; packaging; radiofrequency
interference; RF interference",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Edwards:1975:DPM,
author = "A. P. Edwards",
title = "Digital power meter offers improved accuracy,
hands-off operation, systems compatibility
(microwave)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310F (Power
and energy measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "0.01 dB resolution; 0.02 dB accuracy; 100 kHz to 18
GHz; 436A; absolute readings; autoranging; digital
instrumentation; digital power meter; four digit meter;
hands off operation; measurement; measurement systems;
microwave; microwave power meter; model; power
measurement; power meter; power range of -70 dBm to +35
dBm; relative readings; RF; systems compatibility;
wattmeters",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Pratt:1975:VMP,
author = "R. E. Pratt",
title = "Very-low-level microwave power measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "8--10",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2560H (Junction and barrier diodes); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7310F (Power and energy
measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices)",
corpsource = "Newark Coll. of Engng., Newark, NJ, USA",
keywords = "10 MHz to 18 GHz; 100 pW; electric sensing devices;
low barrier; measurement; microwave; microwave
detectors; microwave power measurements; power
measurement; Schottky diode; Schottky diode power
sensor; Schottky-barrier diodes; very low level
measurements",
treatment = "G General Review; N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Offermann:1975:API,
author = "R. W. Offermann and S. E. Schultz and C. R. Trimble",
title = "Active probes improve precision of time interval
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "11--16",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320K (Time
measurement); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices)",
corpsource = "California Inst. of Technol., Pasadena, CA, USA",
keywords = "active probes; instrumentation; precision measurement;
probes; probes model 5363A; time interval counters;
time interval measurements; time interval probes; time
measurement",
treatment = "G General Review; N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Schrenker:1975:FCH,
author = "H. Schrenker",
title = "Flow control in high-pressure liquid chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "2",
pages = "17--24",
month = oct,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A0735 (High
pressure production and techniques); A8280B
(Chromatography); C3120T (Level, flow and volume
control); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control
systems); C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
keywords = "chromatography; flow control; gradient elution; high;
high pressure; high-pressure techniques; HPLC;
hydraulic capacitors; liquid chromatography; precision
solvent mixing; pressure techniques; pulsating flow
smoothing; system",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Neff:1975:TNP,
author = "R. B. Neff and L. Tillman",
title = "Three new pocket calculators: Smaller, less costly,
more powerful",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "3",
pages = "2--7",
month = nov,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Rice Univ., Houston, TX, USA",
keywords = "business and financial model; electronic calculators;
HP 21 scientific model; HP 22; HP 25 programmable
scientific; HP-21; model; pocket calculators",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Cook:1975:INP,
author = "M. J. Cook and G. M. Fichter and R. E. Whicker",
title = "Inside the new pocket calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "3",
pages = "8--12",
month = nov,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Univ. Southampton, Southampton, UK",
keywords = "architecture; computer; computer architecture;
electronic calculators; HP-21 model; HP-22 model; HP-25
model; pocket calculators",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Christensen:1975:NML,
author = "S. Christensen and I. Matthews",
title = "A new microwave link analyzer for communications
systems carrying up to 2700 telephone channels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "3",
pages = "13--23",
month = nov,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0170L
(Inspection and quality control); B0170N (Reliability);
B6210D (Telephony); B6230Y (Other switching centres);
B6250D (Point-to-point radio systems)",
corpsource = "Teknikum, Sonderborg, Denmark",
keywords = "140 MHz IF measurements; 2700 telephone channels;
analyser; band measurements; base; carrier telephony;
communications systems; dual trace CRT display;
electronic equipment testing; links; microwave;
microwave link; model 3790A; multiplexing equipment;
receiver; receiver model 3792A; test equipment; test
signals; transmitter",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Best:1975:AOD,
author = "A. I. Best",
title = "A {100-MHz} analog oscilloscope for digital
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "2--7",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems); C5210
(Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CA, USA",
keywords = "100 MHz analogue oscilloscope; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; channel magnification; computer;
debugging oscilloscope; digital measurements; dual;
general purpose oscilloscope; logic domain; logic
testing; third channel trigger display",
treatment = "G General Review; N New Development",
}
@Article{Millard:1975:OVA,
author = "J. K. Millard",
title = "An oscilloscope vertical-channel amplifier that
combines monolithic, thick-film hybrid, and discrete
technologies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "8--11",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B2220G (Thick film circuits);
B2220J (Hybrid integrated circuits); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; combined IC technologies;
film circuits; hybrid; hybrid integrated circuits;
Model 1740A Oscilloscope; thick; thick film technology;
vertical channel amplifier; wideband amplifiers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Anzinger:1975:ROS,
author = "G. A. Anzinger and A. M. Gadol",
title = "A real-time operating system with multi-terminal and
batch\slash spool capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "12--20",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Data Systems Div., Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA,
USA",
keywords = "2100 Series computers; batch capability; batch
processing (computers); capability; executive system;
multiprogramming; multiterminal; online; operation;
real time; real time executive systems; real time
systems; RTE-II; spool capability",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Averett:1975:RES,
author = "L. W. Averett",
title = "Real-time executive system manages large memories",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = dec,
year = "1975",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21MX computers; 256K words; buffer area; dynamic
mapping system; hardware fence; large memory
management; memory protect feature; multiprogramming;
multiprogramming system; online operation; program
area; program linkage area; protection; real; RTE-III;
system; time executive system; user",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Urquhart:1976:ASL,
author = "J. R. Urquhart",
title = "An automatic selective level measuring set for
multichannel communications systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "2--7",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B6230
(Switching centres and equipment); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); C1260 (Information
theory); C7410F (Communications computing)",
keywords = "automatic measuring set; communications applications
of computers; design; FDM systems; frequency division;
maintenance engineering; maintenance tool;
microprocessor control; model 3745 A/B; multichannel
communications; multiplexed communications systems;
multiplexing; receiver design; selective level
measuring set; synthesizer; systems",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Walker:1976:DPS,
author = "H. P. Walker",
title = "Designing precision into a selective level measuring
set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "8--12",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
B0170C (Project and design engineering); B6230
(Switching centres and equipment); B7210
(Instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)",
keywords = "3.1 kHz voice channels; adjacent; attenuators;
background noise measurement; channel rejection;
communications system; conversion; design engineering;
FDM systems; frequency; frequency division
multiplexing; maintenance engineering; measurement
errors; measurement systems; model 3745A; multichannel;
precision; selective level measuring set; selectivity",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Coster:1976:DQF,
author = "J. H. Coster",
title = "Designing a quiet frequency synthesizer for a
selective level measuring set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "13--15",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1230B
(Oscillators)B6230 (Switching centres and equipment);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
keywords = "10 Hz resolution; design engineering; divider loops;
FDM system; frequency division multiplexing; frequency
synthesizer; frequency synthesizers; high spectral
purity; high stability; indirect synthesis technique;
multichannel communication; oscillators; quartz crystal
oscillator; reference loop; selective level measuring
set; summing loops; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Dack:1976:MMM,
author = "D. G. Dack",
title = "Making the most of microprocessor control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "16--18",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7250E (Signal
generators); C7410F (Communications computing); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "3745A; 8-bit microcomputer system; automatic
sequencing of measurements; communication systems;
communications applications of computers; FDM;
frequency division; frequency plans; human; interface;
microprocessor control; Model; multiplexing; pipeline
processing; Selective Level Measuring Set; system
architecture; systems",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Schultz:1976:RMB,
author = "J. T. Schultz",
title = "Real-time multi-user {BASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "5",
pages = "19--24",
month = jan,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
keywords = "BASIC; HP computer; interactive BASIC; multiuser
BASIC; online operation; programming language; real
time executive operating; RTE-II; RTE-III; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Rude:1976:LTS,
author = "A. F. Rude and M. J. Ward",
title = "Laser transducer systems for high-accuracy machine
positioning",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "6",
pages = "2--6",
month = feb,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4360 (Laser
applications); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7320C (Spatial variables measurement); C3120C (Spatial
variables control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices); C3355C (Control applications in
machining processes and machine tools)",
keywords = "control; frequency laser head; Hewlett Packard
equipment; high accuracy positioning; interferometric;
laser beam applications; laser interferometers; laser
transducer; machine; machine positioning; machine tool
control; machine tools; measuring machine; modular
systems; optics; permanent installation; position;
position control; position measurement; tools;
transducer; transducers; two",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Olson:1976:ELT,
author = "W. E. Olson and R. B. Smith",
title = "Electronics for the laser transducer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "6",
pages = "7--18",
month = feb,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); B4360 (Laser
applications); B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers);
B7320C (Spatial variables measurement); C3120C (Spatial
variables control); C3240D (Electric transducers and
sensing devices); C3355C (Control applications in
machining processes and machine tools)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; flexibility; Hewlett Packard
equipment; laser beam applications; laser
interferometers; laser transducer; machine; machine
tool control; measuring machines; position control;
position measurement; position transducer; tools;
transducers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Carlson:1976:UPC,
author = "J. E. Carlson and R. L. Stickle",
title = "Using a programmable calculator as a data
communications terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "6",
pages = "19--24",
month = feb,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays); C5600 (Data communication
equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "9830A calculator; BASIC language calculator; binary
synchronous remote batch terminal; calculator to
calculator communication; communication ROMs; data
communication equipment; data communications terminal;
electronic calculators; HP; interactive terminals;
programmable calculator; terminal; terminal
communication; time sharing; timesharing",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Heger:1976:CBF,
author = "C. E. Heger and R. C. Hyatt and G. A. Seavey",
title = "A cesium beam frequency reference for severe
environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "7",
pages = "2--10",
month = mar,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); B7130
(Measurement standards and calibration)",
keywords = "accuracy; atomic beams; caesium; Cs beam; frequency;
measurement standards; reference; severe environments;
stability; time reference",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Collison:1976:CFC,
author = "R. R. Collison and R. E. Kmetovicz",
title = "Calibrated {FM}, crystal stability, and counter
resolution for a low-cost signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "7",
pages = "11--17",
month = mar,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "counter resolution; crystal stability; frequency
stability; signal generator; signal generators;
stability; synchronisation; synchronizer counter",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Young:1976:PGE,
author = "I. R. Young and R. Pearson and P. M. Scott",
title = "A 50-mbit\slash s pattern generator and error detector
for evaluating digital communications system
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "7",
pages = "18--24",
month = mar,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6120B (Codes); B6210 (Telecommunication
applications)",
keywords = "50 Mbit/s; bit error rate; clock frequency offset;
coding; digital communication systems; digital
communications system performance; error detection;
error detector; errors; fixed clock rates; interface
levels; modulation; pattern generator; PCM systems;
pulse-code",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bullock:1976:ETS,
author = "M. L. Bullock and R. E. Warren",
title = "Electronic total station speeds survey operations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "8",
pages = "2--12",
month = apr,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A9385 (Instrumentation and techniques for geophysical,
hydrospheric and lower atmosphere research); B7320C
(Spatial variables measurement); B7710 (Geophysical
techniques and equipment)",
keywords = "3810A Total Station; angular measurement; built in;
calculator; display system; distance measurement;
electronic surveying instrument; equipment;
geophysical; horizontal angle; modulated light beam;
surveying; surveying horizontal distance; vertical
distance",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Poole:1976:DED,
author = "J. S. Poole and L. Bilen",
title = "Designing efficiency into a digital processor for an
analytical instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "8",
pages = "13--19",
month = apr,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A8280B
(Chromatography); A8280 (Chemical analysis and related
physical methods of analysis); C3380D (Control of
physical instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
computing)",
keywords = "analytical instrument; chromatography; digital
processor; gas chromatograph; hardware control; I/O
system; model 5840A gas chromatograph; natural sciences
applications of computers; operating convenience;
physical instrumentation control",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Nordman:1976:NCT,
author = "R. G. Nordman and R. L. Smith and L. A. Witkin",
title = "New {CRT} terminal has magnetic tape storage for
expanded capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "9",
pages = "2--5, 7--11, 13--14",
month = may,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; charges; computer
resources; costs; CRT terminal; line; magnetic tape
storage; online time; remote operations; tape drives",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richards:1976:MDC,
author = "A. J. Richards",
title = "Mini data cartridge: a convincing alternative for
low-cost, removable storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "9",
pages = "6--7",
month = may,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "access; data reliability; elastomer belt; electric
drives; head access; magnetic tape storage; mini data
cartridge; plastic scraper; precision guides; removable
storage; times; transfer rates",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morris:1976:TGP,
author = "D. E. Morris and C. J. Christopher and G. W. Chance
and D. B. Barney",
title = "Third generation programmable calculator has
computer-like capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "2--14",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "abilities; computer like capabilities; control
capabilities; desk top programmable calculator;
electronic calculators; generation calculator; HP 9825A
Calculator; interfacing; programmable calculator; stand
alone computing tool; system; third",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Eads:1976:HNL,
author = "W. D. Eads and D. S. Maitland",
title = "High-performance {NMOS LSI} processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "15--18",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bidirectional buffer; chips; electronic calculators;
HP 9825A calculator; hybrid circuit; hybrid integrated
circuits; large; NMOS LSI processor; scale
integration",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bump:1976:CIP,
author = "R. B. Bump and G. R. Paulson",
title = "Character impact printer offers maximum printing
flexibility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "19--23",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "30 characters per second; 9871A printer; calculator;
character impact printer; draw charts; graphs; page
width printer; plot; printer; printers; printing
flexibility; program control",
treatment = "N New Development; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Clifford:1976:MCD,
author = "D. M. Clifford and F. T. Hickenlooper and A. C.
Mortensen",
title = "Mid-range calculator delivers more power at lower
cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "10",
pages = "24--31",
month = jun,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "electronic calculators; HP9815A calculator; internal;
peripherals; single chip calculator",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Vifian:1976:DNA,
author = "H. Vifian",
title = "A direct-reading network analyzer for the
{500-kHz-to-1.3-GHz} frequency range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "11",
pages = "2--6",
month = jul,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "500 kHz to 1.3 GHz; all in one test set; deviation
from linear phase; direct reading network analyser;
display instruments; electrical length; equivalent;
frequency range; gain; group delay; loss; phase shift;
reflection coefficient; shift",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Lawson:1976:PWN,
author = "W. S. Lawson and D. D. Sharrit",
title = "Processing wide-range network analyzer signals for
analog and digital display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "11",
pages = "8--11",
month = jul,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C1260
(Information theory); C3210B (Recorders and indicators
for control systems)",
keywords = "analogue signals; conditioning for display; digital
display; display instruments; displaying; Model 8505A
network analyzer; processing network analyser; signal;
signal processing; signals; two quantities
simultaneously; wide range analysers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Dalichow:1976:PRS,
author = "R. Dalichow and D. R. Harkins",
title = "A precision {RF} source and down-converter for the
{Model 8505A} network analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "11",
pages = "12--16",
month = jul,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1290 (Other analogue circuits);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "display instruments; down convertor; frequency
convertors; microwave; Model 8505A network analyzer;
oscillators; precision RF source; signal; tracking",
}
@Article{Shar:1976:SIG,
author = "L. E. Shar",
title = "Series {II} general-purpose computer systems: designed
for improved throughput and reliability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "12",
pages = "2--7",
month = aug,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "error correction; error logging; expanded; faster
central processor; faster memory system; general;
general purpose computers; HP 3000 Series II Computer
Systems; improved reliability; improved throughput;
instruction set; larger memory; purpose computer
system; system",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Toschi:1976:AMF,
author = "E. A. Toschi and T. Watanabe",
title = "An all-semiconductor memory with fault detection,
correction, and logging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "27",
number = "12",
pages = "8--13",
month = aug,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "4K MOS RAMs; fault correction; fault logging; general
purpose computers; HP 3000 Series II computer; memory
system; semiconductor memory with fault detection;
semiconductor storage systems; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Anderson:1976:PRT,
author = "G. C. Anderson and G. T. Roberts",
title = "Pseudo-random and random test signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "??",
pages = "??--??",
month = "????",
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sun May 26 08:24:22 1996",
bibsource = "Distributed/QLD.bib",
bydate = "Le",
byrev = "Le",
country = "USA",
date = "15/01/88",
descriptors = "RNG; shift register sequences;",
enum = "104",
location = "PKI-OG: Li-Ord.Le",
references = "0",
revision = "21/04/91",
}
@Article{Harrison:1976:EVS,
author = "V. Harrison",
title = "An easier-to-use variable-persistence\slash storage
oscilloscope with brighter, sharper traces",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "1",
pages = "2--8",
month = sep,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "5 mV/cm; bright sharp trace; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; DC to 100 MHz response; delaying sweep
oscilloscopes; display characteristics; dual channel
oscilloscope; easy to use oscilloscope; Model 1741A;
operating modes; oscilloscope; sensitivity; variable
persistence/storage",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Hashimoto:1976:AWD,
author = "S. Hashimoto and T. Tamamura",
title = "An automatic wide-range digital {LCR} meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "1",
pages = "9--15",
month = sep,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
keywords = "0.2\%; 1 kHz and 120 Hz measurement frequencies; 3.5
digit display; accuracy; automatic wide range
instrument; digital instrumentation; digital LCR meter;
display instruments; dissipation factor measurement;
four readings/second; metering; Model 4261A; universal
impedance bridge",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Merrick:1976:CNM,
author = "E. B. Merrick and T. J. Hayes",
title = "Continuous, non-invasive measurements of arterial
blood oxygen levels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "2--9",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); A8780 (Biophysical instrumentation
and techniques); B7320T (Chemical variables
measurement); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "arterial blood oxygen levels; biomedical measurement;
blood; chemical variables; continuous noninvasive
measurement; measurement; multiwavelength; optical
instruments; optical technique; oximeter; oxygen",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ainsworth:1976:ALD,
author = "G. Ainsworth and R. Pope",
title = "An accurate, low-noise discriminator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "10--??",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits)",
keywords = "discriminators; high Q; low noise; pulse circuits;
pulse count discriminator; pulse forming network; time
standards",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Reid-Urquhart:1976:SR,
author = "J. Reid-Urquhart",
title = "A signal-level reference",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "10--??",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630L (Measurement of basic electric and magnetic
variables)A0670 (General instrumentation); A0750
(Electrical instruments and techniques); B1290 (Other
analogue circuits); B7250E (Signal generators); B7310B
(Voltage measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., South Queensferry, UK",
keywords = "calibration; generators; instruments; reference
circuits; RF signal level reference; signal; stable
amplitude level; voltage measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ingman:1976:CDI,
author = "E. M. Ingman",
title = "Card-programmable digital {IC} tester simplifies
incoming inspection",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "2",
pages = "11--18",
month = oct,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265
(Digital electronics); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Ltd., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; card programmable digital IC
tester; digital integrated circuits; inspection;
integrated circuit testing",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Dickinson:1976:PPP,
author = "P. D. Dickinson and W. E. Egbert",
title = "A pair of program-compatible personal programmable
calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "briefcase portable HP 97; buffered keyboard;
compatible; easy to read display; electronic
calculators; fully programmable personal calculators;
magnetic cards; pocket sized HP 67; programme; thermal
printer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Musch:1976:PSC,
author = "B. E. Musch and R. B. Taggart",
title = "Portable scientific calculator has built-in printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "3",
pages = "9--18",
month = nov,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "desk top sized keyboard; electronic calculators; HP
91; line current; printing calculators; rechargeable
batteries; thermal printer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kuhlman:1976:HSS,
author = "L. J. {Kuhlman, Jr.}",
title = "High-power solid-state {5.9-12.4-GHz} sweepers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "3",
pages = "19--24",
month = nov,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "100 mW GaAs FET amplifier; 12.4 GHz range; 5.9 to; 5.9
to 9.0 GHz; 8.0 to 12.4 GHz; 8620C sweep oscillator;
microwave; microwave circuits; microwave measurement;
microwave oscillators; solid state sweeper;
solid-state; swept-frequency oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beckwith:1976:CTN,
author = "J. F. Beckwith",
title = "Current tracer: {A} new way to find low-impedance
logic-circuit faults",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "2--8",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265B (Logic
circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "current pulses; display instrumentation; fault
location; integrated circuit; integrated logic
circuits; logic circuit testing; logic testing; probe;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quenelle:1976:NLP,
author = "R. C. Quenelle",
title = "New logic probe troubleshoots many logic families",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "9--11",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1265B (Logic
circuits); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co. Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bad levels; CMOS; digital circuit nodes; display
instrumentation; fault location; integrated circuit;
integrated logic circuits; logic circuit; logic levels;
logic probe; logic testing; MOS; open circuits;
testing; TTL",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bronson:1976:MML,
author = "B. Bronson and A. Y. Chan",
title = "A multifunction, multifamily logic pulser",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "12--17",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B1230J (Pulse
generators); B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators); C5120 (Logic and switching circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "bursts; circuits; fault location; integrated circuit
testing; integrated logic; logic circuit testing; logic
testing; microprogrammed pulse generator; probe; pulse;
pulse generators; pulse streams; single pulses",
}
@Article{Priebe:1976:MLC,
author = "D. Priebe",
title = "Multifamily logic clip shows all pin states
simultaneously",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "18--20",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C5120 (Logic and switching
circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "display instrumentation; dual inline IC package; IC
circuit testing; integrated circuit testing; integrated
logic circuits; logic clip; logic states; logic
testing; simultaneous LED pin state display",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morrill:1976:IPL,
author = "J. S. {Morrill, Jr.}",
title = "Interfacing a parallel-mode logic state analyzer to
serial data",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = dec,
year = "1976",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C5120 (Logic and switching
circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "convertors; logic testing; mode logic state analyser;
parallel; serial data systems; serial to parallel
convertor; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1977:LSA,
author = "J. H. Smith",
title = "A logic state analyzer for microprocessor systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "5",
pages = "2--11",
month = jan,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C5210 (Logic design
methods)",
corpsource = "HP Oscilloscope Div., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "computer debugging; debugging; display; keyboard
control; logic state analyzer; logic testing;
microprocessor systems; mnemonic; systems; test
equipment; triggering capabilities",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Saponas:1977:FMA,
author = "T. A. Saponas",
title = "Firmware of a microprocessor analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "5",
pages = "12--15",
month = jan,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "HP Automatic Measurements Div., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "firmware; keyboard; logic state analyzer; logic
testing; microprocessor analyzer; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Courtin:1977:VSF,
author = "E. Courtin and W. Ruchay and P. Salfeld and H.
Sommer",
title = "A versatile, semiautomatic fetal monitor for
non-technical use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "5",
pages = "16--23",
month = jan,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
keywords = "cardiology; cardiotocograph; foetal heartbeat monitor;
monitor; nontechnical operators; patient monitoring;
semiautomatic",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gookin:1977:FHV,
author = "A. Gookin",
title = "A fast-reading, high-resolution voltmeter that
calibrates itself automatically",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "6",
pages = "2--10",
month = feb,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650M (Computing devices and techniques); A0670H
(Display, recording, and indicating instruments); A0750
(Electrical instruments and techniques); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7310B
(Voltage measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "autocalibration; calibration; computerised
instrumentation; digital; digital voltmeter; HP
interface bus; integrating capability; microprocessor;
resolution; versatility; voltmeters",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{McDermid:1977:HSV,
author = "J. E. McDermid and J. B. Vyduna and J. M. Gorin",
title = "A high-speed system voltmeter for time-related
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "6",
pages = "11--19",
month = feb,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A0750 (Electrical instruments and
techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "analogue storage; characteristics; DC levels;
programmable trigger delay; sample and hold; system
voltmeter; time related measurements; voltmeters;
waveform",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Barker:1977:CDP,
author = "R. D. Barker and V. L. Laing and J. E. Marriott and H.
M. Juneau",
title = "Contemporary design practice in general-purpose
digital multimeters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "6",
pages = "20--28",
month = feb,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A0750 (Electrical instruments and
techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); B7310D
(Current measurement); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement)",
keywords = "current measurement; design engineering; design
practice; digital instrumentation; electric; electric
resistance measurement; general purpose digital;
multimeters; universality; voltage measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1977:NSS,
author = "L. Johnson",
title = "A new series of small computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "2--6",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 1000 systems; management; minicomputers;
operations; small computer systems",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Snow:1977:HOS,
author = "D. L. Snow and K. F. Hahn",
title = "{HP} 1000 operating system is enhanced real-time
executive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "communication; disc cartridge backup; disc cartridge
distribution; HP 1000 computer system; I/O error
management; III software; mini cartridge distribution;
minicomputers; online operation; operating system; real
time executive; RTE; RTE II software; string;
supervisory programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Drake:1977:DAM,
author = "H. D. Drake",
title = "Development and application of microprograms in a
real-time environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "15--17",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cross reference generator; editor; interactive
programming; microassembler; microdebug; microprogram
application; microprogram development;
microprogramming; PROM tape generator; RTE
microprogramming package; WCS driver; WCS load
utility",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Riggins:1977:EDC,
author = "C. C. Riggins",
title = "{E}-series doubles {21MX} computer performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "18--19",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21 MX E-series processor; HP 1000 computer system;
minicomputers; multiprogramming; real time",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stallard:1977:HEP,
author = "S. J. Stallard",
title = "How the {E}-series performance was attained",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "20--23",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21 MX E-series computer; central processing unit;
computer architecture; low power Schottky device;
microprogrammed bus oriented processor; minicomputers;
TTL Schottky device",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lane:1977:MFE,
author = "T. A. Lane",
title = "Microprogrammed features of the {21MX E}-series",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "24--27",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "21 MX E-series processor; block I/O; load;
microprogrammable; microprogrammable processor port;
microprogramming; minicomputers; remote program; self
test firmware diagnostic",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Rytand:1977:OIL,
author = "W. A. Rytand",
title = "{OPNODE}: interactive linear circuit design and
optimization",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "7",
pages = "28--31",
month = mar,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "circuit CAD; interactive graphics console;
minicomputer; OPNODE; optimisation; software package",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Forbes:1977:STP,
author = "B. E. Forbes",
title = "Silicon-on-Sapphire technology produces high-speed
single-chip processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "8",
pages = "2--8",
month = apr,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570D
(CMOS integrated circuits); C3220 (Controllers); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "16-bit parallel device; controller applications;
controllers; field effect integrated circuits; JC
processor; microprocessor chips; static CMOS/SOS",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Finch:1977:MOP,
author = "C. M. Finch and M. F. Estes and L. A. Gammill",
title = "Miniature oscilloscope probes for measurements in
crowded circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "8",
pages = "9--12",
month = apr,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "2.4 mm diameter; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; miniature
oscillator probes; probes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Uebbing:1977:SSA,
author = "J. T. Uebbing and P. B. Ashkin and H. L. Hines",
title = "A small, solid-state alphanumeric display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "8",
pages = "13--20",
month = apr,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B7260 (Display
technology and systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "display devices; dot matrix; HDSP 2000; LED; light
emitting diodes; solidstate alphanumeric display",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Frohwerk:1977:SAN,
author = "R. A. Frohwerk",
title = "Signature analysis: a new digital field service
method",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "2--8",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250Z (Other bench instruments)",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; logic; logic testing; test
equipment; testing; troubleshooting by signature
analysis",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chan:1977:ESA,
author = "A. Y. Chan",
title = "Easy-to-use signature analyzer accurately
troubleshoots complex logic circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "9--14",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "circuit troubleshooting; detection; digital
instrumentation; digital test equipment; fault; HP
5004A; logic; logic testing; signature analyser;
signature analysis technique; test equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nadig:1977:SAE,
author = "H. J. Nadig",
title = "Signature analysis-concepts, examples, and
guidelines",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "15--21",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement)",
keywords = "designer guideline; signature analysis concept;
voltmeter; voltmeters",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAa,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {I}. Square roots",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "9",
pages = "22--23",
month = may,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7310
(Mathematics computing)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; HP personal calculator; square
root algorithm",
treatment = "A Application; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Bailey:1977:WPS,
author = "P. W. Bailey and J. W. Hyde and W. T. Walker",
title = "A wide-ranging power supply of compact dimensions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "10",
pages = "2--9",
month = jun,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0750 (Electrical instruments and techniques); B1210
(Power electronics, supply and supervisory circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "0 to 50 V range; 200W; computerised instrumentation;
laboratory apparatus and; power supplies to apparatus;
programmable power supply; techniques",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kirkpatrick:1977:CCA,
author = "G. R. Kirkpatrick and D. R. Chambers and R. E. Pratt",
title = "Coaxial components and accessories for broadband
operation to 26.5 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "10",
pages = "10--16",
month = jun,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1320 (Waveguide components); B2160D (Cable
accessories); B2180E (Connectors)",
keywords = "broadband operation; coaxial cables; coaxial
connector; electric connectors; up to 26.5 GHz",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAb,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {II}. Trigonometric
functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "10",
pages = "17--20",
month = jun,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods); C5420 (Mainframes
and minicomputers)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; Howlett Packard calculator;
trigonometric function algorithm",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; T Theoretical or
Mathematical",
}
@Article{VanBree:1977:SCS,
author = "K. A. {Van Bree}",
title = "Small computer system supports large-scale multi-user
{APL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "2--5",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "large scale; multi use APL; multilingual HP 3000
Series II Computer System; procedure oriented
languages",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Munsey:1977:ADV,
author = "G. J. Munsey",
title = "{APL} data: virtual workspaces and shared storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "6--10",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation)",
keywords = "APL data; file organisation; shared storage;
workspaces",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnston:1977:ASP,
author = "R. L. Johnston",
title = "{APLGOL}: structured programming facilities for
{APL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "11--13",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "APLGOL; procedure oriented languages; structured
programming; structured programming facilities",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{VanDyke:1977:DIC,
author = "E. J. {Van Dyke}",
title = "A dynamic incremental compiler for an interpretive
language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "17--20",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
keywords = "APL-3000 dynamic incremental compiler; interactive
compiler; interpreter hybrid; program compilers;
program interpreters",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{VanBree:1977:CDC,
author = "K. A. {Van Bree}",
title = "A controller for the dynamic compiler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "21--23",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
keywords = "APL; controller; dynamic compiler; error handling;
function; function calling; handling; program
compilers; returning; sequencing; use input",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Leong:1977:CTP,
author = "W. W. Leong",
title = "{CRT} terminal provides both {APL} and {ASCII}
operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "11",
pages = "25--28",
month = jul,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5600 (Data
communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "2641A; APL-3000; ASCII operation; cathode-ray tube
displays; CRT terminal; data communication equipment;
data communications; display station",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Stickel:1977:NDD,
author = "H. P. Stickel",
title = "New {50-Megabyte} disc drive: high performance and
reliability from high-technology design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "12",
pages = "2--12, 14--15",
month = aug,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "50 M byte disc drive; coil actuated head; direct
spindle drive motor; feedback control; magnetic disc
and drum storage; reliability; storage devices; voice",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hentschel:1977:IPW,
author = "C. Hentschel and G. Riebesell and J. Zellmer and V.
Eberle",
title = "An individualized pulse\slash word generator system
for subnanosecond testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "28",
number = "12",
pages = "16--22",
month = aug,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Inst. fur Theoretische Elektrotechnik, Univ. Aachen,
Aachen, West Germany",
keywords = "1 GHz; module; pulse word generator; repetition rate;
signal generators; subnanosecond testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brunetti:1977:NFI,
author = "L. G. Brunetti",
title = "A new family of intelligent multi-color {X-Y}
plotters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "2--4",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "intelligent multi colour X-Y plotter; plotters;
precision; programmable plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Daniels:1977:EIL,
author = "Thomas H. Daniels and Larry W. Hennessee",
title = "Easy-to-Use Interface Language Controls {HP-IB}
Plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "5--9",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Graphics/siggraph/77.bib",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "binary; controllers; interface language controls;
parameter storage; plotter; plotter, programming,
language; plotters; processor; RAM; ROM; stack
operations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bones:1977:RTP,
author = "D. A. Bones and M. L. Patterson",
title = "Remote terminal plotter offers simple programming and
efficient communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "9--13",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "plotters; remote terminal plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Patterson:1977:SPS,
author = "M. L. Patterson and R. D. Haselby and R. M. Kemplin",
title = "Speed, precision, and smoothness characterize
four-color plotter pen drive system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "13--19",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B8510 (Drives); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques); C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "control; electric drives; four colour plotter; pen
drive system; plotters; precision",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balazer:1977:PIS,
author = "L. P. Balazer and G. W. Lynch and R. M. Kemplin and L.
W. Hennessee",
title = "Pen and ink system helps assure four-color plotter
line quality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "20--25",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., San Diego, CA, USA",
keywords = "designs; four colour plotter; ink system; pen;
plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grobstein:1977:BEM,
author = "S. R. Grobstein and R. D. Gatzke",
title = "A battery-powered {ECG} monitor for emergency and
operating room environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "1",
pages = "26--31",
month = sep,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8770G (Patient care and
treatment); B7510D (Bioelectric signals); B7520
(Patient care and treatment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "battery power; biomedical equipment;
electrocardiography; monitoring; nonfade portable ECG
monitor; patient; patient monitoring; surgery",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Grote:1977:ADS,
author = "R. H. Grote and H. {Webber McKinney}",
title = "Advanced digital signal analyzer probes low-frequency
signals with ease and precision",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "2--9",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A; analyser; analysers; digital instrumentation;
digital signal analyser; LF signals; signal processing;
spectral",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Patkay:1977:FDD,
author = "J.-P. D. Patkay and F. R. F. Chu and H. A. M.
Wiggers",
title = "Front-end design for digital signal analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "9--14",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A digital signal analyzer; analysers; band
selectable analysis; digital instrumentation; input
channels; preprocessing; signal processing; spectral;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Edgerley:1977:DSS,
author = "W. M. {Edgerley, Jr.} and D. C. Snyder",
title = "Display and storage systems for a digital signal
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "14--17",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A; analysers; digital instrumentation; digital
signal analyser; display; signal processing; spectral;
spectral analyser; storage systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Donahue:1977:DSA,
author = "T. L. Donahue and J. P. Oliverio",
title = "Digital signal analyzer applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "17--21",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "5420A digital signal analyser; acoustics; analysers;
design; digital instrumentation; electronic speed
controller; filter; mechanical structure; phase noise
analysis; signal processing; spectral; spectral
analysers; underwater sound",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1977:PFC,
author = "R. E. Martin",
title = "Printing financial calculator sets new standards for
accuracy and capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "2",
pages = "22--28",
month = oct,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7120 (Financial
computing)",
keywords = "electronic calculators; financial calculator;
financial data processing; HP 92; printing electronic
calculator",
treatment = "A Application; E Economic; P Practical",
}
@Article{Thomason:1977:ESS,
author = "J. L. Thomason",
title = "Expanding synthesized signal generation to the
microwave range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8671A; 8672A; broadband; frequency synthesizers;
generator; microwave range; programmable; signal
synthesis; synthesized signal",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Astrof:1977:FSM,
author = "K. L. Astrof",
title = "Frequency synthesis in a microwave signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "8--15",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8671A; 8672A synthesized signal generator; frequency
synthesizers; microwave signal generator; spectral
purity; synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stribling:1977:SGF,
author = "B. C. Stribling",
title = "Signal generator features for a microwave
synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "15--16, 18--19, 21",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8672A; frequency synthesizers; microwave synthesizer;
signal generator features; synthesized signal
generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1977:PCAc,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {III}. Inverse
trigonometric functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "22--23",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "algorithms; calculators; electronic; electronic
calculators; inverse trigonometric functions;
mathematics; subroutines",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{DeWeese:1977:NPH,
author = "J. E. DeWeese and T. R. Ligon",
title = "An {NMOS} process for high-performance {LSI}
circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "3",
pages = "26--29, 31",
month = nov,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B1265D (Memory circuits);
B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits); C5120 (Logic
and switching circuits); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "desk top calculators; electronic calculators; field
effect integrated circuits; integrated logic circuits;
integrated memory circuits; large; LSI circuits; NMOS
process; scale integration",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Marion:1977:WIO,
author = "A. F. Marion and E. A. Heinsen and R. Chin and B. E.
Helmso",
title = "Wrist instrument opens new dimension in personal
information",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "4",
pages = "2--10",
month = dec,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7320K (Time
measurement); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "clocks; digital electronic wristwatch; electronic
calculators; HP 01; personal calculator",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Westlund:1977:HPO,
author = "R. C. Westlund",
title = "Higher precision in oscilloscope measurements of very
short time intervals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "4",
pages = "11--17",
month = dec,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); A0670H
(Display, recording, and indicating instruments);
B7320K (Time measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; oscilloscope; time
measurement; very short time intervals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yokokawa:1977:WAL,
author = "M. Yokokawa and K. Kanafuji",
title = "A wide-ranging, automatic {LCR} meter for stand-alone
or systems applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "4",
pages = "18--23",
month = dec,
year = "1977",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310J (Impedance and admittance measurement); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Palo-Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic LCR meter; computerised instrumentation;
electric; electric impedance; electric reactance
measurement; measurement; microprocessor; multimeters;
resistance measurement",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dickinson:1978:VLG,
author = "P. D. Dickinson",
title = "Versatile low-cost graphics terminal is designed for
ease of use",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "2--6",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2648A; alphanumeric capabilities; automatic; computer
graphic equipment; graphics terminal; interactive;
plotters; plotting",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Blazek:1978:RSG,
author = "O. Blazek and M. B. Raynham",
title = "Raster scan graphics with zoom and pan",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "6--12",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2648A graphics terminal; computer graphic equipment;
pan; raster array; zoom",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Moyer:1978:FCM,
author = "J. J. Moyer",
title = "Firmware control of a microprocessor-based graphics
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "12--16",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2648A; computer graphic equipment; firmware control;
graphics terminal; microcode; microcomputers;
microprocessor",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Roos:1978:ADS,
author = "M. D. Roos and J. H. Egbert and R. P. Oblad and J. T.
Barr",
title = "Add-on digital signal processing enhances the
performance of network and spectrum analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "5",
pages = "17--24",
month = jan,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C1260 (Information
theory); C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "analyser; analysers; computerised signal processing;
digital signal processing; digital storage; error
correction; network; network analysers; spectral;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Haag:1978:LSA,
author = "G. A. Haag",
title = "A logic state analyzer for evaluating complex state
flow",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "2--10",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); C5210 (Logic design
methods)",
keywords = "32-bit; complex program flow; digital instrumentation;
logic state analyser; logic testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Scharrer:1978:ILS,
author = "J. A. Scharrer and R. G. {Wickliff, Jr.} and W. D.
Martin",
title = "Interactive logic state and timing analyses for
tracking down problems in digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "14--20",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
keywords = "asynchronous; automatic test equipment; digital
systems; logic state; logic testing; synchronous
events; timing analyses",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Small:1978:ELL,
author = "C. T. Small and A. J. DeVilbiss",
title = "Entry level logic state analyzer has high-level
capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "21--27",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; logic state analyser; logic
testing; portable",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ogden:1978:ALS,
author = "D. J. Ogden",
title = "Adapting the {1611A} logic state analyzer to work with
the {F8} microprocessor family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "6",
pages = "28--32",
month = feb,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5280 (Other digital
techniques)",
keywords = "1611A logic state analyser; F8 microprocessor family;
logic testing; microcomputers",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Schwager:1978:HDS,
author = "A. O. Schwager",
title = "The {Hewlett--Packard} distributed system network",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "2--6",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
keywords = "computer networks; data communication systems; design
objectives; distributed; distributed processing;
distributed systems products; HP-DSN; processing",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sakakihara:1978:DS,
author = "P. M. Sakakihara",
title = "Distributed systems\slash 3000",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
keywords = "cables; computer interfaces; computer networks; data
communication; distributed processing; distributed
systems; DS/3000; handwired coaxial; HP 1000; HP 2026;
HP 3000; modem lines; modems; systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Shatzer:1978:DS,
author = "R. R. Shatzer",
title = "Distributed systems\slash 1000",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "15--20",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)C5620 (Computer networks and techniques)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computer networks; data
communication; data communication equipment;
distributed data processing; distributed processing;
DS/1000; HP 1000 Computer Systems; HP 3000 Series II;
Systems; systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nielsen:1978:DEC,
author = "J. R. Nielsen and D. S. Kaplan",
title = "Data entry and communications systems have network
capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "21--26",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "communications; computer networks; data; data
acquisition; data communication; data entry;
distributed data capture; distributed processing; HP
2026 system; local file inquiry; operating system;
systems",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1978:ESC,
author = "R. W. Williams",
title = "Experimenting with satellite-linked computer
networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "7",
pages = "27--32",
month = mar,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); B6250G (Satellite
relay systems); C5620 (Computer networks and
techniques)",
keywords = "computer communications; computer networks; data
communication systems; experiment; HP 3000 Series II
Computer systems; Project Prelude; relay systems;
satellite",
treatment = "A Application; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Eads:1978:HID,
author = "W. D. Eads and J. M. Walden",
title = "A highly integrated desktop computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "2--11",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "HP 9800; integrated desktop computer system;
minicomputers; Series; System 45",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Keith:1978:SHD,
author = "J. C. Keith and L. T. Schulte and A. K. Vogen",
title = "System 45 hardware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "11--22",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "CRT display terminal; desktop computers; external tape
memory; minicomputers; printer; System 45 hardware",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cozzens:1978:ATP,
author = "R. J. Cozzens",
title = "Advanced thermal page printer has high-resolution
graphics capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "22--??",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "desktop computer; printers; System 45; thermal
printer/plotter",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1978:PCA,
author = "W. E. Egbert",
title = "Personal calculator algorithms. {IV}. Logarithmic
functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "8",
pages = "29--32",
month = apr,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "algorithms; HP pocket calculators; logarithmic
functions; subroutines",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1978:MHH,
author = "A. Bologlu and V. A. Barber",
title = "Microprocessor-controlled harmonic heterodyne
microwave counter also measures amplitudes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "9",
pages = "2--4, 6--7, 9--12, 14--16",
month = may,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
keywords = "automatic amplitude; computerised instrumentation;
discrimination; FM; frequency measurement; harmonic
heterodyne frequency measuring technique; high
sensitivity; microprocessor control; microwave
measurement; tolerance",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Ellsworth:1978:GHC,
author = "A. L. Ellsworth and K. Hasebe",
title = "Generating high-speed {CRT} displays from digital
data",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "9",
pages = "17--23",
month = may,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "analogue; cathode-ray tube displays; computer graphic
equipment; CRT displays; digital data; digital-analogue
conversion; graphics translator; signals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holdaway:1978:NGR,
author = "S. N. Holdaway and M. D. Humpherys",
title = "The next generation {RF} spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "2--7",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "100 Hz to 1500 MHz; analysers; annotation;
computerised instrumentation; digital control; digital
processors; digital storage; display; Interface Bus
compatibility; log; microprocessor control;
radiofrequency spectrum analyser; resolution
bandwidths; spectral; spectral purity; synthesizer
controlled tuning; tuning range",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holdaway:1978:SPM,
author = "S. N. Holdaway and D. H. Molinari and S. H. Linkwitz
and M. J. Neering",
title = "Signal processing in the {Model 8568 A} spectrum
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "9--10, 12--16",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "frequency conversion path; local oscillators; lock
system; measurement signal path; phase; phase noise;
radiofrequency spectral analyser; signal processing;
spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Marzalek:1978:DDC,
author = "M. S. Marzalek and L. M. Wheelwright",
title = "Developing the digital control system for the {Model
8568 A} spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "16--17, 19--20",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "analysers; computerised instrumentation; digital
control; digital control system; display system; IC;
microprocessor; radiofrequency spectral analyser;
spectral",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sharrit:1978:DSM,
author = "D. D. Sharrit",
title = "Designing serviceability into the {Model 8568 A}
spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "10",
pages = "20--21, 23--24",
month = jun,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques);
C5260 (Digital signal processing)",
keywords = "digitally stored display; integrated circuit testing;
keyboard front panel; maintenance engineering;
microcomputer control; pilot signal phase lock loop;
processing; radiofrequency spectral analyser;
serviceability; signal; signature analysis; spectral
analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brubaker:1978:IPM,
author = "R. H. {Brubaker, Jr.}",
title = "An intelligent peripheral for measurement and
control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "11",
pages = "2--6, 8--9",
month = jul,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C3300 (Control
applications); C5600 (Data communication equipment and
techniques); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computerised control; data communication equipment;
data link; I/O interface; intelligent peripheral",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Klaiss:1978:FIM,
author = "D. E. Klaiss",
title = "Firmware intelligence for measurement and control
processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "11",
pages = "10--12, 14--15, 17--18",
month = jul,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380
(Control applications in instrumentation systems and
laboratory techniques); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; control processing;
firmware intelligence; HP 2240A; HP-IB; instruments;
measurement; process computer control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ripert:1978:EDC,
author = "J. A. Ripert and D. C. Berthier and M. E. Bernard",
title = "An easy-to-use data capture terminal for industrial
operations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "11",
pages = "19--23",
month = jul,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "compact terminal; computer link; data acquisition",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chu:1978:UCR,
author = "D. C. Chu and M. S. Allen and A. S. Foster",
title = "Universal counter resolves picoseconds in time
interval measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "12",
pages = "2--11",
month = aug,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630F (Time and frequency measurement); A0660J
(High-speed techniques (microsecond or shorter));
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320K (Time measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "20 picosecond resolution; dual vernier interpolation;
oscillator; time interval measurements; time
measurement; triggered phase locked; universal time
interval counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ferguson:1978:TSG,
author = "K. M. Ferguson and L. R. Dickstein",
title = "Time synthesizer generates precise pulse widths and
time delays for critical timing applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "12",
pages = "12--19",
month = aug,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
B7320K (Time measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calibration; generation; precise pulse width; pulse
generators; time delay generation; time measurement;
time synthesizer",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bradford:1978:RRS,
author = "K. J. Bradford",
title = "Remotely-controlled {RF} switch for multipoint tests
in communications systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "12",
pages = "20--22",
month = aug,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210 (Telecommunication applications); C3250
(Telecontrol and telemetering components); C3260B
(Electric actuators and final control equipment)",
corpsource = "Heriot Watt Univ., Edinburgh, UK",
keywords = "10 kHz to 25 MHz; access switch; communications
systems; multipoint tests; remotely controlled RF
switch; switches; telecontrol equipment; test
equipment",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Pendergrass:1978:HLS,
author = "N. A. Pendergrass and J. S. Farnbach",
title = "A high-resolution, low-frequency spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "2--9, 11--13",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "0 to 25.5 kHz; computerised instrumentation; digital
computation; microprocessor control; spectral
analysers; spectrum analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmidt:1978:DPD,
author = "L. A. Schmidt",
title = "Designing programmable digital filters for {LSI}
implementation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "15--23",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270F (Digital filters); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); B6140 (Signal processing and detection);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5240 (Digital filters)",
keywords = "digital filters; digital signal; field effect
integrated circuits; large; LSI; microprocessor chip;
microprocessor chips; NMOS; processing; programmable
digital filters; scale integration; signal processing;
spectral analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Azmoon:1978:DPP,
author = "M. Azmoon and J. H. Bohorquez and R. A. Warp",
title = "Desktop plotter\slash printer does both vector graphic
plotting and fast text printing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "24--25, 27--32",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650D (Data gathering, processing, and recording,
data displays including digital techniques); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
keywords = "bidirectional paper drive; character sets;
computerised instrumentation; graph rotation; graphics;
plotter; plotters; printer; printers; text printing;
unit scaling; vector graphic plotting",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Trego:1978:PPI,
author = "M. P. Trego",
title = "Plotter\slash Printer Interface Languages: {HP-GL} and
{ASCII}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "13",
pages = "26--26",
month = sep,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Feb 04 12:04:31 1997",
bibsource = "Graphics/siggraph/78.bib",
keywords = "plotter and programming and language",
}
@Article{Juncker:1978:HHC,
author = "R. K. Juncker",
title = "Higher-performance {HP} 1000 computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "2--5",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "executive operating system; general purpose computers;
HP 1000 computer systems; real time; software modules",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wong:1978:RMO,
author = "E. J. Wong and C. M. Manley",
title = "{RTE-IV}: the megaword-array operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "6--11",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "megaword data arrays; multiterminal handling software;
operating system; operating systems (computers); real
time executive RTE-IV; up to 54K bytes",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cates:1978:FEC,
author = "J. A. Cates",
title = "{F}-Series extends computing power of {HP} 1000
computer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "12--17",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "F-Series; floating point; general purpose computers;
HP 1000 computer family; instructions; intensive
program; transcendental functions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Geber:1978:MSI,
author = "C. R. Geber",
title = "Microcoded scientific instruction set enhances speed
and accuracy of {F}-Series computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "F-Series computers; floating point; general purpose
computers; HP 1000 computer; instruction set;
microcoded scientific; processor; standard
instruction",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Christensen:1978:NMS,
author = "A. H. Christensen and D. C. Salomaki",
title = "New memory systems for {HP} 1000 computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "23--27",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
keywords = "16K dynamic RAM; HP 1000 computers; memory array;
random-access storage",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Anderson:1978:MTH,
author = "D. B. Anderson and M. B. Bain and G. Johnson",
title = "Multipoint terminals for {HP} 1000 systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "14",
pages = "28--32",
month = oct,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "addressed poll; binary synchronous communications
procedure; error correction; error detection; HP 1000
computer system; interactive terminals; multipoint
terminal; select sequences",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Woodcock:1978:PPT,
author = "T. M. Woodcock",
title = "Printer and printing terminal grain versatility and
mechanical simplicity with microprocessor control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "2--7",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "computerised control; dot matrix printing; flexible
interfacing; horizontal pitch; mechanism;
microprocessor control; printers; printing; terminal
grain versatility; variable",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Ignoffo:1978:MDP,
author = "J. J. Ignoffo and M. J. Sproviero and P. R. Luque and
K. B. Wade",
title = "Managing dot-matrix printing with a microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "8--19",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "computerised control; control system; controlled
velocity; dot matrix printing; hardware; HP 2631A; HP
2631G; HP 2635A; HP 2639A; microprocessor control;
printers; printhead carriage; velocity servo loop",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Terry:1978:VLP,
author = "F. D. Terry",
title = "Versatile {400-Ipm} line printer with a friction-free
mechanism that assures long life",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "20--22",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "dot matrix alphanumerics; friction free mechanism;
graphics; HP 2608A; line printer; printers; versatile",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Baily:1978:OPE,
author = "E. M. Baily and W. A. McIlvanie and W. T. Thrash and
D. B. Winterrowd",
title = "Optimizing the performance of an electromechanical
print mechanism",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "15",
pages = "23--31",
month = nov,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "electromechanical print mechanism; hammer mechanism;
HP 2608A; line printer; print; printers; printing
speed",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Carua:1978:EHD,
author = "F. P. Carua",
title = "Easy-to-use, high-resolution digitizer increases
operator efficiency",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "16",
pages = "2--13",
month = dec,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290B (Convertors); C5600 (Data communication
equipment and techniques); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "analogue-digital conversion; computer peripheral
equipment; convertors; electronic engineering
computing; graphic data; microcomputer controlled
digitizer; transformation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schad:1978:MMS,
author = "T. Schad and D. Kible and P. Brunner",
title = "1 {mHz}-to-50 {MHz} signal source combines synthesizer
accuracy, multimode operation, and easy programming",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "16",
pages = "19--27",
month = dec,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7250E (Signal generators);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
keywords = "ATE; automatic test equipment; programmable signal
generator; signal generators; signal source; signal
sources",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scruggs:1978:CLM,
author = "J. E. Scruggs and M. L. Faber and D. L. Wolpert",
title = "A compact logging multimeter that can manipulate
data",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "29",
number = "16",
pages = "28--32",
month = dec,
year = "1978",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3380B (Control
of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "ATE; automatic test equipment; data loggers; data
logging multimeter; digital; electric resistance
measurement; instrumentation; measurement;
microcomputer control; multimeters; resistance
measurement; temperature measurement; voltage; voltage
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Masters:1979:LMM,
author = "L. W. Masters and K. M. Blankenship and M. J. Ward",
title = "A low-cost, microprocessor-based, 100 {MHz} universal
counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "1",
pages = "2--7, 9--11",
month = jan,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; counting circuits; data
acquisition; digital; frequency counter; frequency
measurement; IC; instrumentation; integrated display
driver chip; LSI chip; microcomputer control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wong:1979:HBL,
author = "B. W. Wong and W. D. Jackson",
title = "A high-performance bipolar {LSI} counter chip using
{EFL} and {I$^2$L} circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "1",
pages = "12--17",
month = jan,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); B2570B (Bipolar integrated circuits);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
keywords = "bipolar integrated circuits; bipolar LSI; EFL; I/sup
2/L; integrated logic circuits; large scale
integration; microprocessor chip; microprocessor chips;
multiple; register counter chip; registers; shift;
universal counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Danielson:1979:SSS,
author = "D. D. Danielson and S. E. Froseth",
title = "A synthesized signal source with function generator
capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "1",
pages = "18--26",
month = jan,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B7250E (Signal
generators); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; frequency synthesizers;
function generator; function generators; programmable;
signal generator; signal source; synthesized signal
source",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fenoglio:1979:HDX,
author = "J. A. Fenoglio and B. W. C. Chin and T. R. Cobb",
title = "A high-quality digital {X-Y} plotter designed for
reliability, flexibility and low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "2--7",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; digital X-Y plotter;
microprocessor control; plotters; recorders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tsai:1979:LSM,
author = "Lung-Wen Tsai and R. L. Ciardella",
title = "Linear step motor design provides high plotter
performance at low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "7--9, 12--14",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B8340 (Small and special purpose electric
machines)",
keywords = "linear step motor; plotters; recorders; stepping
motors; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Royce:1979:SEE,
author = "W. G. Royce and P. Chu",
title = "Simple, efficient electronics for a low cost {X-Y}
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "14--18",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B1290B (Convertors); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B8340 (Small and
special purpose electric machines); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "ADC; analogue-digital conversion; controllers;
convertors; current; electric drives; linear step
motor; plotters; power supplies to apparatus;
recorders; regulator; stepping motors; switching
driver; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maiorca:1979:CSS,
author = "P. P. Maiorca and N. H. MacNeil",
title = "A closed-loop system for smoothing and matching step
motor responses",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "18--23",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8340 (Small and special purpose electric machines);
C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3260B (Electric
actuators and final control equipment)",
keywords = "closed loop system; closed loop systems; control
servomechanism; linear step motor; plotters; position;
position control; recorders; servomechanisms; stepping
motors; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maeda:1979:MLM,
author = "K. Maeda and Y. Narimatsu",
title = "Multi-frequency {LCR} meters test components under
realistic conditions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "2",
pages = "24--31",
month = feb,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage measurement); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310J (Impedance and
admittance measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
keywords = "automatic LCR meters; automatic test equipment;
digital; digital instrumentation; electric; frequency
measurement; impedance; impedance measurement;
instrumentation; measurement; signal level
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stone:1979:CBT,
author = "P. S. Stone and J. F. McDermid",
title = "Circuit board testing: cost-effective production test
and troubleshooting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "2--8",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "ATE; automatic test equipment; digital printed circuit
board test system; fault location; integrated circuit;
PCB testing; printed circuits; production; testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Groves:1979:RDF,
author = "W. A. Groves",
title = "Rapid digital fault isolation with {FASTRACE}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "8--13",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; digital fault isolation;
digital PCB test system; integrated circuit testing;
printed circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Parker:1979:SSS,
author = "K. P. Parker",
title = "Software simulator speeds digital board test
generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "13--16, 18--19",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5120 (Logic and switching circuits); C5210 (Logic
design methods); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; circuit testing; digital PCB
testing; digital simulation; integrated; logic
operator; logic testing; printed circuits; SIMUL;
software simulator; TESTAID",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baskins:1979:VMT,
author = "D. L. Baskins",
title = "Virtual memory for {TESTAID} and {FASTRACE} (printed
circuit board testing programs)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "17--18",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage); C6120 (File organisation);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; board testing; computer
memory; page replacement algorithm; printed circuit;
virtual memory system; virtual storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crook:1979:AIC,
author = "D. T. Crook",
title = "Analog in-circuit component measurements: problems and
solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "19--22",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7110 (Measurement theory);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7310 (Electric and magnetic variables measurement)",
keywords = "circuits; constant current; constant voltage
techniques; digital PCB test; incircuit component
measurement; integrated circuit testing; lead errors;
measurement errors; printed; system; technique",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schlotzhauer:1979:USA,
author = "E. O. Schlotzhauer",
title = "User-oriented software for an automatic circuit-board
tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "22--27",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "analysis; automatic printed circuit; automatic test
equipment; board tester; circuit component; computer
program generation; functional analog tests; functional
digital tests; integrated circuit testing; printed
circuits; signature; testing; user oriented software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crook:1979:HDA,
author = "D. T. Crook and B. M. Wood and F. L. Fiedler and K.
Firooz and R. H. Burger",
title = "Hardware design of an automatic circuit board tester",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "3",
pages = "27--32",
month = mar,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic circuit board tester; automatic test
equipment; integrated circuit testing; PCB testing;
printed circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamilton:1979:HSC,
author = "A. P. Hamilton",
title = "A human-engineered small-business computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "3--??, 5",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1270 (Man-machine systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "business computer; design engineering; HP 250; human
factors; interactive terminals; minicomputer;
minicomputers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Mathis:1979:HSC,
author = "B. Mathis",
title = "Human-engineering the small-business computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "4--5",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1270 (Man-machine systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 250; human engineering; human factors; interactive
terminals; minicomputers; small business computer",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Meyer:1979:CES,
author = "G. L. Meyer and V. {Delloy Forbes}",
title = "Cost-effective electronics for the small-business
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "6--10, 12--14",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "16 bit processor; business computer; cost;
effectiveness; HP 250; minicomputer; minicomputers;
NMOS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peery:1979:HIO,
author = "D. L. Peery",
title = "{HP} 250 input\slash output system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "11--12",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "asynchronous serial interface; computer interfaces;
computer peripheral equipment; HP 250; input/output
system; intelligent; interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peery:1979:HBF,
author = "D. L. Peery",
title = "{HP} 250 {BASIC}: a friendly, interactive, powerful
system language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "14--19",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "BASIC; HP 250; interaction system; interactive
systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hetrick:1979:LDB,
author = "M. V. Hetrick",
title = "Low-cost data base management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "19--25",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6150E (General utility
programs); C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS))",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "BASIC; database; database management systems; HP 250
computer; IMAGE/25; management system; utility
programs",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wang:1979:ASS,
author = "S. W. Y. Wang and L. F. Nelson",
title = "Applications software for the small-business
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "25--28",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS)); C7120
(Financial computing); C7160 (Manufacturing and
industrial administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "applications software; business; database management
systems; distribution industries; distributive data
processing; financial data processing; HP 250; life
stream functions; management; manufacturing data
processing; manufacturing industries; service
industries",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Forbes:1979:CCD,
author = "L. Forbes and U. Kaempf",
title = "Capacitance and conductance deep-level transient
spectroscopy using {HP-IB} instruments and a desktop
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "4",
pages = "29--32",
month = apr,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650D (Data gathering, processing, and recording,
data displays including digital techniques); A0765
(Optical spectroscopy and spectrometers); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); B2560
(Semiconductor devices); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Univ. of California, Davis, CA, USA",
keywords = "absorption spectra of solids; capacitance measurement;
computerised spectroscopy; conductance measurement;
deep; deep level transient spectroscopy; electric
admittance measurement; impurity and defect; levels;
semiconductor device testing; semiconductor materials;
testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Huttemann:1979:PPP,
author = "W. Huttemann and L. Kristen and P. Aue",
title = "A precision, programmable pulse generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "3--10",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computerized
instrumentation; programmable pulse generator; pulse
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chumbley:1979:EPD,
author = "S. L. Chumbley",
title = "Extending possibilities in desktop computing
({Hewlett--Packard} model {9835A/B} computer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "11--13",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
keywords = "acquisition; assembly language programming; BASIC;
data; desktop computer; microcomputer; microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ujvarosy:1979:PEE,
author = "D. R. Ujvarosy and D. T. Shaffer",
title = "Processor enhancements expand memory ({Hewlett--Packard
9835A/B} desktop computer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "13--15",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265D (Memory circuits); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5250
(Microcomputer techniques)",
keywords = "address extension chip; computer memory; desktop
computer; microcomputer; microcomputers; microprocessor
chips; processor; ROM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Becker:1979:DME,
author = "J. C. Becker",
title = "Designing to meet electromagnetic interference
requirements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "16--17",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference)",
keywords = "electromagnetic compatibility; electromagnetic
interference",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hallissy:1979:APC,
author = "R. M. Hallissy",
title = "Assembly programming capability in a desktop computer
(Hewlett--Packard model {9835A/B} computer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "5",
pages = "18--20",
month = may,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
keywords = "assembly language system; debugging; desktop computer;
microcomputers; program assembler; program assemblers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Clark:1979:BC,
author = "G. R. Clark",
title = "A business computer for the 1980s",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "3--5",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7100 (Business
and administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "administrative data processing; business computer;
business data; Hewlett Packard; HP 300 computer; office
system; processing; special purpose computers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Ha:1979:IDS,
author = "E. P. L. Ha and J. R. Groff",
title = "The integrated display system and terminal access
method ({HP} 300)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "6--9",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer operating
procedures; HP 300; HP 300 operation; IDS; integrated
display system; interactive terminals",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Clegg:1979:RCP,
author = "F. W. Clegg",
title = "Reducing the cost of program development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "9--15",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "compiler; HP 300; interactive programming;
interpreter; language facilities; program development;
program processors",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Taylor:1979:MDH,
author = "P. N. Taylor and A. T. Pare and J. R. Groff",
title = "Managing data: {HP} 300 files and data bases",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "16--19",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6160 (Database management
systems (DBMS))",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "AMIGO/300 file system; database management systems;
file organisation; files and data bases; HP 300;
IMAGE/300",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Cheng:1979:EUR,
author = "Tu-Ting Cheng and W. Peikes",
title = "An easy-to-use report generation language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "20--23",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "problem oriented languages; report generation
language",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kovalick:1979:HBB,
author = "M. Y. Kovalick",
title = "{HP} 300 business {BASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "23--26",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "BASIC; BASIC/300; business application language;
problem oriented languages",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Horine:1979:IPD,
author = "D. A. Horine",
title = "Innovative package design enhances {HP} 300
effectiveness",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "6",
pages = "26--30",
month = jun,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310 (EDP management)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer facilities; computer installation; HP 300;
human factors; package design; safety",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bergh:1979:CHC,
author = "A. B. Bergh and K. C. Y. Mei",
title = "Cost-effective hardware for a compact integrated
business computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "3--8",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
keywords = "300; architectural capabilities; computer
architecture; hardware; HP; integrated business
computer; minicomputers; stack machine",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Matheson:1979:CIO,
author = "W. G. Matheson",
title = "A computer input\slash output system based on the {HP
Interface Bus}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "9--10, 12--13",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; HP 300; HP Interface Bus; I/O
channels; input-output programs; input/output system;
minicomputers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Smith:1979:SLF,
author = "R. L. Smith",
title = "A small, low-cost 12-megabyte fixed disc drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "11--12",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "design; disc drive; HP 300; magnetic disc and drum
storage; objectives; small disc drive; system memory",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Knoll:1979:IPO,
author = "A. F. Knoll and N. D. Marschke",
title = "An innovative programming and operating console",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "13--17",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "display management; editing features; HP 300; HP 300's
integrated display system; interactive terminals;
operating console; program development station",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Carpenter:1979:AFO,
author = "R. L. Carpenter",
title = "{AMIGO\slash} 300: a friendly operating system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "17--24",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "AMIGO/300; HP 300; man/machine interface; operating
system; operating systems (computers)",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wise:1979:CLA,
author = "D. M. Wise and J. C. McCullough",
title = "Configuring and launching the {AMIGO\slash} 300
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "20--21",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "AMIGO/300 system; computer operating procedures;
programs; startup; supervisory and executive; SYSTEM
BUILD; system generation; SYSTEM STARTUP; systems
programs",
}
@Article{Amin:1979:MSP,
author = "D. A. Amin and T. Kriegel",
title = "A multiple-output switching power supply for computer
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "7",
pages = "25--28",
month = jul,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
keywords = "HP 300; HP Model 63312F; power supply; power supply
circuits; supervisory circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Linkwitz:1979:NPS,
author = "S. H. Linkwitz",
title = "New performance standards in microwave spectrum
analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "3--7",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analysers; computerised instrumentation; low;
microwave spectra; microwave spectrum analysis; model
8566A; phase noise; spectral; spectrum analyser;
stability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lamy:1979:BIM,
author = "J. C. Lamy and F. K. David",
title = "Broadband input mixers for a microwave spectrum
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "8--13",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "analyser; dual front end approach; input mixers;
microwave measurement; mixers (circuits); model 8566A;
spectral analysis; spectrum; YIG technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martin:1979:SML,
author = "L. R. Martin and K. L. Lange and S. T. Sparks",
title = "A synthesized microwave local oscillator with
continuous-sweep capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "13--19",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350 (Microwave circuits and
devices); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 Hz resolution; 100 Hz to 22 GHz; 8566A spectrum
analyser; analysers; continuous sweep capability;
frequency conversion chain; frequency range; frequency
synthesizers; HP; microwave oscillators; model 8566A;
spectral; synthesized microwave local oscillator",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Riebesell:1979:DPG,
author = "G. Riebesell and U. Hubner and B. Moravek",
title = "A digital pattern generator for functional testing of
bus-oriented digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "20--25",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; data buses; digital pattern
generator; functional testing; hardware; multichannel
digital hardware; test equipment; testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Guest:1979:HED,
author = "D. H. Guest",
title = "An {HP-IB} extender for distributed instrument
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "8",
pages = "26--32",
month = aug,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Ltd., South Queensferry, UK",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computerised instrumentation;
distributed instrument systems; HP model 37201A HP;
HP-IB; interface bus extenders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1979:STY,
author = "R. C. Edwards",
title = "{SOS} technology yields low-cost {HP} 3000 computer
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "3--6, 8",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "administrative data processing; business data
processing; EDP system; general purpose computers; HP
3000 Series 33; interactive systems; SOS technology;
system",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Robinson:1979:AME,
author = "C. {Robinson, Jr.}",
title = "Adapting the {Multiprogramming Executive} to a new
hardware environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "7--8",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "HP 3000 Series 33; MPE; Multiprogramming Executive;
operating system; operating systems (computers); OS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Matsui:1979:FEC,
author = "Y. Matsui and M. Kohli",
title = "A friendly, easy-to-service computer ({HP 3000 Series
33})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "9--12",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
keywords = "design; ergonomics; general purpose computers; HP 3000
Series 33; low audio noise level; operator oriented;
space effectiveness",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Nelson:1979:RCT,
author = "D. L. Nelson",
title = "A remote computer troubleshooting facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "13--14, 16",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "computer debugging; computer maintenance; computer
troubleshooting; hardware maintenance; HP 3000 Series
33; maintenance; remote console; remote maintenance;
software",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Holl:1979:PHS,
author = "J. H. Holl",
title = "Philosophy of {HP 3000 Series 33} diagnostics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "15--16",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
keywords = "computer debugging; computer maintenance; diagnostics;
HP 3000 Series 33; maintenance; remote; self testing",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wong:1979:CEI,
author = "D. T. Y. Wong",
title = "Controlling electromagnetic interference generated by
a computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "17--19",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5280 (Other digital techniques)",
keywords = "33; computer design; electromagnetic interference; EMI
control; EMI emissions; HP 3000 Series; interference
suppression",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blais:1979:APF,
author = "M. R. Blais and J. L. Fanton",
title = "Automated pulmonary function measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "20--24",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8770
(Biomedical engineering); C3385 (Biological and medical
control systems); C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers);
C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "47804A Pulmonary measurement System; biomedical
equipment; biomedical measurement; Hewlett--Packard
Model; pneumodynamics; pulmonary function measurements;
pulmonary testing; special purpose computers",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Howard:1979:TXO,
author = "P. G. Howard",
title = "Triggered {X-Y} oscilloscope displays",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "9",
pages = "25--28",
month = sep,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "100-MHz oscilloscope; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; CRO;
Model 1741; oscilloscope; triggered X Y",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bronson:1979:MLT,
author = "B. Bronson and M. Slater",
title = "Microprocessor lab teaches operation and
troubleshooting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "3--8",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0220 (Computing education and training)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer science education; home study; microprocessor
course",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Zellers:1979:ENA,
author = "J. R. Zellers",
title = "An economical network analyzer for the {4-to-1300-MHz}
frequency range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "9--17",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); C5450 (Analogue and hybrid computers and
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "magnitude ratio swept; measurement; network analysers;
network analyzer; phase angle swept measurement;
receiver; sweeping source; two channel",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wickliff:1979:ELA,
author = "R. G. {Wickliff, Jr.} and R. A. {Nygaard, Jr.}",
title = "Expanding logic analyzer capabilities by means of the
{HP-IB}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "assembly language; logic analyzer; logic testing;
logic timing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Erdmann:1979:SDA,
author = "R. E. {Erdmann, Jr.}",
title = "A serial data analyzer for locating faults in
decentralized digital systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "10",
pages = "23--28",
month = oct,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "CPU; data; decentralized digital system; logic
testing; modem; serial data analyzer; traffic",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1979:PCA,
author = "A. P. Edwards",
title = "Precise, convenient analysis of modulated signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "3--9, 11--18",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310G
(Frequency measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computerised signal
processing; frequency measurement; Hewlett Packard;
model 8901A modulation analyzer; modulation; modulation
analyzer; power measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Naegeli:1979:IFM,
author = "A. H. Naegeli",
title = "{IF} filters for the {8901A Modulation Analyzer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "10--11",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270 (Filters and other networks); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "8901A Modulation Analyzer; band; band-pass filters; IF
filters; intermediate frequency filters; low pass
filter; low-pass filters; pass filter; radiofrequency
filters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Riley:1979:NTF,
author = "R. B. Riley",
title = "A new type of {FM} demodulator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "13--??",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
keywords = "8901A modulation analyser; demodulators; FM
demodulator; noise FM demodulator; wideband low",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1979:MAA,
author = "A. P. Edwards",
title = "Modulation analyzer applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "19--21",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8901A modulation analyzer; automatic test equipment;
computerised; computerised signal processing; signal
processing; transmitter measurements",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Brubaker:1979:AAM,
author = "L. E. Brubaker",
title = "Assuring accuracy in modulation measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "22--26",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "8901A; AM depth; automatic test equipment;
calibration; calibration facility; calibration
standard; FM deviation measurement; measurement;
modulation; Modulation Analyzer; modulation
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lingane:1979:IMA,
author = "P. J. Lingane",
title = "Interactive modulation analyzer control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "26--30",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8901A modulation analyser; automatic test equipment;
computerised instrumentation modulation analyser
control; microprocessor control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brubaker:1979:SSS,
author = "L. E. Brubaker",
title = "Special signal source tests {Modulation Analyzer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "11",
pages = "30--32",
month = nov,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments)",
keywords = "8901A; automatic test equipment; Model 11715A AM/FM
Test Source; performance testing; signal generators;
signal source",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hanson:1979:RFL,
author = "D. C. Hanson",
title = "A ready-to-use fiber-optic link for data
communications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "12",
pages = "5--6",
month = dec,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "data; data communication equipment; data
communications; fibre optic link; Hewlett Packard;
links; optical fibres; optical links",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kahan:1979:PCK,
author = "William M. Kahan",
title = "Personal calculator has key to solve any equation
$f(x)=0$",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "12",
pages = "20--26",
month = dec,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
MRclass = "65-01 (65G05 65H05)",
MRnumber = "81k:65002",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C7310
(Mathematics computing)",
corpsource = "Univ. of California, Berkeley, CA, USA",
keywords = "electronic calculators; equation solving; finding;
handheld calculator; HP 34C; linear algebra; personal
calculator; root; SOLVE",
reviewer = "R. P. Brent",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Azmoon:1979:FPE,
author = "M. Azmoon and R. A. Coverstone and R. M. Kemplin",
title = "Four-color plotters enhanced for unattended
operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "30",
number = "12",
pages = "29--32",
month = dec,
year = "1979",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7220S; 7221S; 9872S; automatic paper advance; computer
graphic equipment; four colour plotters; HP
programmable plotters; integrated paper advance;
plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ichino:1980:VIA,
author = "T. Ichino and H. Ohkawara and N. Sugihara",
title = "Vector impedance analysis to 1000 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "1",
pages = "22--31",
month = jan,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement)",
corpsource = "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
keywords = "4191A; computerised instrumentation; digital
instrumentation; electric impedance measurement;
Hewlett Packard; impedance; measurement; vector
impedance analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Willis:1980:DPH,
author = "B. G. Willis and G. E. James",
title = "Design and performance of a highly integrated parallel
access spectrophotometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "3--11",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A; Hewlett Packard; parallel access
spectrophotometer; spectrophotometer;
spectrophotometers; ultraviolet/visible",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schleifer:1980:TAS,
author = "A. Schleifer and B. G. Willis",
title = "A task-oriented approach to spectrophotometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "11--17",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A UV/Vis spectrophotometer; computerised
instrumentation; Hewlett; Packard; spectrophotometers;
spectrophotometry; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hopkins:1980:OSF,
author = "G. W. Hopkins and A. Schwartz",
title = "An optical system for full-spectrum measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "17--20",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A UV/Vis spectrophotometer; electrooptical
detector; optical system; optical systems;
spectrophotometer; spectrophotometers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Knudsen:1980:LDM,
author = "K. L. Knudsen and R. W. Widmayer",
title = "Light detection and measurement in a high-performance
spectrophotometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "20--24",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); B7230C
(Photodetectors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A spectrophotometer; input section; light
detection; light measurement; photodetector;
photodetectors; spectrophotometers; transducers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morgenthaler:1980:SBD,
author = "M. P. Morgenthaler and L. Weber",
title = "Servo-controlled beam director provides major benefits
(spectrophotometer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "24--28",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A spectrophotometer; beam director;
spectrophotometers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steiner:1980:MSS,
author = "G. C. Steiner",
title = "A microcomputer system for spectrophotometer data
processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "2",
pages = "29--31",
month = feb,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A0765E (UV and
visible spectroscopy and spectrometers); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments); C7320 (Physics and
chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8450A spectrophotometer; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard; MC5; microcomputer system; SOS
processor; spectrophotometer data processing;
spectrophotometers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Musch:1980:PPC,
author = "B. E. Musch and J. J. Wong and D. R. Conklin",
title = "Powerful personal calculator system sets new
standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "3--6, 8--12",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "electronic calculators; handheld calculator; Hewlett
Packard; HP 41 C; personal calculator system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steiger:1980:PH,
author = "G. W. Steiger",
title = "Packaging the {HP-41C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "7--??",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "calculator design; display assembly; electronic
calculators; Hewlett; HP 41C; mechanical design;
packaging design; Packard",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Lowe:1980:CRO,
author = "D. J. Lowe and P. V. Boyd",
title = "Card reader offers compatibility and expanded
capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "12--15",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "82104A; card reader design; compatibility; Hewlett
Packard; HP 41C; magnetic storage systems; model 82104A
card reader",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quick:1980:EPP,
author = "R. D. Quick and D. L. Morris",
title = "Evolutionary printer provides significantly better
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "15--20",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "82143A; calculator printer; HP 41C; Model 82143A;
printer; printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1980:BCT,
author = "N. L. Johnson and V. V. Marathe",
title = "Bulk {CMOS} technology for the {HP-41C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "20--22",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C5110C
(Semiconductor logic elements); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "bulk CMOS; CMOS; CMOS in silicon; digital integrated
circuits; effect integrated circuits; electronic
calculators; field; Hewlett Packard; HP 41C; HP
products; integrated circuit technology",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Maze:1980:FHL,
author = "C. Maze",
title = "The first {HP} liquid crystal display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "22--24",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4150D (Liquid crystal devices); B7260 (Display
technology and systems); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "calculator displays; devices; display devices;
electronic calculators; HP 41C; LCD; liquid crystal;
liquid crystal display; nematic liquid crystals;
twisted nematic LCD",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleming:1980:HDL,
author = "J. H. Fleming and R. N. Low",
title = "High density and low cost with printed circuit hybrid
technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "25--26",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2210B (Printed circuit
layout and design); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Corvallis, OR, USA",
keywords = "circuit hybrid technology; electronic calculators; HP
41C; hybrid packaging; IC package; packaging; packaging
density; printed; printed circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Molinari:1980:EPM,
author = "D. H. Molinari and R. L. Belding",
title = "An economical, portable microwave spectrum analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "3",
pages = "27--32",
month = mar,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; microwave measurement; microwave
spectrum analyzer; model 8559A; spectral analysers;
spectrum analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schneider:1980:MCP,
author = "R. F. Schneider and R. E. Felsenstein and R. W.
Offermann",
title = "Microwave {CW} and pulse frequency measurements to 40
{GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "3--5, 7--12, 13--14",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N
(Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5355A automatic frequency converter; 5356A/B/C
frequency converter heads; computerised
instrumentation; convertors; counting circuits; CW;
frequency; frequency measurement; frequency meters;
Hewlett Packard; HP 5345A; measurement; microwave
counter; microwave measurement; pulse frequency
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jekat:1980:P,
author = "H. J. Jekat",
title = "A {400-to-1600-MHz\slash} 8 prescaler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "5--6",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1260 (Pulse circuits); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "5355A automatic frequency convertor; frequency
convertors; prescaler; scaling circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Koepke:1980:AMF,
author = "L. L. Koepke",
title = "An automatic microwave frequency counter test system
to 40 {GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "11--12",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5343A microwave; 5355A automatic frequency converter;
5356A/B/C frequency converter heads; automatic test
equipment; automatic test system; counting circuits;
frequency; frequency counter; meters; microwave
frequency counter test system",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sayed:1980:FCH,
author = "M. M. Sayed",
title = "{40-GHz} frequency converter heads",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "14--19",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "CW; frequency convertor heads; frequency convertors;
HP 5356A/B/C; measurement; microwave frequencies; pulse
measurements; sampling; technique",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bologlu:1980:AFC,
author = "A. Bologlu",
title = "A {26.5-GHz} automatic frequency counter with enhanced
dynamic range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "20--22",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "26.5 GHz; automatic frequency counter; counting
circuits; enhanced dynamic range; frequency
measurement; frequency meters; HP Model 5343A;
microwave frequency counter; microwave measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schneider:1980:MCM,
author = "R. F. Schneider",
title = "Microwave counter measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "23--25",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310N (Microwave measurement techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5345A counter; automatic measurement; counter
measurements; counting circuits; frequency meters;
microwave counters; microwave measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Felsenstein:1980:FSD,
author = "R. E. Felsenstein",
title = "A flexible software development technique",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "4",
pages = "25--26",
month = apr,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5355A automatic frequency converter; computerised
instrumentation; firmware; microcomputers; ROMs;
software; software development technique",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thomas:1980:PSL,
author = "P. L. Thomas",
title = "A programmable selective level meter (wave analyzer)
with synthesized tuning, autoranging, and automatic
calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "3--8",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310B
(Voltage measurement)",
corpsource = "Loveland Instrument Div., Hewlett--Packard Co.,
Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "50 Hz; automatic; autoranging; calibration;
computerised instrumentation; HP Model 3586A/B/C
selective level meter; programmable selective level
meter; synthesised; telecommunication equipment; to
32.5 MHz; tuned voltmeter; tuning; wave analysers; wave
analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Winslow:1980:PSL,
author = "P. D. Winslow",
title = "Precision synthesizer\slash level generator has high
spectral purity for telecommunications testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "9--11, 13",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6230 (Switching centres and equipment); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Loveland Instrument Div., Hewlett Packard Co.,
Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "3336A/B/C; FDM systems; frequency division
multiplexing; Hewlett Packard; high spectral purity;
Model; synthesizer/level generator; telecommunications
testing; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{ONeill:1980:MTC,
author = "P. M. O'Neill",
title = "A monolithic thermal converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "12--??",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290B (Convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "convertor; convertors; monolithic; monolithic
integrated circuits; thermal convertor; thermal RMS to
DC convertor",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Morrill:1980:IVV,
author = "J. S. {Morrill, Jr.} and J. D. Hansen",
title = "Increased versatility for a versatile logic state
analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "14--18",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "analysis; computerised instrumentation; HP 1610B;
logic; logic state analyser; logic testing; multiphase
clocking",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ogden:1980:GMA,
author = "D. J. Ogden",
title = "General-purpose module adapts dedicated logic state
analyzer to almost any microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "5",
pages = "19--24",
month = may,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250
(Microcomputer techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "computer testing; general purpose module; Hewlett
Packard; logic state analyser; logic testing;
microcomputer testing; microcomputers; Model 1611A",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1980:EDM,
author = "D. E. Smith",
title = "Electronic distance measurement for industrial and
scientific applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "6",
pages = "3--11",
month = jun,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; distance measurement;
EDM; electronic distance measurement; Hewlett;
industrial distance; measurement; Model 3850A;
Packard",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1980:IDM,
author = "D. E. Smith and T. L. Brown",
title = "Industrial distance meter applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "6",
pages = "11--19",
month = jun,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320C (Spatial variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "3850A; automated position control; computerised
instrumentation; distance measurement; dynamic
monitoring; Hewlett; industrial distance meter;
Packard; static monitoring",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Hanna:1980:MSM,
author = "W. A. Hanna",
title = "Mass storage management --- a unified approach",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "6",
pages = "20--24",
month = jun,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150 (Systems software)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "computing HP; desktop; mass storage management;
storage management",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lynch:1980:NWP,
author = "T. R. Lynch",
title = "A new world of personal\slash professional
computation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "3--7",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "HP 85; microcomputer system; microcomputers; personal
computer; personal computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nairn:1980:AIC,
author = "J. H. Nairn and T. I. Mikkelsen and D. J. Sweetser",
title = "Adding {I/O} capability to the {HP-85}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "computer interfaces; HP 85; I/O features; interfacing;
personal computer system; techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Collins:1980:CTT,
author = "D. J. Collins and B. G. Spreadbury",
title = "A compact tape transport subassembly designed for
reliability and low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "14--19",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320 (Digital storage)",
keywords = "98200A data cartridge; Hewlett; HP 85; magnetic tape
equipment; magnetic tape transports; Packard; tape
transport",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bausch:1980:HCD,
author = "J. F. Bausch",
title = "A high-quality {CRT} display for a portable computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "19--22",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; CRT display; CRT
subassembly; personal computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lo:1980:CTP,
author = "C. C. Lo and R. W. Keil",
title = "A compact thermal printer designed for integration
into a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "22--26",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "HP 85 personal computer; printer/plotter; printers;
thermal; thermal printer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mills:1980:EBL,
author = "N. A. Mills and H. C. Russell and K. R. Henscheid",
title = "Enhanced {BASIC} language for a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "7",
pages = "26--32",
month = jul,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
keywords = "BASIC; computer; enhanced implementation; HP 85 BASIC;
HP 85 personal",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Foote:1980:CSA,
author = "J. D. Foote",
title = "A complete self-contained audio measurement system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "3--7",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6450 (Audio equipment and systems); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3380B (Control
of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio Analyzer; audio equipment; audio
measurement system; automatic audio analyser; automatic
test equipment; computerised; Hewlett; instrumentation;
Packard",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Boyan:1980:MMM,
author = "C. J. Boyan",
title = "Making the most of a microprocessor-based instrument
controller ({HP 8903A} audio analyser)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "8--9",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903 audio; analyser; automatic test equipment;
computerised; computerised control; HP 8903A audio
analyser; instrument controller; instrumentation;
microprocessor based",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Pontis:1980:DLF,
author = "G. D. Pontis",
title = "Design for a low-distortion, fast-settling source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "10--11",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio Analyzer; audio equipment; low distortion
source; oscillators; RC oscillator; state variable
oscillator",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Pontis:1980:FSO,
author = "G. D. Pontis",
title = "Floating a source output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "12--17",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio analyser; automatic test equipment;
floating power supply; power supply circuits",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lau:1980:DTN,
author = "C. Y. Lau",
title = "A digitally tuned notch filter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "14--15",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270E (Active filters and other active networks)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8903A Audio; active filter; active filters; Analyzer;
digitally tuned notch filter; notch filter; state
variable filter",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lynch:1980:CLA,
author = "T. R. Lynch",
title = "A custom {LSI} approach to a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "18--22",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "custom chips; custom LSI; digital computers; HP 85;
personal computer",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kahan:1980:HCE,
author = "William M. Kahan",
title = "Handheld calculator evaluates integrals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "8",
pages = "23--32",
month = aug,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
MRclass = "65-04 (65D30)",
MRnumber = "82d:65001",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C4160 (Numerical integration and differentiation);
C5230 (Digital arithmetic methods)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "34C; digital arithmetic; handheld calculator; HP;
integrals; integration; numerical integration;
numerical methods",
reviewer = "S. Dubuc",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Gort:1980:FIM,
author = "A. F. Gort",
title = "A fully integrated, microprocessor-controlled total
station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "3--11",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "angle measuring functions; angular measurement;
computerised instrumentation; distance; electronic
total station; Hewlett Packard; measurement; Model
3820A; second order theodolite",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kerschner:1980:MDC,
author = "R. K. Kerschner",
title = "Mechanical design constraints for a total station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "12--14",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "3820A Total Station; angle; angular measurement;
computerised instrumentation; distance; distance
measurement system; geometrical constraints; Hewlett
Packard; measurement; measurement system; total
station; trunnion axis; vertical axis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Moore:1980:COS,
author = "C. E. Moore and D. J. Sims",
title = "A compact optical system for portable distance and
angle measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "14--16",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760 (Optical
instruments and techniques); A4278D (Optical system
design); B7230C (Photodetectors); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "3820A Total Station; angular measurement; catadioptric
Cassegrain; combined optical system; distance
measurement; distance meter; instrument; optical
system; optical systems; portable field; structure;
telescope; telescopes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Johnson:1980:ALN,
author = "D. R. Johnson",
title = "An approach to large-scale non-contact coordinate
measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "16--17, 19--20",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); B7230 (Sensing
devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables
measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "3820A coordinate determination system; angular
measurement; coordinate determination; digital
instrumentation; digital theodolite; distance;
measurement; measurements; noncontact; position
measurement; triangulation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wasinger:1980:IH,
author = "G. F. Wasinger",
title = "Interfacing the {3820A} via the {HP-IB}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "18--19",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "38001A Distance Meter Interface; 3820A; BCD; bit
serial data; computer; computer interfaces; HPIB;
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sasaki:1980:AMH,
author = "G. D. Sasaki and R. C. Jensen",
title = "Automatic measurements with a high-performance
universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "21--23, 25--27, 29--31",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310
(Electric and magnetic variables measurement); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "automatic measurement; computerised instrumentation;
counters; cycle; duty; HP Model 5335A; phase; pulse
width; universal counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiPietro:1980:TIE,
author = "D. M. DiPietro",
title = "Third input extends range to 1300 {MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "24--25",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5335A Universal Counter; channel C; computerised
instrumentation; counters; prescaler; protection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McOmber:1980:VUC,
author = "V. D. McOmber",
title = "A voltmeter for a universal counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "28--29",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310B (Voltage measurement); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5335A; computerised instrumentation; counters; systems
voltmeter; universal counter; voltmeter; voltmeters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{LaFollette:1980:STD,
author = "R. J. LaFollette",
title = "{5335A} self test and diagnostics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "9",
pages = "30--??",
month = sep,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "5335A; computerised instrumentation; counters;
diagnostics; electronic equipment; Hewlett; Packard;
self test; testing; universal counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Saponas:1980:LDS,
author = "T. A. Saponas and B. W. Kerr",
title = "Logic development system accelerates microcomputer
system design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "3--10, 12--13",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 logic; 64100 A development station; development
system; Hewlett--Packard; logic design; microcomputer
system design; microcomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DeVilbiss:1980:RSL,
author = "A. J. DeVilbiss",
title = "Resource sharing in the logic development system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "7--8",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000; computer peripheral equipment; Hewlett--Packard;
logic development system; protocols; resource sharing
protocol; shared resources",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Donnelly:1980:EMS,
author = "J. B. Donnelly and G. A. Greenley and M. E.
Muterspaugh",
title = "Emulators for microprocessor system development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "13--20",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 emulation system; digital simulation; emulation
processor architecture; emulation tool; microcomputers;
microprocessor system development",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alonso-Velez:1980:PC,
author = "I. I. Alonso-Velez and J. G. Bourque",
title = "The {Pascal\slash 64000} compiler",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "20--21, 23--24, 26--28",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "code generation; compiler; high-level language;
Pascal; Pascal/64000; program compilers;
space-efficient",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McDonley:1980:PDP,
author = "P. A. McDonley",
title = "Program debugging with {Pascal\slash 64000}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "22--23",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 logic development system; debug phase; Pascal;
Pascal/64000; program debugging; relocatable symbolic
information",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stewart:1980:L,
author = "J. B. Stewart",
title = "The 64000 linker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "25--26",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 development system; 64000 linker; files; Hewlett
Packard; linker; microprocessor systems; program
processors; relocatable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Yackle:1980:AAM,
author = "B. E. Yackle",
title = "An assembler for all microprocessors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "10",
pages = "28--30",
month = oct,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "64000 assembler; 64000 logic development system;
microcomputers; program assemblers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blancke:1980:PME,
author = "T. B. Blancke and L. L. Nielsen",
title = "Patient monitoring enhanced by new central station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "3--11",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510 (Biomedical measurement and imaging); C3385
(Biological and medical control systems); C7140
(Medical administration)",
keywords = "78500; computerised monitoring; Hewlett Packard;
patient information centers; patient monitoring; series
PIC",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stettiner:1980:HRT,
author = "R. L. Stettiner and G. L. Adleman",
title = "High-speed raster technique provides flexible
display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "11--15",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; display system; flexible
display; HP 78500; raster technique; system; waveform
smoothing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rueter:1980:MAC,
author = "J. M. Rueter",
title = "Multi-processor architecture and communications for
patient monitoring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "15--18",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques);
C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "78511A equipment cabinet; communications; Hewlett
Packard; HP MC5; multiprocessing systems;
multiprocessor architecture; patient information
centers; patient monitoring",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goldberg:1980:SSD,
author = "J. M. Goldberg",
title = "Self-test and serviceability for dependable central
patient monitoring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "19--23",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0160 (Plant engineering, maintenance and safety);
B0170N (Reliability); B7510 (Biomedical measurement and
imaging)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; central patient monitoring;
electronic equipment testing; fast servicing; HP 78500
Patient Information Centers; maintenance engineering;
patient monitoring; reliability; selftesting; service
plan; serviceability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hanna:1980:FPM,
author = "K. L. Hanna",
title = "Firmware for a patient monitoring station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "23--28",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C7330 (Biology and
medical computing)",
keywords = "78501A; 78502A; firmware; Hewlett Packard;
microprogramming; Patient Information Centers; patient
monitoring; patient monitoring station",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishida:1980:IHI,
author = "C. J. Ishida",
title = "An interactive {HP} 3000\slash {IBM} mainframe link",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "11",
pages = "29--32",
month = nov,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "data communication systems; HP 3000/IBM mainframe
link; IML/3000; inquiry and development facility;
interactive data; interchange",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Frost:1980:CEC,
author = "J. B. Frost and W. L. Hale",
title = "Color enhances computer graphics system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "3--5",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "187 Kbyte read/write memory; 9845T mainframe; computer
graphic equipment; Hewlett Packard; high-speed;
integrated color-graphics computer system; light pen;
microcomputers; model 9845C; System 45C; thermal line
printer",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Jewett:1980:SUF,
author = "R. A. Jewett and R. W. Fredrickson",
title = "The {System 45C} user's firmware interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "6--9",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "9845 enhanced; BASIC; color display; color/area fill;
computer graphic equipment; computer interfaces;
firmware interface; graphical input; microcomputers;
System 45C",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Porter:1980:LPA,
author = "F. J. Porter",
title = "Light pen aids user interaction with display",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "10--19",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "9111A Graphics Tablet; 9872A Plotter; 9874A;
Digitizer; graphics; graphics input devices;
Hewlett--Packard System 45C; interactive terminals;
light pen; light pens; microcomputers; output devices;
raster-scan CRT; softkeys",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Pratt:1980:PCR,
author = "W. C. Pratt",
title = "A precision color raster-scan display for graphics
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "19--24",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "color CRT; color raster-scan display; computer graphic
equipment; CRT screen; deflection; delta-gun; display
instrumentation; microcomputers; raster-scan; scanning;
serial data; shadow-mask; System 45C; technology;
yoke",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Baeverstad:1980:DSD,
author = "H. L. {Baeverstad, Jr.} and C. C. Bruderer",
title = "Display system designed for color graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "25--27",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "96K-; based state machine; byte graphics memory;
computer graphic equipment; dedicated controller;
display instrumentation; high-speed bit-slice vector
generator; line typing/area shading logic;
microcomputers; picture generation; ROM-; System 34C
graphics architecture",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Becker:1980:SPS,
author = "J. S. Becker",
title = "System {45C} power supply considerations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "31",
number = "12",
pages = "28--??",
month = dec,
year = "1980",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "color display; computer graphic equipment;
convergence; display logic; high-; linear supply;
mainframe; microcomputers; sweep; switching supplies;
System 45C; voltage flyback transformer",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Uebbing:1981:HSM,
author = "J. J. Uebbing and D. L. Lubin and E. G. {Weaver,
Jr.}",
title = "Handheld scanner makes reading bar codes easy and
inexpensive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "3--10",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
corpsource = "Univ. of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, IN, USA",
keywords = "bar codes; character recognition equipment; Digital
Bar Code Wand; handheld wand; HEDS-3000;
Hewlett--Packard; printed",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Conklin:1981:RBC,
author = "D. R. Conklin and T. L. {Revere, III}",
title = "Reading bar codes for the {HP-41C} programmable
calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "11--14",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5530 (Pattern recognition and computer vision
equipment)",
corpsource = "Univ. of California, Berkeley, CA, USA",
keywords = "bar-; character recognition equipment; code formats;
HEDS-3000 Digital Bar Code Wand; HP-41C; wand
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stavely:1981:HLG,
author = "D. J. Stavely",
title = "A high-quality, low-cost graphics tablet",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "15--24",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Univ. of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; graphics tablet; Hewlett
Packard; HP 9111A; human-engineered package; peripheral
device",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cardwell:1981:CSD,
author = "S. M. Cardwell",
title = "Capacitive stylus design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "17--18",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA",
keywords = "9111A; capacitive stylus; computer graphic equipment;
graphics tablet; requirements; rugged; stringent
design; stylus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bartlett:1981:PGT,
author = "D. S. Bartlett",
title = "Programming the graphics tablet",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "20--21",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C6110 (Systems
analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
keywords = "9111A; 9845B; computer graphic equipment; firmware;
graphics tablet; high-level programming; HP;
interrupts; programming; softkeys",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kinsell:1981:TDC,
author = "D. A. Kinsell",
title = "Tablet\slash display combination supports interactive
graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "22--23",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
keywords = "9111T; computer graphic equipment; graphics; Graphics
Translator; interactive graphics; interactive
terminals; tablet",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richard:1981:PPF,
author = "S. H. Richard",
title = "Programming for productivity: factory data collection
software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "25--29",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "1000 Computer System; data acquisition; data
collection networks; DATACAP/1000; factory data
collection; HP; software tool",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gaullier:1981:TMT,
author = "F. Gaullier",
title = "A terminal management tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "1",
pages = "30--31",
month = jan,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques);
C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Ecole Speciale de Mecanique, Paris, France",
keywords = "data acquisition; DATACAP/1000; interactive terminals;
management tool; multi-user applications; reentrant
environment; RTE-IVB; terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hassun:1981:HFS,
author = "R. Hassun",
title = "A high-purity, fast-switching synthesized signal
generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "3--7",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10 kHz-1280; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett--Packard; MHz; Model 8662A; signal generators;
spectral purity; switched-inductance oscillator;
synthesized signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chisholm:1981:DCH,
author = "H. C. Chisholm",
title = "Digital control for a high-performance programmable
signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "8--??, 10--11",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "6800 microprocessor; 8662A; computerised
instrumentation; digital control; digital control unit;
generators; Hewlett; Packard; programmable signal
generator; signal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kovalick:1981:PSS,
author = "A. W. Kovalick",
title = "{8662A} power-on and self-test sequences",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "9--10",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; computerised instrumentation; Hewlett;
integrated circuit testing; Packard; power-on; RAM
testing; ROM testing; self-test sequences; signal
generators; synthesized signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scherer:1981:LRS,
author = "D. Scherer and B. S. Chan and F. H. Ives and W. J.
{Crilly, Jr.} and D. W. Mathiesen",
title = "Low-noise {RF} signal generator design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "12--22",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; computerised instrumentation; high frequency
agility; low phase noise; low spurious; RF signal
generator; signal generators; signals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ainsworth:1981:SPS,
author = "G. L. Ainsworth",
title = "A switching power supply for a low-noise signal
generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "20--??",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Hewlett-; high-temperature shutdown system; low-noise
signal generator; Packard 8662A; power supply circuits;
signal generators; switching circuits; switching power
supply",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Platt:1981:HSG,
author = "D. L. Platt and D. T. Borowski",
title = "A high-purity signal generator output section",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "22--26",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; AM noise measurement; amplitude; computerised
instrumentation; electric noise measurement; levelling;
modulation; output section; signal generator; signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DeVries:1981:PDP,
author = "R. L. DeVries",
title = "Product design for precision and purity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "28--30",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A; computerised instrumentation; decoupling;
environmental testing; grounding; human factors;
modularity; power consumption; product design;
reliability; serviceability; shielding; signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richardson:1981:VHS,
author = "J. W. Richardson",
title = "Verifying high spectral purity and level accuracy in
production",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "2",
pages = "30--32",
month = feb,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8662A signal; computerised instrumentation;
distributed test system; generator; HP-IB test system;
production testing; signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Staas:1981:NDS,
author = "G. C. Staas",
title = "New display station offers multiple screen windows and
dual data communications ports",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "3--8",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; communications ports; CRT
terminal; dual data; Hewlett Packard; interactive
terminals; Model 2626A Display Station",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Graham:1981:DSU,
author = "G. C. Graham",
title = "Display station's user interface is designed for
increased productivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "8--12",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "alphanumeric; display station; HP 2626A; interactive
terminals; man-machine systems; terminals; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sukumar:1981:HFS,
author = "S. Sukumar and J. D. Wiese",
title = "Hardware and firmware support for four virtual
terminals in one display station",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "13--15",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "2626A display station; display station; Hewlett
Packard; interactive terminals; virtual terminals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roy:1981:SIV,
author = "J.-C. Roy",
title = "A silicon-on-sapphire integrated video controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "16--19",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "cathode-ray tube displays; computer graphic equipment;
display system; Hewlett; integrated video controller;
interactive terminals; Packard's 2626A;
silicon-on-sapphire; video control chip",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burgoon:1981:SQO,
author = "J. R. Burgoon and R. L. Wilson",
title = "{SC-cut} quartz oscillator offers improved
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "20--21, 23--25, 28--29",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860 (Piezoelectric and ferroelectric devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Crystal Oscillator; crystal resonators; frequency
reference; HP Model 10811A/B; quartz; quartz
oscillator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adams:1981:SCB,
author = "C. A. Adams and J. A. Kusters",
title = "The {SC} cut, a brief summary",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "22--23",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860 (Piezoelectric and ferroelectric devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10811A/B oscillator; crystal resonators; quartz; SC
crystals; SC cut",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Steinmetz:1981:FCP,
author = "J. H. Steinmetz",
title = "Flexible circuit packaging of a crystal oscillator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "26--28",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2860 (Piezoelectric and
ferroelectric devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "10811A/B oscillator; circuit packaging; crystal
oscillator; crystal resonators; packaging; selectively
stiffened flexible circuitry",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Estes:1981:NTP,
author = "M. F. Estes and D. {Zimmer, Jr.}",
title = "New temperature probe locates circuit hot spots",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "3",
pages = "30--32",
month = mar,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320R
(Thermal variables measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; HP 10023 A; probes; temperature
measurement; temperature probe",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Federman:1981:IMP,
author = "N. C. Federman and R. M. Steiner",
title = "An interactive material planning and control system
for manufacturing companies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "3--12",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industrial administration)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "application systems; Hewlett--Packard; manufacturing
companies; manufacturing data processing; material
planning; Materials Management/3000; stock control data
processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Winston:1981:NAC,
author = "L. E. Winston",
title = "A novel approach to computer application system design
and implementation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "13--18",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Application; Application Monitor; application system
design; Computer; Customizer; Hewlett--Packard; HP 3000;
software engineering; software systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kurtz:1981:AAS,
author = "B. D. Kurtz",
title = "Automating application system operation and control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "19--22",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Application Monitor; application scheduling;
automatic; Hewlett--Packard; monitor; software
engineering; supervisory and executive programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1981:PDW,
author = "L. T. Jones and J. J. Ressmeyer and C. A. Clark",
title = "Precision {DVM} has wide dynamic range and high
systems speed",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "4",
pages = "23--31",
month = apr,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310 (Electric and magnetic variables
measurement)",
keywords = "digital voltmeter; digital voltmeters; DVM;
measurement problems; Model 346A; voltage and
resistance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edison:1981:PHE,
author = "J. C. Edison and W. C. Haase and R. K. Scudder",
title = "A precision high-speed electron beam lithography
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "3--13",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computer control; electron beam; electron beam
lithography; Hewlett Packard; integrated circuit;
integrated circuit technology; process computer
control; production",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kelly:1981:PHH,
author = "J. Kelly and T. R. Groves and Huei Pei Kuo",
title = "A precision, high-current, high-speed electron beam
lithography column",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "14--15, 18--20",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
keywords = "cathodes; electron beam column; electron beam
lithography; field-emission cathode; Hewlett Packard;
high-current; HP; integrated circuit; system;
technology; two-lens",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lindberg:1981:PXS,
author = "E. E. Lindberg and C. L. Merja",
title = "A precision {X-Y} stage and substrate handling system
for electron beam lithography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "16--18",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C3320 (Control applications to materials handling);
C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computer controlled; computerised materials handling;
electron beam; electron beam lithography;
Hewlett--Packard; integrated circuit technology;
lithography; pallet; precision materials handling;
process computer control; substrate handling system;
X-Y stage",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamilton:1981:SCH,
author = "B. Hamilton",
title = "Software control for the {HP} electron beam
lithography system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "21--23",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "electron beam lithography; event sequencing; Hewlett;
integrated circuit technology; modes of system;
operation; Packard; process computer control; software
control; software package; system calibration",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Cannon:1981:PDF,
author = "M. J. Cannon and H. F. Lee and R. B. Lewis",
title = "Pattern data flow in the {HP} electron beam system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "24--26",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "conversion software; data handling; data storage and;
electron beam lithography; electronic; engineering
computing; format conversion path; Hewlett Packard; HP
1000 F-; HP 7906; HP 7925; integrated circuit
technology; pattern data flow; Series Computer;
transformation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bugely:1981:CHE,
author = "F. L. Bugely and I. F. Osborne and G. Owen and R. B.
Schudy",
title = "Calibration of the {HP} electron beam lithography
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "27--33",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration)",
keywords = "automatic; calibration; electron beam lithography;
electron beam lithography system; Hewlett Packard; HP;
integrated circuit; large scale integration;
procedures; technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hsu:1981:DAM,
author = "Tsen-gong Jim Hsu",
title = "Digital adaptive matched filter for fiducial mark
registration (in electron beam lithography system)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "5",
pages = "34--36",
month = may,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270F (Digital filters); B2550 (Semiconductor device
technology); B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "adaptive matched filters; calibration; detection of
fiducial marks; digital; digital filters; electron beam
lithography; equipment calibration; fiducial mark
registration; integrated circuit technology; matched
filters; signal detection",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Negrete:1981:MNS,
author = "M. Negrete",
title = "{Marco Negrete} on structured {VLSI} design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "3--4",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "artwork; design rule; integrated design; large scale
integration; monolithic integrated circuits; structured
VLSI design; VLSI design",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Haydamack:1981:VDS,
author = "W. J. Haydamack and D. J. Griffin",
title = "{VLSI} design strategies and tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "5--7, 10--12",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
keywords = "design; design tools; Hewlett--Packard; integrated
circuit technology; large scale integration;
methodologies; monolithic integrated circuits; VLSI
design",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Black:1981:ASA,
author = "K. M. Black and P. K. Hardage",
title = "Advanced symbolic artwork preparation ({ASAP})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "8--9",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "advanced symbolic artwork preparation; ASAP; circuit
layout CAD; Hewlett-; IC design; IC design system;
integrated circuit technology; large; Packard; scale
integration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scheffer:1981:DSV,
author = "L. K. Scheffer and R. I. Dowell and R. M. Apte",
title = "Design and simulation of {VLSI} circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "12--15, 17--18",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5210B
(Computer-aided logic design); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "digital simulation; integrated circuit design; large
scale integration; logic CAD; logic design; VLSI
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Khalily:1981:TEC,
author = "E. Khalily",
title = "Transistor electrical characterization and analysis
program ({TECAP})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "16--17",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2570H (Other field effect integrated circuits)",
keywords = "9845B; analysis program; characterization; circuit
analysis computing; circuits; desktop computers;
electrical characterization and analysis program; field
effect integrated; HP; large scale integration;
simulation; TECAP; transistor; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bracken:1981:IGS,
author = "D. F. Bracken and W. J. McCalla",
title = "An interactive graphics system for structured design
of integrated circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "18--19, 21--25",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
keywords = "circuit layout CAD; color graphics; computer graphic
equipment; custom integrated circuits; integrated
circuit design; interactive; interactive graphics
system; large scale integration; LSI; systems; VLSI
circuits; workstation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1981:ILD,
author = "T. H. Baker",
title = "{IC} layout on a desktop computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "20--21",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5420
(Mainframes and minicomputers); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
keywords = "9845C desk top computer; circuit layout CAD; desktop
computer; Hewlett--Packard; HP's; IC layout system;
integrated circuit technology; minicomputers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tucker:1981:VDA,
author = "M. G. Tucker and W. J. Haydamack",
title = "{VLSI} design and artwork verification",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "25--29",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "artwork verification; check; checking; circuit CAD;
circuit level; design rule; EXTRACT system; geometrical
check; integrated circuit; large scale integration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brooksby:1981:UIC,
author = "M. W. Brooksby and P. L. Castro",
title = "University and industrial cooperation for {VLSI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "29--??, 32--33",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0120 (Education and training); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "California; educational courses; efforts;
Hewlett--Packard; Institute of Technology; integrated
circuit technology; large; scale integration; Stanford
University; UC Berkeley; university; University of
Illinois; VLSI",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Clare:1981:PCN,
author = "C. R. Clare",
title = "A process control network",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "30--31",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3355Z (Control applications in other manufacturing
processes); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "computer control; direct digital control; distributed;
distributed control; Hewlett--Packard; process; process
control; process control network",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brooksby:1981:BQI,
author = "M. W. Brooksby and P. L. Castro and F. L. Hanson",
title = "Benefits of quick-turnaround integrated circuit
processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "6",
pages = "33--35",
month = jun,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
techniques)",
keywords = "fast turnaround; Hewlett--Packard; IC process cycle
times; integrated circuit processing; integrated
circuit technology; production; quick-turnaround
operation; research and development",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Laing:1981:ISP,
author = "V. L. Laing",
title = "Instrument system provides precision measurement and
control capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "3--8",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C5520 (Data acquisition
equipment and techniques)",
keywords = "3497A; acquisition; Automatic Data Acquisition/Control
System; computerised instrumentation; computerised
monitoring; data; Data Acquisition/Control Unit;
Hewlett--Packard; HP-IB-based system; model 3054A;
precision measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heyl:1981:PDA,
author = "L. E. Heyl",
title = "Precision data acquisition teams up with computer
power",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "6--??",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques);
C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "acquisition instrumentation; computerised control;
data; data acquisition; HP 1000 Computer; HP Model
3054C",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1981:DLE,
author = "D. L. Wolpert",
title = "Data logging is easy with an {HP-85\slash 3054A}
combination",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "7--8",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "3054DL; 3497A Data Acquisition/Control Unit;
computerised instrumentation; data; data acquisition;
data loggers; HP-85; logging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1981:VIM,
author = "J. S. Epstein and T. J. Heger",
title = "Versatile instrument makes high-performance
transducer-based measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "9--15",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "Acquisition/Control Unit; assemblies; computerised
instrumentation; Data; data acquisition; data
acquisition instrumentation; HP Model 3497A; plug-in;
precision measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heger:1981:PAV,
author = "T. J. Heger and P. A. Redding and R. L. Hester",
title = "Plug-in assemblies for a variety of data
acquisition\slash control applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "16--22",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
keywords = "3497A; computerised instrumentation; data acquisition;
Data Acquisition/Control Unit; HP Model; modules;
plug-in assemblies",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1981:DCR,
author = "V. C. Jones",
title = "Desktop computer redesigned for instrument
automation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "23--31",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "9915A; computerised control; computerised
instrumentation; instrument automation; instrumentation
system; microcomputers; modular desktop computer;
production test automation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Watts:1981:UAD,
author = "K. F. Watts",
title = "A unifying approach to designing for reliability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "24--25",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering)",
keywords = "design engineering; designing; environment; product
quality; product reliability; production-line;
reliability",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Sweetser:1981:DTS,
author = "D. J. Sweetser",
title = "Designing testability and serviceability into the
{9915A}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "27--28",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "9915A; automated testing; computer testing; design
engineering; diagnostic software; hardware test
features; microcomputers; serviceability; testability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gilbert:1981:OID,
author = "R. A. Gilbert",
title = "Operator interface design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "29--30",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "9915A; computer interfaces; computerised
instrumentation; displays; keyboards; machine systems;
man-; OIC; operator interface card; video",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Clarke:1981:CIP,
author = "E. L. Clarke",
title = "Cost-effective industrial packaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "7",
pages = "31--??",
month = jul,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging)",
keywords = "9915A; controller; Hewlett--Packard; industrial
environment; industrial packaging; instrument;
packaging; studies; tests",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Myers:1981:PFT,
author = "R. Myers and R. D. Peck",
title = "{200-kHz} power {FET} technology in new modular power
supplies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "3--7, 10",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7630B (Aerospace and avionic power
supplies)",
keywords = "apparatus; fast switching power supplies; FET
circuits; field effect transistor circuits; modular
power supplies; power supplies; power supplies to; to
apparatus",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Seipel:1981:MCH,
author = "W. Seipel",
title = "Magnetic components for high-frequency switching power
supplies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "8--9",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits)",
keywords = "coil loss; control reactor; European safety;
high-frequency switching power; magnetic components;
power; power supplies to apparatus; resonating
inductor; specifications; standards; supplies;
transformer",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Gyma:1981:LAP,
author = "D. W. Gyma and P. W. Bailey and J. W. Hyde and D. R.
Schwartz",
title = "Laboratory-performance autoranging power supplies
using power {MOSFET} technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "11--17",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field effect
transistors); C3110E (Power and energy control)",
keywords = "autoranging power supplies; DC power supply; insulated
gate field effect transistors; power control; power
supplies to apparatus",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Tiefert:1981:VPM,
author = "K. H. Tiefert and Dah Wen Tsang and R. L. Myers and V.
Li",
title = "The vertical power {MOSFET} for high-speed power
control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "18--23",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B2560R (Insulated gate field effect
transistors); C3110E (Power and energy control)",
keywords = "drivers; insulated gate field effect transistors;
MOSFET circuit; power control; power supplies; power
supplies to apparatus; pulse; switching amplifiers;
vertical power MOSFET",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Duell:1981:PLD,
author = "A. W. Duell and W. V. Roland",
title = "Power line disturbances and their effect on computer
design and performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "8",
pages = "25--32",
month = aug,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5230 (Electromagnetic compatibility and
interference); B8130F (Overhead power lines)",
keywords = "AC power line; grounding bus; interference (signal);
lightning; machinery; power overhead lines",
treatment = "A Application; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Solomon:1981:RAC,
author = "R. J. Solomon",
title = "A reliable, accurate {CO\slash} sub 2\slash{} analyzer
for medical use (using {IR})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "3--7",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); C3385 (Biological and medical control
systems)",
keywords = "biomedical electronics; biomedical equipment;
capnometer; carbon dioxide; CO/sub 2/ analyzer;
computerised; HP model 47210A; instrumentation; IR
measurement system; medical diagnostic tool",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Merrick:1981:MMC,
author = "E. B. Merrick",
title = "A miniature motor for the {CO$_2$} sensor (with thanks
to {Kettering})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "8--9",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); B8340 (Small and special purpose electric
machines)",
corpsource = "Hospital Supplies Operations, Hewlett Packard,
Chelmsford, MA, USA",
keywords = "47210A capnometer; biomedical equipment; CO/sub 2/
sensor; HP; IR sensor; miniature motor; step motor;
stepping motors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krieger:1981:ERA,
author = "J. J. Krieger",
title = "An end-tidal\slash respiration-rate algorithm",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "12--15, 18, 20, 21",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "47210A capnometer; end-tidal/respiration-rate
algorithm; HP; medical computing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Parker:1981:ICS,
author = "R. A. Parker and R. J. Solomon",
title = "In-service {CO\slash} sub 2\slash{} sensor
calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "16--18",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7130 (Measurement standards and calibration); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine)",
keywords = "14360A sensor; biomedical electronics; calibration;
calibration stick; CO/sub 2/ sensor; gas standard;
gas-cell; infrared detectors; medical sensor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Krieger:1981:MAC,
author = "J. J. Krieger",
title = "Making accurate {CO}$_2$ measurements (using {IR})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "19--20",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Jan 13 08:31:00 2001",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; calibration; capnometer;
different partial pressures; HP 47210A; performance
verification; standards; static gas station",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Narimatsu:1981:VLI,
author = "Y. Narimatsu and K. Yagi and T. Shimizu",
title = "A versatile low-frequency impedance analyzer with an
integral tracking gain-phase meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "22--28",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310H (Phase and gain measurement); B7310J (Impedance
and admittance measurement); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "4192A; computerised instrumentation; electric
impedance; gain; gain measurement; gain-phase; group
delay; Hewlett--Packard; impedance; impedance analyser;
integral tracking; measurement; meter; parameters;
phase; phase meters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Aue:1981:FPP,
author = "P. Aue",
title = "A fast, programmable pulse generator output stage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "9",
pages = "29--32",
month = sep,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5210
(Logic design methods); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; fast logic families;
fast-transition pulses; generator; generators; Hewlett
Packard; logic testing; model 8161A; programmable pulse
generator; pulse; test equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baron:1981:DHL,
author = "W. D. Baron and L. LaBarre and C. E. Tyler and R. G.
Younge",
title = "Development of a high-performance, low-mass,
low-inertia plotting technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "3--7",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; high-performance; inexpensive
graphics products; low-inertia; low-mass; plotter;
plotter technology; plotters; vector",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lo:1981:PSE,
author = "C. C. Lo",
title = "Plotter servo electronics contained on a single {IC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "8--9",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
keywords = "Hewlett Packard; plotters; servo control electronics;
servomotors; vector plotter; X-Y plotter technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1981:IOS,
author = "H. C. Epstein and M. G. Leonard and J. J. Uebbing",
title = "An incremental optical shaft encoder kit with
integrated optoelectronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "10--15",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3240D (Electric
transducers and sensing devices)",
keywords = "closed loop systems; HP HEDS-5000; integrated; optical
shaft encoder; optoelectronics; photodetectors;
plotters; position control; position sensing; printers;
small electric motors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dorward:1981:NPT,
author = "P. H. Dorward and S. J. Koerper and M. K. Mason and S.
A. Scampini",
title = "New plotting technology leads to a new kind of
electrocardiograph",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "10",
pages = "16--24",
month = oct,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510D (Bioelectric signals); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7330
(Biology and medical computing)",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; Cardiography;
electrocardiograph; electrocardiography; Hewlett
Packard; HP Model 4700A; Page Writer; plotters;
plotting technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Patterson:1981:DLD,
author = "M. L. Patterson and G. W. Lynch",
title = "Development of a large drafting plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "3--7",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A; computer graphic equipment; drafting plotter;
Hewlett Packard; HP Model; plotters; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stewart:1981:AMI,
author = "L. J. Stewart and D. W. Schaper and N. J. Martini and
H. E. Mostafa",
title = "Aspect microprocessor and {I/O} design for a drafting
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "7--11",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computerised
instrumentation; drafting plotter; HP Model 7580A;
plotters; Z8002 microprocessor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Flower:1981:MDM,
author = "T. L. Flower and M. Son",
title = "Motor drive mechanics and control electronics for a
high-performance plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "12--15",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "control electronics; drafting plotter; drives;
high-performance plotter; Model 7580A; motor-driven
systems; plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hennessee:1981:FDP,
author = "L. W. Hennessee and A. K. Frankel and M. A. Overton
and R. B. Smith",
title = "Firmware determines plotter personality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "16--24",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A; firmware; plotter; plotters; Z8002
microprocessor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Haselby:1981:YPH,
author = "R. D. Haselby and D. J. Perach and S. R. Haugh",
title = "{Y}-axis pen handling system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "25--32",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A; drafting plotter; HP Model; pen handling
system; plotters; Y-axis pen handling system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kaplan:1981:XMD,
author = "R. J. Kaplan and R. S. Townsend",
title = "{X}-axis micro-grip drive and platen design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "11",
pages = "33--36",
month = nov,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "7580A drafting plotter; HP; micro-grip drive; platen
design; plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishak:1981:SDL,
author = "W. S. Ishak and H. E. Karrer and W. R. Shreve",
title = "Surface-acoustic-wave delay lines and transversal
filters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "3--8",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1270D (Passive filters and other passive networks);
B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "band-pass filters; bandpass filters; delay lines;
devices; low-loss; passive filters; surface acoustic
wave; surface acoustic wave devices; transversal
filters; ultrasonic delay lines",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Cross:1981:SR,
author = "P. S. Cross and S. S. Elliott",
title = "Surface-acoustic-wave resonators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "9--11, 13--14, 16--17",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "acoustic-wave; Fabry--Perot resonator; lines;
resonators; SAW delay line; SAW oscillator; SAW
resonator; surface acoustic wave devices; surface-;
ultrasonic delay",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Bray:1981:SF,
author = "R. C. Bray and Y. C. Chu",
title = "{SAWR} fabrication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "11--13",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "Al; aluminium; fabrication; film techniques;
photolithography; piezoelectric quartz crystal;
piezoelectric transducers; resonators; surface acoustic
wave devices; surface-acoustic-wave resonators; thin-;
thin-film interdigital; transducers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Mierzwinski:1981:PS,
author = "M. E. Mierzwinski and M. E. Terrien",
title = "{280-MHz} production {SAWR}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "15--16",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "280-MHz; acoustic-wave resonator; dual-transducer
device; Hewlett--Packard; resonators; single port
device; surface acoustic wave devices; surface-",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Dias:1981:PSU,
author = "J. Fleming Dias",
title = "Physical sensors using {SAW} devices",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "18--20",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices); B7230 (Sensing devices
and transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables
measurement); B7320G (Mechanical variables
measurement); B7320R (Thermal variables measurement);
B7320V (Pressure and vacuum measurement)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "characteristics; construction; displacement
measurement; displacement sensors; electric sensing
devices; force; force transducer; measurement;
piezoelectric transducers; pressure; pressure
transducers; SAW delay lines; surface acoustic; surface
acoustic wave devices; temperature; temperature
sensors; wave sensors",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Rissman:1981:PEC,
author = "P. Rissman and M. P. C. Watts",
title = "Proximity effect corrections by means of processing:
theory and applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "21--23, 25--27",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
keywords = "circuit; digital simulation; electron beam; electron
beam lithography; electron scattering; electronic;
engineering computing; integrated; integrated circuit
technology; lithography; model; multilayer resist;
processing; proximity effect; small beam; substrate",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Neukermans:1981:MCS,
author = "A. P. Neukermans and S. G. Eaton",
title = "{Monte Carlo} simulations for electron beam
exposures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "32",
number = "12",
pages = "24--25",
month = dec,
year = "1981",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0240G (Monte Carlo methods); B2550 (Semiconductor
device technology); B2550G (Lithography); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C1140G (Monte
Carlo methods); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "assembly language; beam lithography; Berkeley; Carlo
methods; digital simulation; electron; electron beam
lithography; electronic; engineering computing;
FORTRAN; integrated circuit technology; Monte; Monte
Carlo methods; proximity effect; SAMPLE; simulation",
treatment = "G General Review; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Shreve:1982:SPU,
author = "William R. Shreve",
title = "Signal Processing Using Surface Acoustic Waves",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "1",
pages = "3--8",
month = jan,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The surface-acoustic-wave (SAW) devices are considered
that convert electrical signals into minute acoustic
waves on the surface of a piezoelectric crystal for
various electronic applications. Such devices are
small, rugged, and are fabricated using microelectronic
techniques. Dispersive delay lines, fixed correlators,
and programmable correlators and convolvers are
described that can be used for radio data links.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2860C (Acoustic wave devices); B6140 (Signal
processing and detection); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7220 (Signal
processing and conditioning equipment and techniques)",
classification = "708; 716; 752",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic surface wave devices; analogue signal
processing; compression; convolvers; dispersive delay
lines; filtering; fixed correlators; matched;
piezoelectric materials --- Applications; pulse; SAW
devices; signal processing; surface acoustic wave
devices; surface acoustic waves; telecommunication
links, radio; variable-bandwidth filtering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rhodes-Burke:1982:RSA,
author = "Robert Rhodes-Burke",
title = "Retrofitting for Signature Analysis Simplified",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "1",
pages = "9--16",
month = jan,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Four versions of Microprocessor Exerciser are
introduced that make it possible to apply signature
analysis trouble-shooting techniques to
microprocessor-based products not originally designed
for signal analysis methods, by providing preprogrammed
external stimulus routines and monitoring circuits.
Model 5001A for 6800-microprocessor is illustrated and
its operating modes are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5210 (Logic design
methods)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5001A; computers, microprocessor; external; fault
location; Hewlett--Packard; logic testing;
microprocessor chips; microprocessor exerciser;
microprocessor-based systems; signature analysis;
stimulus routines; troubleshooting; troubleshooting
techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hasebe:1982:FCH,
author = "Kunio Hasebe and William R. Mason and Thomas J.
Zamborelli",
title = "A fast, compact, high-quality digital display for
instrumentation applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "1",
pages = "20--28",
month = jan,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP1345A Graphics Display is introduced as a module
that produces vector graphics on its screen in response
to digital commands from a host processor. Its
interfacing to popular microprocessors via a 16-bit
digital bus makes it a versatile peripheral module.
Small size, low cost, and a simple digital interface
permits this directed-beam CRT display to be easily
used in various instruments. The components are
described and the system interface explained, including
line generation and other functions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
classification = "714; 723; 741; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1345A; cathode-ray tube displays; CRT display module;
digital display; directed-beam vector display; display
devices; display instrumentation; electron tubes,
cathode ray; Graphics Display; Hewlett--Packard;
instruments, digital --- Modular Construction; vector
memory; vector processor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dalichow:1982:BFP,
author = "Rolf Dalichow and Douglas E. Fullmer",
title = "A broadband, fully programmable microwave sweep
oscillator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "2",
pages = "3--10",
month = feb,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A microprocessor-controlled, fully programmable
sweeper, HP 8350A Sweep Oscillator, is presented. Its
design, second generation compatibility, instrument
control, plug-in interface, sweep generation and
scaling, and other characteristics and interfaces are
described. Nearly thirty RF and microwave plug-in
modules are available to tailor this high-performance
swept signal source to a wide range of applications in
the frequency range from 10 MHz to 26.5 GHz.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8350A; computerised instrumentation; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; Hewlett Packard; HP;
microwave sweep oscillator; Model 8350A; oscillators,
microwave --- Computer Applications; oscillators, swept
frequency; programmable; programmable microwave sweep
oscillator; signal generators; Sweep Oscillator;
sweeper",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holmlund:1982:NSP,
author = "G. W. Holmlund and G. E. Elmore and D. C. Wood",
title = "A new series of programmable sweep oscillator
plug-ins",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "2",
pages = "11--21",
month = feb,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "83500 Series plug-ins; 8350A; computerised
instrumentation; modules; plug-in functions;
programmable sweep oscillator; signal sources; Sweep
Oscillator",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Bennett:1982:PDC,
author = "Paul I. Bennett and Victor C. Jones",
title = "Portable Defibrillator-Monitor for Cardiac
Resuscitation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "2",
pages = "22--28",
month = feb,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A portable defibrillator is presented that monitors
the patient, measures its effectiveness in delivering a
high-voltage pulse to the patient, and provides a
permanent record of the resuscitation procedure. The
resuscitation procedure in a cardiac arrest is reviewed
and the defibrillation procedure described. The 78660
defibrillator is introduced, and a block diagram of the
basic components used, and a schematic diagram of the
basic discharge circuit are given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8770G (Patient care and treatment); B7520 (Patient
care and treatment); C3385 (Biological and medical
control systems)",
classification = "461; 462",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering --- Cardiology; biomedical
equipment; cardiac resuscitation; defibrillator;
defibrillator-monitor; defibrillators; Hewlett Packard;
HP; Model 78660 A; patient monitoring; portable;
portable defibrillator-monitor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amerson:1982:HCD,
author = "Frederic C. Amerson and Mark S. Linsky and Elio A.
Toschi",
title = "High-Performance Computing with Dual {ALU}
Architecture and {ECL} Logic",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "3--4, 7--11",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The increased performance of HP3000 series 64 computer
system is introduced and its dual arithmetic and logic
unit (ALU) architecture and a high-speed emitter
coupled logic (ECL) are described, together with a
cache memory, and a three-rank pipelined data path, all
components of a central processing unit (CPU). The
design for reliability, supportability and flexibility
due to the additional ALU are examined, and the signal
propagation importance in ECL design is explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "central processing unit (cpu); computer architecture;
computer systems, digital; dual ALU architecture; dual
arithmetic logic unit (ALU); ECL logic; general purpose
computers; high performance computer; high-end machine;
HP 3000 Series 64; logic circuits, emitter coupled;
Series 64",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Murillo:1982:DAM,
author = "R. D. Murillo",
title = "Dual {ALU} micromachine has powerful development
tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "5--6",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture)",
keywords = "architecture; computer architecture; dual ALU; HP 3000
Series 64; microcode; micromachine; microprogrammed;
microprogramming; Series 64 microcode processor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ashkenas:1982:PDP,
author = "David J. Ashkenas and Richard F. {De Gabriele}",
title = "Powerful Diagnostic Philosophy Reduces Downtime",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "11--14",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The availability of a computer system is considered
and the location and isolation of a faulty circuit in
order to replace it is examined. The swapping of
printed circuit (PC) boards as a conventional method of
fault isolation is rejected as time consuming and
expensive. An innovative failure diagnosis philosophy
is formulated and adhered to throughout the design and
development of the computer. The resultant system is
easy to use and provides for remote diagnosis and
broad-level isolation of mainframe failures. A
combination of hardware and software is presented with
the diagnostics written in microcode to exercise
maximum isolation and control of the hardware being
tested. The fault-locating diagnostics are packaged so
that they obtain failure information while requiring no
special training or knowledge by the trouble shooter.
In fact, the diagnostics are designed to be run either
on-site by the customer or remotely from a field office
so that the customer engineer has an understanding of
which replacement boards may be needed before traveling
to the computer site.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "board-level isolation; broad-level isolation; computer
downtime; computer systems, digital; diagnosis; failure
diagnosis philosophy; fault; fault isolation; fault
location; fault tolerant computing; Hewlett Packard;
mainframe failures; printed circuits --- Failure;
remote; remote diagnosis; Series 64",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hodor:1982:HMS,
author = "Ken M. Hodor and Malcolm E. Woodward",
title = "A high-performance memory system with growth
capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "15--17",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The memory module for the HP3000 series 64 computer is
introduced that consists of main memory arrays (MMAs)
and cache memory array (CMA), all based on dynamic
random access memory (RAM). The basic data transfer is
illustrated and described, including the bus system and
formation of data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5310 (Storage system
design)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adapters; basic; cache memory; cache memory array;
central processor; central system bus; computer
architecture; CSB; data storage, digital;
high-performance memory system; HP 3000 Series 64;
input/output; IOA; main memory arrays (MMA); MEM;
memory module; modules; storage units",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Matheson:1982:IOS,
author = "W. Gordon Matheson and J. Marcus Stewart",
title = "An input\slash output system for a {1-MIPS} computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "18--21",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In order to interface the HP3000 series 64 computer to
its peripherals an intermodule bus (IMB) and a central
system bus (CSB) are used. Both buses are described and
their characteristics are tabulated. The input\slash
output (I/O) adapters used for the interface of IMB and
CSB with I/O buses are also presented. The hardware
used is mostly the same as in other series of HB
computers, with minor changes in I/O software. The
adaptability for future I/O requirement is also
considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "30144A; Advanced Terminal Processor; central system
bus (CSB); computer interfaces; HP 3000; I/O channels;
IMB; input/output (I/O) bus; input/output system;
intermodule bus; intermodule bus (IMB); multiple I/O
buses; robin priority scheme; round; Series 64",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Beetem:1982:ATP,
author = "J. E. Beetem",
title = "The advanced terminal processor: a new terminal {I/O}
controller for the {HP} 3000",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "22--25",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "advanced terminal; ATP; computer interfaces; HP 3000;
interactive terminals; intermodule bus; processor;
Series 64; terminal I/O controller",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:GSA,
author = "Edward R. Holland and James L. Robertson",
title = "{GUEST} --- a Signature Analysis Based Test System for
{ECL} Logic",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "26--29",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A special printed circuit board tester is developed,
the Gemini Universal ECL Signature Test (GUEST) system,
that can apply a signature analysis based tests to the
emitter coupled logic (ECL). The tester functions at
real-time clock rates up to 25 MHz and generates test
vectors algorithmically in real time by hardware for a
given unit-under-test (UUT). The hardware test vector
generation is illustrated and described, including
go\slash no go testing, fault backtracking, and
feedback loop breaking. A UUT test file is created and
verified for the accuracy of test generation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
classification = "713; 721",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; ECL logic; Gemini Universal
ECL Signature; GUEST; HP 3000; logic circuits, emitter
coupled; logic testing; printed circuits; Series 64
boards; signature analysis; test system; Test system;
tester; unit-under-test (UUT)",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Meinert:1982:DTG,
author = "K. L. Meinert",
title = "Designing for testability with {GUEST}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "28--??",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5210
(Logic design methods)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; design issues; GUEST system;
GUEST testability; HP 3000 Series 64; logic testing;
Series 64 printed circuit assembly; testability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kohli:1982:PHS,
author = "Manmohan Kohli and Bennie E. Helmso",
title = "Packaging the {HP} 3000 Series 64",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "3",
pages = "30--32",
month = mar,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The packaging of the HP 3000 series 64 microcomputer
is considered. New tubular welded frames, newly
designed printed circuit board (PCB) connectors,
complete access to various assemblies, separate cooling
systems for PCBs and power supplies are the most
important components for cost-effective package and
higher reliability. Other characteristics of the
electromagnetic compatibility design are also
described. A gas-tight board-to-backplane connection
method that eliminates soldering is illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, microprocessor; cooling scheme; digital
computers; HP 3000 Series 64; package design;
packaging; reliability; tubular welded frames",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roberts:1982:ITS,
author = "Richard J. Roberts",
title = "An integrated test set for microwave radio link
baseband analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "3--7",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To save on qualified personnel and reduce test time an
HP Baseband Analyzer is introduced which contains all
of the test instruments that are used on the baseband
of a radio link (up to 18.6 MHz) and links them to a
common CRT display and keyboard. An instrument is
described that provides a high degree of user
flexibility, very high measurement accuracy, and new
ways of doing measurements. Large time savings can be
made when commissioning radio links, greater throughput
can be achieved in manufacturers' final system tests,
and there is less dependence on operator skill in
achieving high accuracy measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "716; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "50 Hz-18.6 MHz; analysis; ATE; automatic test
equipment; automatic testing; baseband; baseband
analysis; electronic equipment testing; HP Model 3724A;
integrated test set; microwave links; microwave radio
link; telecommunication links, radio --- Microwaves",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Douglas:1982:DPR,
author = "J. Guy Douglas and David Stockton",
title = "Design of a Precision Receiver for an Integrated Test
Set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "8--17",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A versatile receiver for HP baseband analyzer is
introduced and its functions are reviewed. Various
components are described and a block diagram is used to
describe its operation. The total input power to the
receiver's front end is defined, and both first mixer
and first local oscillators are described in detail.
The IF stage, programmable-gain detector, selective
detector and tracking calibration amplifiers are also
examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6420D (Radio and television receivers); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems)",
classification = "711; 716",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3724A/25A/26A Baseband Analyzer; automatic test
equipment; baseband analyzer; electronic equipment
testing; HP Model; integrated test set; microwave radio
equipment; precision receiver; radio receivers;
receiver; signal receivers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lowe:1982:CDS,
author = "Lawrence Lowe and Brian W. Woodroffe",
title = "Control and Display System for a Baseband Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "18--20, 22",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The microprocessor based control and computational
system, and CRT display system of HP baseband analyzer
are considered, and their components and
characteristics are described. Multiplexed memory
system, including memory map, input\slash output (I/O)
interrupts, and the self-test and trouble shooting
features for both subsystems are also examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
classification = "731; 751",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3724A/25A/26A Baseband Analyzer; 68B00 microprocessor;
automatic test equipment; baseband analyzer; control
system; control systems, digital; display devices;
display instrumentation; display system; HP Model",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pottinger:1982:CTW,
author = "J. R. Pottinger and S. A. Biddle",
title = "A combined tracking and white-noise generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "22--25",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Baseband Analyzer;
electronic equipment testing; HP Model 3724A/25A/26A;
microwave; noise generators; radio equipment; tracking
sine wave source; white noise; white-noise generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oldfield:1982:WFO,
author = "Danny J. Oldfield and James F. Haley",
title = "Wideband, Fast-Writing Oscilloscope Solves Difficult
Measurement Problems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "4",
pages = "26--32 (or 26--31??)",
month = apr,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An oscilloscope is introduced which is characterized
by a new expansion storage cathode ray tube and a
wideband amplifier design that extends the writing rate
frontier to 2000 cm/ mu s. The measurement of a very
fast transition that occurs only once every few seconds
is shown. Expansion storage, transmission-line
deflection plates, expansion lens optimization, and
auto-intensity circuit design are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; expansion; fast transition
measurements; fast-writing oscilloscope;
Hewlett--Packard; high-bandwidth signal fidelity; HP
Model 1727A Oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray;
storage technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bidwell:1982:AMC,
author = "John L. Bidwell and David W. Palermo",
title = "Advanced Multilingual Computer Systems for Measurement
Automation and Computer-Aided Engineering
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "3--7",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A fourth-generation desktop computers are introduced
that blend traditional desktop computer friendliness,
powerful computer features, and a state-of-the-art
microprocessor with a choice of three programming
languages. Their most important applications are
examined, and applications programs for developing and
running a test, measurement and control, or
computer-aided engineering system are available or can
be adapted from other computers. BASIC, MPL, and Pascal
are the three programming languages that can be used.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer programming languages --- Applications;
computer-aided engineering; computers, microprocessor;
desktop computer; electric measuring instruments;
measurement automation",
}
@Article{Stewart:1982:HDI,
author = "Don D. Stewart and Robert J. Horning and Ken L.
Burgess and Ronald G. Rogers and James W. McLucas",
title = "Hardware Design for an Integrated Instrumentation
Computer System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "7--17",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The features of HP 9826A microcomputer system, a
desktop computer used for instrumentation, are
described, and a block diagram of the hardware system
is given. Illustrated are: input and output control
signals, the memory map, and address bit assignments
for internal and external input\slash output accesses.
The timing diagram for autolocating circuitry, a
simplified diagram of autolocating electrodes for CPU
memory block, block diagrams of 256K-byte random access
memory (RAM) board and power supplies circuitry, and a
timing diagram of a transfer from internal flexible
disc storage are also furnished.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer systems, digital ---
Design; desktop computer; input/output access;
instruments --- Computer Applications; integrated
instrumentation computer; memory map",
}
@Article{Nelson:1982:IPA,
author = "Loyd F. Nelson",
title = "{I/O} Philosophy and Architecture for Instrument
Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "17--21",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The applications for HP microcomputer systems as smart
controllers is considered and the design of new
input\slash output (I/O) cards to interface these
machine to various instruments is studied. The
advantages of new I/O cards over existing ones are
reviewed, and the design of the new card as selected.
Three types of I/O interfaces is selected, programmed
I/O, interrupt I/O and direct memory access (DMA), and
all three are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; instruments --- Control; smart
controllers",
}
@Article{Sproviero:1982:LPC,
author = "Michael J. Sproviero",
title = "Low-Cost Printers for the {9826A} and {9836A}
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "22--24",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A low cost printer for HP microcomputer is presented
that does alphanumeric printing at medium-performance
speed and print quality, and is also capable of
duplicating graphic displays. Its thermal printing
mechanism controlled by a microcomputer is described;
and the accessibility of features, interface
flexibility, and other capabilities are examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric printing; computer peripheral equipment",
}
@Article{Kwinn:1982:LS,
author = "Kathryn Y. Kwinn and Robert M. Hallissy and Roger E.
Ison",
title = "{9826A}/{9836A} Language Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "24--32",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The capabilities of three language systems, BASIC, HPL
and Pascal, are outlined. These languages are available
for use with MP 9826A\slash 9836A computer systems, and
some of their technical challenges are explained that
arose while providing these capabilities. The languages
are described, including their enhancement, and all
software tools used to develop them indicated. Some of
the implementations are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer programming languages; computers,
microprocessor",
}
@Article{Dierschow:1982:DCC,
author = "Carl M. Dierschow and Robert P. Uhlrich",
title = "Data Communications for the {9826A} and {9836A}
Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "5",
pages = "33--36",
month = may,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The communication path for HP 9826A \& 9836A
microcomputers is provided by a data communication
card, a special interface that handles many
asynchronous protocols, and is able to drive a variety
of peripherals supported by BASIC and Pascal languages.
It contains three independent data and address buses.
At power-up the card's firmware runs a self-test and
signals any failure to the user.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "713; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "communication path; computer interfaces --- Protocols;
computers; printed circuits",
}
@Article{Hall:1982:LPS,
author = "James A. Hall",
title = "Laser Printing System Provides Flexible, High-Quality,
Cost-Effective Computer Output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "3--5, 7--8",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP2680 Laser Printing System is introduced and its
printing flexibility, quality and speed are emphasized.
Combining the 2680A laser page printer with powerful
interactive output design software it is fully
integrated with the HP3000 computer family of on-line
distributed data processing and database management.
The system is defined, the laser page printer with two
microprocessors used for monitoring and control is
illustrated, and the software package is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 744; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; laser page
printer; output printing; printing",
}
@Article{Fitzgerald:1982:ISI,
author = "Kathleen A. Fitzgerald",
title = "Interactive Software for Intelligent Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "10--16",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A printer support software package for use with HP
2680A laser printer is presented that permits its users
to take advantage of the printer's special features,
such as downloadable character fonts, electronic forms,
logical pages, and electronic vertical forms controls.
The support package is reviewed and two available
application programs are discussed. The compatibility
of the package, its easy use, extensibility, coding
standards and debugging are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; computer
software; computer systems, digital --- Interactive
Operation; intelligent printer",
}
@Article{Schwiebert:1982:EIF,
author = "Erwin H. Schwiebert and Paul R. Spencer",
title = "Electrostatic Image Formation in a Laser Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "16--19",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The producing of electrical images on the drum in
electrophotography is considered. The imaging process
is described using conveniently a simplified ideal
electric circuit model, with some departures from this
ideal. The formation of the image in three stages is
shown, and the corona devices are explained which
produce the charges used to make the electrostatic
image. The electrostatic potential control system is
also described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "701; 722; 741; 744; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; corona
devices; electrostatic image formation; electrostatics;
photoconductor drum; printing --- Laser Applications",
}
@Article{Gordon:1982:SHE,
author = "Philip Gordon",
title = "Specialized High-Speed Electronics for Document
Preparation Flexibility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "6",
pages = "30--35",
month = jun,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The features of the electrophotographic technology
behind the laser printing process are examined.
Included are: rotation of the print page in any of four
orientations, multiple pages of text per physical sheet
of paper (i. e., page reduction made possible by the
small dot size), completely variable character set
sizes and fonts alterable on a character-by-character
basis, proportional spacing, overlapping and
superposition of character elements, electronic forms
overlay, and complete freedom to place a character of
any orientation at any position on the page. The
digital system that implements these features is called
the data control system (DCS).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 732; 741; 744; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; control systems,
digital --- Computer Applications; electrophotography;
high-speed electronics; image processing --- Control;
printing --- Laser Applications",
}
@Article{Lewis:1982:OSD,
author = "John R. Lewis and Laurence M. {Hubby, Jr.}",
title = "Optical system design for the {Laser Printing
System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "3--4, 6--7, 9--10",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The optical system of the 2680 Laser Printing System
is designed to provide the highest resolution and
printing speed possible consistent with reasonable
economy of production, the data rate capability of the
digital electronics, and the properties of the
electrophotographic process. A variety of factors that
influenced the choice of each component and the
configuration chosen for each portion of the design is
discussed. The laser process characteristics, scanning
methods, wobble correction, and the optical system are
described, mechanical design considerations are
examined, and scanning, including the scanner drive,
and mirror mounts are reviewed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); A4278 (Optical lens
and mirror systems); A4280 (Optical devices, techniques
and applications); B4360 (Laser applications); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "741; 744; 745",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2680; electrographic process; electrophotography;
high-resolution raster scan; HP; laser beam
applications; Laser Printing System; optical devices;
optical systems; photoconductor drum; printers;
printing --- Laser Applications; scan lens",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:LPO,
author = "G. L. Holland",
title = "Laser printer optics control and diagnostic circuit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "5--??",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); C3370Z (Other control
applications in telecommunications); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
keywords = "acoustooptic modulator; analogue; computerised
control; control and diagnostic circuit; data
alignment; driver; HP 2680A; Laser Printer;
microprocessor; modulation; monitoring; optics;
printers; synchronisation; variable RF power",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:SMD,
author = "G. L. Holland",
title = "A synchronous mirror-motor drive for the {Laser
Printer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "8--9",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4360 (Laser applications); B8510 (Drives); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
keywords = "2680A; drive; electric drives; HP; Laser; laser
printing; optics assembly; polygonal mirror; Printer;
printers; scanner motor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crumly:1982:LPM,
author = "James D. Crumly and Von L. Hansen",
title = "{Laser Printer} machine control system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "11--15",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A block diagram of the Machine Control System (MCS)
illustrates how the HP 2680A Laser Printer uses the
microprocessor to control the printing process, paper
movement, the operation interface, the
electrophotographic process, diagnostic and most
machine functions. The MCS operation data structures
are also furnished. Keyboard commands are provided to
serve as flexible tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3370Z (Other control applications in
telecommunications); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)C6150J (Operating
systems); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
classification = "723; 731; 745",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit microprocessor; 2680; computer peripheral
equipment --- Printers; computerised control; control
programs; control system; HP; laser; laser printing
system; machine; MC5; microprocessor-based system;
monitoring; multitasking; operating system; operating
systems (computers); printers; printing; printing
system; real-time operating system",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "J. D. Crumly and L. Hansen",
}
@Article{Holland:1982:SPJ,
author = "G. L. Holland",
title = "Sensing paper jams",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "13--??",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B8510
(Drives); C3120E (Velocity, acceleration and rotation
control); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices); C3370Z (Other control applications in
telecommunications); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Boise, ID, USA",
keywords = "2680A; computerised control; devices; electric drives;
electric sensing; HP; Laser Printer; laser printing;
monitoring; paper control and detection; paper drive
mechanism; paper jams; printers; system; velocity
control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chambers:1982:SMS,
author = "Donald R. Chambers and Steven N. Sanders",
title = "Solid-State Microwave Signal Generators for Today'{S}
Exacting Requirements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "16--20 (or 16--19??)",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Four solid state cavity-tuned signal generators are
introduced that have increased capability and the
performance required by today's systems while retaining
the characteristics of the klystron signal generators
so highly valued. The desired accuracies are obtained
by making a microprocessor part of automatic level
control system. System organization is explained using
a block diagram and diagnosis and self-test examples
are furnished.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "711; 714; 715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8683; 8684; cavity turning; cavity-tuned signal
generators; communications; computers, microprocessor
--- Applications; generators; HP; microwave circuits;
microwave oscillators; microwave signal; pulse
modulation; radar; signal generators; solid state
devices; solid-state; solid-state signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cristal:1982:HWC,
author = "Edward G. Cristal and Arthur N. Woo and Philip G.
Foster and Ronald F. Stiglich",
title = "High-Performance Wideband Cavity-Tuned Solid-State
Oscillators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "20--26",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Cavity-tuned microwave solid-state oscillator is
presented that uses quarter-wavelength TEM cavity for
tuning over frequency ranges of approximately 2.8:1,
and semiconductor devices, GaAs Schottky-barrier FSTs
and bipolar transistors to achieve the frequency
ranges. The oscillator circuits are described, and the
schematic circuitry is shown. Frequency modulation,
performance data, the mechanical design of FM
microcircuit, substrate mounting, precision frequency
control and other characteristics are also reviewed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state microwave
circuits and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8683; 8684; cavity tuning; cavity-tuned oscillators;
HP; microwave oscillators; oscillators; oscillators,
microwave --- Design; oscillators, solid state; signal
generators; solid-state oscillators;
variable-frequency",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Catlin:1982:WPL,
author = "J. F. Catlin",
title = "A wide-dynamic-range pulse leveling scheme",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "26--27, 29, 32",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Spokane, WA, USA",
keywords = "8683; 8684; automatic level control; feedback;
generators; HP; level vernier; microwave generators;
microwave oscillators; power control; pulse leveling;
sampled feedback; signal; signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kihlstrom:1982:MSA,
author = "K. P. Kihlstrom",
title = "Microwave solid-state amplifiers and modulators for
broadband signal generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "7",
pages = "30--31",
month = jul,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B1350F (Solid-state
microwave circuits and devices); B2220J (Hybrid
integrated circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Stanford, CA, USA",
keywords = "8683A; 8683B; 8684A; 8684B; amplitude modulation;
automatic level; broadband; control; generators; HP;
hybrid integrated circuits; integrated circuits;
microwave; microwave amplifiers; microwave signal
generators; modulators; power control; pulse
modulation; signal; signal generators; solid-state
amplifiers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schwettmann:1982:IPT,
author = "F. N. Schwettmann and J. L. Moll",
title = "{IC} process technology: {VLSI} and beyond",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "3--4",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2550G
(Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
keywords = "circuit technology; device scaling; etching; field
effect integrated circuits; IC; IC technology;
integrated; interconnections; large scale integration;
lithography; low-temperature processing; materials; MOS
process technology; photolithography; plasma
deposition; process technology; VLSI",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{OToole:1982:OIL,
author = "Michael M. O'Toole and E. David Liu and Gary W. Ray",
title = "Optical {IC} Lithography Using Trilayer Resist",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "5--9",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Thu Apr 10 09:58:37 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A composite photoresist layer is developed to reduce
exposure effects that degrade pattern definition and
reduce resolution in optical IC lithography. A sample
output of the simulation program is given which shows
the nominal exposure required for a periodic
1-$\mu$m-wide line-and-space pattern as a function of
positive resist thickness on a silicon substrate, and
an aluminum substrate.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
classification = "713; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aligner; composite; IC photolithography; integrated
circuits, VLSI; large scale integration; layer;
lithography; maximum resolution; nonreflecting bottom;
optical IC lithography; pattern definition;
photoresist; photoresist layer; photoresists;
planarised surface; projection; substrate; thick bottom
polymer layer; trilayer resist; VLSI",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Kamins:1982:SIC,
author = "Theodore I. Kamins",
title = "Silicon Integrated Circuits Using Beam-Recrystallized
Polysilicon",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "10--13",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The recent fabrication of metal-oxide-semiconductor
(MOS) devices in layers of laser-or
electron-beam-recrystallized polysilicon offers the
possibility of freeing integrated circuit structures
from the constraints of conventional, single-crystal
silicon technology. The characteristics of
recrystallized polysilicon are described that make it
useful for transistor fabrication and the behavior of
the resulting devices. A recently fabricated
complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS)
structure that incorporates these transistors is
discussed along with potential future applications in
three-dimensional integrated circuits and other uses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260K (Laser beam applications); A7280C (Conductivity
of elemental semiconductors); A8110J (Growth from solid
phases); B2520C (Elemental semiconductors); B2550
(Semiconductor device technology); B2560R (Insulated
gate field effect transistors); B2570D (CMOS integrated
circuits); B4360 (Laser applications)",
classification = "712; 713",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "annealing; beam-recrystallized polysilicon; CMOS;
complementary MOS (CMOS); effect integrated circuits;
electron beam; electron beam applications; elemental
semiconductors; field; IC technology; insulated gate
field effect; integrated circuit manufacture;
integrated circuit technology; integrated circuits;
laser annealing; laser beam; poly-Si;
recrystallisation; recrystallised; semiconductor device
fabrication; semiconductor devices, MOS; silicon;
three-dimensional; transistors; vertical device
structures",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Garrettson:1982:XL,
author = "Garrett A. Garrettson and Armand P. Neukermans",
title = "{X-Ray} Lithography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "14--19 (or 14--18??)",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "With the shrinking linewidth for VLSI circuitry the
only viable lithographic technologies are the X-ray
stepper and electron beam, with the X-ray lithography
considered a complementary extension of electron beam
pattern generator. A complete X-ray lithography
technology is demonstrated as simple,
length-performance and cost effective for submicrometer
devices in VLSI circuit production the state-of-the-art
capabilities for mask technology and process
development are also described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2550G
(Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits); B7450 (X-ray and gamma-ray equipment)",
classification = "713; 745; 932",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Be window; integrated circuits, VLSI; large scale
integration; lithography; photolithography; proximity
printing; shadow mask; soft X-rays; system; VLSI;
X-ray; X-ray apparatus; X-ray applications; X-ray
exposure; x-ray lithography; X-ray sensitive resist;
x-rays --- Applications",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Marcoux:1982:DEO,
author = "P. J. Marcoux",
title = "Dry etching: an overview",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "19--23",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices)",
keywords = "anisotropic etching; automatic; dry etching; endpoint
detection; IC processing; overview; plasma etching;
reviews; semiconductor technology; sputter etching",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Ilic:1982:TFF,
author = "Dragan B. Ilic",
title = "Thin Films Formed by Plasma Enhanced Chemical Vapor
Deposition",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "24--27",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Electrically exciting the gases used in a chemical
vapor deposition process can reduce the sensitivity to
temperature variations and allow deposition at lower
temperatures. Plasma enhanced (PD) deposition of thin
films in IC processing using chemical vapor deposition
(CVD) techniques is considered. Some films produced by
this technique are discussed. The results of initial
applications of films developed in a modern PECVD
reactor are reported.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8115H (Chemical vapour deposition); B0520F (Vapour
deposition); B2550E (Surface treatment for
semiconductor devices)",
classification = "713; 932",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chemical vapour deposition; CVD; CVD coatings;
deposition at lower temperatures; enhanced chemical
vapor deposition; integrated circuit manufacture;
integrated circuits, VLSI --- Manufacture; PECVD;
plasma; plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
(PACVD); plasmas --- Applications; semiconductor;
semiconductor technology; sensitivity to; silicon
compounds; technology; temperature variations; thin
films",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Merchant:1982:EOV,
author = "P. P. Merchant",
title = "Electromigration: an overview ({VLSI} metallisation)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "28--31",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170N (Reliability); B2550F (Metallisation and
interconnection technology); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits)",
keywords = "alloys; current density; electromigration; large scale
integration; lifetime; metallic composition;
metallisation; predicted lifetimes; reliability;
reviews; thin conductors; VLSI circuits",
treatment = "G General Review; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Chiu:1982:SZE,
author = "Kuang Yi Chiu",
title = "{SWAMI}: a zero-encroachment local oxidation process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "31--32",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550E (Surface treatment for semiconductor devices);
B2550G (Lithography); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated
circuits)",
keywords = "anisotropic plasma; conventional LSI processing
techniques; etching; fabrication process; fully
recessed isolation structure; integrated circuit
technology; isolation structure; large scale
integration; novel sequence of conventional processing;
oxidation; oxide-isolated; sequence of steps;
side-wall-masked isolation; SWAMI process; techniques;
VLSI circuits; zero-encroachment local oxidation
process",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Brown:1982:HOS,
author = "W. A. Brown",
title = "High-pressure oxidation (Si {IC} thermal oxidation)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "8",
pages = "34--36",
month = aug,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2520C (Elemental semiconductors); B2550E (Surface
treatment for semiconductor devices)",
corpsource = "Integrated Circuit Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa
Clara, CA, USA",
keywords = "elemental semiconductors; IC; large scale integration;
oxidation; process temperature reduction; semiconductor
technology; Si; silicon; thermal oxidation; time
reduction",
treatment = "X Experimental",
}
@Article{Risley:1982:OMS,
author = "William B. Risley",
title = "{Oscilloscope Measurement System} is programmable and
autoranging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "3--4",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System is an
automated-compatible with IEEE standard 488 described
as an instrument that makes significant contributions
to the viewing, measuring, and processing of
time-domain waveforms. With its microprocessor-based
computer architecture, the 1980A/B is a multifunction,
multifaceted instrument divided into eight functional
blocks that interface with each other by means of a bus
structure. The concept of combining a broad range of
oscilloscope capabilities, full programmability, and
digital waveform storage into a highly flexible,
interactive measurement system provides a new tool for
computer-aided applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "autoranging; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; compatibility;
computer architecture; computerised instrumentation;
computers, microprocessor --- Applications; digital;
digital control; firmware expandability; hardware
expandability; HP 1980A/B; HP-IB; microprocessor-based
architecture; multifunction instrument; oscilloscope;
Oscilloscope Measurement System; oscilloscopes, cathode
ray; programmability; waveform storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harding:1982:DOM,
author = "Russell J. Harding and Monte R. Campbell and William
E. Watry and John R. Wilson and Wilhelm Taylor",
title = "Designing the {Oscilloscope Measurement System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "5--14",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In the 1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System, the
microprocessor brings the added dimension of
programmability to the oscilloscope, making automatic
waveform measurements possible. Rise time, voltage,
width, and delay measurements and event detection can
be attained through firmwave and software. A simplified
block diagram illustrates the architecture of the
measuring system. The hardware consists of a digital
control section, an analog measurement and display
section, and the interfaces between these sections. The
memory allocation, and both horizontal and vertical
systems are explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analogue; architecture; automatic waveform;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; digital control; display; He 1980A/B;
interfaces; measurement; measurements; microprocessor;
oscilloscope; Oscilloscope Measurement System;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray; programmability; waveform
analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Evel:1982:DWS,
author = "Eddie A. Evel and Robert M. Landgraf",
title = "Digital waveform storage for the {Oscilloscope
Measurement System}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "15--20",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A digital waveform storage option is added to HP
1980A/B Oscilloscope Measurement System that increases
its usefulness by digitizing one or two displayed
waveforms and storing them within the instrument for
later display or data output. The digitizer, consisting
of a sample-and-hold circuit analog-to-digital
converter, data storage, display memory, two
display-digital-to analog converters, and control
logic, is shown in a block diagram and described.
Repetitive and single sweep sampling and sample timing
are also described. The digitized window is defined and
the anticalibration is explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "715; 722; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "19860A; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
instrumentation; data storage, digital; digital
waveform storage; Digital Waveform Storage; HP 1980
A/B; HP-IB; Measurement System; Option; Oscilloscope;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Computer Applications;
programmable oscilloscope; waveform analysis ---
Equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karin:1982:PMS,
author = "M. J. Karin",
title = "Putting the Measurement System on the Bus ({HP 1980A/B
Oscilloscope Measurement System} on {HP-IB})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "21--24",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5610
(Computer interfaces)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "automatic test; bus-controlled oscilloscopes;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computer interfaces;
computerised; external controller; HP 1980A/B; HP-IB;
instrumentation; interface; microprocessor;
Oscilloscope Measurement System; programming; systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Campbell:1982:MDO,
author = "J. W. Campbell",
title = "Mechanical design of the oscilloscope measurement
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "24--26",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B0170J
(Product packaging); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
keywords = "bench style; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised
instrumentation; design engineering; HP 1980A/B;
Measurement System; mechanical design; microprocessor;
Oscilloscope; packaging; programmable oscilloscopes;
rack version",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pecenco:1982:HBI,
author = "Irene V. Pecenco and Albert S. Wang",
title = "A high-performance bipolar integrated circuit
process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "27--29",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A high-speed, high-density integrated circuits are
presented that are easily designed and can be
fabricated quickly. To supply this need, a new
high-performance bipolar process is introduced that is
capable of producing parts for high-speed amplifiers,
counters, analog-to-digital converters, and semicustom
logic applications where emitter-coupled logic (ECL)
circuitry is expected to perform at clock rates greater
than 1.25 GHz. In addition to speed and density, the
reduction of power consumption is obtained by
horizontally scaling down device size. The simplified
process sequence and the device design and fabrication
are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570B (Bipolar integrated circuits)",
classification = "713; 714",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Santa Clara, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analogue-to-digital converters; bipolar integrated
circuit; bipolar integrated circuits; bipolar process;
circuit layout design; circuitry; counters; dielectric
isolation; ECL; high-speed amplifiers; HP; IC Division;
integrated circuit manufacture; integrated circuit
technology; integrated circuits; integration; ion
implantation; large scale; logic circuits, emitter
coupled; LSI; metallisation; multilevel metallic;
process; semiconductor devices, bipolar --- Design;
semicustom logic",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Barber:1982:SAU,
author = "V. Alan Barber",
title = "Synthesizer Accuracy for Unsynthesized Microwave
Sources",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "9",
pages = "30--36",
month = sep,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Among general-purpose microwave signal sources the
synthesizers are considered as generators that offer
the ultimate in frequency accuracy and phase-noise
performance. A new HP 5344S source synchronizer is
introduced that can give it the superior frequency
accuracy of the synthesizer and add some new
capabilities never before available in a
general-purpose microwave signal source. The basic
architecture is illustrated in a block diagram. Both
traditional divide-by-N and fractional-N synthesizers
are described, including system organization, and the
phase-locked loop, which ultimately provides the
synchronization of the source. The lock algorithm,
phase-noise lock-and-roll operation and the
sweep-detection are also explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1350 (Microwave circuits
and devices); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "711; 713; 714",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CW synchronization; frequency synthesizers; generator;
HP 5344S; lock algorithm; lock-and-roll operation;
microwave oscillators; microwave signal sources;
microwave sources; microwaves; phase locked loops;
signal; Source Synchronizer; sources; sweep oscillator;
synchronisation; synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maeda:1982:IIS,
author = "Kohichi Maeda and Jin-ichi Ikemoto and Fumiro Tsurada
and Teruo Takeda",
title = "Intelligent Instrument Streamlines {DC} Semiconductor
Parameter Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "3--15",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Precise device parameter measurements are essential
for computer-aided design and semiconductor research
and development, for real-time feedback on wafer
evaluations to improve the semiconductor process and
increase yields on the production line, and for
incoming inspection by end users of semiconductor
products. The need for an instrument capable of such
measurements that can be used by itself or can be
easily incorporated into an automated test system led
to development of HP 4145A Semiconductor Parameter
Analyzer to provide an attractive alternative to a
curve tracer or an expensive test system, and to
satisfy the measurement and evaluation needs of the
semiconductor industries. It is a fully automatic,
high-performance instrument designed to measure,
analyze, and graphically display the dc parameters and
characteristics of diodes, transistors, ICs, solar
cells and semiconductor materials.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
classification = "714; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analyzer; automatic test equipment; characteristics
measurement; computer aided design; curve tracer;
high-performance; HP 4145A; instrument; integrated
circuit testing; intelligent instrument; parameter
analysis; semiconductor device testing; semiconductor
devices; semiconductor materials --- Research;
Semiconductor Parameter; test system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Takagi:1982:PSM,
author = "S. Takagi and H. Sakayori and T. Takeda",
title = "Programmable stimulus\slash measurement units simplify
device test setups",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "15--20",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing); C7420 (Control engineering computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; characteristics measurement;
HP 4145A; integrated circuit testing; Parameter
Analyzer; programmable stimulus/measurement;
Semiconductor; semiconductor device testing; SMU",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fu:1982:HHN,
author = "Horng-Sen Fu and Roger To-Hoi Szeto and Anders T.
Dejenfelt and Devereaux C. Chen",
title = "{HQMOS}: a High-Performance {NMOS} Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "21--27",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Innovative processing methods are used to fabricate a
scaled-down version of a standard n-channel MOS (N MOS)
process, resulting in lower power consumption and
higher speed. A sequence of HQ MOS process is
described, the nominal process parameters are given,
key process development areas are indicated, and the
device characteristics examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "field effect integrated circuits; high-performance;
HQMOS process; lower power consumption; n-channel MOS
(N MOS); NMOS technology; semiconductor devices, MOS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Oh:1982:MDP,
author = "Soo-Young Oh",
title = "{MOS} Device and Process Design Using Computer
Simulations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "10",
pages = "28--32",
month = oct,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Conventional process and device designs for integrated
circuit technologies have been based on the use of a
trial-and-error approach and simple analytical modeling
to achieve the desired electrical characteristics and
circuit performance. This approach is not adequate,
however, for small-geometry MOSFETs where process
complexity (especially patterning and tolerance
requirements) and two-dimensional field coupling
prevent the use of a simple one-dimensional analysis
for obtaining accurate quantitative information. In
addition, the purely experimental approach yields
little physical insight into the factors governing
device operation. However, it is well suited for later
design cycles where final parameter adjustment can be
accommodated. A complementary analysis and design path
using process, device, and circuit simulations is
proposed. Compared to laboratory experimentation, the
design path via simulation is less costly and faster.
More important, it produces detailed information about
device operation in a well-controlled environment. A
two-dimensional simulation system is described and
application examples in VLSI circuits are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2560B (Semiconductor device modelling and equivalent
circuits); B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis and design path; CADDET; computer; computer
simulations; digital simulation; field effect
integrated circuits; GEMINI; HP 1000; IC device
performance; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Processing;
models; MOS device; process design; semiconductor
device models; semiconductor devices, MOSFET; SOAP;
SUPRA; TECAP; two-dimensional simulation;
two-dimensional simulation system",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Sorden:1982:WRH,
author = "James L. Sorden and Mark S. Allen",
title = "Waveform Recording with a High-Dynamic-Performance
Instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "3--9",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Waveform recorders are general-purpose, time-domain
measuring instruments that take samples of analog
waveforms and store the sample values as digital data
suitable for analysis by a computer. This new waveform
recorder digitizes and stores single-shot or repetitive
signals. Its ten-bit, 20-MHz analog-to-digital
converter delivers performance that is fully specified
and characterized under realistic operating
conditions.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "941; 942; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara,
CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "digital instrumentation; high-dynamic-performance
instrument; HP 5180A; recorder; recorders; waveform;
waveform analysis; waveform recorder",
}
@Article{Muto:1982:DTT,
author = "Arthur S. Muto and Bruce E. Peetz and Robert C.
{Rehner, Jr.}",
title = "Designing a Ten-Bit, Twenty-Megasample-Per-Second
Analog-To-Digital Converter System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "9--20",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Authors report on converter capable of 20 million
conversions per second with 10-bit (2-mV) amplitude
resolution, equivalent to 60 dB of dynamic range.
Performance typically degrades by only one bit from dc
to the Nyquist or `folding' frequency (input frequency
equal to one-half the conversion rate). Performance
reliability is ascribed to two hybrid substrate
assemblies that contain 12 custom integrated
circuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5180A; ADC; analogue-digital conversion;
analogue-digital convertor; converter; data conversion,
analog to digital; digital instrumentation; dynamic
range; high-performance; HP; integrated circuits ---
Applications; recorders; second; ten-bit;
twenty-megasample-per-; waveform analysis; waveform
recorder",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Peetz:1982:MWR,
author = "Bruce E. Peetz and Arthur S. Muto and J. Martin Neil",
title = "Measuring Waveform Recorder Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "21--29",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The key to confidence in the quality of a waveform
recorder is assurance that the analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) encodes the signal without degrading
it. Dynamic tests that cover the frequency range over
which the converter is expected to operate can provide
that assurance. The results of the dynamic tests give
the user a model of resolution versus frequency for the
recorder. More elaborate models of failure mechanisms
can be obtained by varying the conditions of the
tests.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "723; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5180A waveform recorder; analysis; beat frequency
testing; data conversion, analog to digital ---
Equipment; digital instrumentation; discrete finite
Fourier; dynamic tests; electronic equipment testing;
histogram; performance measurement; recorders; sine
wave curve fitting; transform; waveform analysis;
waveform recorder; waveform recorders",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bird:1982:TBR,
author = "Steven C. Bird and Jack A. Folchi",
title = "Time Base Requirements for a Waveform Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "29--34",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "For an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) to digitize
an input waveform accurately, there must be a time base
or reference oscillator to provide a continuous,
stable, sampling or ENCODE clock. The 5180A Waveform
Recorder contains a room-temperature, low-noise,
fundamental-mode crystal oscillator operating at a
frequency of 20 MHz. There is also provision for
selecting an external, user-supplied ENCODE clock.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 723; 941; 942; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5180A; analysis; data conversion, analog to digital
--- Equipment; digital instrumentation;
fundamental-mode crystal oscillator; oscillators,
crystal --- Equipment; recorders; reference oscillator;
room-temperature; time base; time bases; waveform;
waveform analysis; waveform recorder; waveform
recorders",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Szeto:1982:DMS,
author = "Christina M. Szeto and Michael C. Detro",
title = "Display and Mass Storage for Waveform Recording",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "11",
pages = "34--36",
month = nov,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The 5181A display\slash tape storage module, is a
companion instrument to the 5180A Waveform Recorder. It
provides a high-resolution CRT for waveform display and
a cartridge tape unit for recording digitized waveforms
onto magnetic tape data cartridges. The 5181A is
designed for both bench and field use. With mass
storage and a display, it is possible to make
measurements on location and bring them back into a lab
for analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7260 (Display technology and systems)",
classification = "941; 942; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Santa Clara Div., Santa Clara, CA,
USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5181A; cartridge tape unit; cathode-ray tube displays;
digital instrumentation; high-resolution CRT; mass
storage; recorders; waveform analysis; waveform
display; waveform recorders; waveform recording",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eaton:1982:EMM,
author = "John T. Eaton and Andrew W. Davidson and William R.
Frolik",
title = "Extended memory and modularity are added to the
{Series 80} computer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "3--7",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To expand the memory of Hewlett Packard microcomputers
HP-86 and HP-87 beyond the available number of bytes a
special technique modularly extended memory controllers
(EMCs) is introduced. Each EMC can control either 32K,
64K or 128K bytes of dynamic random access memory
(RAM). Since the total memory space is broken into
32K-byte banks, this represents either one, two or four
memory banks per EMC. A select-code input into each EMC
determines where the RAM it controls is located in the
overall 24-bit memory address space. The EMC
architecture and its memory features are described and
the internal interfaces of the microcomputers
explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; 731",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "built-in; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
Construction; control systems --- Equipment; data
storage, digital; extended memory controller (EMC);
Hewlett--Packard Series 80; HP-86; HP-87XM; interfaces;
microcomputers; modular system configuration",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harper:1982:MBC,
author = "T. V. Harper",
title = "Module brings {CP/M} to {HP}'s latest {Series 80}
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "8--11",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5590 (Other
computer peripheral equipment); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; CP/M-compatible
software; HP-86; HP-87XM; microcomputer;
microcomputers; operating; personal computer; systems
(computers)",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Azmoon:1982:DLH,
author = "M. Azmoon",
title = "Development of a low-cost, high-quality graphics
plotter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "12--15",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "graphics plotter; HP 7470A; plotters; plotting
technology; X-Y plotter",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1982:CGP,
author = "Robert M. Miller and Randy A. Coverstone",
title = "Controlling a Graphics Plotter with a Handheld
Programmable Calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "16--18",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A Hewlett--Packard plotter module is described that
transforms the HP-41C microcomputer with
Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) into a computer
graphics instrument. The module is an 8K-word unit
(word length is 10 bits) which adds 52 microcoded
commands to the HP-41C's function set, along with a
sophisticated interactive plotting program written in
RPN (reverse Polish notation). Many of the command
names and functions are based on the graphic command
sets of the HP 9845 Computer and the HP-85 Personal
Computer. This allows users familiar with these
products to master the plotter module's commands
quickly. Plotting primitives, bar-code primitives and
interactive plotting program are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices); C7830
(Home computing)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bar-code; computer graphic equipment; computer
graphics --- Computer Interfaces; computer peripheral
equipment; graphics plotter; handheld programmable
calculator; HP 7470A graphics plotter; HP 82184A
plotter module; HP41C; HPIL interface loop; interactive
plotting program; microcoded commands; NEWPLOT;
personal computing; Polish notation; primitives;
reverse; reverse Polish notation (RPN)",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martini:1982:LPE,
author = "N. J. Martini and D. M. Ellement and P. L. Ma",
title = "Low-cost plotter electronics design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "23--26",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "circuit board; custom LSI; electronics; HP 7470A
Graphics Plotter; plotters; printed",
treatment = "G General Review; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Wilson:1982:PDM,
author = "A. K. Wilson and D. E. Johnson",
title = "Plotter drive motor encoder design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "26--27",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3260B (Electric
actuators and final control equipment); C3370Z (Other
control applications in telecommunications); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "DC motor drive; electric drives; encoder design;
encoding; feedback; optical encoders; plotter drive;
plotters; position; position control",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kemplin:1982:GPM,
author = "R. M. Kemplin and D. M. Petersen and C. Ta. Chuong and
D. C. Tribolet and R. J. Porcelli",
title = "Graphics plotter mechanical design for performance and
reliability at low cost",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "28--33",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "HP 7470A; paper handling; pen carriage; pen
positioning; plotter mechanical design; plotters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Robertson:1982:IAP,
author = "R. A. Robertson",
title = "An improved {AC} power switch",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "33",
number = "12",
pages = "34--40",
month = dec,
year = "1982",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B8140C (Protection apparatus); B8370 (Switchgear);
C3110B (Voltage control); C3220 (Controllers); C3340H
(Control of electric power systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "controllers; digitally controlled; distribution
system; electromagnetic interference; facilities; HP
model 14570A AC power controller; line switch;
multiprogrammers; power control; relay protection;
reliability; safety; switches; test",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Quick:1983:HLD,
author = "Roger D. Quick and Steven L. Harper",
title = "{HP-IL}: a Low-Cost Digital Interface for Portable
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "3--7, 9--10",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) is a
bit-serial interface bringing many capabilities
formerly reserved for much larger computer systems to
the growing repertoire of portable computers and
handheld calculators. The HP-IL system architecture is
introduced, the interface electronics and the functions
are described, and the message encoding explained.
Functional definitions, interface functions and
components and the documentation are also furnished.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit serial interface; bit-serial interface;
capabilities; computer interfaces; computers;
computers, microprocessor; data communication systems;
handheld calculators; hardware; Hewlett Packard
interface loop (HP-IL); Hewlett--Packard; HP-IL; loop;
mathematical instruments --- Pocket Calculators;
network controller; operation; portable; protocol;
protocols",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleming:1983:HIS,
author = "J. H. Fleming",
title = "{HP-IL} interconnect system ({Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "8--??",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2180E (Connectors)",
keywords = "bit-serial interface; computer interfaces; computers;
connectors; data communication equipment; electric;
handheld calculators; HP-IL; loop; portable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Landsness:1983:EIH,
author = "C. J. Landsness",
title = "The electronics interface for the {Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "11--16",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610 (Computer interfaces); C6130 (Data handling
techniques)",
keywords = "battery-operated devices; cables; cables (electric);
CMOS IC; codes; computer interfaces; discharge;
electronics interface; electrostatic; EMI; encoding;
field effect integrated circuits; Hewlett-; HP-41C;
interface media; interference (signal); loop; low-power
serial interface; Packard Interface Loop; portable
computer; programmable calculator; small pulse
transformers; three-level code; transceivers;
two-wire",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harper:1983:CIC,
author = "Steven L. Harper",
title = "A {CMOS} integrated circuit for the {HP-IL}
interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "16--22",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A complementary MOS (CMOS) LSI circuit is considered
as the only technology that effectively satisfies
objectives of Hewlett--Packard Interface-Loop (HP-IL)
system. It is designed with an eight-bit data bus that
can mate directly with most common microprocessors. In
this way, the HP-IL interface simply becomes another
component in a device's microprocessor system. The
important advantages of the system are reviewed, the
register map illustrated and the device interaction
with the interface IC described. The HP-IL state
diagrams and the simplified flow chart of the response
of the idle device on the HP-IL are also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570D (CMOS integrated circuits); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "block circuit diagram; circuit; CMOS integrated;
complementary MOS (CMOS); computer interfaces;
computers, microprocessor --- Computer Interfaces;
designer-friendliness; field effect integrated
circuits; handheld calculators; hardware architecture;
HP-IL; integrated circuits, LSI; interface loop (IL);
large; low cost; low power consumption; LSI; portable
computers; register map; scale integration;
semiconductor devices, MOS; small size; state diagrams;
user-friendliness",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hackleman:1983:CLT,
author = "David E. Hackleman and Norman L. Johnson and Craig S.
Lage and John J. Vietor and Robert L. Tillman",
title = "{CMOSC}: Low-Power Technology for Personal Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "23--29 (or 23--28??)",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An improved high-volume CMOS (complementary
metal-oxide-semiconductor) process developed at
Hewlett--Packard's facility in Corvallis, Oregon is
presented. Required by the increasing integrated
circuit complexity of personal computers, CMOSC meets
several objectives that affect all phases of IC design
and development. The objectives include: low power
consumption, high device density, low circuit cost,
high reliability, improved latch-up and electrostatic
discharge (ESD) protection, and standardization process
models with design rule checks. The development of a
new bulk CMOS technology, and new concepts in IC
facility design are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570D (CMOS
integrated circuits)",
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CMOS; CMOSC; complementary MOS process (CMOSC); cost;
design rule checks; electrostatic discharge; field
effect integrated circuits; high device density; high
reliability; integrated circuit; large scale
integration; latch-up; low circuit; low power
consumption; LSI; personal computers; semiconductor
devices, MOS; standardised process models; technology",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dryden:1983:AOA,
author = "P. C. Dryden and H. R. {Johnson, Jr.} and D. H.
Smith",
title = "Advanced oven assures repeatability in new gas
chromatograph",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "30--31, 33--34",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Avondale, PA, USA",
keywords = "5790A; 6803 microprocessor; calibration; chemical
variables measurement; chemistry computing;
chromatography; computer; computerised instrumentation;
control methods; fused silica capillary columns; gas
chromatograph; Hewlett--Packard; Model; oven; ovens;
RS-232-C; serial communications port; temperature
control; troubleshooting aids; value programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rowland:1983:WGC,
author = "F. W. Rowland",
title = "What is gas chromatography?",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "32--33",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography)",
keywords = "chromatography; column; gas chromatography",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Augenblick:1983:EFC,
author = "K. B. Augenblick and M. A. Casale and J. E. Cusack and
A. J. Murphy",
title = "Electronic flow control: a new level of automation for
gas chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "1",
pages = "35--40",
month = jan,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers)B7320W (Level, flow and volume
measurement); C3120R (Pressure and vacuum control);
C3120T (Level, flow and volume control); C3220
(Controllers); C3240D (Electric transducers and sensing
devices); C3380D (Control of physical instruments);
C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
keywords = "chromatography; computerised instrumentation;
controller; controllers; electric sensing devices;
electronic flow control; flow control; flow
measurement; flow sensor; gas chromatograph; gas flow;
HP 5880A; mass flow control; microprocessor-based unit;
pressure control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Trautman:1983:PLH,
author = "Jack P. Trautman and Lawrence A. DesJardin",
title = "A portable, low-cost, high-performance digital
multimeter for the {HP-IL}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "3--10",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A portable digital multimeter (DMM) is introduced
which is using a low-cost serial interface, the
Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop (HP-IL) to be coupled to
the advanced computational power of a hand held
computer. This DMM electronically calibrates itself,
measures ac and dc voltages and currents, makes
four-wire and two-wire resistance measurements, and
uses a liquid-crystal display to output data,
measurement units, and alphanumeric messages. The
design is described, including the electronic
calibration, microprocessor and analog circuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5590
(Other computer peripheral equipment); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AC; alphanumeric display; computer peripheral
equipment; computerised instrumentation; computers,
microprocessor; currents; DC; digital instrumentation;
digital multimeter; electric measuring instruments;
electronic engineering computing; four-wire resistance
measurements; HP 3478A; HP-IB; HP-IL; instruments,
digital --- Computer Interfaces; liquid-crystal
display; multimeters; portable digital multimeter;
portable multimeter; two-; voltages; wire resistance
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ressmeyer:1983:LPC,
author = "James J. Ressmeyer",
title = "Low-cost and portability come to data
acquisition\slash control products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "10--12, 15--16",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new data acquisition and control scanner is
presented that uses Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop
(HP-IL), and with the addition of HP-41 handheld
computer allows a complete measurement system easily
transported and operated in the laboratory or field.
The key features of the instrument are described,
including the multiplexer\slash actuator and digital
input\slash output assemblies and their design. The
instrument friendliness and low-power operation are
emphasized.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Acquisition/Control Unit; battery-powered unit;
computer peripheral equipment; control; Data; data
acquisition; data control scanner; data processing;
electric measuring instruments --- Computer Interfaces;
Hewlett--Packard; HP 3421A; HP-; HP-41 Handheld
Computer; HP-IL; IB interface; portability; scanner",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Leonard:1983:DAC,
author = "D. F. Leonard",
title = "Data acquisition and control software for the {3421A}
using the {HP-85} computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "13--14",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
keywords = "3056DL System; 3421A Data; Acquisition/Control Unit;
control; data acquisition; data loggers; data logging;
digital simulation; graphics programs; HP-85;
instrument diagnostic; instrument-front-panel
emulation; Personal Computer; programs; software
package; temperature transducer linearisation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1983:LIC,
author = "David L. Wolpert",
title = "Low-Cost Instrument Control: a New {ROM} for the
{HP-41} Handheld Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "16--19",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A custom read only memory (ROM) and a keyboard
overlays are presented to be used with HP-41 handheld
computer in order to control a digital multimeter. A
measurement example and a simple program for the
measurement of ac voltage are introduced, miscellaneous
routines are described, and an example of a
mathematical routine is given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 732; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3421A; 41 handheld computers; 82160A HP-IL Module; and
Control Package; computerised instrumentation; custom
ROM; DA/C Pac ROM; Data Acquisition; data acquisition;
Data Acquisition/Control Unit; data storage, digital;
HP 44468A; HP-; HP-IL; instrument control; instruments,
digital --- Control; keyboard overlays; low-cost
measurement systems; microprogramming; read only
memory; read-only storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fuller:1983:EMI,
author = "Ian J. Fuller",
title = "Electronic Mail for the Interactive Office",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "20--29",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An electronic mail system HPMAIL is implemented using
Hewlett--Packard HP 6000 Computer system. It is designed
to enable users who may not be familiar with computers
and their associated technology to interchange
information effectively throughout their organization.
With HPMAIL, messages, documents, business charts and
graphs, and HP 3000 system files can be exchanged both
locally and remotely. The system, its functions,
software components implementation, development
techniques and database system are described. An
example of search is given and various user interfaces
are explained. An overview of the transport system is
also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210G (Electronic mail); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Pinewood, UK",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "business charts; computer systems, digital; documents;
electronic mail; files; graphs; Hewlett--Packard 3000
Computer; HP 125 Personal Office Computer; HP 2382A; HP
2626W Word Processing Station; HP 3000 system; HPMAIL;
interactive office; messages; Office Terminal; System",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shenoy:1983:ITI,
author = "A. K. Shenoy and C. M. Bircher",
title = "Integrated tools improve programmer productivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "2",
pages = "30--36",
month = feb,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6150C
(Compilers, interpreters and other processors); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "COBOL II; command interpreter; development
environment; editing; HP 3000 Computer System;
HPToolset; integrated program; MPE operating system;
program compilers; program debugging; programming;
programming tools; software subsystem; text; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Davis:1983:ELD,
author = "Michael W. Davis and John A. Scharrer and Robert G.
{Wickliff, Jr.}",
title = "Extensive Logic Development and Support Capability in
One Convenient System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "3--5, 7, 9--10",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Authors report on facilities for hardware timing
analysis, state\slash software analysis, and software
performance overview which provide debugging and
integrating tools that improve the designers'
efficiency. These analysis tools can be used
independently or in conjunction with the Hewlett
Richard 64000's emulation and software development
features. As a result of recent architectural
enhancements, the 64000 System can be used in different
development environments where the user may work
independently, with a team, or at a station connected
to a larger system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques)",
classification = "721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "data processing; Development System; Hewlett Packard;
HP 64000; Logic; logic design; logic development
system; microcomputers; real time emulation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bame:1983:HTS,
author = "Paul D. Bame",
title = "{HP} 64000 Terminal Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "6--??, 9--10",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The need for rudimentary communication between the HP
64000 Logic Development System and other devices was
recognized at the inception of the system. To handle
this need, an RS-232-C/V. 24 port was designed into the
development station, and a simple copy command was
implemented in the system monitor. When used with the
RS-232-C/V. 24 port, the copy command allows the user
to transfer files between the 64000 System and a remote
device. All 64000 file types can be transferred.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150E (General utility programs)",
classification = "721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer software; conversational terminal; data
processing; file; HP 64000; input-output programs;
interactive terminals; logic design; logic development
system; programs; terminal software; transfer;
utility",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fulghum:1983:HMS,
author = "Kipper K. Fulghum",
title = "The {HP} 64000 measurement system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "8--9",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One of the major contributions introduced by the HP
64000 Logic Development System is the integration of
software and hardware development tools with software
and hardware analysis tools. Specifically,
microprocessor emulation allows the designer to
exercise software and hardware in the target system,
while internal analysis provides unobtrusive testing
and debug facilities. With the introduction of the
64620SL Logic State Analyzer and the 64600S Logic
Timing Analyzer, the 64000 System now has extensive
external analysis capabilities as well.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analyzer; computer aided analysis; computer
architecture; development tools; digital; external
analysis capabilities; HP 64000; logic design; Logic
Development System; logic state analyzer; Logic State
Analyzer; Logic Timing; logic timing analyzer;
measurement system; microcomputers; microprocessor
emulation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1983:MDI,
author = "Jeffrey H. Smith and Carlton E. Glitzke and Alan J.
DeVilbiss",
title = "Mainframe Design for an Integrated Engineering
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "11--15",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 64110A and upgraded HP 64100A Development
Stations are the second-generation main-frames for
Hewlett--Packard's 64000 Logic Development System. They
allow the system to be used in many different ways,
ranging from cluster to stand-alone applications.
Rather than creating completely new stations, the task
was to design a smaller, portable mainframe, the
64110A, while retaining absolute compatibility with
existing 64100A mainframe. At the same time, the 64100A
was upgraded with a new power supply to handle new
option cards. Both mainframes also received a dual
flexible disc drive system that is compatible with the
existing base of 64000 System hardware and software.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; Development Stations;
HP 64100A; HP 64110A; integrated engineering
workstation; logic design; mainframe; portable;
second-generation mainframes; special purpose
computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nygaard:1983:MAS,
author = "Richard A. {Nygaard, Jr.} and Fredrick J. Palmer and
Bryce S. {Goodwin, Jr.} and Stan W. Bowlin and Steven
R. Williams",
title = "A modular analyzer for software analysis in the 64000
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "16--23",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Authors report on a microprocessor-based design with
directed-syntax softkey commands. Its displays include
program symbols as well as mnemonics and numerical
data. It assists programmers in high-level languages
with a full feature set that includes software
performance measurements and extensive program
tracing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided analysis; computer software ---
Analysis; computers, microprocessor; HP 64620S; logic
design; logic state/software analyzer; Logic
State/Software Analyzer; program tracing; software
analysis; software engineering; software performance
measurements",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Zellmer:1983:MLT,
author = "Joel A. Zellmer and John E. Hanna and David L.
Neuder",
title = "A modular logic timing analyzer for the 64000 system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "23--30",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Logic timing analyzer asynchronously samples data flow
in the system under test and is primarily used to
troubleshoot hardware-related problems in digital
circuitry. It is optimized for showing time
relationships between digital signals, an area where
oscilloscopes are often used. Timing analyzers,
however, offer features not found in most
oscilloscopes, making them especially useful in testing
digital circuitry.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64000; computer aided analysis; HP 64600S; logic
design; logic development system; logic testing; logic
timing analyzer; timing analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Richey:1983:EM,
author = "David B. Richey and John P. Romano",
title = "Emulators for 16-Bit Microprocessors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "31--38",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An emulator provide information concerning the inner
operation of a microprocessor and simulates its
activity, giving designers the feedback and control
necessary for development work. 16-bit processors
increase the need for an emulator to work symbolically
with compilers, to be flexible enough to accommodate
the diverse systems in which 16-bit processors are
used, and to be included in cross-coupled measurements
with other emulators or other instruments. The new
64000 16-bit emulators use the 64000's directed-syntax
user interface, which includes the capabilility to
create command macros using command files.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit; computer software; computers, microprocessor;
emulators; HP 64000; Logic Development System;
microcomputers; microprocessor emulation;
microprocessors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1983:HLC,
author = "Martin W. Smith and Joel D. Tesler",
title = "High-Level Language Compilers for Developing
Microprocessor Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "3",
pages = "38--40",
month = mar,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The term `Universal,' when applied to a microprocessor
development system, should apply to the software
provided with the system as well as to the hardware.
That is, if a compiler for high-level language X is
supported by the development system, and if the system
provides hardware support for microprocessors A, B and
C, then the compiler for language X should be able to
generate code for microprocessors, A, B and C.
Conversely, if the development system provides hardware
support for microprocessor A, then any high-level
language compiler supported by the system should be
able to generate code for A. These requirements suggest
a structure for the high-level language compilers
supported by the 64000 Logic Development System.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "721; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compiler; computers, microprocessor; high-level;
language compiler; language compilers; logic design;
microcomputers; microprocessor development system;
program compilers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Quenelle:1983:NML,
author = "Robert C. Quenelle and Lawrence J. Wuerz",
title = "A new microcomputer-controlled laser dimensional
measurement and analysis system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "3--4, 6--13",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Microcomputer control simplifies machine tool
calibration. Other applications are in research and
development, general-purpose metrology, and surface
plate calibration. Instruments for precise distance and
angle measurements are described. One family of these
instruments uses interferometer techniques to make
high-resolution measurements. The first product in this
family was a laser interferometer that could measure
large distances with a resolution of 10** minus **8
meter or 10** minus **6 inch. This first interferometer
found acceptance in the machine tool industry as a
means of certifying and calibrating machine tool
positioning systems and distance readouts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A4260K (Laser
beam applications); B4360 (Laser applications); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7320C
(Spatial variables measurement); C3380D (Control of
physical instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "723; 732; 744; 941; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard and Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5528A Laser Measurement; analysis system; calibration;
computerised instrumentation; computers, microprocessor
--- Applications; flatness; Hewlett--Packard;
instruments; interferometers --- Applications; large
distances measurements; laser beam; laser
interferometer; linear position; machine tool
positioning systems; measurement by; measurements ---
Calibration; metrology; microcomputer-controlled laser
dimensional measurement and; parallelism; pitch;
spatial variables measurement; squareness;
straightness; System; yaw",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wuerz:1983:DMS,
author = "L. J. Wuerz and C. Burns",
title = "Dimensional metrology software eases calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "4--5",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3380D (Control of physical instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "calibration; Computer; computerised instrumentation;
Dimensional Metrology Analysis System; HP 5528A; HP-85
Personal; machine tool calibration; machine tools;
metrology software; spatial variables measurement",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Gardner:1983:ACL,
author = "D. A. Gardner",
title = "Automatic compensation (for laser beam measurement
system)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "12--??",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0670D
(Sensing and detecting devices); A4260K (Laser beam
applications); B4360 (Laser applications); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C (Spatial
variables measurement); B7320R (Thermal variables
measurement); B7320V (Pressure and vacuum measurement);
B7320W (Level, flow and volume measurement); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "air; atmospheric conditions; calibrator control unit;
compensation; electric sensing devices; HP 5528A Laser
Measurement; humidity; measurement; measurement by
laser beam; pressure; sample temperature; sensor;
spatial variables measurement; System; temperature",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Baldwin:1983:LOC,
author = "Richard R. Baldwin and Larry E. Truhe and David C.
Woodruff",
title = "Laser Optical Components for Machine Tool and Other
Calibrations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "14--16, 18, 20--22",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A machine tool calibration device should be capable of
completely describing the motion of a rigid body such
as a machine tool slide. This requires six independent
measurements, since any moving object has six degrees
of freedom of motion: it can translate in three
orthogonal directions and rotate about three orthogonal
axes. The applications of Linear Interferometers,
Angular Optics, Straightness Optics, Leveling Plate
Mount for Turning Mirror, and Computer Modeling of
Laser Measurement Systems are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0630C (Spatial variables measurement); A0760L
(Optical interferometry); A4260K (Laser beam
applications); A4278 (Optical lens and mirror systems);
B4320M (Laser accessories and instrumentation); B4360
(Laser applications)",
classification = "603; 741; 744; 941",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "elements; flatness mirror; HP 5528A Laser;
interferometers; levelling plate mount; light
interferometers; linear interferometer; machine tool
calibration; machine tools --- Calibration; measurement
by laser beam; Measurement System; optical; optical
components; optical instruments; optical square; optics
positioning; orthogonal axes; orthogonal directions;
straightness; turning mirror",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grote:1983:MLT,
author = "Richard H. Grote",
title = "Manufacturing the Laser Tube",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "17--18",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A concept that has recently become widely accepted in
manufacturing circles is that producing a high-quality
product is a matter of adequately controlling its
manufacturing process. This means that the
manufacturing process must be designed to ensure that
every product is manufactured in exactly the same way.
This concept is particularly significant in building a
very high-technology product such as a He-Ne laser.
Early in the development of the thermally tuned 5518A
laser tube it was decided to make the necessary
investment in manufacturing equipment to ensure that
the process would be under control.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4255F (Inert gas lasers); A4260B (Design of specific
laser systems); B0170G (General fabrication
techniques); B4320C (Gas lasers)",
classification = "714; 744",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5528A Laser Measurement System; electron tube
manufacture; gas lasers; He-Ne laser; HP; laser tube;
lasers, gas; manufacture; quality control; thermally
tuned laser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steinmetz:1983:MDF,
author = "Charles R. Steinmetz",
title = "Mechanical Design Features of the Laser Head",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "19--20",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The product definition for the new 5528A Laser
Measurement System placed particular emphasis on low
manufacturing cost and ease of use. The laser head is a
major component of the system, and requires many
complicated mechanical parts. Emphasis was put on low
part costs for as many of these mechanical components
as possible. Fabrication processes were selected with
this in mind. An important design goal was that these
instruments be easy to repair in the field. The main
subassemblies are designed to be easily replaceable in
the field without disturbing any fixed alignments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4260B (Design of specific laser systems); B4320C (Gas
lasers)",
classification = "744; 943",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "design; fabrication; fixed alignments; gas lasers; HP
5528A Laser; instruments --- Repair; laser head;
lasers; Measurement System; mechanical components;
mechanical parts",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Swain:1983:NFM,
author = "Howard L. Swain and Rick M. Cox",
title = "Noise Figure Meter Sets Records for Accuracy,
Repeatability, and Convenience",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "23--25, 27, 29--34",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Noise figure is a widely used figure of merit for the
noise performance of devices, subassemblies, and
complete systems. As performance requirements have
increased, it has become increasingly important to be
able to measure noise figure accurately and
conveniently. A 0.34-db difference in the noise figure
of low-noise amplifiers for satellite earth stations
can translate into a fivefold difference in price. The
new HP model 8970A Noise Figure Meter makes outstanding
contributions to this field in accuracy, convenience,
and flexibility. The use of a microprocessor enables it
to correct several of the errors that have been
accepted as part of the measurement uncertainty in the
past.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7310Z (Other electric variables measurement); C3110Z
(Other electric variables control); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "701; 713; 723; 941; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; digital
instrumentation; electric noise measurement; electronic
equipment --- Measurements; excess noise ratio;
external local oscillators; Hewlett-; high sensitivity;
instruments; low-noise amplifiers;
microprocessor-based; Model 8970A noise figure meter;
Packard; second-; stage noise figure; temperature
errors; tuning range",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ikemoto:1983:MSU,
author = "J. Ikemoto",
title = "Mass storage unit exerciser",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "4",
pages = "35--36",
month = apr,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5320
(Digital storage); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing;
electronic equipment testing; EXERCISER mode; flexible
disc drive; HP 4145A semiconductor; interface
self-test; magnetic disc and drum storage; mass storage
unit; parameter analyser",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heinz:1983:SSG,
author = "William W. Heinz and Paul A. Zander",
title = "2-to-26.5-{GHz} Synthesized Signal Generator has
Internally Leveled Pulse Modulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "3--6, 8--9",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A second-generation instrument is described which
features microprocessor control, sophisticated sweep
capabilities, programmability, and enhanced
serviceability. The operation of the digital control
unit is discussed, along with the electromagnetic
compatibility and reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7420 (Control engineering
computing)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2-to-; 26.5-GHz; 8673A; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard; microcomputer control; pulse
modulation capability; signal generators; synthesized
signal generator",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:SLS,
author = "R. K. Larson",
title = "Sample-and-hold leveling system (in signal
generator)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "7--??",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co. Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "8673A; automatic level control; Hewlett Packard; HP
8673A; leveling; sample and hold circuits; signal
generator; signal generators; system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:WYM,
author = "Ronald K. Larson and Lawrence A. Stark",
title = "A wideband {YIG-tuned} multiplier and pulsed signal
generation system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "10--11, 13--16",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A YIG-tuned multiplier (YTM) is described which is
used in conjunction with a 2.0-to-26.5-GHz frequency
range synthesized signal generator. The operating
frequency range of the YTM is divided into four bands,
which correspond to frequency multiplication ratios of
1, 2, 3, and 4. The bias control, YIG filter and pulse
modulation system are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230 (Signal generators); B1290 (Other analogue
circuits); B3120W (Other magnetic material applications
and devices)",
classification = "708; 713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8673A; frequency; multiplying circuits; range; signal
generation system; signal generators; Synthesized
Signal Generator; tuning; YIG-tuned multiplier; YTM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Zander:1983:A,
author = "P. A. Zander",
title = "Autopeaking",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "12--13",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1290 (Other analogue circuits)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "autopeaking; differentiating circuits; tuning;
YIG-tuned multiplier; YTM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buskirk:1983:CDC,
author = "William A. Buskirk and Charles W. Gilson and David J.
Shelly",
title = "Compact Digital Cassette Drive for Low-Cost Mass
Storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "17--24",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A portable battery-operated unit is described which
uses minicassettes to store program and data
inexpensively for HP-IL systems. The storage medium is
a removable minicassette that can store up to 128K
bytes of information. Portability is achieved by the
use of a four-cell nickel-cadmium battery pack,
recharger, and power supply system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "714; 721; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "data storage, digital; Hewlett-; HP 82161A; magnetic
tape storage; mass storage peripheral; minicassette;
Packard Interface Loop; portable",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Evett:1983:SPC,
author = "Eric A. Evett and Paul J. McClellan and Joseph P.
Tanzini",
title = "Scientific Pocket Calculator Extends Range of Built-In
Functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "25--35",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new scientific programmable calculator is described.
All arithmetic, logarithmic, exponential,
trigonometric, and hyperbolic functions operate on
complex numbers as well as real numbers. Built-in
matrix operations are provided, including addition,
subtraction, multiplication, system solution,
inversion, transposition, and norms.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "715; 921",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "electronic calculators; functions; Hewlett--Packard;
HP-15C; mathematical; mathematical instruments;
Scientific Programmable Calculator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Evett:1983:PCC,
author = "Eric A. Evett",
title = "A pocket calculator for computer science
professionals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "5",
pages = "36--39",
month = may,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A compact, yet powerful pocket calculator, is
described. It was designed for technical professionals
working in computer science and digital electronics.
Boolean operations and bit manipulation are some of its
capabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "715; 921",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit; Boolean operations; computer; digital
electronics; electronic calculators; Hewlett--Packard;
HP-16C; manipulation; mathematical instruments; pocket
calculator; science",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Morris:1983:PCF,
author = "Donald E. Morris and Anthony S. Ridolfo and Donald L.
Morris",
title = "A portable computer for field, office, or bench
applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "3--4, 6--7, 9",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A lightweight, battery-powered computer is presented.
The computer has features that make it an ideal tool
for the traveling professional. It weighs only 26
ounces and with other small HP battery-operated
peripherals such as an acoustic modem, a digital
cassette drive, and a printer\slash plotter, can fit
easily into a briefcase to form a complete, yet
portable information management system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "721; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "character editor; command set; computers, miniature;
display; file; firmware design; HP-75 Portable
Computer; microcomputers; packaging; portable
computers; system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snell:1983:TIH,
author = "Sidnee Snell and Brian G. Spreadbury",
title = "A telephone interface for {HP-IL} controllers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "5--7 (or 5--6??)",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The ability to access remote data bases and programs
via standard telephone lines enhances the usefulness of
a portable computer. This feature allows field sales
personnel to access their office computer for the
latest ordering information. To provide this ability to
access remote information, an acoustically coupled
modem is required because direct-connection modems
cannot be used with telephones in public booths and
most hotel or motel rooms. This modem also must be
portable and battery-powered. With these requirements
in mind, HP developed the 82168A Acoustic Coupler, an
acoustically coupled, full-duplex, originate-only modem
with an HP-IL (Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop)
interface. Transmitting at 300 baud, it uses FSK. The
mark and space transmit frequencies are 1070 Hz and
1270 Hz, respectively.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers)",
classification = "718; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "82168A Acoustic Coupler; computer interfaces; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett--Packard interface; HP-IL controllers;
HP-IL interface; loop; modem; modems; telephone
interface; telephone interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{York:1983:HHP,
author = "D. C. York",
title = "{HP-IL} and the {HP-75 Portable Computer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "8--9",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5610 (Computer interfaces)",
keywords = "access; computer interfaces; Hewlett--Packard Interface
Loop; HP-75; HP-IL; interfacing; microcomputers;
Portable Computer",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Brooks:1983:HES,
author = "Elizabeth Brooks and Robert J. Livengood and Rex C.
Smith and Timothy F. Myers",
title = "High-Capability Electronics System for a Compact,
Battery-Operated Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "10--15",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The electronics system used in the HP-75 portable
computer combines the processing capability of the
HP-85 personal computer with the CMOS technology of the
HP-41 handheld computer. Nine custom CMOS integrated
circuits, a liquid-crystal display (LCD), commercially
available CMOS static RAMs, and HP-IL (Hewlett--Packard
Interface Loop**1) interface, and a hand-pulled
magnetic card reader form a complete computer system in
a small, portable package. The power supply, keyboard,
card reader, clock system and memory organization are
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CMOS technology; computers, miniature; electronics
system; HP-75 Portable Computer; microcomputers;
portable computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hoecker:1983:HMC,
author = "Kenneth R. Hoecker and James R. Schwartz and Francis
A. Young and Dean R. Johnson",
title = "Handpulled Magnetic Card, Mass Storage System for a
Portable Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "15--19, 21--23",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP-75 portable computer is discussed. It features
a built-in handpulled magnetic card reader\slash writer
that can store 1.3K bytes of user data or programs per
card. The cards are 10 in. long and 0.375 in. wide.
Handpulled refers to the lack of a motor for
transporting the cards past the head. Instead, this
function is performed by the user. The user initiates a
card operation with the appropriate command, inserts
the card into the card reader, tells the HP-75 that the
card is ready by pressing a key, and then pulls the
card through the card reader.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "721; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, miniature; data storage, magnetic;
handpulled magnetic card; HP-75 Portable Computer;
magnetic card; magnetic card reader; magnetic card
storage system; magnetic card writer; magnetic storage;
mass storage system; microcomputers; portable
computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Patton:1983:HPC,
author = "D. B. Patton",
title = "The {HP-75} production card recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "20--21",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; card recorder; data tracks;
Hewlett-; HP-75 Portable Computer; HP-75 production
card reader; magnetic cards; magnetic storage; Packard;
testing; timing; tracks",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Arnold:1983:IHH,
author = "Thomas J. Arnold and Billy E. Thayer",
title = "Integration of the {HP-75}'s Handpulled Card Reader
Electronics in {CMOS}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "24--26",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One of the original goals in the development of the
HP-75 portable computer was to provide inexpensive mass
storage capability. The decision was made to implement
a handpulled magnetic card reader. Since the product
was to be portable and operate on battery power,
low-power CMOS technology was chosen to implement the
internal functions. The approach taken in the
development of the handpulled card reader IC was to
design and lay out the digital circuit and analog
circuit portions independently and then merge them into
a single IC layout.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "713; 714; 721; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "card reader; circuit design; CMOS; computers,
miniature; data storage, magnetic; electronics; field
effect integrated circuits; handpulled card reader;
HP-75 Portable Computer; integrated circuit; integrated
circuits; magnetic card; magnetic storage; mass
storage; portable computers; reader",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer:1983:NFP,
author = "Michael Fleischer and Helmut Rossner and Uwe Newmann",
title = "A new family of pulse and pulse\slash function
generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "27--32",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Three compact, easy-to-use instruments are presented.
They feature the versatility needed for analog and
digital applications over wide frequency and amplitude
ranges. Use is made of custom IC design. The
user-friendly operating concept and the user-friendly
HP-IB interface are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B1230J (Pulse
generators); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8111A pulse/function; 8112A pulse/function generator;
8116A pulse/function generator; function generators;
generator; generators; Hewlett--Packard; pulse
generators; pulse/function",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hentschel:1983:DBI,
author = "Christian Hentschel and Adolf Leiter and Stephan Traub
and Horst Schweikardt and Volker Eberle",
title = "Designing bipolar integrated circuits for a
pulse\slash function generator family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "6",
pages = "33--38",
month = jun,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The heart of a pulse\slash function or pulse generator
always consists of the same few functions. These
functions are discussed. They are normally realized
with conventional discrete circuits and have a high
component count. Three different circuits were thought
to be the best compromise and they are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230J (Pulse generators); B2570B (Bipolar integrated
circuits); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bipolar integrated; bipolar integrated circuits;
circuits; function generators; Hewlett Packards;
integrated circuits; pulse generators; pulse/function
generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wilbs:1983:HSA,
author = "Andreas Wilbs and Klaus-Peter Behrens",
title = "A high-speed system for {AC} parametric digital
hardware analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "3--7",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8180A\slash 81A\slash 82A Stimulus\slash
Response System offers both device stimulation and
response analysis, and consists of the 8180A Data
Generator, the 8181A Extender, which expands the number
of stimulus channels, and the 8182A Data Analyzer. Each
of the units can be configured for different numbers of
channels. In addition, provision has been made for the
synchronous operation of two systems in parallel. This
expands the channel count with a minimum of skew.
Generator\slash analyzer synchronization and
interaction with the device under test are assured by
various control inputs and outputs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "50-MHz; 8180A data; 8181 extender; 8182A data
analyser; AC parametric digital hardware analysis;
comprehensive characterisation; computerised
instrumentation; digital circuits; generator;
high-speed; HP 8180A/81A/82A; integrated circuits,
digital; rapid characterization; stimulus system;
system",
treatment = "A Application; N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hubner:1983:HSD,
author = "Ulrich H{\"u}bner and Werner Berkel and Heinz Nuessle
and Josef Becker",
title = "A high-speed data generator for digital testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "7--14",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP8180A Data Generator is a high-speed data
generator which offers high timing accuracy, precise
pulse-level definition, ease of operation with either
manual or remote control, and flexibility on the bench
and in the rack. The 8180A consists of a power supply
module, a display module, and eleven printed circuit
boards, which plug into a motherboard.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8181A data generator extender; computerised
instrumentation; data generators; digital testing;
display module; generator; high-speed data generator;
HP 8180A data; integrated circuit testing ---
Equipment; integrated circuits, digital; power supply
module; precise pulse-level definition; printed circuit
boards; signal generators; timing accuracy",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kible:1983:HDA,
author = "Dieter Kible and Bernhard Roth and Martin Dietze and
Ulrich Sch{\"o}ttmer",
title = "High-Speed Data Analyzer Tests Threshold and Timing
Parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "14--25",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The 8182A Data Analyzer is optimized for testing
threshold and timing parameters at high speeds. It has
two innovative features-programmable sampling-point
delay and real-time compare mode. New,
specially-developed active probes with a wide range of
accessories facilitate the capture of data with minimum
influence on the device under test. All analog
parameters, such as threshold voltages and the sampling
point delay, are implemented with high resolution and
accuracy. Instead of setup and hold times, a sampling
time accuracy with respect to the external clock input
is specified.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "6809 processor; active probes; CMOS RAM; computerised
instrumentation; data analyzers; data processing; high
speed data analyser; HP 8182A; integrated circuit
testing --- Equipment; point delay; programmable
sampling-; real-time compare mode; ROM; sampling time
accuracy; spectral analysers; threshold parameters;
timing parameters",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Mottola:1983:DAS,
author = "Roberto Mottola and Eckhard Paul",
title = "Data analyzer software\slash firmware design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "25--28",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Local programming of the 8182A Data Analyzer is done
by means of front-panel softkeys. As selections are
made, the functions of the softkeys change and are
displayed on the CRT. The programming concept provides
eight pages of information, four pages for programming
instrument parameters, three for displaying the results
of a measurement, and an eighth page for use as an
alphanumeric display to aid the operator a of
computer-controlled system. For remote programming, the
8182A is provided with an HP-IB (IEEE 488) interface,
giving it two remote operating modes, ASCII and binary,
with different addresses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8182A data analyzer; ASCII; binary; computer software;
computerised instrumentation; CRT; data analyser
software/firmware design; data analyzers; data
processing; front-panel softkeys; HP-IB interface;
integrated circuit testing --- Equipment; programming;
remote; spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Otto:1983:PSS,
author = "Ulrich Otto and Horst Link",
title = "Power supplies for the stimulus\slash response
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "28--31",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In designing power supplies for the 8180A Data
Generator, 8181A Extender, and 8182A Data Analyzer the
most important objectives were high load current
capability and serviceability within a restricted
space. The sizes of the instrument cabinets were
limited by the desire to produce a system suitable for
benchtop operation. The card rack in the generator
holds eleven printed circuit boards with a spacing of
20 mm between boards. The analyzer has thirteen boards
with 17-mm spacing. Because both cabinets also
accommodate a CRT display, the space available for
power supplies is severely restricted.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8180A data generator; 8181A extender; 8182A data
analyser; computerised instrumentation; electric power
supplies to apparatus; integrated circuit testing ---
Equipment; power supplies to apparatus",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wakasugi:1983:NML,
author = "Tomio Wakasugi and Takeshi Kyo and Toshio Tamamura",
title = "New multi-frequency {LCZ} meters offer higher-speed
impedance measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "7",
pages = "32--38",
month = jul,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Many instruments used for production-line impedance
measurements have only one or two test frequencies,
usually 1 kHz and\slash or 1 MHz. But electronic
components, once installed in a piece of equipment,
must operate at other frequencies where their
parameters can be quite different. Therefore, component
users want to measure components at the actual
operating frequencies. HP's new LCZ Meters, Models 4277
and 4276A were developed to satisfy these
requirements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement)",
classification = "942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "component handler; discrete electronic components;
electric impedance measurement; electric measurements;
higher-speed impedance; LCZ meters; measurements;
multifrequency; multimeters; optional interface;
production-line measurements",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Beyers:1983:VTP,
author = "Joseph W. Beyers and Eugene R. Zeller and S. Dana
Seccombe",
title = "{VLSI} Technology Packs 32-Bit Computer System into a
Small Package",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "3--6",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The packaging of a 32-bit computer system into a
compact desktop machine is presented. The integration
of the system is described that is based on five VLSI
circuits and on the development of three key
technologies: advanced 32-bit architecture, NMOS VLSI
process optimized for density and performance, and a
new circuit board. The dissipation of the generated
heat is also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
Construction; digital integrated circuits; HP 9000
computer; integrated circuits; integrated circuits,
VLSI; large scale integration; microcomputers; NMOS
process; special purpose computers; VLSI technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burkhart:1983:VM,
author = "Keven P. Burkhart and Mark A. Forsyth and Mark E.
Hammer and Darius F. Tanksalvala",
title = "An {18-MHz}, 32-bit {VLSI} microprocessor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "7--8, 10--11",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The new Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit VLSI computer system
is described, with special attention on the
Memory\slash Processor Module. The central processing
unit (CPU) in this module is an NMOS circuit containing
450,000 transistors on a single chip operating at a
clock frequency of 18 MHz. This compact CPU chip, which
implements a 32-bit version of the HP 3000 Computer's
stack-based architecture, is designed and
microprogrammed to support multiple-CPU operations
within a single Memory\slash Processor Module. Each CPU
is capable of one-MIPS (million instructions per
second) performance with very little performance
degradation in multiple-CPU configurations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "18-MHz; 32-bit; 32-bit microprocessor; computers,
microprocessor; digital integrated circuits; integrated
circuits, VLSI --- Applications; large scale
integration; memory/processor; microcomputers;
microprocessor; module; NMOS circuit; stack-based
architecture; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fiasconaro:1983:ISS,
author = "J. G. Fiasconaro",
title = "Instruction set for a single-chip 32-bit processor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "9--10",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer
architecture); C6140B (Machine-oriented languages)",
keywords = "32-; 32-bit registers; 32-bit shifter; 9K 38-bit
words; bit ALU; hardware; instruction set; iterations;
machine oriented languages; microcode control store;
microprocessor chips; microprogramming; optimizing;
single-chip 32-bit processor",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Gross:1983:VIP,
author = "Fred J. Gross and William S. Jaffe and Donald R.
Weiss",
title = "{VLSI I/O} Processor for a 32-Bit Computer System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "11--14",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design objectives for the input\slash output (I/O)
data path for Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit computer are
established, and an I/O processor (IOP) is introduced
that is able to control most I/O transactions without
interference with the Central Processing Unit (CPU).
The design and operation of IOP are described, and the
timing diagrams for multiplex and burst I/O cycles and
the block diagram for the processor chip are given. IOP
self-test is also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer; circuits; computers, microprocessor;
CPU; digital integrated circuits; Hewlett--Packard; HP;
I/O processor; input-output programs; input/output data
path; input/output processor (IOP); integrated
circuits, VLSI --- Applications; large; microcomputers;
reliability; scale integration; shared; system; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lob:1983:HVM,
author = "Clifford G. Lob and Mark J. Reed and Joseph P.
Fucetola and Mark A. Ludwig",
title = "High-Performance {VLSI} Memory System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "14--20",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The full potential of VLSI architecture of the 32-bit
Hewlett--Packard computer system without the
implementation of a dense resident memory system, is
considered, including the ability to do flexible memory
operations such as byte, half-word, word, semaphore
transfer, and refresh functions. A memory card is
illustrated by a block diagram with its key elements:
the memory processor bus (MPB), MPB interface, memory
controller chip, 128K-bit dynamic random access memory
(RAM) chips, and clock chip. The cards, the memory
controller and the operation of the system are
described, including system's timing, read, write,
semaphore and healer operations, internal register
access, refresh, memory management and self-test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265D (Memory circuits); C5100 (Circuits and
devices); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "713; 714; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "byte; CPU; data storage, digital --- Random Access;
data storage, semiconductor; dense resident memory;
digital integrated circuits; half-word; I/O processors;
integrated circuits, VLSI; integrated memory circuits;
IOP; large scale integration; memory system; operating
systems; random access memory (RAM); refresh functions;
semaphore; semiconductor storage; transfer; virtual
address; VLSI; word",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lob:1983:CDS,
author = "C. G. Lob and A. O. Elkins",
title = "{18-MHz} clock distribution system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "17--??",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
keywords = "32-bit VLSI processor; capacitive; clock distribution
system; digital integrated circuits; high-frequency
distribution; HP; large scale integration; loading
components; microprocessor chips; RAM chips;
semiconductor storage; system",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Wheeler:1983:NDR,
author = "John K. Wheeler and John R. Spencer and Dale R.
Beucler and Charlie G. Kohlhardt",
title = "{128K-Bit NMOS} Dynamic {RAM} with Redundancy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "20--24",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design of VLSI NMOS Random Access Memory (RAM) is
presented that is a basic block of Hewlett--Packard's
32-bit computer's memory system. The memory array
containing 128K-four transistor cells and its
organization are described, and the peripheral
circuitry and memory cell are examined. The physical
layout of the array is shown. The performance and
characteristics of the RAM and storage cell are
tabulated. A functional description follows.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5200 (Logic design and
digital techniques); C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "714; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bits per chip; computers, microprocessor --- Modular
Construction; data storage, digital; data storage,
semiconductor; density; dissipation; dynamic RAM;
dynamic random access memory (RAM); fast cycle times;
field effect integrated circuits; Hewlett--Packard;
memory; NMOS; power; redundancy; semiconductor;
semiconductor devices, MOS; semiconductor
random-access; storage; VLSI NMOS RAM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Malhotra:1983:FNC,
author = "Arun K. Malhotra and Glen E. Leinbach and Jeffrey J.
Straw and Guy R. Wagner",
title = "Finstrate: a New Concept in {VLSI} Packaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "24--26",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new packaging method is introduced for the VSLI
chips used in the design of Hewlett--Packard's 32-bit
computer to meet the speed, interconnect and cooling
requirements. The fin substrated (finstrate) board is
used that combines a copper fin for heat conduction and
dissipation with a multilayer substrate for
low-capacitance interconnection between ICs. The
fabrication of finstrate is described and the
cross-sections during the fabrication sequence are
shown. The assembly of a large hybrid IC is
illustrated. The thermal analysis of the module is also
presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "713; 714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "copper fin; digital integrated circuits; finstrate;
heat conduction; integrated circuits, VLSI; large scale
integration; low-capacitance interconnection;
multilayer; packaging; substrate; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mikkelson:1983:NPT,
author = "James M. Mikkelson and Fung-Sun Fei and Arun K.
Malhotra and S. Dana Seccombe",
title = "{NMOS-III} Process Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "27--30",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The major technological innovation required for the
design and manufacture of the 32-bit HP 9000 Computer
System was the development of NMOS III, a high-density,
high-speed IC process. This eight-mask, n-channel,
silicon-gate process uses optical lithography to print
minimum features of 1.5-$\mu$m-wide lines and
1.0-$\mu$m spaces on all critical levels. Both
enhancement and depletion devices are available. The
devices are fabricated with 40-nm-thick gate oxides and
shallow implanted sources and drains to reduce
short-channel effects. Major departures from
conventional MOS processes include external contacts to
gates, drains, and sources, and two layers of
refractory metallization for interconnecting devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
techniques); B2550 (Semiconductor device technology);
B2550G (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "contacts; drains; external; field effect integrated
circuits; gates; HP 9000 computer system; IC process;
interconnecting devices; MOS processes; NMOS III;
NMOS-II process; optical lithography; process;
refractory metallization; semiconductor devices, MOS;
semiconductor technology; silicon-gate; sources",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Roland:1983:TRM,
author = "James P. Roland and Norman E. Hendrickson and Daniel
D. Kessler and Donald E. {Novy, Jr.} and David W.
Quint",
title = "Two-Layer Refractory Metal {IC} Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "30--32",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:44:29 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The heavy emphasis on reducing device dimensions
(scaling) affects not only the width of the metal
lines, but also the material chosen and the processing
used. Even though the total current through a
minimum-dimension metal interconnect line is small in
absolute terms, the current density in these lines is
on the order of one million amperes per square
centimeter because of their small cross-sectional area.
Two tungsten layers of low-resistance interconnect are
selected for the circuits using NMOS-III technology.
Its design rules are given and the process is
described. The atmospheric chemical vapor deposition
(CVD) of oxide layers and tungsten layers, and the
etching process are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2220C
(General integrated circuit fabrication techniques);
B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); B2570F (Other
MOS integrated circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "543; 713; 812",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "field effect integrated circuits; high-resistance
polysilicon layer; III; integrated circuit chip;
integrated circuit manufacture; microprocessor chips;
NMOS-; refractory metal IC process; semiconductor
technology; topological puzzles; tungsten and alloys
--- Vapor Deposition; two-layer refractory metal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Abraham:1983:NP,
author = "Howard E. Abraham and Keith G. Bartlett and Gary L.
Hillis and Mark Stolz and Martin S. Wilson",
title = "{NMOS-III} Photolithography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "8",
pages = "34--37",
month = aug,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The step-and-repeat optical aligner is shown that is
used in NMOS-III photolithography process. A new
multilayer photoresist process is introduced to obtain
necessary process control. The exposure system is
described and production control by means of a desktop
computer is highlighted. A block diagram explains the
step-and-align optical wafer exposure.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220C (General integrated circuit fabrication
techniques); B2550 (Semiconductor device technology);
B2550G (Lithography)B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "714; 742; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chips; field effect integrated circuits; lithography;
multilayer photoresist; NMOS-III; NMOS-III
photolithography; NMOS-III production; optical; optical
aligner; photolithography; photoresists; process;
semiconductor devices, MOS; semiconductor technology;
step-and-repeat optical aligner",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mead:1983:CPG,
author = "Sharon O. Mead and William R. Taylor and Kenneth A.
Mintz and Catherine M. Potter",
title = "A Color Presentation Graphics Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "3--9",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 2700 family of high-performance color graphics
workstations is presented which offers local graphics
design and output features that enable users to create
professional presentation graphics and graphic art at a
fraction of the cost of manual methods of design and
preparation. The workstation's powerful features are
accessible by a host computer so that it is possible to
implement demanding graphics applications that do not
require the computer to perform complex transformation
calculations or transmit copious amounts of data to the
workstation. The HP 2700 can also function as a
block-mode computer terminal, making it a suitable
display station for many general graphics applications.
It has a high-quality color display, a keyboard with
many specialized functions, a graphics input device
consisting of a pair of thumbwheels and a button, and
an optional graphics tablet.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 723; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application; color --- Applications; color
presentation graphics workstation; computer graphic
equipment; computer graphics; computer peripheral
equipment --- Remote Consoles; computer software ---
Applications; decision support graphics; design; full
block-mode terminal capabilities; graphic art;
graphics; graphics workstation; HP 2700; interactive
terminals; software",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burns:1983:DSH,
author = "Robert R. Burns and Dale A. Luck",
title = "Designing Software for High-Performance Graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "9--14",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design of a color lookup table, or color map, is
introduced that is standard for Hewlett--Packard color
graphics displays. The interactive changes of color
map, and thus the colors in the picture, by the user is
described. The vector list, polygon area fill,
double-buffered graphics memory, fonts and labels,
pick, hard copy and other graphics features of HP 2700
color graphics workstation are presented, and their
implementation illustrated. The use of matrix
arithmetic to calculate local object and viewing
transformations are also indicated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "723; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color --- Applications; computer graphic equipment;
computer graphics --- Interactive; computer software;
computer systems programming --- Table Lookup;
engineering; fonts; graphics commands; host computer;
HP 2700 color graphics workstation; interactive
terminals; mathematical techniques --- Matrix Algebra;
polygon-area fill; software; software design; vector
list",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Diserens:1983:LDG,
author = "Craig W. Diserens and Curtis L. Dowdy and William R.
Taylor",
title = "Logic Design for a Graphics Subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "15--18",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Three plug-in hardware modules, graphics controller,
graphics image memory, and color mapper, are introduced
as the hardware pipeline of the HP 2700 color graphics
workstation that delivers graphics information to the
color monitor. An additional path from the graphics
image memory to an external raster device such as a
hardcopy camera or another display monitor is provided
by a fourth optional plug-in module called the external
video interface. The raster scan address logic,
alphanumeric color mapping and external video interface
are described that lead to a red-green-blue (RGB) video
output.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5210 (Logic design methods); C5540 (Terminals and
graphic displays)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color --- Monitoring; color mapper; color mapping;
computer graphic equipment; computer graphics ---
Imaging Techniques; CRT; display monitor; graphics;
graphics control; graphics controller; graphics
subsystem; hardcopy camera; hardware pipeline; HP 2700;
image memory; local vector list; logic design; plug-in
hardware modules; raster graphics; raster scan address
logic; response time",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hanlon:1983:HCM,
author = "M. Hanlon and G. G. Moyer and P. G. Winninghoff",
title = "A high-resolution color monitor",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "18--21",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "alignment; color monitor; computer graphic equipment;
converter; delta-gun CRT; digital information;
digital-to-analog; electronic signals; high-resolution;
HP 2700; interactive terminals; monitoring; raster-scan
deflection; television-type monitor",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tang:1983:GWE,
author = "Edward Tang and Otakar Blazek and Thomas K. Landgraf
and Paula H. Ng and Stephen P. Pacheco",
title = "The graphics workstation as an extensible computer
terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "22--25",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The extensibility and compatibility are considered in
the design of a computer graphics terminal. In order
that the terminal can incorporate new technologies as
they become available, and at the same time be
compatible with other existing HP terminals, various
design objectives of HP 2700 color graphics workstation
are examined. The main processing unit (MPU) and the
associated software, access devices, disk patcher
utility, intelligent subsystems, alphanumeric video
controller (AVC), Keyboard\slash Datacom controller,
tablet interface, shared peripheral controller, and
minifloppy controller are considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric display; alphanumeric video controller
(AVC); color graphics work station; compatibility;
computer graphic equipment; computer graphics; computer
peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; data
communications; extensibility; extensible computer
terminal; graphics workstation; HP 2700; input;
intelligent I/O controllers; interactive terminals;
interface; keyboard; local device control; main
processing unit (MPU); minifloppy; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Perkins:1983:CTT,
author = "Michael R. Perkins and Susan Snitzer and Charles W.
Andrews",
title = "A computer-aided test and tracking system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "25--28",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A testing system is introduced to test the printed
circuit assemblies (PCAs) for the HP 2700 Color
Graphics Workstation. It provides quick sorting of
functional and nonfunctional PCAs, PCA burn-in,
terminal test, and a station for technicians to
reproduce failures that occur elsewhere in the system.
The system also collects data and checks for trends.
This information can be fed back to the appropriate
group to help prevent recurrence of the failure in
future assemblies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; burn-in system; computer
aided manufacturing; computer graphic equipment;
computer graphics --- Equipment; computer-aided
testing; computer-aided tracking system; HP 2700;
printed circuit assemblies (PCAS); printed circuit
assembly testing; printed circuits; temperature
stress",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1983:PDF,
author = "D. C. Thompson and K. D. Boetzer and M. A. D. Bona and
B. M. Mousa",
title = "Product design of a friendly color graphics
workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "28--30",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; HP 2700 colour graphics
workstation; local intelligence; memory; user
interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balazer:1983:ASA,
author = "S. A. Balazer and J. M. Perry",
title = "{AUTOPLOT\slash} 2700: a simple approach to custom
chart generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "31--34",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "2700 color graphics workstation; AUTOPLOT/2700; bar
charts; computer graphic equipment; custom chart
generation; high-; HP; line charts; log charts;
menu-driven interface; pie charts; quality decision
support graphics; scattergrams; software engineering;
software package",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alburger:1983:PGP,
author = "J. R. Alburger and J. L. Davis and D. A. Rodriguez and
B. A. Stanley",
title = "{PAINTBRUSH\slash} 2700: a general-purpose picture
creator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "9",
pages = "34--37",
month = sep,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
keywords = "application program; color graphics workstation;
computer graphic equipment; general-purpose graphics;
general-purpose picture creator; HP 2700;
PAINTBRUSH/2700; software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karrer:1983:UIO,
author = "H. Edward Karrer and Arthur M. Dickey",
title = "Ultrasound Imaging: an Overview",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "3--6",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The useful capabilities of ultrasound in medical
imaging are considered as the mechanical properties of
tissues (i. e parameters such as density and
elasticity) are represented by the ultrasound image.
The ultrasound diagnostic imaging technique is
described, the physical principles are explained, and a
block diagram of a basic imaging system using a
phase-array transducer is illustrated to prove how it
is possible to look at organs and other structures
inside the human body without breaking the skin.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0130R (Reviews and tutorial papers; resource
letters); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation
(medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering --- Diagnosis; biomedical
ultrasonics; human body; imaging techniques;
noninvasive imaging; organs; overview; physical;
principles; reviews; ultrasonic imaging; ultrasonics;
ultrasound imaging",
}
@Article{Banks:1983:UIS,
author = "Lawrence W. Banks",
title = "An ultrasound imaging system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "6, 9--11",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An instrument is presented that views the internal
organs and tissues of the human body in real time by
directing a beam of short ultrasound pulses into the
body and then receiving and processing the acoustic
echoes to form a displayed image. The HP77020A
Ultrasound Imaging System is introduced as a real-time
phased-array imaging system offering a 90 degree sector
image constructed with a polar-to-rectangular
conversion algorithm that minimizes artifacts in the
image. The operator can select either a sector-only
display or a small-sector display with one or two
M-mode traces. The system provides the operator with a
variety of capabilities which include stop action,
hard-copy reproduction, and quantitative analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic echoes; biomedical equipment; biomedical
ultrasonics; HP 77020A; human body; imaging techniques;
internal organs; tissues; ultrasonics --- Medical
Applications; ultrasound imaging; ultrasound imaging
system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kinicki:1983:QAU,
author = "R. M. Kinicki",
title = "Quantitative analysis for ultrasound imaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "8--9",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
keywords = "analysis packages; biomedical equipment; biomedical
ultrasonics; calculations; functional information; HP
77020A; patient history data; qualitative anatomical
information; standard; system calipers; ultrasound
imaging; Ultrasound Imaging System",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Popp:1983:PVE,
author = "Richard L. Popp",
title = "Physician'{S} View of Echocardiographic Imaging",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "13--16",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Medical imaging obtained by ultrasound is considered
that gives physician more information to help care for
patient by providing data not available by other means,
more complete or accurate, at less risk and less cost
to the patient and\slash or physician. The ability to
observe the heart or other structures inside the body
in many details, like heart valves and walls, without
any risk to the patient, is portrayed as the most
important feature of echocardiographic imaging. M-mode
and two-dimensional methods are described, the latter
offering expanded anatonic information. The equipment
is described and the guidelines of the American Society
of Echocardiography for the training of physicians and
technicians are indicated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering; biomedical equipment;
biomedical ultrasonics; diagnosis; echocardiographic
imaging; echocardiographic testing; patient;
ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound
imaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:ATA,
author = "John D. {Larson, III}",
title = "An acoustic transducer array for medical imaging.
{I}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "17--22",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The acoustic transducer array is described that is the
analog front end of an ultrasound imaging system. It
provides a large number of independent channels,
transduces electric signals to acoustic pressure, and
generates sufficient acoustic energy to illuminate the
various structures in the human body. In turn, it
converts the weak returning acoustic echoes to a set of
electric signals which can be processed into an image.
The key transducer requirements are listed and the
fabrication of a transducer array for medical imaging
and some of the basic principles and design constraints
that must be considered are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 741; 752; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic; acoustic pressure; acoustic transducer
array; acoustic transducers; biomedical; biomedical
equipment; ceramic piezoelectric materials; design
constraints; echoes; fabrication; human body; imaging
system; imaging techniques --- Ultrasonic Applications;
medical imaging; principles; ultrasonics; ultrasound",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1983:ATA,
author = "David G. Miller",
title = "An acoustic transducer array for medical imaging.
{II}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "22--26",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "High sensitivity and a short pulse are considered as
important, but conflicting requirements for an acoustic
transducer used in diagnostic imaging systems. The
design of the transducer for the HP77020A Ultrasound
Imaging System is a compromise between these two
requirements. The transducer element and its acoustic
impedance are discussed and the equivalent circuit
model of the piezoelectric transducer is developed. The
acoustic lens design is also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 741; 751; 752",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic transducer array; acoustic transducers;
acoustic transducers --- Medical Applications;
biomedical; biomedical equipment; diagnostic imaging;
HP 77020A; medical imaging; ultasound imaging system;
ultrasonics; ultrasound imaging system",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Szabo:1983:RPC,
author = "Thomas L. Szabo and Gary A. Seavey",
title = "Radiated Power Characteristics of Diagnostic
Ultrasound Transducers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "26--29",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Definitions and measurement recommendations outlined
in `Safety Standard for Diagnostic Ultrasound
Equipment' are considered by Hewlett--Packard Medical
Group for characterization of ultrasound transducers
and systems. The safe ultrasound intensity levels are
suggested that are based on the lowest levels at which
biological effects have been reported in tissues.
Various measurement techniques and definitions are
explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic
radiation (medical uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic
methods and instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and
radioactivity applications in biomedicine); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 622; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bioeffects; biomedical ultrasonics; diagnostic
imaging; diagnostic ultrasound; radiated power
characteristics; radiation effects --- Measurements;
transducers; ultrasonic intensity; ultrasonic power
level safety; ultrasonic transducers; ultrasonics ---
Medical Applications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Leavitt:1983:SCA,
author = "Steven C. Leavitt and Barry F. Hunt and Hugh G.
Larsen",
title = "A scan conversion algorithm for displaying ultrasound
images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "30--34",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In the HP 77020A Ultrasound Imaging System, the
signals received by the 64 acoustic transducer elements
and processed by the electronic scanner correspond to
the return echoes from an acoustic beam focused in a
direction that changes with time in a predetermined
manner. The digital scan converter in this system
processes this information to present a visual image of
the acoustically scanned region. This converter uses a
novel two-dimensional interpolation algorithm in a
process referred to as R-Theta reconstruction. Using
this technique, the acoustic image is reproduced from
the echo values in an essentially error-free manner.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications in biomedicine); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "741; 752; 753; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "77020A ultrasound imaging system; acoustic transducer;
acoustic transducers; acoustic transducers ---
Applications; biomedical; biomedical equipment; digital
scan converter; electronic scanner; HP; image
processing --- Reconstruction; mathematical models;
R-Theta; r-theta reconstruction; reconstruction; scan
conversion algorithm; two-dimensional interpolation
algorithm; ultrasonics; ultrasound images display;
visual image",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Snyder:1983:UIQ,
author = "Richard A. Snyder and Richard J. Conrad",
title = "Ultrasound Image Quality",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "34--38",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Image quality is a measure of the diagnostic utility
of an ultrasound image to a physician. Generally the
physician uses ultrasound to examine the internal
organs of a patient noninvasively. Hence, the
ultrasound image must be an accurate representation of
structures in the body. The resolution of the
ultrasonic image obtained using a phased-array scanner
is discussed. The effects of sidelobes and grating
lobes, the clutter suppression, depth of penetration,
tissue representation, image intensity, and other
characteristics of image quality are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging --- Medical Applications; biomedical
ultrasonics; body; clutter suppression; depth of
penetration; diagnostic utility; human; image quality;
organs; patient diagnosis; representation; resolution;
tissue; ultrasonics; ultrasound image quality",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Magnin:1983:CSU,
author = "P. A. Magnin",
title = "Coherent speckle in ultrasound images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "10",
pages = "39--40",
month = oct,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation (medical
uses)); A8770E (Patient diagnostic methods and
instrumentation)",
keywords = "biomedical ultrasonics; coherence; coherent speckle;
high-spatial-frequency; mask; speckle; tissues;
ultrasound images",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Temple:1983:DSB,
author = "Y. Temple",
title = "Device-independent software for business graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "3--4",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
keywords = "2680A Graphics Package; administrative data
processing; business graphics; colour palettes;
computer graphics; Computer System; datafile handling;
decision support chartmaker; device dependent;
DSG/3000; figure design system; figure files; font
files; Hewlett Packard; HP; HP 17623A Graphics Tablet;
HP 2680A Laser Printer; HP 3000; HPDRAW; HPEASYCHART;
interactive chartmaker; interactive systems; office
automation; packages; software; software packages",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Morris:1983:DSC,
author = "Janet Elich Morris and Richard J. {Simms, Jr.}",
title = "A decision support chartmaker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "5--9",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A comprehensive business graphics software package is
presented that produces bar, line, and pie charts, and
slides. The design, production and storage of charts
generated from information kept in data file are
considered. The basic capabilities of this software
tool and its flexibility are emphasized in creating
several charts on a periodic basis or a single chart of
one-time publication. The accessing of the design
features is described, the chat file and data
manipulations are introduced, and the design standards
are indicated. The adaptation of the user interface to
various languages is mentioned.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrative data processing; applications; bar
chart; business graphics software package; chart;
charts; computer graphics; computer software; data
file; data manipulation; data processing, business ---
File Organization; decision support; DSG/3000; HP 3000
Computer System; Interactive Office; interactive
systems; layouts; line chart; office automation;
one-time; pie charts; programmatic interfaces;
projection; restriction; slides; software packages;
sorting; transformation",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Seaver:1983:EC,
author = "M. Seaver and R. W. Dea and R. J. {Simms, Jr.}",
title = "An easy-to-use chartmaker",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "10--12",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
keywords = "administrative data processing; computer graphics;
driven interface; DSG/3000; electronic office system;
HPDRAW; HPEASYCHART; HPWORD; interactive chartmaker;
interactive systems; menu-; office automation; software
packages; software system; stand-alone graphics;
TDP/3000",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Purnaveja:1983:CCM,
author = "Chayaboon Purnaveja and Janet Swift",
title = "Convenient Creation and Manipulation of Presentation
Aids",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "13--17",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A highly interactive graphics design system, HPDRAW,
is introduced that allows data to be entered through
direct graphics or menu interfaces. The editing and
manipulation of freehand drawings, symbols, and
signatures is accomplished by point and push operations
using a graphics cursor instead of the typical
coordinate point designation method. A basic functional
outline of the design is shown to allow parallel
development of independent capabilities and to
accommodate new software modules as they become
available.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration); D2010 (Business and professional);
D2020 (Design and graphics); D5000 (Office automation -
computing)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrative data processing; and push operations;
computer graphics; computer interfaces; editing;
facility; freehand drawings; graphics cursor; Help;
Hewlett Packard; HP 17623A Graphics Tablet; HP 3000
computer system; HPDRAW; interactive graphics design
system; interactive systems; manipulation; menu
interfaces; office automation; point; signatures;
software packages; visual aids",
treatment = "A Application; G General Review",
}
@Article{Baker:1983:GCL,
author = "Tamara C. Baker and William T. Toms and James C.
Bratnober and Gerald T. Wade",
title = "Graphics Capabilities on a Laser Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "11",
pages = "17--22",
month = nov,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 2680A Laser Printer is presented as a raster
image device similar in some ways to a black and white
television CRT screen. A page of printer output is
composed of small circular black dots analogous to the
picture elements (pixels) on a CRT. There are 180 of
these dots per inch in both the horizontal and vertical
directions. Patterns of dots are grouped together into
rectangular cells that form characters. A set of these
characters is downloaded into the printer's memory and
used to generate the text of the printed image on the
page. The difference between raster generation and
vector generation approaches is found to be the reason
why graphics output cannot be efficiently printed. An
interactive formatting system, IFS\slash 3000 is
applied that adds the graphics capability to the
printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer graphics ---
Interactive; computer peripheral equipment; document
format; formatting; generated output; graphics;
graphics capability; HP2680A laser printer; IFS/2680;
IFS/3000; interactive definition; interactive
formatting system/3000; lasers --- Applications;
printers; programmatic control; raster generation;
raster image device; vector; vector generation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jundanian:1983:CHU,
author = "Richard H. Jundanian and Janet R. Accettura and John
N. Dukes",
title = "Control Hardware for an Ultrasound Imaging System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "3--5",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 77900A Ultrasound Controller is described that
provides the interface between the user and the HP
77020A Ultrasound Imaging System. It houses the primary
video display, the front control panels, the system
processing unit (CPU). and the input\slash output (I/O)
system. The CPU interfaces the 77020A to the operator
by scanning the front-panel controls. Three printed
circuit assemblies provide the interface hardware
required to support the video cassette recorder (VCR),
various physiological amplifiers, the stripchart
recorder, and the video camera. A block diagram shows
the assemblies that are included in the Controller.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C3385
(Biological and medical control systems); C7330
(Biology and medical computing); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
classification = "731; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical equipment; biomedical ultrasonics; central
processing unit (cpu); computerised; computerised
instrumentation; computerised picture; control; control
systems; controllers; CPU; front control panels;
HP77020A ultrasound imaging; HP77900A ultrasound
controller; I/O system; input/output (I/O) system;
physiological amplifiers; primary video display;
printed circuit assemblies; processing; recorder;
stripchart recorder; system; ultrasonic equipment;
ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound imaging
system; video cassette",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Luszcz:1983:USS,
author = "Joseph M. Luszcz and William A. Koppes and David C.
Hempstead and Robert J. Kunz",
title = "Ultrasound System Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "6--13",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Three subsystems of the HP 77020A Ultrasound Imaging
System are considered: the scanner, display and
controller, each containing its own 16-bit proprietary
microprocessor. The comprehensive software coordinating
these subsystems is described that sets up the
hardware, controls image acquisition, and processes
physiological data, using an internal bus. In addition
to hardware control and system coordination, the
ultrasound system software also provides a variety of
data processing capabilities such as the sampling,
compression, smoothing and display of physiological
waveforms.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity applications in
biomedicine); C3385 (Biological and medical control
systems); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
classification = "461; 723; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit microprocessor; 77200A scanner; 77400A display
subsystem; 77900A; analysis; biomedical engineering ---
Computer Aided Diagnosis; biomedical equipment;
biomedical ultrasonics; cardiac analysis; computer
software; computers, microprocessor --- Applications;
computing; controller; ECG; heart sound waveforms; HP
77020A ultrasound imaging system; image acquisition;
imaging acquisition; internal bus; medical; obstetric;
physiological data; proprietary microprocessor;
software engineering; ultrasonic equipment; ultrasonics
--- Imaging Techniques; ultrasound imaging system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gatzke:1983:ESP,
author = "Ronald D. Gatzke and James T. Fearnside and Sydney M.
Karp",
title = "Electronic Scanner for a Phased-Array Ultrasound
Transducer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "13--15, 17--20",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A subsystem is presented that controls the
transmission and reception of ultrasound pulses by 64
tranducer elements to scan a 90 degree sector and
collect data for an ultrasound image. The beam of these
pulses is directed and focused by controlling the
timing of the excitation and received signal for each
transducer element. The hypothetical phased-array
system is shown, that consists of n parallel channels,
each with its own transmitter and receiver. Each
transmitter outputs a short-duration ultrasound pulse
into the human body. This pulse is partially reflected
back to the transducer array by various structures and
tissues in the body. The receivers detect the reflected
acoustic energy and send the resulting signal from each
element to a delay mechanism and a summing junction.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); B7230G (Image sensors); B7810C
(Sonic and ultrasonic transducers)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "delay; electronic scanner; HP 77020A ultrasound
imaging system; image sensors; mechanism; parallel
channels; phased array; phased array ultrasound
transducer; receiver; summing junction; tissues;
transmitter; ultrasonic transducers; ultrasonics ---
Imaging Techniques; ultrasound pulses",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McKnight:1983:MSF,
author = "R. N. McKnight",
title = "A mixing scheme to focus a transducer array
dynamically",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "16--17",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4388 (Transduction; devices for the generation and
reproduction of sound); B7810C (Sonic and ultrasonic
transducers)",
keywords = "acoustic echo; human body; mixing scheme; transducer
array focusing; ultrasonic transducers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{OConnell:1983:DSU,
author = "Raymond G. O'Connell and James R. Mniece and Alwyn P.
D'Sa",
title = "Display System for Ultrasound Images",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "20--28",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A subsystem is described that collects digital data
from ultrasound scanning and physiological waveforms
from other amplifiers, and processes them for display
in a rectangular raster-seam format. The input and
output of data is illustrated. The design goals and the
design proper are presented, including video recording,
high speed search playback and phaser supply. Examples
of heart beat waveforms are presented, and a scan shows
a cross section of the heart.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7230G (Image sensors); B7260 (Display technology and
systems); B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment)",
classification = "461; 741; 753",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "77900A; ASCII command messages; control; display
devices; display instrumentation; display system; HP
77020A ultrasound imaging system; HP 77400A display
subsystem; image sensors; images; physiological
waveforms; raster-scan; supervisory; ultrasonic
equipment; ultrasonics --- Medical Applications;
ultrasound; ultrasound scanning",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Larson:1983:FSC,
author = "Paul A. Larson and Bruce L. Ryder and Thomas J.
Stark",
title = "Fused Silica Capillary Columns for Gas
Chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "34",
number = "12",
pages = "35--40",
month = dec,
year = "1983",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The development of this technique is summarized going
back to its beginnings for a look at the early
promising results. The present state of the art is
examined and the trends that may determine the future
are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "801",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chromatographic analysis; fused silica capillary
columns; gas chromatography",
}
@Article{Wilken:1984:THD,
author = "Kent Wilken",
title = "Two high-capacity disc drives ({HP} 7933 and {HP}
7935)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "3--6",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The development of two new high-capacity disk drives
is reported, and various areas in the design
improvement are considered, including magnetic media
and read\slash write heads. The dubbed automatic head
alignment (AHA) technique is introduced and an increase
in compensation is obtained for media defects in the
area where data is stored. Particle contamination
control, and diagnostics and serviceability methods are
also obtained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7935; data error correction; data storage, magnetic;
diagnostics; disc drives; disc pack; electric drive;
HP; HP 7933; magnetic disc and drum storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Voigt:1984:CLI,
author = "D. L. Voigt",
title = "A command language for improved disc protocol",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "5--6",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
keywords = "7933/35 Disc Drive; command language; command phase;
Command Set 80; computer interfaces; CPU; disc; disc
protocol; execution phase; host computer; phase;
protocols; report; transactions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Batey:1984:SDR,
author = "Robert M. Batey and James D. Becker",
title = "Second-generation disc read\slash write electronics
({HP} 7933 and 7935 disc products)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "7--12",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Earlier coding techniques, the modified frequency
modulation (MFM) and Manchester code, are described and
the code used in the new disk products, called VLFM, is
introduced. The VLFM encoding table is discussed, the
minimum and maximum number of data windows between
recorded transitions are determined, and the analog
signal processing illustrated. The operation of a pulse
qualifying circuit and the clock recovery techniques
are described. The error-rate of the drive and methods
used to improve it are also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7933 disc product; 7935 disc; codes, symbolic ---
Encoding; coding; data storage, magnetic; disc
products; frequency modulation; Hewlett-; magnetic disc
and drum storage; Manchester code; modified frequency
modulation (MFM); Packard; products; track densities",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Galen:1984:DDE,
author = "Peter M. Galen",
title = "Disk Drive Error Detection and Correction Using
{VLSI}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "12--13",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The improvement of the integrity and recoverability of
data stored on disk are considered and the error
correction and detection methods are described. Placing
error correction entirely within the disc drive
eliminates the need for delay in the case of most
errors and thereby improves the system performance. As
the same linear feedback shift registers (LFSRs) are
used for both encoding and decoding, a real-time
correction method is used requiring two LFSRs. A 28-pin
VLSI circuit is described that is used as the error
correction function.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B6120B
(Codes); C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media);
C5320 (Digital storage)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "codes, symbolic; correlated noise; data storage,
magnetic --- Disk; disc drive; disk drive error
detection and correction; error correction; error
detection; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Applications;
large scale integration; LSI; magnetic disc and drum
storage; random noise; system performance; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical; G General Review",
}
@Article{Bell:1984:HPL,
author = "R. Frank Bell and Eric W. Johnson and R. Keith
Whitaker and Roger V. Wilcox",
title = "Head Positioning in a Large Disc Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "14--20",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The head position system in the new Hewlett--Packard
disk drive is presented. The system controls the
position of the data heads to follow the data tracks
within approximately one tenth of the track width. It
also moves the heads from one cylinder to another in a
minimum amount of time. A new approach to data head
alignment techniques is introduced. To minimize the
effects of thermal drifts and other low-frequency
changes, the drive automatically aligns the data heads
to prewritten alignment tracks existing on every data
pack. Special electronics to implement the automatic
head alignment is illustrated and the interaction of
the drive control with a microprocessor is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "722; 723; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alignment techniques; alignment tracks; automatic head
alignment; computers, microprocessor --- Applications;
control, mechanical variables; data head; data head
positioning system; data heads; data storage, magnetic
--- Disk; data tracks; date; disc drive; head; HP 7933
disc drive; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc and drum
storage; pack; positioning system; thermal drifts",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1984:MDL,
author = "James H. Smith",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Large Disc Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "20--22",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new mechanical design approach is presented for disk
drives that is based on modularity and on a molded
cabinet with a maximum amount of molded-in details.
Four major assemblies or modules are described: the
spindle base, the power supply, the card cage, and the
cabinet itself. A performance comparison with an older
design is made.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media); C5320
(Digital storage)",
classification = "705; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "actuator spindle; base; card cage; data storage,
magnetic --- Disk; design; disc drive; electric drive;
HP 7933 disc drive; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc
and drum storage; mechanical design; modular
construction; molded cabinet; power supply",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1984:HDD,
author = "Stephen A. Edwards",
title = "High-Capacity Disc Drive Servomechanism Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "23--27",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The actuator spindle base assembly (ASB) is
introducing the major mechanical design project for the
disc drives. Two of the fundamental design
considerations for the ASB, modularity and primary
functionality are considered. The separation of all the
mechanically critical components is mentioned,
specifically the spindle, linear actuator,
carriage\slash rail systems, and the base which
supports them, from structural constraints and
concentrate on the complicated servo performance
issues. By eliminating many of the smaller extraneous
subassemblies from the main base, several potentially
annoying vibrational modes are avoided. As an added
benefit, a single high-precision assembly is introduced
which requires fewer tools and less assembly space and
is fairly simple to monitor and troubleshoot.
Subassemblies are pretested before reaching the final
assembly station, resulting in higher yields.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media);
C5320 (Digital storage)",
classification = "705; 722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "actuator; actuator spindle base (ASB) assembly;
actuator spindle base assembly; actuators; base; data
storage, magnetic --- Disk; design; disc drive; drive;
HP 7933 disc; HP 7935 disc drive; magnetic disc and
drum storage; mechanical design; modularity; primary
functionality; servomechanism; servomechanisms;
subassemblies",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Koehler:1984:SOH,
author = "Loren M. Koehler and Timothy C. Mackey",
title = "Speech Output for {HP} Series 80 Personal Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "29--33, 35--36",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The speech synthesis module for Hewlett--Packard's
personal computers is introduced that allows these
machines to output audible information to prompt
operators, sound alarms, indicate error conditions, or
request service. The module is accompanied by enough
vocabulary and software to provide a variety of tools
for using speech. Some possible applications of
computer-generated speech are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5585 (Speech recognition and synthesis equipment)",
classification = "723; 752",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, microprocessor --- Components; HP 1000; HP
27201A; HP 3000; HP 82967A; HP series 80 personal
computers; personal computer (PC); speech; speech
synthesis; speech synthesis module",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hueftle:1984:SOH,
author = "E. R. Hueftle and J. R. Murphy",
title = "Speech output for {HP} 1000 and {HP} 3000 computer
systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "1",
pages = "34--35",
month = jan,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5585 (Speech recognition and synthesis equipment)",
keywords = "232-C/V.24 computer systems; HP 1000; HP 27201A Speech
Output Module; HP 27203A Speech Library; HP 27205A
Speech Library; HP 3000; interfacing; limited internal
speech data storage; method; RS-; speech output; speech
synthesis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Allan:1984:NSH,
author = "Marlu E. Allan and Nancy Schoendorf and Craig B.
Chatterton and Don M. Cross",
title = "A new series of high-performance real-time computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "3--6",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The new HP 1000 A-series family of computers is
designed to provide solutions to specific real-time
needs in manufacturing, automation, and other
performance-critical environments. Implemented with
state-of-the-art technology, the new computers offer
major new capabilities to meet the challenging demands
of original equipment manufacturers, end users, and
system designers. Three compatible processors, A600,
A700 and A900, are introduced that are available in
board, box, and system configurations and offer
configuration flexibility for OEMs and end users across
a wide spectrum of applications. The operating system
is described, the performance of the processors is
verified in benchmarks run against their predecessors
and other current products, and specific results are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C6150J (Operating systems); D5010
(Computers and work stations)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(computers); automation; benchmarks; board
configuration; box configuration; compatible
processors; computer systems, digital --- Real Time
Operation; computers, microprocessor; critical
environments; end users; Hewlett Packard;
high-performance real-time computers; HP 1000-A series;
manufacturing; microprocessor chips; minicomputers;
OEMs; operating system; operating systems; Performance;
performance verification; performance-;
performance-critical environments; real-time executive;
system configuration; system designers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fotland:1984:ARC,
author = "David A. Fotland and Lee S. Moncton and Leslie E.
Neft",
title = "An adaptable {1-MIPS} real-time computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "7--12",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The A700 midrange Hewlett--Packard processor is
discussed as the first member of the A-series product
line. It incorporates the high-performance silicon on
sapphire (SOS) floating-point chip set and it
implements the dynamic mapping system for large address
space access. The processor is considered to be the
pioneer and the development processor for large-program
support provided by code and data separation hardware
and the enhancement to the operating system, and the
first to be easily user-microprogrammable through the
use of the microparaphraser microprogramming language.
The microarchitecture of the processor, its performance
and ease in microprogramming and other characteristics
are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Data Systems Div, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Data Systems Div, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-MIPS real-time computer; A700; bit-slice; code and
data separation hardware; computer architecture;
computer architecture --- Microprogramming; computer
systems, digital; computers, microprocessor; dynamic
mapping system; enhancement; floating-point chip set;
Hewlett--Packard's HP 1000 A; high-performance SOS
floating-point chip set; large address space access;
large-; microarchitecture; microcomputers;
microparaphraser microprogramming language; program
support; Real Time Operation; Real-Time Executive
operating system; RTE-A operating system; series;
technology; user-microprogrammable; VC+",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williamson:1984:DLC,
author = "Donald A. Williamson and Steven C. Steps and Bruce A.
Thompson",
title = "Designing a Low-Cost 3-{MIPS} Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "12--17",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design of a microprogrammed Hewlett--Packard A900
microcomputer is considered where each machine language
instruction (macroinstruction) is emulated by a
sequence of microstructions. The sequences, pipelined
data path, memory system, cache memory and other
performance improving design characteristics of the
computer are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage)C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A900 computer; buffer circuits; cache; cache memory;
compatibility; computer architecture; computer
architecture --- Microprogramming; computer programming
--- Macros; computers --- Performance; computers,
microprocessor; Design; HP 1000 A-Series;
macroinstruction; memory; microcomputers;
microinstruction sequence; pipeline processing;
pipelined data path; pipelined micromachine; software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McAllister:1984:FCS,
author = "William H. McAllister and John R. Carlson",
title = "Floating-Point Chip Set Speeds Real-Time Computer
Operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "17--23",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Floating-point arithmetic performance is a prime
concern in technically oriented computers. Using
Hewlett--Packard's silicon-on-sapphire CMOS process a
set of three monolithic floating-point processor chips
is designed for use in two HP 1000 A-Series Computers,
the A900 and A700. The chip set provides a
cost-effective, high-performance solution for
high-speed computation. The set consists of three
chips, one each for addition, multiplication, and
division. Each chip can perform arithmetic operations
on 32-bit and 64-bit floating-point numbers and on
32-bit integers. The primary design objective was to
maximize the speed of floating-point scalar
(single-element) operations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570D
(CMOS integrated circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5220 (Computer architecture); C5230 (Digital
arithmetic methods)",
classification = "713; 714; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A700; A900; complementary MOS (CMOS) process; computer
architecture; computer systems, digital --- Real Time
Operation; design objectives; digital arithmetic; fast
vector; field effect; floating point arithmetic;
floating-point; floating-point arithmetic;
floating-point chip set; high-speed computation; HP
1000 A-Series Computers; integrated circuits;
mathematical techniques --- Computer Applications;
microprocessor chips; Processing; processor chips;
real-; scale; semiconductor devices, MOS; Si-on
sapphire CMOS process; three monolithic floating-point;
time computer operation",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Winters:1984:CFD,
author = "Michael T. Winters and John F. Shelton",
title = "Comprehensive, friendly diagnostics aid {A}-series
troubleshooting ({HP} 1000 computers)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "23--26",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Diagnostics for the A-series of HP 1000 Computers are
characterized by a planned systematic progression of
testing, features designed into the hardware for
diagnostics, and the use of an operator-oriented
diagnostic design language. Two basic sections of
testing, the self-test (pretest) and kernel and
interface diagnostics are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Testing; computer debugging; computer
interfaces --- Testing; computer programming languages
--- Applications; computer testing; computers,
microprocessor; diagnostic aids; diagnostics; HP 1000
computers; interface; kernel diagnostics; microcoded
self-test; microcomputers; operator-oriented diagnostic
design language; pretest; self-test; testing;
troubleshooting",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hartman:1984:NRT,
author = "Douglas O. Hartman and Steven R. Kusmer and Elizabeth
A. Clark and Douglas V. Larson and Billy Chu",
title = "New {Real-Time Executive} supports large programs and
multiple users",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "26--31",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:44:34 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Standard software found on all HP 1000 A-Series
Computer Systems is described. This includes the
operating system and a large number of utility programs
and libraries. It also includes an optional package
that extends the software's capabilities to include
virtual code, spooling, and multiple users.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150E (General utility programs); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A-Series Computer Systems; computer operating systems;
computer software; computer systems, digital --- Real
Time Operation; HP 1000; large programs; libraries;
modern program development environment; multiple;
multiple users; multiprogramming; operating system;
operating systems (computers); programs; Real-Time
Executive; RTE-A; software packages; spooling;
Standards; users; utility; utility programs; VC+;
virtual code",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Neuder:1984:NSI,
author = "David L. Neuder",
title = "New Software Increases Capabilities of Logic Timing
Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "2",
pages = "32--38",
month = feb,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An upgraded operating software package is presented
that increases the capabilities of an already powerful
logic timing analyzer system. The new features provided
by this package include: Finding specified events in
the data acquisition memory; automatic marking of
specified events in data acquisition memory;
calculating statistics on marked events; using marked
events to qualify execution rerun; processing
asynchronous trace list data into pseudosynchronous
state listings; storing measurement data along with the
system configuration; and visually comparing stored and
current measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); C5210B (Computer-aided logic
design)",
classification = "713; 721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "altering analyzer operation; Applications; channels;
computer software; computerised instrumentation;
electronic circuits, timing --- Analysis; HP 64600S
Timing Analyzer; logic circuits --- Analysis; logic
testing; logic timing analyzer; precise sampling of
data; processing captured trace data; signal flow;
statistics; timing diagram; tracing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hetrick:1984:NVC,
author = "Michael V. Hetrick and Michael L. Kolesar and J. D.
Cooley",
title = "A new 32-bit {VLSI} computer family. {II}. Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "3--6 (or 3--5??)",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Series 500 software system development is
presented for the current HP9000 family of
microcomputers. The modularity of the system is
illustrated. An enhanced version of BASIC, run-time
compiling technique, the compatibility with UNIX
operating system, and extensions are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6140D (High level languages);
C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other processors);
C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit VLSI; 32-bit VLSI computer family; BASIC;
computer operating systems; computer programming
languages --- basic; computer software; computers;
computers, microprocessor; HP 9000 Series 500; HP-UX;
local area networking; microcomputers; Model 520
integrated workstation; multiprocessing systems;
multiprocessor; multiprocessor computer system;
NMOS-III technology; operating; program compilers;
run-; SUN operating system; systems (computers); time
compiling; UNIX; UNIX operating system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wang:1984:HIU,
author = "Scott W. Y. Wang and Jeff B. Lindberg and M. V.
Hetrick and M. L. Connor",
title = "{HP-UX}: implementation of {UNIX} on the {HP 900
Series 500} computer systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "7--8, 10--11, 13--15",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An implementation of the UNIX operating system kernel
has been layered on top of an existing operating system
kernel for the HP 9000 Series 500 Computer Systems. The
mapping of UNIX functional requirements onto the
capabilities of the underlying operating system is
discussed, along with the implementation of UNIX
commands and libraries. These pieces of UNIX, along
with other extensions added by HP, make up the HP-UX
operating system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(computers); computer operating systems; computers,
microprocessor; HP 900 Series 500 computer systems;
HP-UX; HP-UX operating system; microcomputers;
multiprocessing programs; operating system kernel;
operating systems; SUN kernel; UNIX; UNIX commands;
UNIX operating system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Landers:1984:IRC,
author = "David M. Landers and Timothy W. Tillson and Jack D.
Cooley and Richard R. Rupp and G. L. Shults",
title = "An interactive run-time compiler for enhanced {BASIC}
language performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "15--19, 21",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The interactive run-time compiling of Model 520 BASIC
is discussed. The compiling that takes place at run
time is very fast since syntax is checked as lines are
entered and the intermediate code produced is optimized
for compiling. For large programs, the intermediate
code and object code are each about the same size as
the source. (This does not include run-time support
routines which are considered part of the system. )
Because of the ability to throw away code when no more
memory is available, a program can run (slowly) in just
slightly more memory than is required for the
intermediate code and variables. Furthermore, the
system provides the ability to produce and execute
compiled code without any associated intermediate code
by using the COMPILE command.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BASIC; compiler technology; computer operating
systems; computer programming languages --- basic;
enhanced BASIC language; HP 9000 series; HP 9845;
interactive run-time compiler; Model 520; program
compilers; run-time compiler",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balza:1984:LAN,
author = "John J. Balza and H. Michael Wenzel and James L.
Willits",
title = "A local area network for the {HP 9000 Series 500}
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "22--23, 25--27",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Local area network LAN 9000 is introduced and its
capability to cluster various microcomputers for
resource and information sharing is considered. The
structure of both hardware and software follows the
International Standard Organization (ISO) open system
interconnect (OSI) model, which divides network
functionality into seven layers. The layers, their
protocols and the supporting network architecture are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "clusters; computer architecture; computer networks;
computers, microprocessor; HP 9000 Series 500
computers; ISO; LAN 9000; local area network; network
architecture; network layers; OSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jones:1984:DCC,
author = "V. C. Jones",
title = "Data communication for a 32-bit computer workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "24--25",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5620 (Computer
networks and techniques)",
keywords = "32-bit computer workstation; computer interfaces;
computer networks; data communication; data
communications; HP 9000 Series 500 computers;
interactive mainframe access; LAN 9000; local
networking capability; reliable file transfer;
systems",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Georg:1984:GOS,
author = "Dennis D. Georg and Benjamin D. Osecky and Stephan D.
Scheid",
title = "A general-purpose operating system kernel for a 32-bit
computer system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "28--29, 31--34",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The SUN general-purpose operating system kernel for HP
9000 Series 500 microcomputers is introduced and its
components are described. The kernel provides efficient
support for multiple processors, a process model that
supports a large user process virtual address space, a
virtual memory system that supports both paged and
segmented virtual memory, memory and buffer management,
and a device-independent file system which has the
capability of supporting multiple directory formats. A
clean interface between the underlying hardware and the
application-level systems is presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer; buffer; computer operating systems;
computers, microprocessor --- Computer Interfaces;
device-independent file system; directory formats;
extended BASIC; general-purpose operating system
kernel; HP 9000 Series 500 computers; HP-UX; language
environment; management; memory management; multiple;
multiple processors; multiprocessing programs;
multiuser requirements; operating systems (computers);
paged virtual memory; program contact; segmented
virtual memory; SUN; sun operating system; system; user
process virtual address space; virtual memory system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Osecky:1984:DGM,
author = "Benjamin D. Osecky and Dennis D. Georg and Robert J.
Bury",
title = "The design of a general-purpose multiple-processor
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "34--38",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A fully symmetric multiprocessor architecture of the
HP9000 series 500 microcomputers is examined. The
symmetry implies that a program can execute on any of
the system's processors without any changes to the way
the system addresses either memory or input\slash
output (I/O) devices. Perhaps equally important is the
fact that all I/O processors have an equally symmetric
view of CPUs and memory. This makes it possible for a
program to initiate an I/O operation on one processor,
for the interrupt service routine to execute on the
same or a different processor, and for the user program
to continue on a third processor, all with complete
transparency. This symmetry is also exploited to
improve system reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430 (Microcomputers);
C6150 (Systems software)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer architecture ---
Design; computer systems, digital; computers,
microprocessor; controllers; CPUs; fully symmetric
multiple-; general-purpose multiple-processor system;
HP 9000 Series 500 computers; I/O processors;
identically addressable resources; interrupt service;
memory; memory processor bus; microcomputers;
multiprocessing; processor architecture; routine;
symmetric multiple-processor architecture; systems;
systems software; task control block; transparency",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lenk:1984:ISC,
author = "R. M. Lenk and C. E. {Mear, Jr.} and M. E. Meier",
title = "An {I/O} subsystem for a 32-bit computer operating
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "3",
pages = "38--41",
month = mar,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "32-bit computer operating system; access to disc
storage; BASIC; computers; device drivers; device-;
file system; HP 9000 Series 500; HP-UX; I/O language;
I/O subsystem; independent I/O interface; input-output
programs; input/output processing; managing virtual
memory; Model 520 computer; rapid; SUN",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jonker:1984:LLC,
author = "Robert J. Jonker and Gerard P. Rozing",
title = "Low-Dispersion Liquid Chromatography",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "3--6, 8",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Liquid chromatography (LC) is introduced as an
analytical technique that gives qualitative and
quantitative information about nonvolatile substances
in mixtures. Information processing, dispersion during
separation, and instrumental demands are explained. A
new low-dispersion LC system is introduced that makes
contribution in four areas important to the chemist.
The integrated modules and the application of
microcompressors in each module that permit intelligent
communication with the system to provide fully
synchronized automation are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0650 (Data handling and computation); A8280B
(Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
classification = "723; 801; 802",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chemical equipment --- Computer Applications;
chromatographic analysis; chromatography; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; high-performance LC system; information;
low dispersion; low dispersion liquid chromatography;
processing",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wiederoder:1984:DHC,
author = "Herbert Wiederoder and Roland Martin and Juergen
Ziegler",
title = "Design of the {HP} 1090 control system (liquid
chromatography)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "8--13",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:44:44 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An intelligent control system is presented for
coordinating various modules of HP 1090 liquid
chromatograph (LC). Key objectives of the system are
spelled out, and its general architecture is
illustrated, including the solvent delivery system
(SDS), injection system and autosamples (ISAS), the
column compartment and filter-photometric detector
(FPD). The communication between components at three
distribution levels of the system and from one level to
another is described. LC controller and the associated
software, two microprocessors used, data acquisition
processor (DAD) and communication processor (COM), the
diode array detector and other components are also
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3210 (Control systems and instrumentation); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "723; 731; 802",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analyses; automatic multiple; chromatographic analysis
--- Liquid; chromatography; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; control; control systems; controller;
detector; diode array; hierarchical; HP 1090 control
system; HP 1090 LC system; HP-85 personal computer;
HP-IB devices; injection system and autosampler (ISAS);
intelligent control system; LC controller; liquid
chromatograph; multiprocessing systems; software;
solvent delivery system (SDS); structure; system
communications; systems",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Geiger:1984:NSD,
author = "Wolfgang Geiger and Heinrich V{\"o}llmer",
title = "A new solvent delivery system (liquid
chromatography)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "13--21",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In a liquid chromatograph (LC), the quality of the
solvent delivery system (SOS) determines the quality of
the analytical results. If reproducible results are
required, the solvent delivery pump must provide a flow
stability better than 1\% for all flow rates,
gradients, solvents, and column backpressures. SDS for
HP 1090 LC is described that is based on the concept of
physically separating the function of flow metering
from that of pressure generation. It delivers any flow
rate from 1$\mu$l/min to 5000$\mu$l/min with better
than 1\% precision at 100$\mu$l/min or more. It can run
1\% to 99\% gradients and meter up to three solvents.
It is designed for minimum pump response time and total
delay volume.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C3120T (Level, flow and volume control); C3380D
(Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "618; 631; 802; 803; 804",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "79835A Solvent Delivery System; Chromatograph;
chromatographic analysis --- Liquid; chromatography;
damping; flow control; flow metering; flow of fluids;
flow rate; flowmeters; from 1$\mu$l/min to 5000 mu
l/min; high pressure pump; HP 1090 Liquid; low-pressure
compliance; metering pump; monitoring; motor driver
board; pressure generation; rotary; servo control
board; solvent delivery system (SDS); solvents; system;
unit; valve",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Kretz:1984:ALC,
author = "Wolfgang Kretz and Hans-Georg H{\"a}rtl",
title = "Automatic Liquid Chromatograph Injection and
Sampling",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "21--24",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "For high sample throughput and reduced operating
costs, a modern liquid chromatograph (LC) needs
automatic sample handling and injection capabilities.
The Autoinjection Module for the HP 1090 LC System is
designed to make sample injection easy, accurate, and
automatic, thereby freeing the laboratory staff from
routine manipulations. An optimal automatic sampling
device makes it possible to load up to 100 samples and
let the system operate unattended --- for example,
overnight. Thus the HP 1090 gives the user a choice of
sampling modes --- fully automatic, manual loading with
automatic injection, or entirely manual.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A8280B (Chromatography); C3380D (Control of physical
instruments)",
classification = "802; 931",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic sample handling; automatic sampling;
automatic test equipment; chromatographic analysis ---
Liquid; chromatography; computerised; device; fluids;
flushing valve; HP 1090 LC System; HP 79846A
Autoinjection Module; HP 79847A; materials handling;
metering device; rotary valve unit; sample injection;
sampling unit",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Schrenker:1984:MPP,
author = "Helge Schrenker",
title = "Mobile Phase Preheater Ensures Precise Control of {LC}
Column Temperature",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "24--26",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The use of conventional air-bath thermostats as a
means of controlling column temperature in
high-performance liquid chromatography (LC) is limited
to a relatively narrow temperature range if full column
efficiency is to be maintained. A new type of column
thermostat, including a highly efficient, small-volume
mobile phase preheater, is used. Suitable adjustment of
the heat transfer in the mobile phase heater and the
air heater results in nearly identical temperatures of
the mobile phase entering the column and of the air
flowing around the column. Thus axial and radial
temperature gradients in the column are minimized,
leading to a marked improvement of column performance
at elevated temperatures.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0670T (Servo and control devices); A8280B
(Chromatography); C3120N (Thermal variables control);
C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "731; 801; 944",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "air-bath thermostats; chromatographic analysis;
chromatography; column performance; column thermostat;
HP 1090 Liquid Chromatograph; mobile phase preheater;
radial temperature gradients; small-; temperature
control; thermostats --- Design; volume mobile phase
preheater",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wiese:1984:LLF,
author = "Axel Wiese and Bernhard Dehmer and Thomas D{\"o}rr and
Guenter H{\"o}schele",
title = "A low-cost {LC} filterphotometric detection system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "26--30",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A common type of detector for liquid chromatography is
the UV\slash Vis (ultraviolet\slash visible) absorbance
detector. Light of known spectral characteristics is
directed to a flow cell where it passes through the
liquid coming from the column. A photodiode is used to
measure the light absorbed by the sample. A plot of
absorbance versus time, the chromatogram, shows the
desired result of the analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A8280B
(Chromatography); C7320 (Physics and chemistry
computing)",
classification = "714; 741; 802; 944",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "absorbance detector; chromatogram; chromatographic
analysis --- Liquid; chromatography; data acquisition;
data processing; filter photometric detection system;
flow cell; HP 1090 LC system; HP 79881A; LC
filterphotometric detection; optical filters ---
Applications; optics; photometers; semiconductor
diodes, photodiode --- Applications; system;
ultraviolet detectors; ultraviolet/visible;
ultraviolet/visible absorbance; variable wavelength
detector",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Leyrer:1984:HSS,
author = "Joachim Leyrer and G{\"u}nter E. Nill and Detlev
Hadbawnik and G{\"u}nter Hoeschele and Joachim
Dieckmann",
title = "A high-speed spectrophotometric {LC} detector",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "4",
pages = "31--41",
month = apr,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:14 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The development of the spectrophotometric detector, a
stand-alone diode array detection system for operation
with any liquid chromatograph is reported. Some of the
possibilities offered by the detection system range
from the analysis of pharmaceutical formulations,
general chemical products, and environmental pollutants
to clinical and biomedical methodology, thus
contributing to such exciting new developments as, for
example, genetic engineering.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0760D (Photometry and radiometry); A8280B
(Chromatography); C5520 (Data acquisition equipment and
techniques); C7320 (Physics and chemistry computing)",
classification = "941",
corpsource = "Waldbronn Div., Hewlett--Packard Co., Waldbronn, West
Germany",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit-; chromatographic analysis --- Liquid;
chromatography; data acquisition; data acquisition
processor; diode array detection system; front-end data
path; high-speed spectrophotometric LC detector; HP
1040A; HP 1090 LC; HP 79880A; integrated detector;
liquid chromatograph; modules; photodetectors;
photodiode array; slice processor system; spectrometer;
spectrophotometers; spectrophotometric detector;
Spectrophotometric Detector",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burkman:1984:PCS,
author = "Jack L. Burkman and Robert L. Brooks and Ronald P.
Dean and Paul F. Febvre and Michael K. Bowen and S. R.
Anderson and J. R. Milner",
title = "Putting a 32-Bit Computer System in a Desktop
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "3--5, 7--9, 11",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A workstation is introduced that uses a modular
packaging approach to provide engineers and designers
with a personal 32-bit computer system capable of
performing many of the CAD (computer-aided design) and
CAE (computer-aided engineering) applications normally
requiring a large mainframe computer system. The
hardware system's modular design and assembly are
described. Ideal electrical connections between various
models and components are detailed to show how they can
be completed or broken automatically when a module is
inserted or removed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit computer system; 32-bit computer workstation;
520; CAD; computer aided design; computer aided
engineering (CAE); computer-aided design; computers,
microprocessor; cooling; CRT display tilt mounting;
desktop; desktop computer; electrical connections; EMI
suppression; engineering --- Computer Applications; HP
9000 series 500 computers; interconnection; mechanical
design; microcomputers; Model; Modular Construction;
modular design; modular packaging; modules; packaging;
personal computer; screw fastners; system;
workstation",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmidt:1984:CGD,
author = "Daniel G. Schmidt and M. K. Bowen",
title = "Color graphics display for an engineering workstation
(and detaching the keyboard)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "12, 14--15",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A color graphics display subsystem is designed for the
HP 9000 Model 520 Computer that can display both
alphanumeric (alpha) and graphics information on its
13-inch-diagonal color CRT using a raster-scan format.
The alpha and graphics rasters are separate and can be
displayed individually or together. The system software
supports new features such as color map graphics and
raster size, and emulates displays of earlier
systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(Option G02); 13-inch-diagonal; 32-bit workstation;
alphanumeric information; color CRT; color graphics
display subsystem; color map graphics; computer
graphics; detached; display devices; engineering
workstation; German ergonomic requirements; graphics
information; graphics raster; HP 9000; HP 98760A;
Imaging Techniques; keyboard; keyboards;
microcomputers; Model 520 Computer; Monitor Assembly;
raster-scan format; ZH1/618 standard",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Lewis:1984:BLG,
author = "Kenneth W. Lewis and Alan D. Ward and Xuan Bui and R.
J. Bury",
title = "{BASIC} language graphics subsystem for a 32-bit
workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "16--21",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:22 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Graphics Language Subsystem for the HP 9000 Model
520 Computer provides high-performance,
device-independent, interactive graphics via BASIC
language keywords. The rich set of features and the
friendly BASIC environment facilitate construction of
such applications as data display, graphical monitoring
of real-time events, two-and three-dimensional drafting
systems, and CAD modeling systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6140D (High level
languages)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit workstation; ACM SIGGRAPH CORE standard; BASIC;
basic; BASIC language keywords; CAD modeling systems;
computer graphics; computer programming languages;
computers, microprocessor; data display; device
independent graphics; graphical monitoring; HP 9000;
HP-UX; keywords; language graphics subsystem; Model 520
Computer; multiprogramming; three-dimensional drafting
systems",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Fritz:1984:IFM,
author = "G. D. Fritz and M. L. Kolesar",
title = "{I/O} features of model 520 {BASIC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "21--24",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5620 (Computer networks and techniques); C6140D (High
level languages); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
keywords = "32-bit computer; BASIC; compatible; computational
power; Computer; computer interfaces; environment; HP
9000 Model 520; HP-UX; I/O; I/O features; input-output
programs; language; model 520 BASIC; Model 520 I/O
commands; multitasking",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Burkman:1984:CRP,
author = "Jack L. Burkman and Howell R. Felsenthal and Thomas O.
Meyer and Warren C. Pratt",
title = "A compact, reliable power supply for an advanced
desktop computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "24--31",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:32 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In the design of HP 9000 model 520 microcomputer, a
design goal for its power supply module is the
provision for flexibility in output currents and power.
These configurations include the various combinations
of central processing unit (CPU), input\slash output
(I/O) processor, and random access memory (RAM)
finstrates that can be installed in the twelve slots of
the Model 520's Memory\slash Processor Module and the
set of internal peripherals. The set of peripherals can
include up to four I/O adapters, two mass memory
devices, a high-speed thermal printer, a keyboard, and
a graphics display subsystem. These widely varying
configurations, in addition to requiring large
variations in total output power, greatly affected the
design of individual supply outputs. Other key design
goals include a power density commensurate with the
volume available in a desktop workstation, regulation
and output protection consistent with the requirements
of the technology used for the 32-bit chip set,
compliance with environmental specification for
industrial and commercial environments, and high
reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); C5150 (Other circuits for digital
computers)",
classification = "715; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "advanced desktop computer; circuits; computer
peripheral equipment; computers, microprocessor;
desktop workstation; Electric Power Supplies; HP 9000;
individual supply outputs; memory/processor unit;
microcomputers; Model 520 computer; power density;
power density of 1.4 W per cubic inch; power supplies
to apparatus; power supply; power supply module;
power-up; reliable power supply; sequencing",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Allen:1984:CSP,
author = "Kevin W. Allen and Paul C. Christofanelli and Robert
E. Kuseski and Ronald D. Larson and David Maitland and
Larry J. Thayer",
title = "Compact 32-Bit System Processing Units",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "5",
pages = "31--38",
month = may,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two packaging styles of Hewlett Packard System
Processing Unit (SPU) are introduced that offer
adaptability to customer needs. Both are based on the
single chip 32-bit central processing unit (CPU). The
Model 530 fits into an industry standard rack. The
Model 540 matches a wide selection of HP computer
peripherals. Both models also include an I/O processor,
I/O card cage, power supply, real-time clock, and
hardware self-test. System performance and capabilities
can be altered to meet individual requirements by
adding more CPUs for more performance, more RAM for
more memory space, or more I/O processors for
additional I/O cards. These SPUs can be configured with
either single-user or multiuser HP-UX operating
systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-; 32-bit system; 32-bit system processing units;
540; architecture; bit VLSI NMOS-111 circuits; central
processing unit (cpu); computers, microprocessor;
cooling; diagnostics; Electronics Packaging; EMI
testing; environmental testing; HP 9000 Series 500
family; integrated circuits, VLSI --- Applications;
minicomputers; Model; Model 530; rack-mount; system
environments; system processing unit (SPU); System
Processing Units",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Narimatsu:1984:PTS,
author = "Yoh Narimatsu and Keiki Kanafuji",
title = "A Parametric Test System for Accurate Measurement of
Wafer-Stage {ICs}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "3--8",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:41 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A semiconductor parametric test system is introduced
to provide greater measurement flexibility and to
eliminate inconsistencies associated with the
measurement of semiconductor wafers, chips, and
packaged devices. The design is based on the
state-of-the-art technologies in low-current and
capacitance measurements. Overall system measurement
performance (test instruments, cables, and the
switching matrix) is completely specified, electrically
and mechanically, to obtain dependable measurement
results. The dc and ac measurement characteristics are
fully specified up to the measurement pins of the
switching matrix. Since the switching matrix (acting as
the test head of the wafer prober) is placed close to
the device under test, residual parasitics are very
small and are readily predictable.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310D
(Current measurement); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement); C3110D (Current control); C3110J
(Impedance and admittance control); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments)",
classification = "714; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "4062A's controller; admittance measurement; automatic
test equipment; capacitance measurement; conductance;
DC measurement; device under test; electric; electric
current measurement; hardware architecture; HP 4062A
semiconductor Parametric Test System; HP 900; IC
testing; integrated circuit testing; integrated
circuits --- Measurements; measurement; measurements;
MHz test frequency; model 236 computer; parametric test
system; semiconductor devices; semiconductor wafer
testing; subsystem; switching matrix; switching matrix
subsystem; systems",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Banno:1984:PTS,
author = "Takuo Banno",
title = "Powerful Test System Software Provides Extensive
Parametric Measurement Capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "9--11",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:46 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An easy-to-use set of test instructions, `dry'
switching of test relays, and a utility for specifying
wafer probing patterns are used to provide powerful
support for users of a semiconductor test system.
Parametric testing has become widely adopted as a
method for monitoring semiconductor processing, and
many test method approaches have been considered. A
version of BASIC test programming language is presented
that is not only powerful, but also very easy to use.
Its on-line editing and debugging capability makes it
easier for users to create, modify, and try test
programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "714; 723",
corpsource = "Yokogawa--Hewlett--Packard Ltd., Tokyo, Japan",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; BASIC; BASIC language;
computer programming languages --- basic; computer
software; debugging; HP 4062A Semiconductor; HP 9000
Model 236 Computer; integrated circuit testing; on-line
editing; parametric measurement; Parametric Test
System; parametric testing; programs; semiconductor
device manufacture --- Monitoring; test; test
instruction set; test programs; test system software;
wafer probe pattern generators",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Akiyama:1984:HCC,
author = "Tomoyuki Akiyama and Kenzo Ishiguro",
title = "High-speed 1-{MHz} Capacitance\slash Conductance Meter
for Measuring Semiconductor Parameters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "12--24",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A plotter is presented to satisfy the requirements of
semiconductor device\slash material characterization.
Besides being a traditional high-frequency
capacitance\slash conductance meter, it can also
perform capacitance-versus-voltage (C-V) and
capacitance-versus-time(C-t) measurements using its
internal dc bias source and timer, and its analog
output capability allows results to be plotted on an
X-Y recorder. The C-t measurement capability combined
with the other functions in one box contributes to
improved measurement accuracy, speed, and sweep range,
ease of operation, and performance\slash cost ratio.
All bias parameters required for a C-V measurement and
all time and bias parameters required for a C-t
measurement can be remotely controlled.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0590 (Materials testing); B2550 (Semiconductor device
technology); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310J (Impedance and admittance
measurement); C3110J (Impedance and admittance
control); C3380B (Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "714; 732; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "admittance measurement; C-HIGH; C-t; C-V sweep mode;
cable compensation; capacitance measurement;
capacitance-versus-time (C-T);
capacitance-versus-voltage (C-V); correction modes;
device testing; digital instrumentation; electric;
electric measuring instruments --- Remote Control;
error correction; high-frequency
capacitance/conductance meter; HP 4280A 1-MHz C
Meter/C-; internal dc bias source and timer; materials
testing; measurements; measuring semiconductor
parameters; operation; RESOLN; semiconductor;
semiconductor device/material characterization;
semiconductor devices; stand alone feature; V Plotter",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hamilton:1984:ETA,
author = "Gail E. Hamilton and Andrew J. Blasciak and Joseph A.
Hawk and Brett K. Carver",
title = "An electronic tool for analyzing software
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "26--32",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A logic development system is introduced that permits
measurement of program activity and duration under
different conditions, thus improving software
performance. The software performance analysis provides
a nonintrusive view of software executed in real time,
thus helping to locate bottlenecks, and to improve
software efficiency early in the development cycle. The
operation of the software performance analyzer is
described, including data sampling and acquisition,
graphic displays, user interface, measurement control,
data transfer and the emulation system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C7430
(Computer engineering)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "activity; analyzing software performance; automatic
configuration; code; computer programming --- Analysis;
computer software; emulation system; HP 6400 Logic
Development System; HP 64310A Software; logic
development system; measurement; module execution
times; Performance Analyzer; program activity; program
testing; sampling theory; statistical information;
symbolic interface; time distribution measurement; user
interface",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Smith:1984:CMS,
author = "Donald J. Smith and Johnnie L. Hancock and Thomas K.
Bohley",
title = "Counter Module Simplifies Measurements on Complex
Waveforms",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "6",
pages = "33--40",
month = jun,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A gated universal counter and an oscilloscope
measurement system are used for measurements of
frequency, time interval and events on complex
waveforms. This combination offers the accuracy and
numerous counting modes of a universal counter with the
signal conditioning, dynamic range, triggering, gating,
and display functions of an oscilloscope. Three arming
modes allow the user to start a measurement at a
specified point, window a specific portion of a
waveform, or make a measurement asynchronously.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3380D (Control of physical instruments)",
classification = "942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100-MHz universal counter expansion; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; complex waveforms; computerised
instrumentation; gated universal counter; Gated
Universal Counter; HP 1965A; HP 1980A/B Oscilloscope
Measurement; module; modules; oscilloscopes, cathode
ray --- Applications; System; wave analysers; waveform
analysis; waveform parameter measurements; waveform
timing measurement; windowing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wechsler:1984:NHC,
author = "Susan L. Wechsler and S. Abell and N. Zelle and J.
Hunt",
title = "A new handheld computer for technical professionals
({HP-71B})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "3--10",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Programmable in BASIC, the HP-71B can control
instruments and peripherals and talk to other
computers. It also can be used as an algebraic
calculator.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis, OR, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "algebraic calculator; built-in 240-keyword BASIC
programming language; calculator mode; computer
programming languages --- basic; computers, miniature;
electronic calculators; file management system; file
security; handheld computer; HP-71B computer; HP-IL
interface module; key redefinition; keyboard;
microcomputers",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Meyers:1984:SCE,
author = "Nathan Meyers",
title = "Soft configuration enhances flexibility of handheld
computer memory ({HP-71B})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "10--13",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This technique allows the CPU to reassign a device's
address space and lets the user dedicate portions of
RAM for independent use.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G (Semiconductor
storage)C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "721; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "address space; bus architecture; computer
architecture; computers, miniature; configuration; data
storage, digital --- Random Access; determining memory
layout; electronic calculators; handheld computer;
HP-71B handheld computer; microcomputers; semiconductor
storage; soft memory",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dickie:1984:CCA,
author = "James P. Dickie",
title = "Custom {CMOS} Architecture for a Handheld Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "14--17",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A 4-bit CPU provides a 512K-byte address space and
uses a 64-bit internal word size.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5610 (Computer
interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bus commands; CMOS; computer architecture; computer
interfaces; custom CMOS integrated circuits; data
transfer; display devices --- Liquid Crystal; handheld
computer; HP-71B handheld computer; microcomputers;
semiconductor devices, MOS; service poll; shutdown;
system bus; wakeup",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lindberg:1984:PHH,
author = "Thomas B. Lindberg",
title = "Packaging the {HP-71B} Handheld Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "17--20",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The packaging of the HP-71B computer is heavily based
on the proven designs of the HP Series 10 Calculators
and the earlier HP-75 Computer. The styling follows a
similar horizontal format, offering a block QWERTY
keyboard with a numeric pad on the right side. An
innovative combination of standard manufacturing
techniques allows a very compact design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div, Corvallis,
OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div,
Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "card; computers, miniature; electronic calculators;
Electronics Packaging; handheld computer; HP-71B
handheld computer; HP-IL module; microcomputers;
modules; packaging; plug-in modules; reader/recorder",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Blascow:1984:MAC,
author = "Stanley M. {Blascow, Jr.} and James A. Donnelly",
title = "Module Adds Curve-Fitting and Optimization
Capabilities to the {HP-71B}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "22--24",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Fitting observed data to a mathematical model and
finding the optimum values for a multivariable function
are common engineering needs. To aid the engineer in
performing such calculations, a special plug-in ROM
module was developed for the HP-71B Computer. This
plug-in ROM can fit data to a variety of built-in
functions or, given a function of up to 20 variables,
find values for local minima or maxima.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div, Corvallis,
OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Portable Computer Div,
Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C1180 (Optimisation techniques); C6130 (Data handling
techniques); C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BASIC programs; binary; computer; computers,
miniature; curve fitting; curve-fitting; data storage,
digital --- Fixed; Fletcher-Powell method; HP-71B;
optimisation; plug-in ROM module; read-only storage;
ROM; subprograms",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Grodd:1984:REN,
author = "Laurence W. Grodd and Charles M. Patton",
title = "{ROM} extends numerical function set of handheld
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "25--36",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The plug-in math PAC for HP's new HP-71B Handheld
Computer further extends the HP-71B's comprehensive
standard numerical function set to provide a
mathematical tool of unprecedented capability and power
in a personal machine. Full use of complex variables,
integration, matrix algebra, and polynomial root
finding are some of the capabilities provided by this
plug-in module.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C7310 (Mathematics computing)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "complex; complex variables; computers, miniature; data
storage, digital --- Fixed; data type; extended I/O
functions; fast Fourier transform; handheld computer;
HP-71B hand-held computer; matrix operations; numerical
analysis; numerical function set; polynomial; read-only
storage; ROM; root finder",
treatment = "P Practical; X Experimental",
}
@Article{Miller:1984:PMA,
author = "Robert M. Miller",
title = "Plug-in module adds {Forth} language and assembler to
a handheld computer ({HP-71B})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "7",
pages = "37--40",
month = jul,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:46:06 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Forth\slash Assembler PAC for the HP-71B Computer
provides users with an alternate programming language
and allows them and third-party software suppliers to
customize the machine for special applications. This
ROM adds an alternate programming language and the
ability to define new BASIC keywords or FORTH
primitives.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "71B computer; computer programming languages;
computers, miniature; data storage, digital --- Fixed;
editor; forth; forth language; forth/assembler pac;
handheld computer; high level languages; HP-; modules;
read-only storage; remote keyboard capability; ROM",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Sukumar:1984:TPC,
author = "Srinivas Sukumar",
title = "{Touchscreen Personal Computer} offers ease of use and
flexibility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "4--6",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A personal computer is introduced that consists of
three modules: a system processing unit (SPU) with an
integrated display, a disc unit, and a keyboard. The
SPU and the disc unit occupy only one square foot of
desk space. The entire computer including the keyboard
occupies only 1.7 square feet. The SPU and keyboard are
usable without the disc unit as a graphics terminal.
This powerful 16-bit computer offers an industry
standard operating system, many integrated software
packages, high-resolution graphics, sophisticated data
communications, built-in terminal capabilities, and the
touchscreen.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Saratoga, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Saratoga, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16-bit microcomputer; computer operating systems ---
Standards; computers, microprocessor; disc unit; DOS
2.11 operating system; Graphics Terminal; HP 150
Touchscreen Personal Computer; HP 2623A; integrated
display; Intel 8088 microprocessor; keyboard;
microcomputers; Microsoft's MS-; Modular Construction;
personal computer; system processing; system processing
unit (SPU); touchscreen; touchscreen personal computer;
unit",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Wood:1984:OSF,
author = "Laurie E. Pollero Wood and Charles H. Whelan",
title = "Operating System and Firmware of the {HP} 150 Personal
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "6--10",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two operating systems, Microsoft's disc operating
system (MS-DOS 2.11) and terminal operating system
(TOS) are presented that are used in the initialization
of HP 150 Personal Computer. The first one, MS-DOS, is
the industry standard operating system and is written
to be ported to various hardware systems. Porting it to
a new piece of hardware requires writing device drivers
and linking them into the MS-DOS code supplied by
Microsoft. The other, TOS, is used by both terminal and
the personal computer to control the terminal emulator.
It maintains a task queue. Both operating systems and
their interfaces are explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5600 (Data communication equipment and techniques);
C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BIOS; Computer Interfaces; computer operating systems;
computers, microprocessor; hardware drivers; HP 150
operating system; HP 150 Personal Computer; HP 2623A;
HP graphics terminal capabilities; microcomputers;
Microsoft's disc operating system; Microsoft's disc
operating system (MS-DOS); MS-DOS; MS-DOS 2.11;
multitasking operating system; operating system;
operating systems (computers); Personal Applications
Manager; personal computer; Terminal; terminal
emulator; terminal operating system; terminal operating
system (TOS); terminal personality; TOS",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Straton:1984:HTI,
author = "Peter R. Straton and Scott R. McClelland and Thomas E.
Kilbourn",
title = "The {HP 150 Touchscreen}: an interactive user input
device for a personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "11--15",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Various technologies have been used in touchscreen
designs. The method chosen for the HP 150 touchscreen
design is a scanned infrared array. Capable of medium
resolution at a moderate cost, the nonvisible light
does not degrade the display, and the solid-state
design provides high reliability. The scanning
controlled by a microcomputer is described, the
scanning algorithm is illustrated, and the touchscreen
control firmware is introduced. Touchscreen control and
data paths, and the block diagram of the mechanism for
mapping touch position to control and data operations
are also illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Rocklin, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Rocklin, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer peripheral
equipment; computer systems, digital --- Interactive
Operation; computers, microprocessor; design; detector;
device; display instrumentation; firmware; HP 150
Touchscreen; interactive terminals; interactive user
input; interactive user input device; IR diode matrix;
light emitting diodes; medium; personal computer;
phototransistor; phototransistors; power on
initialisation sequence; resolution; scanned infrared
array; scanning algorithm; touchscreen; touchscreen
design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Showman:1984:AST,
author = "Peter S. Showman and Karl W. Pettis and Karlie J.
Arkin and Jeffrey A. Spoelstra and John Price and W.
Bruce Culbertson and Robert D. {Shurtleff, Jr.}",
title = "Applications software for the {Touchscreen Personal
Computer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "15--24",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 150 Personal Applications Manager (PAM)
addresses operating concerns of the personal computer
user by helping him manage both application programs
and disc files. The PAM screen is what the user
normally sees after turning on the personal computer.
It presents a list of the application programs
available on the discs currently in the system, and
allows the user to run any of them simply by touching
the program name on the screen and then touching the
Start Application softkey label. There is no need to
remember either what programs are on the disc or what
command sequence is needed to run each program. The
user can even change the name displayed by PAM if
another name seems to make more sense. The display is
kept simple by not showing other filenames on this
screen, an important consideration since they typically
outnumber the applications by more than ten to one. The
file manager, touchscreen applications, text editor
softkeys, and other software packages are described.
The applications of graphics features and business
applications are also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Cupertino, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6130D (Document
processing techniques); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application programs; Applications; applications
programs; applications software; calculator; card file;
computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment;
computer software; computer systems, digital ---
Interactive Operation; editing; financial data
processing; graphics; HP 150; manager; microcomputer;
packages; personal applications; processing;
spreadsheet; text; touchscreen personal computer;
Touchscreen Personal Computer; word",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Watkins:1984:HDH,
author = "J. E. Watkins and P. A. Brown and G. Syeman and S. E.
Carrier",
title = "Hardware design of the {HP 150 Personal Computer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "25--30",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
keywords = "8088; accessory; alpha display; bit-mapped graphics;
business machine; HP 150 Personal Computer; HP-IB; IEEE
488; interactive terminals; microcomputers;
microprocessor; real-time clock; slots; softkey; status
line; terminal; touchscreen",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Barbera:1984:PCP,
author = "Joseph D. Barbera",
title = "Personal Computer Printer is User Installable",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "30--31",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 2674A PRINTER is designed specifically for use
as an option for the HP 150 Personal Computer. It
features quiet printing, autoloading of roll paper,
user installability, and a zero footprint. The printer
is a wedge-shaped device that fits into the top of the
HP 150 cabinet and straddles the yoke of the HP 150's
cathode-ray tube. One cable connects the printer to the
computer. Thermal printing was chosen for its inherent
simplicity and quietness. The printhead, which is
already used in another HP printer, was modified for
12V service, and an additional interstitial wear layer
was added to provide life in excess of 100 million
characters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Portland, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Portland, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; HP; HP 150 Personal
Computer; HP 2674A printer; interstitial wear layer;
personal computer; printer; Printers; printers;
printhead; thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dunn:1984:SKF,
author = "L. Dunn and M. R. Perkins",
title = "A standard keyboard family for {HP} computer
products",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "8",
pages = "34--36",
month = aug,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5540 (Terminals
and graphic displays); C5590 (Other computer peripheral
equipment)",
keywords = "Computer; HP 150 Touchscreen Personal; HP 46010
family; keyboards; low profile; standard keyboard
family; switches; tactile feedback",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Novotny:1984:TIM,
author = "David R. Novotny and Jeffrey Tomberlin and Charles P.
Hill and James P. Quan and Gordon A. Jensen and Jerry
D. Morris and K. R. Goldsmith",
title = "Transmission {Impairment Measuring Set} simplifies
testing of complex voice and data circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "4--12",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new transmission impairment measuring set (TIMS) is
introduced that is designed to meet the changing needs
of data communication industry and users. A variety of
measurement environments served by the test equipment
is indicated and its comprehensive measuring
capabilities are described that permit the user to
install, maintain or troubleshoot any voice,
voice-grade data, program (used by the broadcast
industry) or wideband data circuit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div, Colorado
Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div,
Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B6210D
(Telephony); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables
measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
classification = "718; 722; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic; automatic testing --- Equipment; complex
voice and data circuits (TIMS); comprehensive
measurement set; computers --- Data Communication
Equipment; control; data communication systems; data
communications; data transmission; electric distortion
measurement; equipment; HP 4945A TIMS; Measurements;
processor; receiver; signal processing equipment;
system; telephone interference; test; test industry;
test signal; transmission impairment measuring set;
Transmission Impairment Measuring Set; transmitter;
voice-grade data; wideband data circuit",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Reh:1984:MST,
author = "Teresa L. Reh",
title = "Master\slash slave {TIMS} operation increases
productivity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "13--15",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A master\slash slave mode of operation of a
transmission impairment measuring set (TIMS) is
described that allows a single skilled operator to
perform all necessary measurements from a central
location. Two TIMS instruments are still necessary, but
the one at the remote site only needs to be turned on
and connected to the channel to be tested. An
autocapture feature allows the master to capture the
instrument on the other end of the line without even
putting the remote instrument into slave mode. This
means that the person setting up the remote TIMS
doesn't need to know how to operate the instrument at
all. Nor does that person have to remain at the remote
site. The additional channel previously needed for
communication is no longer necessary.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard CO, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard CO, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210F (Telemetering systems); B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410F (Communications computing)",
classification = "718; 913; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; data transmission; electric
distortion measurement; electric noise measurement; HP
4945A TIMS; information theory --- Communication
Channels; master/slave mode; master/slave TIMS
operation; Measurements; productivity; remote
instrument; telemetering equipment; Transmission
Impairment Measuring Set; transmission impairment
measuring set (TIMS)",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dodge:1984:TTT,
author = "Allan W. Dodge and Scott S. Neal and Kurt R.
Goldsmith",
title = "Testing the {TIMS} ({Transmission Impairment Measuring
Set})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "15--18",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The key objectives in testing the transmission
impairment measuring set (TIMS) were to measure its
benchtop performance, to test its software, and to
ensure high reliability. An IEEE 488-based test system
is presented that completely tests the hardware and
much of the software of stand-alone programs are
indicated to test the software fully. In parallel with
this effort goes development of a comprehensive
environmental and reliability test plan.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div, Colorado
Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Telecommunication Div,
Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments)",
classification = "718; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing; automatic
testing system; Bell standards; benchtop performance;
computer software --- Testing; data transmission;
electronic; environmental test; equipment testing; HP
4945A TIMS; instruments --- Testing; Measurements;
production tests; reliability; reliability test; Set;
software verification; system; test; Transmission
Impairment Measuring; transmission impairment measuring
set (TIMS); voice and data telephone circuits",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Smit:1984:HAH,
author = "Paul R. Smit",
title = "A hyphenation algorithm for {HPWord}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "26--30",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A hyphenation algorithm for pattern recognition is
described that has been developed as a subprogram of
the HPWord word processing software for HP 3000
Computer Systems. HPWord has multilingual capabilities,
that is, documents can be produced in different
languages. This affects some layout features as well as
the hyphenation of words, which is done automatically.
The main advantage of the algorithm is its flexibility;
the linguistic rules can be changed without changing
the program. This makes it possible to use the program
for other languages as well. The same program is being
implemented in the Danish version of HPWord. It can
also be implemented easily in other text processing
programs. It is, for instance, easy to convert he the
algorithm to other programming languages such as
Pascal. Moreover, the problem of efficiency and of
hierarchy in the linguistic rules has been completely
solved by using a tree structure and an extra data
segment to store all linguistic rules. This way
searching takes place in main memory instead of on
disc.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Dutch Application Cent at
Amstelveen, Amstelveen, Neth",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Dutch Application Cent at
Amstelveen, Amstelveen, Neth",
classcodes = "C7106 (Word processing); C7820 (Humanities
computing)",
classification = "723; 901; 921",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithms; computer programming; data processing ---
Word Processing; exception dictionary; HPWord;
hyphenation algorithm; information science --- Language
Translation and Linguistics; layout features;
linguistic rules; linguistics; mathematical techniques
--- Trees; multilingual; multilingual capability;
pattern recognition; pattern recognition ---
Mathematical Models; processing software; set theory;
syllable recognition; text processing; tree structure;
word; word processing",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Wilson:1984:DSI,
author = "Heather Wilson and Michael J. Shaw",
title = "Designing Software for the International Market",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "9",
pages = "31--35",
month = sep,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The adaptation of word-processing office software for
use in different countries or environments is
considered. Software products are presented that are
designed with localization in mind. Message lengths,
character sets, time and data formats, and the syntax
of commands are all taken into account. All of these
and more easy to change without having to touch the
source code of the product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co, Office Productivity Div, Reading,
Engl",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett Packard Co, Office Productivity Div,
Reading, Engl",
classcodes = "C6100 (Software techniques and systems)",
classification = "723; 901",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "character sets; computer software; data processing,
business --- Word Processing; Design; HP Application
Centres; HP software products; information science ---
Language Translation and Linguistics; international
applications; localization; menus; message lengths;
office software; representation standard; Roman 8
European character; software engineering; software
localization; source code; spelling; syntax; user
interfaces",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Fay:1984:HBT,
author = "Thomas R. Fay and John E. McDermid",
title = "The {HP} 3065 board test family: a system overview",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "4--9",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3065 Board Test Family provides printed circuit
board manufacturers with a combination of high
throughput, excellent test quality, and low programming
costs for evaluating complex digital and analog circuit
boards. The basic configuration consists of a
measurement section, an instrument section, and a
programming station.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; digital
board testing; generation; high digital IC throughput;
HP 3065 board test family; menu-driven automatic test;
multiple test stations; networking capability;
overdrive; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
protection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Balliew:1984:ATP,
author = "Robert E. Balliew",
title = "Automatic Test Program Generation for Digital Board
Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "11--14",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This article discusses the digital test generation
methods used by IPG-II. The major tasks done by the
digital portion of the program generator are scanner
card pin assignment for digital nodes, modifying
digital library tests affected by the board topology,
and disabling other devices on the same bus with the
device under test. Typically, IPG-II can write more
than 90\% of the tests for a circuit board without any
user intervention other than data entry.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B1265B (Logic circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test program generation; Automatic Testing;
board test system; computing; digital board testing;
digital integrated circuits; digital test; electronic
engineering; generation methods; generator; HP 3065
board test system; incircuit program; integrated
circuit testing; IPG-II; printed circuit; printed
circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snook:1984:DSB,
author = "Matthew L. Snook and Michael A. Teska",
title = "Digital Subsystem for a Board Test System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "14--20",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The digital hardware subsystem for the HP 3065H Test
Station of the HP 3065 Board Test System was designed
to address universal test needs in the areas of fault
coverage, cost, performance, ease of operation, and
throughput in addition to a multitude of specific
digital in-circuit test needs. These needs include long
complex pattern sets, a high pattern rate to meet the
minimum clock rate required by dynamic devices, short
test duration to minimize the potential for damage for
overdriven devices, high throughput to minimize testing
costs, and a set of test vectors known as a homing
sequence to initialize some sequential devices to a
known state before testing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; board
test system; cost; digital board testing; digital
subsystem; fault coverage; homing; HP 3065 board test;
HP 3065 test station; long complex; pattern sets;
performance; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
sequence; short test duration; system; test vectors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harwood:1984:SDA,
author = "Vance R. Harwood",
title = "Safeguarding Devices Against Stress Caused by
In-Circuit Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "20--22",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A team of engineers was assigned the task of
understanding the impact of in-circuit digital testing
on logic devices and recommending a course of action to
the rest of the design team. The group amassed a list
of possible damage mechanisms and analyzed them one by
one. Some damage mechanisms such as electromigration
and dielectric breakdown were found to be insignificant
in regard to in-circuit testing. Three items on the
list --- CMOS latch-up, bond-wire heating, and junction
heating --- seemed to have the potential to damage
devices during a test, so these became the focus of
attention.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Test Div, Loveland,
CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Test Div,
Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C3380B
(Control of electronic instruments); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 721",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; bond-wire heating; CMOS
latch-up; damage mechanisms; dielectric breakdown;
digital integrated circuits; digital testing;
electromigration; HP 3065 board test system; in-circuit
testing; incircuit testing; integrated circuit testing;
junction heating; logic devices; logic devices ---
Testing; stresses --- Protection",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Holmberg:1984:ELS,
author = "Randy W. Holmberg",
title = "Extensive Library Simplifies Digital Board Test
Setup",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "23--25",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Apr 08 21:45:59 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "When testing in-circuit digital devices, costs can be
significantly reduced by using a library of
preprogrammed tests. Having device information and test
safeguard data readily available in a permanently
stored library makes it much easier for a test engineer
to set up a test sequence for a printed circuit board.
One of the major design objectives of the HP 3065 Board
Test System was to make ownership economical. For this
reason, development of a large, comprehensive device
test library was crucial to the success of the
project.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Atlanta Sales Office, Atlanta, GA,
USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Atlanta Sales Office,
Atlanta, GA, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor
integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; circuit
board; digital board test; digital board test strip;
digital devices --- Testing; HP 3065 board test system;
in-circuit testing; incircuit digital devices;
integrated circuit testing; library of preprogrammed
tests; preprogrammed test library; printed; printed
circuit testing; printed circuits; test sequence;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Mathieu:1984:IBT,
author = "Mark A. Mathieu",
title = "An interpreter-based board test programming
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "25--28",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Since an automatic in-circuit test program generator
(IPG-II) in the HP 3065 builds most of the test
programs for each circuit board, most of the board test
programmer's time can be spent debugging and optimizing
programs instead of developing them. To provide a
strong debugging capability, an interpreter-based
system is used. As an added advantage of an
interpreter-based system, the use of system-dependent
compilers and linkers can be avoided. Hence, the
operating system of the underlying machine --- RTE-6/VM
on an HP 1000 E-Series Computer --- can be more easily
hidden behind a programming environment shell.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); C6150C (Compilers,
interpreters and other processors); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1000 E-Series Computer; 3065; automatic test
equipment; Automatic Testing; compilers; debugging;
digital board testing; HP; incircuit test program
generator; incircuit testing; interpreter-based board
test programming environment; interpreters; operating
system; printed circuit testing; printed circuits;
program; RTE-6/VM",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hendricks:1984:TSF,
author = "T. Michael Hendricks",
title = "Testing for Short-Circuit Failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "28--30",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3065's Shorts test is done in two stages. The
first, or learning, stage is intended to locate the
known short circuits. During the learning stage, the
Shorts test is run on a known good board. Any short
circuits found during the learning stage are assumed to
be inherent in the design of the board and not caused
by production problems. A list of these known short
circuits is stored internally in the HP 3065 file
system for use during the second, or testing, stage.
The two purposes of this stage are to locate any
additional short circuits (which presumably are caused
by production defects) and (optionally) to confirm that
all of the known short circuits are actually present.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Automatic Testing; bent
pins; digital board testing; file system; HP 3065 board
test system; printed circuit boards; printed circuit
testing; printed circuits; resistors; short circuit
failures testing; short-circuit failures; Shorts test;
small; solder splashes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McDermid:1984:REA,
author = "John E. McDermid",
title = "Reducing Errors in Automated Analog In-Circuit Test
Program Generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "10",
pages = "31--36",
month = oct,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This article discusses seven major error sources in
automated analog test program generation and the
application of the results of this type of error
analysis for improving board test throughput and
simplifying program maintenance. These results guided
the design of the analog test portion of the in-circuit
program generator (IPG-II) used in the HP 3065 Board
Test System.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments); C7410D (Electronic engineering
computing)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3065 board test system; analog in-circuit test;
analysis; automated analogue incircuit test program
generation; automatic test equipment; Automatic
Testing; board test throughput; circuit board test
system; error; error analysis; error sources; errors;
HP; incircuit program generator; integrated circuit
testing; printed circuit; printed circuits; program
maintenance; reduction; testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witte:1984:ANA,
author = "Robert A. Witte and Jerry W. Daniels",
title = "An advanced {5-Hz-to-200-MHz} network analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "4--16",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A complete network analysis system is presented that
contains an integrated three-input receiver subsystem,
a graphics display, and a synthesized signal source.
The instrument's vector math capabilities not only
increase its power in traditional network analysis, but
also extend its usefulness to less-traditional
measurement areas. In contrast to the trace math
functions of earlier analyzers, which simply manipulate
an instrument's display, vector math performs complex
calculations involving the actual measured data. The
results are then displayed and can be scaled in
virtually any form the user desires. The measurement of
quartz crystal parameters provides an excellent example
of vector math at work.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 722; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5 Hz to 200 MHz network analyser; calibration;
computerised instrumentation; electric measurements;
electric measuring instruments; electric network
analyzers; graphics display; HP 35677A/B S-parameter
test set; HP 3577A; mathematical techniques ---
Vectors; measurement capabilities; network analysers;
network analyzer; parameters; S-; softkey menus;
synthesized signal source; vector-math capabilities",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spaulding:1984:BTS,
author = "William M. Spaulding",
title = "A broadband two-port {S}-parameter test set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "17--20",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The scattering matrices formed by N-port network's
S-parameters can be used to evaluate network matching
under loaded conditions or can be easily combined to
form one overall scattering matrix that characterizes a
complex network formed of many smaller networks whose
individual scattering matrices have been determined
separately. A special test set is introduced to obtain
these useful parameters with the HP 3577A network
analyzer. Based on a standard reflectometer bridge
configuration, the set is implemented as a `slave' unit
by tapping the circuitry of the HP 3577A for power and
control. A very simple, rear-panel, four-wire
interconnect is used as the complete interface. This
approach provides the foundation for a very
cost-effective instrument, and allows the designers to
focus on optimizing the RF design over a wide frequency
range of 100 kHz to 200 MHz as the major development
effort.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "703; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "broadband two-port S-parameter test; broadband
two-port s-parameter test set; computerised
instrumentation; electric network analyzers ---
Applications; electric networks, communication; HP
35677A/B S-parameter test set; HP 3577A; loaded N-port;
network; network analysers; network analyzer; network
designers; network matching; parameters; reflection
behavior; reflectometer bridge configuration;
reflectometers --- Applications; S-; scattering
matrices; scattering matrix determination; set;
standard; Testing; transmission behaviour",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1984:ANA,
author = "Alan J. Baker",
title = "An {ADC} for a network analyzer receiver",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "21--23",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The high accuracy and resolution of the HP 3577A
Network Analyzer are features that are made possible in
part by the digital IF section and the
analog-to-digital conversion scheme used in the
receivers. Hence, resolution, linearity, and dynamic
range of the HP 3577A are directly related to the
performance of the analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
used in its receivers. The design and operation of the
ADC is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5180 (A/D
and D/A convertors)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "12-bit; A/D convertor; amplifier; analog to digital
converter (ADC); analogue-digital conversion; analyzer;
data conversion, analog to digital; Design; dynamic
range; electric network analyzers; HP 3577A network;
linearity; network analysers; network analyzer
receiver; prescaling; resolution;
successive-approximation A-to-D converter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bounaix:1984:IWT,
author = "Jean Bounaix and Jean-Claude Dureau and Jacques
Firdmann",
title = "An industrial workstation terminal for harsh
environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "25--29",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An industrial workstation terminal is introduced to
help production people in their decision processes
using application programs that provide real-time data
synthesis with data picked up right at the source ---
the production line. It can go into hostile
environments characterized by dust, humidity, liquid
jets, chemical pollution, repetitive vibrations or
shocks, and strong electromagnetic disturbances. Its
excellent resistance to the environment, especially to
dust and liquids, makes it suitable for most industrial
applications. The only limitations are temperatures
below 0 degree C, or explosive atmospheres (the
terminal is not gas-tight). The design characteristics,
and installation of the terminal are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 912; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application programs; chemical; computer peripheral
equipment; data processing, business --- Manufacturing
Applications; decision processes; dust; electromagnetic
disturbances; factories; harsh environments; hostile
environment; HP 3081A; humidity; industrial management
--- Computer Applications; industrial workstation
terminal; interactive terminals; liquid jets;
pollution; production control --- Computer
Applications; production line; real-time data; Remote
Consoles; repetitive vibrations; rugged terminals;
shocks; strong; synthesis; workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiVittorio:1984:HDI,
author = "Mark J. DiVittorio",
title = "High-Quality, Dot-Matrix Impact Printer Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "30--32",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Three HP 293X family printers are introduced that are
reliable, fast and easy to use. All are 136-column,
bidirectional, dot-matrix impact printers. Common to
the family is the ability to print at 200 characters
per second (cps) on one-to-six-part forms up to 400 mm
(15.75 inches) wide. The standard symbol font is
designed to a 9 multiplied by 12 symbol cell matrix,
with a horizontal and vertical resolution of 90 dots
per inch (dpi). All three of the printers have the
ability to print graphics at 21,600 dots per second.
There are two standard character styles resident in all
the printers --- Courier (serif) and Cubic (sans
serif). In addition, there are three standard pitches
and ten resident languages, all of which can be
selected from the printer's front panel or under host
computer control. The architecture and applications of
the printers are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "character styles; charts; computer peripheral
equipment; Courier; Cubic; dot-matrix impact printer;
dot-matrix impact printer family; forms;
Hewlett--Packard; HP 2932A; HP 2933A; HP 2934A; HP 293X;
matrix printers; memos; order; printer family;
Printers; program listings; reports; symbol font",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pritchard:1984:CIC,
author = "Thomas B. Pritchard and David S. Lee",
title = "Custom {IC} Controls Dot-Matrix Impact Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "11",
pages = "33--36",
month = nov,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The electronics used in the HP 293X Printer family
includes a custom integrated circuit to interface
between the microprocessor and the printhead and its
carriage motor. The special characteristics of the
printhead require much parallel processing with timing
resolution and accuracy down to one microsecond. In
addition, the open-loop stepping of the carriage motor
and the open-loop firing of dots are not performed at
the same time, so a method of synchronization is
necessary. These features cannot be implemented in a
single general-purpose microprocessor and would be
uneconomical if implemented with multiple parallel
processors or discrete logic. A custom IC fills these
requirements while providing many other beneficial
features.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "705; 713; 714; 722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "293X printer family; Applications; carriage; computer
peripheral equipment --- Control Systems; computers,
microcomputer --- Computer Interfaces; custom
integrated circuits; dot-matrix impact printers;
electric motors, stepping type --- Control; HP;
integrated circuits; matrix printers; microprocessor;
monolithic integrated circuits; motor; open-loop;
parallel processing; printhead; printhead carriage
motor; printwires; stepping; synchronization; timing
resolution",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1984:VIS,
author = "James S. Epstein",
title = "Versatile Instrument Simplifies Dynamic Signal
Analysis at Low Frequencies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "4--11",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Analysis of low-frequency signals is considered for
many uses in electronic design, vibration studies, and
acoustic measurements. An easy-to-use
multi-microprocessor based analyzer is introduced that
covers the range from 125$\mu$Hz to 100 kHz and
displays the data in several useful formats. The HP
3561 A dynamic signal analyzer is designed to provide
high-performance dynamic measurement and analysis
capability in a small portable package. The analysis of
the data may consist of examining the time waveform
directly or examining the evenly spaced intervals or in
1/3- or full-octave intervals. In addition,
mathematical operations can be performed on the data to
look at differences, ratios, and other computed
results. The key features and applications of the
instrument are presented and an example of a dynamic
signal analysis for machinery maintenance is
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "722; 723; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analyzer; Computer Applications; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; data analysis; dynamic
signal analysis; fast Fourier transforms; HP 3561A; low
frequency signals; low-frequency signals; spectral
analysers; spectrum analyzers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1984:HDD,
author = "James S. Epstein and Glenn R. Engel and Donald R.
Hiller and Glen L. {Purdy, Jr.} and Bryan C. {Hoog,
Jr.} and Eric J. Wicklund",
title = "Hardware Design for a Dynamic Signal Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "12--17",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The hardware design of HP 3561A Dynamic Signal
Analyzer is presented that involves the constraints of
portability, adequate shielding of the signal
processing circuits against electrical noise, a compact
power supply, high-speed digital circuitry, and an
accurate clear display of data and calculated results.
Described are: the front end that performs the signal
conditioning, digital filters, analog to digital (A/D)
converter, the processor, the nonvolatile memory, the
display, the power supply and the packaging and
shielding.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 722; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compact power supply; Components; computers,
microprocessor; data conversion, analog to digital;
digital circuitry; dynamic signal analyzer; Dynamic
Signal Analyzer; electric filters, digital; electric
power supplies to apparatus; electronics packaging;
hardware design; HP 3561A; nonvolatile memory;
portability; shielding; spectral analysers; spectrum
analyzers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Engel:1984:ISD,
author = "Glenn R. Engel and Donald R. Hiller",
title = "Instrument Software for Dynamic Signal Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "17--19",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The software for a microprocessor-controlled
instrument determines the instrument's usefulness and
personality --- how it interacts with the user and how
easy it is for a new user to understand and use
effectively. Because there are many variables in
dynamic signal analysis measurements, the software for
the HP 3561A Dynamic Signal Analyzer is particularly
important. Some of the key features provided by its
operating system are: Friendly user interface;
Autocalibration; Overlapped processing for quick
display updates; Spectral map display; Direct output to
HP-IB (IEEE 488) printers and plotters; Nonvolatile
memory storage; Self-tests and service tests. The tasks
of the operating system and the architecture are also
considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C3380B (Control of electronic instruments); C7420
(Control engineering computing)",
classification = "723; 941; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3561A; autocalibration; computer operating systems ---
Calibration; computer software; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microprocessor; dynamic
signal analysis; Dynamic Signal Analyzer; HP;
instrument software; memory storage;
microcomputer-controlled instrument; signal analysis;
spectral analysers; spectrum analyzers --- Computer
Interfaces; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Panek:1984:CDF,
author = "Charles R. Panek and Steven F. Kator",
title = "Custom Digital Filters for Dynamic Signal Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "35",
number = "12",
pages = "28--36",
month = dec,
year = "1984",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Digital filtering offers some powerful advantages when
used with a fast Fourier transform (FFT), because it
can perform frequency domain analysis in a narrow band
around some arbitrary center frequency. To understand
the need for a digital filter in dynamic signal
analysis, the basics of FFT analysis and sampled
systems are reviewed. A design of HP 3561A dynamic
signal analyzer is presented and its basic signal
processing block diagram is illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, WA, USA",
classcodes = "B1270F (Digital filters); C5240 (Digital filters)",
classification = "713; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "custom digital filters; Design; digital filters;
dynamic signal analysis; electric filters, digital;
fast Fourier; HP 3561A; mathematical techniques ---
Frequency Domain Analysis; mathematical transformations
--- Fast Fourier Transforms; sampled systems; signal
processing --- Digital Techniques; transform",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eckert:1985:OSR,
author = "Achim Eckert and Wolfgang Schmid",
title = "Optical Stimulus and Receivers for Parametric Testing
in Fiber Optics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "4--7",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The testing of fiber optic systems designed and
produced for various applications is considered. An
optical signal source and an optical pulse power meter,
both calibrated and programmable, provide reliable
device and system testing. The parametric
characteristics of these instruments are described as
well as high precision and capabilities not previously
commercially available. Hence, thorough testing of
fiber optic components, modules, and systems can be
performed at high confidence levels. The design goals
for the instruments are also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A4278F (Performance and testing of
optical systems); A4281 (Fibre optics and fibre
waveguides); A4285F (Optical testing techniques); B4125
(Fibre optics); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8151A Optical Pulse Power Meter; Calibration;
computerised instrumentation; design verification;
fiber optic systems; fiber optics --- Testing; fibre
optics; HP; HP 8150A Optical Signal Source; optical
instruments; optical pulse power meter; optical signal
source; optical stimulus; optical testing; optical
variables measurement; parametric testing; test
equipment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schmid:1985:PPO,
author = "Wolfgang Schmid and Bernhard Flade and Klaus Hoeing
and Rainer Eggert",
title = "A precise, programmable 850-nm optical signal source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "7--18",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8150A optical signal source is described. It is
a general-purpose stimulus source for various kinds of
fiber optic measurements. It produces optical power
over a range of 1 nW to 2 mW, a dynamic range of 63 db.
Hence one can measure from the sensitivity limits of
optical receivers at very low light powers up to their
saturation limits at high powers. This optical power
output can be modulated by electrical signals in a
broad frequency range of dc to 250 MHz, allowing
real-time measurements of fast components. Other
performance highlights are presented, operating
concepts are indicated and various components are
illustrated. The electrical-to-optical transducer,
laser gain control, attenuator control, optical bench
and laser protection and safety circuits are described
in detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
classcodes = "A4272 (Optical sources and standards); A4278F
(Performance and testing of optical systems); A4281
(Fibre optics and fibre waveguides); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4320M
(Laser accessories and instrumentation); B7250E (Signal
generators); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "741; 744; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; attenuator control; calibrated optical;
computerised instrumentation; fiber optics ---
Measurements; fibre optic measurement; fibre optic
measurements; fibre optics; general-purpose stimulus
source; HP 8150A Optical; infrared laser diode;
internal modulation generator; laser beam; laser diode
emission control; laser protection and safety; lasers,
semiconductor --- Control; light sources; optical
communication; optical instruments; optical signal
source; Performance; programmable 850-nm optical signal
source; Signal Source; signals; testing optical cables;
testing optical connectors; transducers ---
Applications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Berkel:1985:VPO,
author = "Werner Berkel and Hans Huning and Volker Eberle and
Josef Becker and Bernd Maisenbacher and Wilfried Pless
and Michael Goder",
title = "A versatile, programmable optical pulse power meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "18--27",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8151A optical pulse power meter is a
general-purpose fully programmable optical response
measuring instrument suitable for the wavelength range
of 550 to 950 nm or 950 to 1750 nm depending on the
optical head used. It can measure the peak (high and
low levels) or the average power of optical signals.
The upper and lower levels of optical signals are
measured and displayed directly without the need to
derive such values from average power and a known duty
cycle. The ability to determine peak levels and
associated parameters such as amplitude or extinction
ratio is useful for testing digital fiber optic systems
or characterizing fiber optic components. Direct
parametric measurements of level-related data, such as
extinction ratio, threshold, or flatness, are
possible.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0670H (Display, recording, and indicating
instruments); A4285F (Optical testing techniques);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
(Optical variables measurement); C3120M (Optical
variables control); C3380B (Control of electronic
instruments)",
classification = "723; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Applications; computerised instrumentation;
electrical transducer; fiber optics --- Measurements;
fibre optics; HP 81511A; HP 8151A; instrument;
level-related data; light output; light power; optical
cable testing; optical connector testing; Optical Head;
optical instruments; optical pulse power meter; optical
signal peak levels; optical testing; optical
transmitters; optical variables measurement;
optical-to-; parametric measurements; programmable
optical pulse power meter; programmable optical
response measuring",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1985:ORN,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann and Emmerich Mueller and
Gerd Koffmane",
title = "An optical receiver for 550 to 950 nm",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "27--29",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This versatile front end expands the measurement
capabilities of electronic test equipment into the
fiber optic domain. It provides a 400-MHz bandwidth for
optical-to-electrical conversion and a 1.1-ns intrinsic
pulse transition time, and it is also suitable for
analog measurements in which a flat frequency response
is required or where the pulse shape contains the
signal information and not only its digital high and
low levels. The splitband design approach of the
optical-to-electric transducer and the high-frequency
feedback amplifier are illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0670M (Transducers); A4278F (Performance and testing
of optical systems); A4281 (Fibre optics and fibre
waveguides); A4285F (Optical testing techniques); B4125
(Fibre optics); B7230C (Photodetectors); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); C3240
(Transducers and sensing devices)",
classification = "717; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calibrated conversion factor; fiber optic domain;
fiber optics --- Testing; fibre optics; HP 81519A;
measurement equipment; optical instruments --- Design;
optical receiver; Optical Receiver; optical testing;
optical-to-electrical transducer; photodetectors;
signal receivers; splitband design; stand-alone
transducer; transducers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Berkel:1985:OS,
author = "Werner Berkel and Joachim Vobis",
title = "Optical Standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "1",
pages = "29--30",
month = jan,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Optical standards developed by Hewlett Packard for its
optical pulse power meter and optical power source are
considered in order to measure the dc accuracy, rise
time, and bandwidth of these instruments. The standards
are used to calibrate and test the instruments for
accuracy, quality and safety and are based on
recommendations of the National Bureau of Standards in
the USA and other national standard laboratories.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Boeblingen Instruments Div,
Boeblingen, West Ger",
classcodes = "A0620H (Measurement standards and calibration); A4272
(Optical sources and standards); A4278F (Performance
and testing of optical systems); A4285F (Optical
testing techniques); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7320P (Optical variables measurement)",
classification = "741; 902; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bandwidth; dc accuracy; DC optical power meter; fibre
optics; instruments --- Calibration; measurement
standards; optical instruments; optical testing;
optical variables measurement; rise time; rise time
measurement; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Regelson:1985:HTI,
author = "Elaine C. Regelson and Roy E. Anderson",
title = "{HP} Techwriter: Illustrated Documents for Engineers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "2",
pages = "4--10 (or 4--9??)",
month = feb,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This document editing software package for HP 9000
Series 200 Computers electronically merges text with
pictures from many HP graphics software packages. Text
and graphics appear on the screen as they will in the
printed document. It allows users to produce most
internal publication-quality documents, such as
engineering notes, product change descriptions, and
design specifications. It also allows users to take
advantage of any capabilities offered by their
printers, such as math, bold, or italic fonts. The new
features required major enhancements to the Pascal
workstation editor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Fort Collins, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6130 (Data handling techniques); C7106 (Word
processing); C7400 (Engineering computing)",
classification = "722; 723; 901",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "commands; Computer Applications; computer graphics;
computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; computer
programming languages --- Pascal; computer software;
computers; document editing; document support;
draft-quality pictures; engineering writing; files;
hard-copy options; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
series 200; HP TechWriter; illustrated documents;
Pascal 3.0 operating system; picture files; plot;
presentation; technical; text and pictures merging;
text editing; word processing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ishak:1985:MDM,
author = "Waguih S. Ishak and Kok-Wai Chang",
title = "Magnetostatic-Wave Devices for Microwave Signal
Processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "2",
pages = "10--20",
month = feb,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Magnetostatic waves propagating in a thin film of
ferrimagnetic material provide an attractive means for
processing signals in the 0.5-to-26.5-GHz frequency
range. In addition to their application as tunable
delay lines, couplers, and signal-to-noise enhancers,
the simple fabrication steps and the excellent
performance of magnetostatic-wave (MSW) devices make
them very competitive with other microwave device
technologies such as yttrium-iron-garnet (YIG) spheres
in such applications as filters and oscillators. This
report reviews some of the basic principles of MSW
device technology and describes the current state of
the art and some of its applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Sources \& Signal Processing
Group, Cupertino, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Sources \& Signal Processing
Group, Cupertino, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B3120G (Microwave magnetic devices); B3120J (Magneto-
acoustic, magnetoresistive, magnetostrictive and
magnetostatic wave devices); B3120N (Magnetic thin film
devices)",
classification = "701; 711; 714",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "delay lines; magnetic dipoles; magnetic thin film
devices; magnetostatic wave devices; magnetostatic
waves (MSW) propagation; magnetostatic-wave devices;
magnetostatics; microwave device technologies;
microwave devices; microwave signal; MSW device;
processing; signal processing --- Microwaves;
technology; thin ferrimagnetic films; tunable delay
lines; Wave Effects; YIG films",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Busch:1985:DCS,
author = "John R. Busch and Alan J. Kondoff",
title = "Disc Caching in the System Processing Units of the
{HP} 3000 Family of Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "2",
pages = "21--39",
month = feb,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "We analyze the alternatives for exploiting processor
and memory technology trends with respect to cost,
performance, and reliability. We discuss disc caching
design alternatives including fetch, replacement, and
write handling policies. We present an overview of the
tools developed for the performance analysis of the
alternatives, and we present measurements of the system
and subsystem behavior and performance of our
implementation for the HP 3000 family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Information Technology Group,
USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Information Technology
Group, USA",
classcodes = "C5380 (Other aspects of storage devices and
techniques); C6120 (File organisation)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access delays; buffer storage; data processing ---
Storage; data storage units --- Performance; data
storage, magnetic; disc; disc caching; Disk; excess
main memory; fetch handling; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 3000 family; management; performance analysis;
storage; write handling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Malin:1985:HMM,
author = "Joseph L. Malin and Irving Bunton",
title = "{HP} Maintenance Management: a New Approach to
Software Customer Solutions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "4--10",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP Maintenance Management, an applications software
package for HP 3000 Computers, is designed to alleviate
nonmaintenance activities problems by helping
maintenance managers increase machine uptime, reduce
spare parts inventories, and increase personnel
productivity. The package represents a coming together
of creative techniques on many levels of the computer
software development process. In designing a product
for which there were no existing standards, the HP
Maintenance Management team went directly to customers
for information on how the product should work so that
the package can be customized to meet the needs of
individual customers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C7160 (Manufacturing and industrial administration)",
classification = "723; 912; 913; 914",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "administrative data processing; computer software;
computer software development process; equipment
maintenance; HP 3000; HP maintenance management;
machine uptime increase; maintenance; maintenance
engineering; Management; personnel --- Control;
personnel productivity; software; software package;
software packages; spare part inventories reduction",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Curtis:1985:DHH,
author = "Hoyle L. Curtis and Richard T. Turley",
title = "Development of a High-Performance, Half-Inch Tape
Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "11--12, 14--16",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design of a low-cost, high-density tape drive for
backup of large amounts of on-line computer system
memory requires a sophisticated combination of
technologies and careful project planning. This new
drive's greatly improved reliability reduces
maintenance costs and downtime.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1600 PE ANSI formats; 6250 GCR; data storage, magnetic
--- Tape; downtime; downtime reduction; drive; electric
drive; half-inch tape; half-inch tape drive; Hewlett;
HP7978A tape drive; magnetic tape storage; maintenance
--- Costs; maintenance costs; online computer system
memory; online computer systems; Packard; Performance;
reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gregory:1985:WRR,
author = "Wayne T. Gregory",
title = "Write and Read Recovery Systems for a Half-Inch Tape
Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "16--18",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The analog electronics systems connected to the head
assembly in the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem are
responsible for writing and reading data on the tape in
an error-free manner. These basic functions are
separated into the write electronics, data protection,
and read electronics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 723; 901",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem; data; data processing
--- Security of Data; data protection; data storage,
analog; data storage, magnetic --- Tape; half-inch tape
drive; HP; information retrieval systems; magnetic tape
storage; protection; read electronics; write and read
recovery systems; write electronics",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shafer:1985:DFC,
author = "Jimmy L. Shafer",
title = "Digital Formatting and Control Electronics for
Half-Inch Tape Data Storage",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "19--24",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Read recovery and read\slash write formatting of the
nine-track data in the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem
are fairly complex tasks. Made up of four major
assemblies, the digital formatting and control
electronics handles read formatting, write formatting,
data deskewing, clock recovery, and on-board
diagnostics. The system is designed to support both GCR
(group coded recording) and PE (phase encoding) formats
in a transparent manner. To minimize board space and
reduce cost, the functions are heavily integrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "clock recovery; control electronics; control systems,
digital; data deskewing; data storage, magnetic ---
Tape; digital formatting; Electronic Equipment; group
coded recording; half-inch tape data; HP 7978A Magnetic
Tape; magnetic tape storage; phase encoding; read
recovery; read/write formatting; storage; Subsystem",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dong:1985:STD,
author = "John W. Dong and David J. {Van Maren} and Robert D.
Emmerich",
title = "Streaming Tape Drive Hardware Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "25--29",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The mechanical and electrical hardware is introduced
for the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem, the streaming
drive. The tape path, servo and its design, start and
stopping, tape handling and various diagnostics and
confidence tests are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "68000 microprocessor; 8051; data path; data storage,
magnetic; electric drive --- Design; electrical
hardware; electronics; front-panel display; HP 7978A
Magnetic Tape Subsystem; HP-IB interface; keyboard;
magnetic tape storage; magnetic tape subsystem; master
controller; mechanical hardware; microprocessor; servo
electronics; servomechanisms --- Design; streaming tape
drive; streaming tape drive hardware design; Tape; tape
path hardware",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ruska:1985:FST,
author = "David W. Ruska and Virgil K. Russon and Bradfred Culp
and Alan J. Richards and John A. Ruf",
title = "Firmware for a Streaming Tape Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "29--31",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The control firmware for the HP 7978A Magnetic Tape
Subsystem is described that handles all interactions
with the host system and the operator and oversees the
execution of both the operational and the diagnostic
functions of this half-inch tape drive. The master
controller firmware receives the requests from the
front-panel buttons, executes them, and updates the
front-panel displays. An important responsibility of
the firmware is validating the fitness of the tape
drive's hardware. If a failure is detected, the
firmware will aid service personnel in the diagnosis of
the problem.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Bus; computer peripheral equipment; Control Systems;
data storage, magnetic --- Tape; diagnostic;
diagnostics; electric drive; error condition; firmware;
functions; half-inch tape drive; Hewlett--Packard
Interface; HP 7978A Magnetic Tape Subsystem; HP-IB;
IEEE 488; magnetic tape storage; master controller
firmware; operational functions; streaming; streaming
tape drive; tape drive; validation",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Becker:1985:LHR,
author = "John C. Becker and Donald A. DiTommaso and Sterling J.
Mortensen",
title = "Low-Cost, Highly Reliable Tape Backup for {Winchester}
Disc Drives",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "34--35",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A backup peripheral for Winchester disk drives is
described. Designed for use on small to midrange
computer systems, this new quarter-inch cartridge tape
drive packs up to 67 megabytes onto a single cartridge.
To protect the user's data and minimize drive failures,
an electromechanical servo control feature is built
into the tape drive. This increases both tape and drive
motor life by providing gentle acceleration and
deceleration as the drive stops and starts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "705; 722; 723; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Control; correction
capability; data processing --- Security of Data; data
storage, magnetic; drives; electromechanical servo
control; error; hard discs; HP 7908; HP 7911; HP 7912;
HP 7914; magnetic; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive;
read after write capability; recording tape;
servomechanisms --- Electric Drive; Tape; tape backup;
Winchester disc; winchester disk drive backup",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Miller:1985:TDC,
author = "Craig L. Miller and Mark L. Gembarowski",
title = "Tape\slash Disc Controller Serves Integrated
Peripherals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "37--39",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:07:15 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design goal for the controller of the HP 9144A
Tape Drive was to provide a structure permitting one or
two mass storage peripherals to operate cohesively for
on-line and backup functions. The controller functions
are segmented into two areas. The functions common to
basic mass storage controllers are lumped together onto
one controller called the host dependent controller
(HDC). Functions that are specific to the tape or disk
drive are contained on a device dependent controller
(DDC). One HDC can support one or two DDCs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "/sup 1///sub 4/-inch tape; computer peripheral
equipment --- Performance; Control; controller;
controllers; data storage units; dependent controller;
device; device dependent controller (DDC); fixed disc;
host dependent controller; host dependent controller
(HDC); HP 7946A; HP 9144A; integrated peripherals;
magnetic disc storage; magnetic tape storage; mass
storage controllers; tape drive; tape/disc controller;
tape/disk controller",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gennetten:1985:CTD,
author = "K. Douglas Gennetten",
title = "Cartridge Tape Data Integrity Ensured at Five Levels",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "39--43",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The new HP 9144A 1/4-inch cartridge tape drive
provides a convenient, low-cost, high-reliability
alternative to flexible disks and 1/2-inch tapes for
backing up valuable data. The remarkable data
reliability of the HP 9144A is ensured by the melding
of several important data protection techniques.
Extensive testing has proved that the typical HP
9144A's data error rate is more than ten times better
than the specified rate of less than 1 error in
10**1**0 bits. This performance is achieved through
careful attention to design margin in many areas of the
product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cartridge tape data integrity; cartridge tape drive;
data backup; data error rate; data processing ---
Security of Data; data protection; data reliability;
data storage, magnetic; HP 9144 /sup 1///sub 4/-inch;
magnetic tape storage; security of data; Tape;
techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Auyer:1985:CHT,
author = "Walter L. Auyer and Charles H. McConica and David J.
Schmeling and Mark E. Wanger",
title = "Controlling the head\slash tape interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "44--47",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "For the optimum performance of HP 9144A magnetic
storage device the head-to-media (tape) interface is
one of the most critical areas. Four major areas of the
head\slash tape interface are described: head mounting,
the head actuation system, head design, and cartridge
referencing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Civil Engineering Div, USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "azimuth angle; cartridge referencing; data; data
integrity; data storage units --- Design; data storage,
magnetic; devices; head activation system; head
geometry; head mounting; head penetration; head/tape
interface controlling; HP 9144A; magnetic disc storage;
magnetic heads; magnetic storage; magnetic tapes; off-;
phase distortion; positioning system; read/write head;
recording head/tape interface; recovery; signal
amplitude; step motor; Tape; tape flying height; track
error; unit-to-unit interchangeability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gembarowski:1985:SMP,
author = "Mark L. Gembarowski",
title = "Software Methodology Preserves Consistency and
Creativity",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "3",
pages = "47--48",
month = mar,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The software methodology is considered to provide
designers with a consistent, common approach to
software design without limiting their creativity and
coding style. It embodies a number of design ideas like
structure charts (hierarchy charts), structured
programming, top-down design, structured walkthroughs,
and structured analysis and generates design
documentation. Four specific phases of design
methodology are considered: definition, hierarchy,
input-process-output (IPO), and coding.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "codes, symbolic --- Encoding; coding style; computer
software; consistency; creativity; data storage,
magnetic --- Tape; definition; Design; design
methodology; documentation; drive; hierarchy; HP 9144A
tape; input-process-output (IPO); software design;
software engineering; software methodology",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Chapuis:1985:LCB,
author = "Jean-Louis Chapuis and Michele Prieur",
title = "A low-cost, compact, block-mode computer terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "4--7",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A design is presented that emphasizes ergonomics and
very high reliability as well as low cost and
compactness. The solution is based on hinging the CRT
tube and tilting the tube itself with respect to the
terminal housing. The external dimension constraints
imposed by HP's corporate design standardization
program (width of 325 mm) and the internal space
required by the tilting tube left little room for
electronics. Various attempts at the layout and
arrangement of the power supply and sweep printed
circuit boards were made to facilitate heat dissipation
and avoid a cooling fan, which is highly undesirable in
the office environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble Networks Div, Grenoble, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble Networks Div,
Grenoble, Fr",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "714; 722",
corpsource = "Grenoble Network Div., Hewlett--Packard, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "block-mode computer terminal; compact; compactness;
computer peripheral equipment; Design; electron tubes,
cathode ray --- Applications; ergonomic; ergonomic
design; ergonomics; external port; firmware design; HP
2392A terminal; hp2622a terminal; interactive
terminals; keyboard; keyboards; low cost design;
parser; programs; test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cauzid:1985:MDL,
author = "Michel Cauzid",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Low-Cost Terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "8--9",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The mechanical design of a new Hewlett Packard
terminal is considered that is based on an industrial
design program for computer products. This program has
the objective of giving different computer products
consistent shapes, dimensions, and colors. Consistent
dimensions allow products to be used side by side or on
top of one another. A new range of colors, paler than
those used previously, has been introduced, in tune
with a trend towards lighter colors for office
equipment and furniture. The program also emphasizes
consistent implementation of good human factors
features for display products. This includes such
things as integral display tilt and swivel mechanisms,
detached low-profile keyboard, and terminal controls on
the front panel.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color; computer peripheral equipment; display devices
--- Optimization; display products; display tilt;
ergonomics; HP 2392A terminal; hp2392a terminal; human
factors; integral; integral display tilt and swivel
mechanism; interactive terminals; low-profile keyboard;
office equipment; Remote Consoles; swivel mechanisms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Simon:1985:VDH,
author = "Jean-Jacques Simon and F. Barbut and R. Brabant",
title = "{VLSI} Design in the {HP 2392A} Terminal",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "9--16",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A CRT controller (CRTC) is introduced that is used in
a Hewlett Packard display terminal to provide all the
functions required using special VLSI circuitry. The
CRTC chip design is described and its layout is given.
Its internal random access memory (RAM), sequencer
programmable logic array (PLA), and character read only
memory (ROM) allow it to fetch ASCII codes from the
processor's RAM, store them locally for the duration of
a character row on the screen, and convert them to the
dot pattern representing the character shape. All these
functions are performed with minimum help from the
processor, since the CRTC works in a DMA (direct memory
access) mode. The CRTC also provides the
synchronization signals required to operate the CRT.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B2570H (Other field
effect integrated circuits); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "array; cathode-ray tubes; computer peripheral
equipment --- Remote Consoles; Control; CRT controller;
CRT display controller; data storage units; direct
memory access (DMA); display terminal; electron tubes,
cathode ray; field effect integrated circuits;
function; gate; HP 2392A terminal; integrated circuits,
VLSI --- Design; interactive systems; low cost design
strategy; programmable logic array (PLA); random access
memory (RAM); read only memory (ROM); scrolling; VLSI;
VLSI design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dulphy:1985:FAP,
author = "Christian-Marcel Dulphy",
title = "Fully Automated Production of Display Terminal Printed
Circuit Assemblies",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "16--17",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The fully automated production of the three printed
circuit assemblies used in the design of the HP display
terminal is described that is based on automatic
insertion of DIP (dual-in-line package), axial, and
oddly shaped components. The design effort concentrates
on standardization of components (including board
size), minimization of component count, standardization
of component hole sizes and distances between
components, and orientation and insertability
considerations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "C3355F (Control applications in assembling); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "703; 713; 722; 741; 902",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assemblies; assembling; automated production;
automatic component insertion; automatic insertion;
axial inserter; axis robot; Components; computer
peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; display
devices --- Components; display terminal; display
terminal printed circuit; factory automation; fully
automated production; Grenoble Personal Computer
Division; HP 2392A terminal; interactive terminals;
multimode DIP inserter; printed circuit board
designers; printed circuits; SCEMI; six-;
standardization; Universal; variable-center-distance",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Martinelli:1985:LRA,
author = "Rene Martinelli and Jean Yves Chatron",
title = "A low-cost, reliable analog video display terminal
design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "18--22",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The electronic circuits used for the power supply and
video in the HP analog video display terminal are
introduced. The power supply is based on the principle
of the self-oscillating, nonsynchronous blocking
converter, derived from the traditional flyback
converter. Power conversion is done in two successive
steps. First, energy is stored in the power transformer
primary windings, and then the same energy is
discharged in the secondary windings. The primary
switching transistor and the secondary rectifiers are
never turned on at the same time. The block and
schematic diagrams are given, the regulation is
described, and the CRT display circuitry is
illustrated. Conducted and radiated interference
suppression schemes are also given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Fr",
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7260 (Display technology and systems);
B8360 (Power convertors and power supplies to
apparatus); C3210 (Control systems and
instrumentation); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "713; 722; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog electronic circuits; analog video display
terminal; cathode-ray tube displays; computer
peripheral equipment --- Remote Consoles; conducted
interference suppression; CRT display circuitry;
Design; design goals; display devices --- Computer
Interfaces; electronic circuits, power supply; HP 2392A
terminal; HP 2392A Terminal; interactive terminals;
power; power supply; principle; radiated interference
suppression; regulation; supplies to apparatus; video
circuit; video display terminal design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stone:1985:IPH,
author = "Martin L. Stone and Peter L. Ma and Jeffery W. Groenke
and Todd L. Russell",
title = "An Intelligent Plotter for High-Throughput, Unattended
Operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "25--29",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An eight-pen plotter is introduced that quickly
produces multiple copies of high-quality graphics
output for use in presentations and reports, automated
output of single charts for process monitoring, or use
as a central graphics server. Thanks to the automatic
cut-sheet feeder, the user no longer has to load plain
paper or transparencies by hand, and the great
inconvenience of tearing off sprocket holes or
separating plots along perforations is eliminated. The
design of the pen-lift mechanism contributes to
lengthening the life of the pen by carefully
controlling the velocity of the pen as it hits the
paper. The mechanical and electronic designs and the
unattended media handling are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A/B-media-size machine; automatic cut sheet feeder;
central graphics server; computer graphic equipment;
computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment;
drafting; eight-pen plotter; Graphics Plotter;
hard-copy color graphics; HP 7550A; intelligent
plotter; operation; pen plotters; plotter capabilities;
Plotters; plotters; unattended; unattended media
handling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Herr:1985:LLP,
author = "Tammy V. Herr and Hatem E. Mostafa",
title = "Low-Mass, Low-Cost Pen-Lift Mechanism for High-Speed
Plotting",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "29--30",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A pen-lift mechanism used in the eight-pen HP plotter
is described that was designed to minimize
manufacturing cost and the overall mass of the pen
carriage assembly while meeting performance criteria or
reducing cycle time (pen down and pen up) and providing
variable writing forces for various pen types. Its
mechanics, control and various design features are
described and the block-diagram of the pen-lift control
system is illustrated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3395 (Other
applications of control); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "601; 722; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Plotters; Control;
cycle time reduction; high-speed; HP 7550A Plotter;
mechanisms; pen carriage assembly; pen-lift control
system; pen-lift mechanism; plotters; plotting;
position control; variable writing forces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tribolet:1985:HXS,
author = "David C. Tribolet and Kenneth A. Regas and Thomas J.
Halpenny",
title = "The {HP 7550A X-Y} servo: state-of-the-art performance
on a budget",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "31--34",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The plotting mechanism in the HP graphic plotter uses
two rare-earth magnet dc motors, each equipped with an
optical encoder. Each motor drives one of two axes: the
paper axis (X) or the pen axis (Y). Both servo loops
are closed in the microprocessor using position and
velocity feedback that is provided by using an estimate
of the velocity derived from the encoder position
information. The servo algorithm used to draw
continuous curves is presented and several strategies
are described that are used to extract the best
possible performance from the X and Y servos at minimum
cost.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C3120C (Spatial variables control); C3395 (Other
applications of control); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "705; 722; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "closed loop systems; codes, symbolic --- Encoding;
Computer Applications; computer peripheral equipment
--- Plotters; computers, microprocessor ---
Applications; encoder position information; feedback;
HP 7550A graphics; HP 7550A plotting mechanism; HP
7550A X-Y servo; paper axis; pen axis; plotter;
plotters; position control; position feedback; servo
loops; servomechanisms; servomotors --- Control;
velocity feedback",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Halpenny:1985:FPS,
author = "Thomas J. Halpenny",
title = "Firmware Provides Simple and Powerful Plotter
Operation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "4",
pages = "34--36",
month = apr,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A 68000 microprocessor is selected to shift the
complexity of the HP 7550A Graphics Plotter from
electronic hardware to the microprocessor firmware. Its
instruction set allows compatibility with the HP-GL
firmware of the HP 7580 family of drafting plotters,
and provides a growth path for future plotters. The
processor is fast enough to perform the X-axis and
Y-axis servo computations every 300 microseconds, and
the pen-axis servo computation every 600 microseconds.
It has multiple interrupt capability with no additional
electronics. The system has a 300-microsecond time base
interrupt, a serial input\slash output (I/O) interrupt,
and an HP-IB I/O interrupt capability. The 68000 has a
large linear address space to simplify electronics and
firmware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "722; 731",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, Grenoble, France",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "68000; computer peripheral equipment; computer
software --- Applications; control systems --- Computer
Applications; firmware; HP 7550A Graphics Plotter; HP
7580-family of drafting plotter; HP-GL firmware; HP-IB
input/output (I/O) interrupt; microprocessor;
microprocessor firmware; Plotters; plotters",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Nielsen:1985:HTP,
author = "Niels J. Nielsen",
title = "History of {ThinkJet} printhead development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "4--10",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A printer-plotter is introduced that uses thermal
excitation to eject droplets of ink through tiny
orifices to print text. The advantages of ink-jet
printing over the conventional thermal printing are
considered. A prototype printhead using a stainless
steel plate with seven laser-drilled orifices is
described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; ink jet printers;
ink-jet printhead; Plotters; printing --- Equipment;
thermal excitation; ThinkJet printhead development",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Katen:1985:IPI,
author = "Cheryl V. Katen and Thomas R. Braun",
title = "An inexpensive, portable ink-jet printer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "11--17, 19--20",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Using a disposable ink cartridge and printhead, this
lowcost family of printers offers personal computer
users high-quality printing in a portable package. The
printers are characterized by the speed, reliability,
and low cost of a conventional dot-matrix printer, and
the technological advantages of quietness, better print
quality, small size, and portability. The design of a
printing mechanism is described that takes full
advantage of the ThinkJet thermal ink-jet technology
and can be manufactured inexpensively.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; computers,
microprocessor --- Components; disposable ink
cartridge; HP 2225 family; HP-IB; HP-IL; ink jet
printers; ink-jet printer; interface; personal computer
users; personal equipment; portable ink-jet printer
family; Printer Command Language; Printers; printhead;
RS-232-C/V.24; standard parallel 8-bit printer;
ThinkJet family",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Allen:1985:THT,
author = "Ross R. Allen and John D. Meyer and William R.
Knight",
title = "Thermodynamics and Hydrodynamics of Thermal Ink Jets",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "21--27",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard's ink-jet technology is presented
that is based on the formation, growth, and collapse of
a microscopic bubble of vaporized ink. This compact
energy source can be placed in the ideal location for a
drop-on-demand ink jet-right at the nozzle. This allows
the design of a compact, disposable, multinozzle
printhead that is very energy-efficient and can be used
in portable and battery-powered printers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "641; 745; 804",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bladder; capillary; compact energy source; computer
peripheral equipment --- Printers; drop-on-demand
ink-jet; Hewlett-; hydrodynamics; ink; ink filter; ink
jet printers; microscopic bubble; molded plastic case;
multi nozzle printhead; Packard's ThinkJet technology;
printing --- Computer Applications; thermal ink jets;
Thermodynamic Properties; thermodynamics; vaporized",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bhaskar:1985:DTS,
author = "Eldurkar V. Bhaskar and J. Stephen Aden",
title = "Development of the thin-film structure for the
{ThinkJet} printhead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "27--31, 33",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The printhead resistor structure for thermally
exciting the ink ejection is fabricated on a glass
substrate using standard IC processing techniques. A
dielectric material such as sputtered silicon dioxide
is deposited first on the glass substrate as a barrier
film to prevent leaching of impurities from the glass
into the resistor and conductor films. The resistor
film is tantalum-aluminum and is magnetron sputter
deposited. Aluminum doped with a small percentage of
copper is deposited next by magnetron sputtering to
form the conductor film. The resistor-conductor films
are photolithographically patterned to form a single
column of 12 resistors connected by a common conductor
on one end and terminated by 12 individual pads
(terminals) on their other ends. The resistors are
covered with ink-resistant passivation films. A
polyimide coating further protects the passivation and
the underlying thin films from degradation by the ink.
To improve contact reliability, the aluminum pads are
coated with nickel and gold films. The selection of
material, the process characterization and the
thin-film passivation enhancement are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "408; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; deposition
process; glass substrate; Hewlett--Packard ThinkJet
printhead; ink jet printers; microscopic nozzles;
plastic body; printing --- Components; structural
design; thin film devices; Thin Films; thin-film
passivation; thin-film structure; think-jet printhead;
ThinkJet printer; ThinkJet printhead; vapor bubble",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Siewell:1985:TOP,
author = "Gary L. Siewell and William R. Boucher and Paul H.
McClelland",
title = "The {ThinkJet} orifice plate: a part with many
functions",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "5",
pages = "33--37",
month = may,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The orifice plate of the ThinkJet printhead is
described and the electroforming process used in its
fabrication is outlined. Various steps of this process
are indicated, and the process control is described.
The advantages of electroforming are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "539; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Components; computer peripheral equipment ---
Printers; drop size; drop velocity; electroforming;
Hewlett Packard ThinkJet printer; ink jet printers;
nickel electroforming step; orifice plate; printing;
thin-film resistor; ThinkJet orifice plate; ThinkJet
printhead; trajectory",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jeppsen:1985:NFD,
author = "Bryce E. Jeppsen",
title = "A new family of dot matrix line printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "4--6",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Hewlett--Packard's new family of dot matrix impact line
printers not only offers several significant advantages
over similar products currently available, but also
makes substantial contributions to HP's total system
offering. Four key objectives of the development
program are considered to minimize customer costs,
significantly improve operating reliability, extend the
performance of dot matrix line printer technology, and
standardize the system and human interfaces among
members of the family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2563A; computer aided manufacturing --- Equipment;
computer peripheral equipment; data processing ---
Equipment; distributed manufacturing applications; dot
matrix line printers; electronic data processing;
Hewlett Packard's printers; Hewlett--Packards' printers
family; HP; HP 2565A; HP 2566A; impact printers; matrix
printers; Printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Craven:1985:DMP,
author = "John S. Craven",
title = "Dot Matrix Printbar Design and Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "6--9",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The ideal dot matrix printbar prints dots in precise
locations, at high speed, with high energy. It consumes
very little power. It is reliable under all operating
conditions, prints on a wide range of paper stock, and
is inexpensive. In practice, the design of a printbar
is a compromise among many of these requirements. For
example, low input energy per dot and high print energy
at the paper conflict. This article tells how these
compromises were made in the design of the printbar for
the HP 256X family of line printers to provide
excellent characteristics for print speeds from 300 to
900 lines per minute.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Avondale Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Avondale Div, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "actuators --- Design; captured-hammer printbar system;
computer peripheral equipment; dot matrix printbar
design; HP 256X family; HP 256X family of line
printers; line printers; matrix printers; Printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lantz:1985:SSP,
author = "Jeffrey M. Lantz and Ben B. Tyson",
title = "Shuttle system and packaging of a low-cost, high-
reliability, 300-lpm line printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "9--12",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In dot matrix line printers, the printing device (the
printbar) oscillates horizontally with a frequency and
displacement determined by the throughput requirements,
the number of hammers used, and the number of dot rows
in the character cell. The printbar shuttle mechanism
is introduced that consists of two masses (the printbar
and counterweight), their mounting flexures (E-flexures
for the printbar and standard flexures for the
counterweight), and the electromechanical drive (dc
motor, crankshaft, and flexible connecting rods). The
shuttle mechanism operates at resonance with the
printbar and counterweight inertial forces cancelling
each other. While the printbar resonant system could
work without the counterweight, forces caused by the
accelerating printbar would be transmitted to the stand
or tabletop and would be unmanageable. The addition of
the counterweight, also driven at resonance but 180
degrees out of phase with the printbar, balances the
inertial forces of the printbar. A small inertial
moment is generated, however, because the centers of
mass of the printbar and counterweight are not
precisely in line.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "601; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2563A printer; 300-lpm line printer; character cell;
computer peripheral equipment --- Printers; Design; dot
matrix line; dot matrix line printers; dot rows;
electronics packaging; high reliability printer; HP;
low cost printer; matrix printers; mechanisms;
oscillatory shuttle mechanism; packaging; printbar;
printbar shuttle mechanism; printers; printing device;
resonant system; spring mass system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McIlvaine:1985:MDF,
author = "George V. McIlvaine and Stephen L. Testardi and Daniel
D. Wheeler and Peter Gysling",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Family of High-Speed Impact
Line Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "13--14, 17--18",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Impact printers generally have more moving parts than
other peripheral devices, and the HP 2565A (600 lpm),
and HP 2566A (900 lpm) are no exceptions. They are also
some of the physically largest products that
Hewlett--Packard offers. The HP 2565\slash 6A Printers
move paper at high speed past a bank of 132 interleaved
hammers which are mounted on a resonant reciprocating
printbar. A towel ribbon carrying ink passes between
the paper and the styli, which are attached to the
hammers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "602; 722; 745",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment; high-speed impact line;
HP 2565A; HP 2566A; impact printers; interleaved
hammers; matrix printers; mechanical design; mechanical
drive --- Computer Applications; printers; Printers;
printing machinery --- Design; reciprocating printbar;
resonant; resonant reciprocating printbar",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gordon:1985:CVL,
author = "Philip Gordon and Phillip R. Luque and Donald K.
Wadley",
title = "Cost-Effective, Versatile Line Printer Electronics and
Firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "18--23",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Electrical design of the HP 256X family of line
printers emphasized close coupling between the
electronics and the firmware to meet the cost,
flexibility, and performance objectives. The digital
control electronics consists of the I/O, control
processor, and dot generation logic (DLG) sections.
Data pass through the I/O system, are formatted by the
control processor and finally converted to properly
sequenced dots for the print mechanism by the DGL.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "715; 722; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8088; bus interfacing support; computer peripheral
equipment; control electronics; control processor;
control systems, digital; digital; dot generation; dot
generation logic (DGL); electronic equipment ---
Design; electronics; firmware; firmware ROM;
flexibility; HP 256X family line printers; I/O system;
interrupt control; line printer; logic; matrix
printers; microprocessor; performance objectives;
Printers; RAM; timing; Z80A",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Covelli:1985:PCL,
author = "Ernest F. Covelli and Von L. Hansen and David L.
Price",
title = "Printer Command Language Provides Feature Set Standard
for {HP} Printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "23--25",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Printer command language (PCL) was developed to bring
all HP printers under a common feature and control
structure. The major objectives of PCL are to
standardize printer features and to standardize how
features are accessed and implemented. PCL is the
protocol that addresses the control of printer features
by user or system application programs. This is the
highest level of communication between the system and
printer. PCL does not address the lower level of the
system structure, such as driver control, network
communications, or I/O interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Boise Div, Boise, ID, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6140E (Other programming languages)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks --- Protocols; computer peripheral
equipment --- Printers; computer programming languages;
control systems; feature set standard; HP printers;
printer command language; printer command language
(PCL); printers; programming languages; protocol;
software development; Standards; system access",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bale:1985:NLS,
author = "Jonathan E. Bale and Harry E. Kellogg",
title = "Native Language Support for Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "6",
pages = "27--32",
month = jun,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The localization of a program is considered so that
each software application does not have to develop its
own way of flexibly handling language-dependent
features. The concept of native language support (NLS)
has been developed by a number of cooperating
Hewlett--Packard divisions. NLS is an internal set of
facilities, both hardware and software, that let
application programs executing on a computer system
have a natural local look to a user in any country,
including local language text and manipulation of data
according to local usage. NLS is to be distinguished
from localization, which is an external effort to make
an application written in one country perform
appropriately in another. Localization is much easier
if application programs have been written to make use
of native language support facilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; 901",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application programs; computer programming languages;
computer software; computer systems; data manipulation;
HP 3000; information science; language support;
Language Translation and Linguistics;
language-dependent features; local language text;
native; native language support (NLS); natural
languages; software localization; supervisory
programs",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Appleyard:1985:PAE,
author = "Aileen C. Appleyard and Roger W. Ruhnow and William
Grant Grovenburg and Wayne M. Angevine",
title = "A protocol analyzer for {EDP} centers and field
service",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "4--11",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The development of computer networks has led to the
need for reliable data communications, not only between
elements of the network such as terminals and the CPU,
but also between networks --- for example, between
several computer systems and a mainframe system. Since
these systems may not be at a common site, data needs
to be transmitted from one site to another. This can be
done using either dedicated lines or data networks. For
two systems to exchange data, the data must be in a
common format for both systems, and must contain
overhead information --- for example, the address of
the unit to which the data is to be sent, what type of
data is being sent, and error checking information. It
is usual for the receiving system to transmit an
acknowledge message in response to information received
so that if some data is lost in transmission it can be
retransmitted.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications Div,
Manitou Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications
Div, Manitou Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acknowledge message; automatic test equipment;
computer aided analysis --- Equipment; computer
networks; computers, microprocessor --- Data
Communication Systems; data communication equipment;
data networks; data processing; dedicated lines; EDP
centers; field; Hewlett Packard; HP 4953A protocol
analyser; network analysers; protocol analyzer;
Protocols; protocols; service",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Witt:1985:SAP,
author = "Stephen H. Witt and Roger W. Ruhnow",
title = "Simple Architecture Provides High Performance for
Protocol Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "12--13, 15--18",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 4953A is a general-purpose high-performance
protocol analyzer that is capable of monitoring serial
data streams at 256 kbps and simulating serial data
streams at 72 kbps. The HP 4953A is also capable of
recognizing data patterns in the data stream and
responding to these patterns with a variety of menu
functions. A primary design consideration for the HP
4953A was to perform as a real-time monitor. This means
the analyzer must process, display, and store
measurement data without falling behind the activity
occurring on the network under test. A second concern
was cost. The instrument is intended for
general-purpose use and must be affordable. A third
consideration was size and weight. The analyzer must be
portable. Therefore, a simple system architecture was
chosen, one that would be inexpensive and portable, and
would perform well.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "4953A; automatic test equipment; computer
architecture; computer interfaces; computer networks
--- Protocols; computers, microprocessor --- Data
Communication Equipment; data; data circuit-terminating
equipment (DCE); data communication equipment; data
processing --- Monitoring; data simulation; data
stream; data terminal equipment (DTE); Hewlett Packard;
HP; measurement data; monitoring; network analysers;
patterns; Performance; protocol analysis; protocol
analyzer; protocols; real-time monitor; serial data
streams; system architecture",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Keisling:1985:SDA,
author = "Mark D. Keisling and Dorothy J. Yackle and David B.
Karlin and Elizabeth Gates Moore",
title = "Serial Data Acquisition and Simulation for a
High-Speed Protocol Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "18--24",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The front end of the HP 4953A Protocol Analyzer is a
dedicated subsystem that provides the serial test
interface for the 68000 system processor. The front end
consists of four assemblies: the pod (there are several
to choose from), the data link interface (DLI), the
data link control (DLC), and the lead status display
(LEDs).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C5520 (Data
acquisition equipment and techniques); C5630
(Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "68000 system processor; automatic test equipment;
communication equipment; computer interfaces; computer
networks --- Protocols; computers, microprocessor ---
Data Communication Equipment; data; Data Acquisition;
data acquisition; data link control; data link control
(DLC); data link interface; data link interface (DLI);
data processing; data simulation; DLC; DLI; Hewlett
Packard; high-speed protocol analyzer; interface; lead
status display; lead status display (LED); LED; network
analysers; pod; protocols; serial data acquisition;
serial test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Black:1985:LPF,
author = "Vonn L. Black and Alan Delwiche and Chris L. Odell and
Stephen B. Tursich",
title = "A low-cost, portable field service protocol analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "24--29",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Digital data communications pervades the business and
private sectors of or our world so much that a truly
portable protocol analyzer can be an invaluable tool in
maintaining such equipment as computers, terminals,
printers, and modems. The HP 4951A Protocol Analyzer is
designed to meet the requirements for field service in
a single portable test set. With the HP 4951A, a user
can monitor data transmission, simulate network
equipment, perform bit error rate tests, and remotely
transfer data and programs. Customer support and field
service personnel of service providers and computer or
communications equipment manufacturers will find this
compact analyzer useful for datacom network
installation and maintenance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications Div,
Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Colorado Telecommunications
Div, Colorado Springs, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C5630 (Networking equipment)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; bit error rate tests;
computer aided analysis; computer networks ---
Protocols; computers; computers, microprocessor ---
Data Communication Equipment; data communication
equipment; data transfer; data transmission; datacom
network installation; digital data communication;
Equipment; Hewlett Packard; HP 4951A; HP 4951A protocol
analyzer; maintenance; modems; monitoring; network
analysers; network equipment; portable field; portable
field service protocol analyzer; printers; protocols;
service protocol analyzer; simulation; terminals",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Higaki:1985:RMC,
author = "Wesley H. Higaki",
title = "Remote Monitoring and Control of Semiconductor
Processing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "7",
pages = "30--34",
month = jul,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "PC-10 is a recent addition to HP's Semiconductor
Productivity Network (SPN). This product acts as a host
computer system for processing equipment. PC-10
provides the capability to monitor and control
semiconductor processing equipment remotely. Its
greatest asset is that it provides the capability to
store and download recipes to the appropriate system at
the appropriate time. This feature alone increases
equipment versatility and can reduce processing errors
dramatically. From the PC-10 system, a user can request
equipment status, store measurement data, remotely
control equipment, store and restore calibration data,
and store and restore recipes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, PC-10 Project, Sunnyvale, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, PC-10 Project, Sunnyvale, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "B2550 (Semiconductor device technology); C3350Z
(Control applications in other industries); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing); C7420 (Control
engineering computing)",
classification = "714; 723; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calibration data; computerised monitoring; computers,
microprocessor --- Applications; control; electronic
engineering computing; equipment versatility; Hewlett
Packard; host computer system; host computer systems;
measurement data; Monitoring; PC-10; PC-10 system;
process computer control; process control --- Remote
Control; remote monitoring; semiconductor device
manufacture; semiconductor devices --- Processing;
semiconductor processing; semiconductor productivity
network (SPN); semiconductor technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Birnbaum:1985:BRH,
author = "Joel S. Birnbaum and William S. {Worley, Jr.}",
title = "Beyond {RISC}: high-precision architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "4--10",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A series of precision measurements about computational
behavior under a wide range of execution scenarios are
reported. The results of those studies led, through a
process of iterative optimization, to the specification
of an unconventional computer architecture, which
defines a unified family of scalable computers offering
significant cost\slash performance advantages over more
traditional designs. Refinements by engineers in
Hewlett Packard's product divisions followed, and
ensuing implementations of this architecture have
verified its potential over a broad range of size and
function. This paper discusses the design objectives
and some of the basic principles of the RISC
architecture, emphasizing departures from orthodoxy. It
serves as an introduction to later papers which will
present detailed treatments of the architecture,
engineering level discussions of some implementations,
and the results of performance analyses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "architecture; computer architecture; computer
software; Design; family of scalable computers; Hewlett
Packard (HP) computer products; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard Laboratories;
high-precision; microcomputer; microcomputers;
minicomputer architecture; minicomputers; RISC; RISC
architecture; scalable computers",
}
@Article{Aken:1985:DTF,
author = "Michael B. Aken and William M. Spaulding",
title = "Development of a Two-Channel Frequency Synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "11--18",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard's HP 3326A Two-Channel
Synthesizer, is introduced. This instrument is based on
the same fractional-N synthesis technique used in the
HP 3325A. Synthesizer\slash Function Generator, which
was introduced in 1978. The addition of a second
synthesizer and output channel, all under the control
of a common microprocessor, has resulted in a
high-performance signal source that has operational
features extending well beyond the direct combination
of two independent signal sources. The generation of
two-phase, two-tone pulse, frequency hopping and swept
signals is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing); C7410F (Communications
computing)",
classification = "715; 723; 732",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3326A; channel mode; computerised instrumentation;
computers, microcomputer --- Applications; Control;
fractional-N synthesis; frequency hopping; frequency
synthesizers; HP; microcomputer applications;
microprocessor-controlled instrument; pulse mode; swept
signals; two-; two-channel frequency synthesizer;
two-phase mode; two-phase, two-tone pulse; two-tone
mode",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Aken:1985:ATS,
author = "Michael B. Aken",
title = "Applications of a Two-Channel Synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "19--21",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3326A Two-Channel Synthesizer offers the user
exceptional versatility with its combination of two
frequency synthesizers, phase calibration, synchronized
sweeping, and a frequency agile discrete sweep. The
features of the synthesizers are Multiphase Testing;
Discrete Sweep; Two-Tone Mode; Two-Phase mode. Their
applications consist of: three-phase control circuit
design and testing; sonar testing; two-tone rejection
testing; dual-tone multifrequency generation;
communications scrambling; illegal tone combination
generation; tone decoder testing; mixer testing;
intermodulation distortion; transducer testing;
two-tone jitter generation; phasemeter testing; and
phase locking.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; communications scrambling; computerised
instrumentation; discrete sweep; dual-tone
multifrequency; frequency synthesizers; generation; HP
3326A two-channel frequency; illegal tone combination
generation; intermodulation distortion;
microprocessor-controlled instrument; mixer testing;
multiphase testing; phase calibration; phase control
circuit design; phase locking; phase-meter; sonar
testing; synchronized sweeping; synthesizer; testing;
three-; tone decoder testing; transducer testing;
two-channel synthesizer; two-phase mode; two-tone
jitter generation; two-tone mode; two-tone rejection
testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bartle:1985:SFU,
author = "David A. Bartle and Katherine F. Potter",
title = "Synthesizer Firmware for User Interface and Instrument
Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "21--24",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Instrument firmware (software in read-only memory)
performs three major functions in the HP 3326A
Two-Channel Synthesizer. First, it implements the user
interface presented by the front panel and the HP-IB
(IEEE 488) remote control bus. Second, it provides all
of the control algorithms and signals for the internal
circuitry. Third, it enhances the instrument's
performance with extensive self-calibration and
self-test capabilities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Control of
electronic instruments); C5140 (Firmware); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing); C7410F
(Communications computing)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computerised instrumentation;
firmware; frequency; frequency synthesizers; HP 3326A;
HP-IB; IEEE 488; instrument control; instrument
firmware; instruments --- Remote Control; interface;
microcomputer applications; remote control bus;
synthesizers; two-channel frequency synthesizer; user;
user interface; user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Spaulding:1985:HAM,
author = "William M. Spaulding",
title = "A high-level active mixer (for {HP 3326A} frequency
synthesizer)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "25--29",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To provide low-band coverage, most synthesized signal
sources require the use of an output mixer to
heterodyne RF signals down to baseband. The HP 3326A
Two-Channel Synthesizer accomplishes this mixing
function with a high-level, active mixer design based
on a standard Gilbert cell configuration. Three
advantages of such a design are discussed after a
theoretical consideration is given. The mixer
implementation and performance are also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Lake Stevens Instrument Div",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Lake Stevens Instrument
Div",
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(circuits); computerised instrumentation;
configuration; Design; electronic circuits, mixer;
frequency synthesizers; frequency synthesizers ---
Components; Gilbert cell; gilbert cell configuration;
heterodyne; high-level active mixer; HP 3326A; HP 3326A
two-channel synthesizer; low-band coverage; mixers;
two-channel frequency synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{White:1985:ATD,
author = "Reed I. White",
title = "Automated Test Data Collection for {IC}
Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "8",
pages = "30--36",
month = aug,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The TC-10, Tester Collection System is described that
couples tester data to Semiconductor Productivity
Network (SPN) EA-10 global engineering data analysis
system and provides hooks for connecting to other
analysis systems. Since most IC testers are currently
based on non-HP equipment, the TC-10 development team
had to develop a spectrum of communications-related
tools to allow portions of the product to be ported to
any Central Processing Unit (CPU). This generic set of
tools is called NEXUS.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Production Div,
Healdsburg, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Manufacturing Production
Div, Healdsburg, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 Tester Collection System; analysis system;
automated test data collection; Automatic Testing;
automatic testing; computer aided analysis; computer
aided manufacturing; computer software --- Modular
Construction; data collection; data processing --- Data
Acquisition; EA-10 global engineering data; electronic
engineering computing; Hewlett--Packard; integrated
circuit manufacture; integrated circuit testing;
integrated circuits; NEXUS; Semiconductor Network;
semiconductor productivity network (SPN); TC-",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Holl:1985:VDL,
author = "James H. Holl and Frank E. {La Fetra, Jr.}",
title = "{VLSI} Delivers Low-Cost, Compact {HP} 3000 Computer
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "4--7",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This entry-level, user-installable computer system
runs the same software as the largest HP 3000, but fits
under a table and is much quieter than a typewriter.
VLSI (very large-scale integration) is the key to the
exceptional price\slash performance of the new
computer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "business; compact HP 3000 computer; computer family;
computer systems, digital --- Costs; computers,
microprocessor; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 3000 Computer product line; integrated
circuits, VLSI; minicomputers; office automation;
office computer; price/performance relation; Series 37;
series 37 HP 3000 microcomputer; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amerson:1985:SMC,
author = "Frederic C. Amerson",
title = "Simplicity in a Microcoded Computer Architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "7--12",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A simplified approach to the design of a microcoded
architecture can produce a design that is more
efficient in its use of silicon than one based on
specialized hardware functional units, without
sacrificing performance. The HP 3000 Computer, first
introduced in 1972, has had a number of different
implementations using various degrees of specialized
hardware. The most recent of these, the Series 37, is
the first HP 3000 CPU to be implemented in VLSI
technology. This article describes the design approach
used to implement the CPU chip and the efficiencies
achieved.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Data Systems Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Data Systems Div, USA",
classcodes = "C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5220 (Computer
architecture)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "37; central processing unit (cpu); computer
architecture; computers, microprocessor --- Design; CPU
chip; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
3000 Computer; HP 3000 CPU; instruction sets;
integrated circuits, VLSI; microcoded computer
architecture; microprocessor chips; Microprogramming;
microprogramming; Series; series 37 HP 3000
microcomputer; stack architecture; VLSI; VLSI
technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Alvarez:1985:SEW,
author = "Patria G. Alvarez and Greg L. Gilliom and John R.
Obermeyer and Paul L. Rogers and Malcolm E. Woodward",
title = "Simulation Ensures Working First-Pass {VLSI} Computer
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "13--16",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two fully functional VLSI chips, each in a single pass
with no errors, are produced for the design of the HP
3000 series 37 computer system. By using a simulator
capable of logic and timing simulation, the project
team was able to detect errors before a chip was masked
or fabricated. This early error detection allowed
faster turnaround on logic design and encouraged more
effective verification.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5210B (Computer-aided logic design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering computing)",
classification = "713; 714; 721; 722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Series 37; chip verification; Computer
Simulation; computer systems, digital --- Design;
design simulator; digital simulation; error detection;
Faster Than Light; first-pass chips; FTL; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; integrated
circuits, VLSI; logic CAD; logic design; logic
simulation; simulation; single-pass chips; single-pass
designs; timing; VLSI; VLSI chip designs; VLSI chips",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Parrish:1985:CWO,
author = "William M. Parrish and Eric B. Decker and Edwin G.
Wong",
title = "Creative Ways to Obtain Computer System Debug Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "17--22",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In the HP 3000 Computer, a major diagnostic tool is
the maintenance panel or debug panel. In the HP 3000
Series 37, an off-the-shelf microcomputer is used for
the maintenance panel. For software diagnostics, the
standard HP 3000 debugging facilities are supplemented
by a virtual software debugging panel called SoftPanel,
which is implemented in microcode. The maintenance
panel requires extra hardware and is used in the
factory and optionally in the field. SoftPanel is a
built-in tool, available in any system at any time.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5470
(Performance evaluation and testing); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer; computer maintenance; computer software ---
Automatic Testing; computer system debug tools;
computer testing; computers; debug panel; Debugging;
debugging tools; diagnostic tool; Hewlett Packard; HP
3000; HP 3000 computer system; HP 3000 Series 37;
maintenance panel; minicomputers; program debugging;
soft panel; SoftPanel; software diagnostics; virtual
software debugging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Banta:1985:NCF,
author = "Robert H. {Banta, Jr.} and Peter H. Dorward and Steven
A. Scampini",
title = "New Cardiograph Family with {ECG} Analysis
Capability",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "23--28",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Three new HP electro cardiographs are introduced that,
in addition to recording traditional ECG waveforms, can
perform differing levels of measurements and analysis
to aid diagnosis of heart behavior. These three are the
HP 4760A, the HP 4760AM, and the HP 4760Al. All three
provide ECG waveforms along with patient ID information
(name, sex, age, weight, etc. ) in a clear manner for
quick review by the physician.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8730C (Electrical activity in
neurophysiological processes); A8770E (Patient
diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals); C5260 (Digital signal
processing); C7330 (Biology and medical computing)",
classification = "461; 462; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric keyboard; biomedical engineering;
biomedical equipment; Cardiograph; computerised;
computerised monitoring; computers; crystal display;
ECG analysis; ECG waveforms; electrocardiograph (ECG);
Electrocardiography; electrocardiography; heat behavior
diagnosis; Hewlett Packard; HP 4700A PageWriter; HP
4760 cardiograph family; HP 4760A; HP 4760AI; HP
4760AM; liquid-; medical computing; Model 5600C ECG
Management System; patient ID information; signal
processing; waveform analysis --- Computer Interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Doue:1985:CEA,
author = "John C. Doue and Anthony G. Vallance",
title = "Computer-Aided {ECG} Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "9",
pages = "29, 31--33",
month = sep,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The electrocardiography (ECG) waveforms are considered
that depict the action of the heart cycle. The
principal parts are the P, QRS, and T waveforms, which
together are called a complex. An analysis program is
discussed to locate each of the PQRST complexes
correctly and to measure the height, the width, and a
multitude of other parameters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, USA",
classcodes = "A8728 (Bioelectricity); A8730C (Electrical activity in
neurophysiological processes); A8770E (Patient
diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510D
(Bioelectric signals); C7330 (Biology and medical
computing)",
classification = "461; 462; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "biomedical engineering --- Electrocardiography;
computer aided analysis; Computer Interfaces;
computer-aided ECG analysis; computerised pattern
recognition; computerised signal; ECG analysis; ECG
Criteria Language; ECG waveform; ECL;
electrocardiography; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; medical computing; medical knowledge
base; pattern recognition; PQRST complexes; processing;
user-definable medical criteria; waveform analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Williams:1985:MPC,
author = "Tim J. Williams and Nelson A. Mills",
title = "A multitasking personal computer system for the
technical professional",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "4--6",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Hewlett Packard (HP) Integral Personal Computer
based on HP's version (HP-UX) of an industry standard
multitasking operating system --- the UNIX operating
system is introduced. By also creating a version of
BASIC that runs in this UNIX environment on the
Integral PC, HP provides a growth path for HP Series 80
Computer owners wanting more capability and performance
without having to sacrifice their existing software
routines and data files. The PC provides
high-performance multitasking operation, mass storage,
graphics and text output, and instrument I/O in a
compact, transportable package.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Dep, Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Dep, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer evaluation; computer operating systems;
computers, microcomputer; Electronics Packaging;
Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP; HP-UX;
industry standard multitasking operating system;
Integral Personal Computer; multiprocessing systems;
multitasking personal computer; multitasking personal
computer system; operating systems (computers);
portable computers; Series 80 Computer; transportable
computer; Unix; UNIX operating system",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kepler:1985:EST,
author = "David L. Kepler and James A. Espeland",
title = "Electronics System for a Transportable Professional
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "6--9",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Hewlett Packard's (HP) integral personal computer (PC)
is described. Its CPU, RAM, ROM, memory management, I/O
buffering, system timing, and keyboard interface reside
on one logic board, and all of the other peripheral
circuitry (and 14 connectors) reside on another board.
Each board is slightly smaller than a sheet of
stationery (78 square inches). The interface between
the boards contains data, address, and control signals.
Each board has its own clock circuitry for reliability
and ease of testing. An I/O board with two connectors
for optional plug-in cards, a keyboard interface board
with two connectors for HP Human Interface Link
(HP-HIL) input devices, and the power supply board are
the other printed circuit boards.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis Workstation Operation,
Corvallis, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Corvallis Workstation
Operation, Corvallis, OR, USA",
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., palo Alto., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer peripheral equipment;
computers; computers, microcomputer; controllers; data
storage units --- Computer Interfaces; electronics
system; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
Integral; integral personal computer; memory
management; peripherals; Personal Computer; portable;
power supply; professional computer; system
considerations; transportable; transportable
professional computer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heath:1985:CGP,
author = "Dean M. Heath",
title = "Custom graphics processor unit for the {Integral PC}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "10--12",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Hewlett Packard's (HP) Graphics Processor Unit (GPU)
is presented as a special-purpose microprocessor
designed to be used as a powerful dual CRT and
electroluminescent display controller to provide the
Integral PC a versatile, easy-to-use graphics subsystem
with a bit-mapped display. The GPU is compatible with
most commercially available CRT monitors and can
rapidly manipulate lines, rectangles, windows, alpha
characters, an automatic alpha cursor, and a sprite
(pointing device). It also features a user-configurable
screen size, monitor sync timing, multiple character
fonts and fill patterns, and a display RAM interface.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "714; 722; 723; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bit-; CMOS integrated circuit; Computer; computer
graphic equipment; computer graphics; computers,
microcomputer; display controller; display devices;
display RAM interface; electroluminescent flat-panel
display; flat-panel display; graphics processor unit;
graphics processor unit (GPU); graphics subsystem;
Hewlett packard; Hewlett Packard computers; Integral
Personal; mapped display; microprocessor;
microprocessor chips; monitor sync; multiple character
fonts; orange; personal computer (PC); Processing;
special-purpose; timing; user-configurable screen
size",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Higgins:1985:HED,
author = "Marvin L. Higgins",
title = "High-Quality Electroluminescent Display for a Personal
Workstation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "12--17",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A commercially developed electroluminescent display
based on thin film technology is described that was
developed by several manufacturers in cooperation with
Hewlett--Packard during the development of the Integral
Personal Computer. The display consists of three main
parts or subassemblies: the electroluminescent panel, a
driver assembly, and a control board. The
electroluminescent panel is the light-emitting device.
The driver assembly contains high-voltage switches
connected to each row and column of the panel. This
assembly receives logic control signals and
high-voltage pulses from the control board and applies
voltage to the display panel according to the desired
pattern.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7260 (Display technology and systems); C5540
(Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "701; 721; 722; 741",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphic equipment; computer peripheral
equipment --- Remote Consoles; Design; display devices;
driver assembly; electroluminescence --- Thin Films;
electroluminescent display; electroluminescent
displays; energy recovery drive; Hewlett Packard;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP Integral; logic circuits
--- Control; logic control; Personal Computer; personal
workstation; scheme",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pearo:1985:MDI,
author = "Thomas A. Pearo",
title = "Mechanical Design of the Integral {PC}: not Just a
Desktop Computer with a Handle",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The mechanical design of Hewlett--Packard's (HP)
integral Personal Computer (PC) is presented that is
based on the HP 85 Computer updating to an industry
standard processor, a state-of-the-art 80-column
ink-jet printer, a fast flexible-disk mass storage
device, and a state-of-the-art 80-column by 24-line
flat-panel display. It also retains the capability for
removable I/O modules. The concept of an upright
package selected to meet sound mechanical design goals
and make the Integral PC easy to use. Many of the
aspects of the human interface are addressed by the
Integral PC's mechanical design, beginning with a
detachable, low-profile keyboard. The high-contrast
flat-panel display is mounted in a near vertical
position (offset 5 degrees) for ease of viewing. The
printer is mounted at the top of the package for easy
access and paper handling. The whole system folds up
into a compact, rugged, easily carried unit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computers, microcomputer; Design; design; desktop
computer; device; electronics packaging; ergonomics;
flat-panel display; flexible-disc mass storage; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 85 Computer;
industry standard; ink-jet printer; integral PC;
Integral PC; mechanical; mechanical design; package;
portable computer; portable computers; processor;
removable I/O modules; upright",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fajardo:1985:UOS,
author = "Ray M. Fajardo and Andrew L. Rood and James R. Andreas
and Robert C. Cline",
title = "A {UNIX} operating system adapted for a technical
personal computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "22--28",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP-UX operating system for HP's Integral Personal
Computer provides a number of very significant
challenges by eliminating the need for a hard disk and
allowing the installed flexible disk to be removed
whenever a disk access is not occurring; by eliminating
the need for complex system configuration and user
administration of the operating system; by simplifying
the human interface with the aid of a windowed
environment to make the system easier to use; and
providing a measure of real-time capability for
instrumentation control.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access; capability; computer operating systems;
computers, microcomputer; disc; flexible disc; Hewlett
Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX operating;
HP-UX operating system; human interface;
instrumentation control; integral personal computer;
Integral Personal Computer; operating systems
(computers); real-time; system; UNIX operating system;
user interfaces; windowed environment",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brewster:1985:FUO,
author = "Jon A. Brewster and Karen S. Helt and James N.
Phillips",
title = "A friendly {Unix} operating system user interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "10",
pages = "28--29, 31--33",
month = oct,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The term user interface is used to describe all
interactions between a person and a computer. This
includes keyboard layout, display formatting, command
structures, and disk handling. The design of the user
interface for HP's Integral Personal Computer was
driven by the need to make the power of its HP-UX
operating system (HP's version of the UNIX operating
system) available to the novice. Some important
constraints were to avoid alienating sophisticated UNIX
users or previous HP personal computer users, to allow
porting of standard UNIX software, and to allow a
novice user to become more sophisticated in using the
computer as the user's familiarity with the system
grows. The user interface for the Integral PC consists
of three parts: HP Windows (window manager), PAM
(Personal Applications Manager), and the inherent user
interface of each application. The result is a visually
oriented multitasking system that allows each program
to run as if it were the only program running.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer operating systems;
Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers; HP windows;
HP-UX operating system; Integral Personal Computer;
interfaces; multiprocessing systems; multitasking
system; operating systems (computers); PAM; personal
applications manager; personal applications manager
(PAM); portable computers; systems science and
cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems; UNIX operating
system; Unix operating system; user; user interface;
visually oriented multitasking system; window manager",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Opfer:1985:TMD,
author = "James E. Opfer and Bruce F. Spenner and Bangalore R.
Natarajan and Richard A. Baugh and Edward S. Murdock
and Charles C. Morehouse and David J. Bromley",
title = "Thin-Film Memory Disc Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "4--10",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Developing a new recording medium for disk memories
required careful attention to the development and
characterization of materials, processes, and test
systems. The addition of platinum to the cobalt films
deposited over chromium provided the desired capability
of varying properties independently without sacrificing
the squareness of the magnetization\slash applied-field
(M-H) hysteresis loop. Proceeding in parallel with disk
process and material development was the development of
characterization equipment. It was important from the
beginning to understand the advantages and limitations
of competing methods for making thin-film disks. Plated
thin-film media from several vendors were evaluated
early in the program, and the understanding gained led
to the adoption of vacuum sputtering as the preferred
method of depositing the films. A theoretical
understanding of the recording process played an
important role in the validation of results and the
evolution of an understanding of the limits of the
recording process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Thin-Film Dep, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Thin-Film Dep, USA",
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "708; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "addition of platinum to cobalt films; characterization
equipment; data storage, magnetic; Disk; disk recording
medium; hard discs; Hewlett Packard; magnetic materials
--- Thin Films; magnetic recording; magnetic thin
films; magnetization/applied-field (M-H) hysteresis
loop; media; memory disc development; recording
performance; storage; thin-film discs",
}
@Article{Hodges:1985:DTT,
author = "John Hodges and Keith S. Roskelley and Dennis R.
Edson",
title = "Dynamic Testing of Thin-Film Magnetic Recording
Discs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "11--21",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Dynamic testing of parameters is a major function
required for the development and subsequent production
of a disk memory product. The test apparatus required
for magnetic disk testing must be capable of measuring
many electrical and mechanical parameters. The operator
interface is of prime importance. Production personnel
should be provided with simple, easy-to-use equipment.
Design engineers, on the other hand, require test
apparatus that has the utmost in flexibility and
thoroughness. In either case the measurements must be
performed with excellent accuracy and repeatability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media); C5380 (Other aspects of storage
devices and techniques); C7430 (Computer engineering)",
classification = "708; 714; 722; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; data storage, magnetic ---
Disk; discs; dynamic testing; hard discs;
Hewlett--Packard; HP-IB; IEEE-488 bus; magnetic devices;
magnetic materials --- Thin Films; magnetic
measurements; measurement accuracy; storage media;
Testing; thin-film magnetic recording; thin-film
magnetic recording disks",
}
@Article{Drennan:1985:LSD,
author = "George A. Drennan and Robert J. Lawton and Michael B.
Jacobson",
title = "In-Line Sputtering Deposition System for Thin-Film
Disc Fabrication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "21--25",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:07:49 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In-line system (ILS) for the sputtering thin-film
deposition processing for thin-film disk fabrication is
described. Disks are fabricated in the ILS using a
combination of batch loading and continuous processing.
Several planetary carriers are held on a supporting
rack and placed into the load chamber. After the load
chamber has been evacuated, a loader mechanism places a
planetary carrier onto a robot sled. When the first
layer has been deposited, the plunger places the
planetary carrier onto a second sled for transfer to
the next deposition chamber while the first sled
returns to the load chamber for another carrier. The
maintenance and reliability of ILS are also
considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B0520F
(Vapour deposition); B3120B (Magnetic recording);
C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "531; 708; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "commercial manufacture; data storage, magnetic ---
Disk; hard disc manufacture; hard discs; Hewlett-;
in-line sputtering deposition system; in-line system
(ILS); magnetic materials --- Thin films; manufacture;
metals and alloys; Packard; sputter deposition;
sputtered thin-film deposition processing; Sputtering;
storage media; thin-film disc fabrication",
}
@Article{Day:1985:TDR,
author = "Clifford K. Day and C. {Girvin Harkins} and Stephan P.
Howe and Paul Poorman",
title = "Thin-Film Disc Reliability --- the Conservative
Approach",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "25--31",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "When implementing a new disk memory technology, the
data integrity and reliability are primary performance
criteria. Hence, when Hewlett--Packard undertook the
development of thin-film disks for its new memory
products, a significant part of the program was
concerned with evaluating and improving the reliability
of the new technology. Several accelerated tests were
devised to simulate different customer environmental
stresses. These included: Wear tests that evaluate
effects caused by head takeoff and landing on the disk
surface; friction tests that evaluate start-up and
dynamic head\slash disk friction as a function of wear
and humidity; atmospheric pollutant and galvanic
corrosion tests; oxygen diffusion tests; shock and
vibration tests; and thermal stability tests (including
some that simulated a customer transporting the disk
drive in the cold trunk of a car and then using the
drive in a warm office environment)",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Disc Memory Div, USA",
classcodes = "B0170N (Reliability); B3120B (Magnetic recording);
C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "421; 708; 722; 913",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "accelerated test; corrosion; corrosion testing; data
integrity and reliability; data storage, magnetic ---
Disk; hard discs; Hewlett--Packard; HP thin-film disk;
life testing; magnetic materials --- Thin Films;
reliability; Testing; testing program; thin-film disc
reliability; wear; wear testing",
}
@Article{Moore:1985:MTD,
author = "Glenn E. {Moore, Jr.} and Richard S. Seymour and
Darrel R. Bloomquist",
title = "Manufacturing Thin-Film Discs",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "34--35",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP thin-film disk provides significant performance
advantages in rigid disk drives. To realize the full
potential of the thin-film disk, however, its cost must
be minimized. The disk manufacturing process offers a
perfect vehicle for production optimization and cost
reduction, because in contrast to disk drive production
at the one extreme and IC fabrication at the other, it
combines a minimum part count with a small number of
relatively simple processes (no pattern definition, for
example). The challenges are to optimize the individual
processes within the framework of the overall
production sequence and to integrate the disk into the
disk drive in an optimum manner.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Magnetic Recording Technology Cent,
Boise ID, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Magnetic Recording Technology
Cent, Boise ID, USA",
classcodes = "B0170L (Inspection and quality control); B0170N
(Reliability)B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C
(Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "714; 722; 911; 913",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "component cost; cost accounting; cost reduction; data
storage, magnetic --- Disk; hard discs;
Hewlett--Packard; HP thin film disk; magnetic devices,
thin film; Manufacture; manufacture; manufacturing
costs; product cost; production control ---
Optimization; quality control; reliability; storage
media; thin-film disc manufacture",
treatment = "E Economic",
}
@Article{Allyn:1985:TDM,
author = "Michael C. Allyn and Peter R. Goglia and Scott R.
Smay",
title = "Thin-Film Discs: Magnetic, Electrical, and Mechanical
Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "11",
pages = "36--40",
month = nov,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The main parameters of magnetic and electrical design
are given. They are: peak amplitude, a requirement set
by signal\slash noise ratio; peak shift caused by
intersymbol interference; overwrite, so that a rewrite
erases a previous write; and medium noise, which causes
random transition mislocation during write.
Component-level characterization of the magnetic and
dynamic recording performance of a thin-film disk
provides fast feedback to the designer. Tests that
measure the bulk properties of the disk are typically
fast and can be implemented in a production process
after the design cycle is complete. The mechanical
properties of the disk surface are evaluated by
simulating and measuring the flying characteristics of
the recording head in response to various surface
features. Head flight simulation is done by modeling
the head as a mass-inertia system responding to
pressures generated at the air bearing surface of the
head and restrained by a spring force opposing the
pressure. A detailed map of the pressure acting on the
head air bearing surface is calculated using a
finite-difference solution to the equations of motion
of a fluid applied to thin spacings (Reynolds
equation).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "714; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "characterisation; characterization; component level;
data storage, magnetic --- Disk; Design; design;
dynamic recording performance; electrical design;
electronic equipment testing; hard discs; Hewlett-;
magnetic design; magnetic devices, thin film; magnetic
heads; magnetic recording performance; magnetic thin
films; mechanical; mechanical design; Packard;
read/write head; storage media; thin-film disc",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burns:1985:HSG,
author = "Robert E. Burns",
title = "A high-performance signal generator for {RF}
communications testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "4--6",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Manufacturers of communications equipment need
calibrated signals of high quality to verify that their
products are meeting stringent specifications. This
needs to be done quickly, usually under computer
control. High-reliability design, extended calibration
intervals, and fast calibration and repair maximize ATE
system uptime. Spectral purity is exceptional.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Section, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, R\&D Section, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "715; 716; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing ---
Equipment; Computer Applications; computer control;
generator; Hewlett--Packard 8642A/B; high-performance
signal; HP 8642A; HP 8642B; radio equipment ---
Calibration; radio transmission --- Testing; RF
communications testing; RF signal generator; signal
generators; spectral purity",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lassiter:1985:UII,
author = "Albert Einstein Lassiter and Charles R. Kogler",
title = "User Interface and Internal Controller for an {RF}
Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "6--10",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8642A/B is introduced with a 25-character
alphanumeric display for function settings and
messages. The instrument prompts the user with what is
expected next in many cases so the operating manual
does not have to be depended upon so heavily. Messages
tell the user what is going on or what the user has
done wrong. For example, two user-defined displayable
messages can be used for any desired purpose. These
messages allow the display to be used as a test
system's large-character display for prompting the
operator, or for recording a company's capital asset
number for the instrument inside the instrument, or for
any other user-defined message.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "715; 723; 732; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alphanumeric display; automatic test equipment;
Computer Interfaces; control systems; controller;
display devices --- Design; HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B
signal generator; internal; internal controller; RF
signal generator; signal generators; user interface;
user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wende:1985:SGS,
author = "Michael T. Wende",
title = "Signal Generator Service Features Maximize Uptime",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "10--13",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To maximize uptime, the HP 8642A/B Signal Generator is
designed with an emphasis on reliability and extended
calibration intervals, so that the intervals between
failures or required calibrations are expected to be
much longer than in previous generations of HP RF
signal generators. To reduce downtime when calibration
or repair does become necessary, the instrument has
extensive built-in self-tests and service features for
fault detection, fault diagnosis and isolation, and
calibration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems); C3380 (Control
applications in instrumentation systems and laboratory
techniques)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; automatic testing; built-in
self-; calibrations; fault detection; fault diagnosis;
HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator; HP RF signal
generator; instruments --- Calibration; isolation;
Modular Construction; service features; signal
generators; tests",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jewell:1985:IMS,
author = "Michael B. Jewell and Mark W. Johnson",
title = "Internally Modular Signal Generator Mechanical
Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "14--18",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One of the principal goals for the mechanical design
of the HP 8642A/B Signal Generator was to provide
effective shielding to ensure high performance without
sacrificing serviceability or ease of manufacture. The
design that realizes these goals divides the circuitry
into functional blocks or modules. These modules are
treated as small, complete instruments that have
well-defined input and output specifications, require
minimum external inputs (power, digital control, and RF
signals), and can be completely built and tested before
final assembly, which then requires a minimum of
testing and adjustments for the assembled instruments
to meet specifications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "601; 715; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8642A/B signal generator; HP; HP 8642A/B signal
generator; instruments --- Electric Shielding;
internally modular signal generator; mechanical design;
Modular Construction; modules; product design; RF
connectors; shielding; signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Collison:1985:WFR,
author = "Robert R. Collison and James B. Summers and Marvin W.
Wagner and Bryan D. Ratliff",
title = "Wide-Frequency-Range Signal Generator Output Section
Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "18--24",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two output sections are used in the HP 8642A/B Signal
Generator to cover the 0.1-to-1057.5-MHz frequency
range. In the HP 8642B, a doubler output section is
added to cover the 1057.5-MHz-to-2115-MHz frequency
range. Block diagrams of the two output sections ---
the UHF output section and the heterodyne output
section and of the doubler, attenuator, and reverse
power protection section are presented. Both the UHF
and the doubler output sections contain
power-amplifier\slash peak-detector microcircuits and
ALC loops. While similar in some respects, these
elements are not the same in the two sections and are
discussed separately.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210B (Recorders and
indicators for control systems)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ALC loops; amplifiers, power type; circuits; Design;
design; doubler output section; electronic circuits,
frequency multiplying; heterodyne output section; HP
8642A/B signal generator; output section; peak detector
microcircuits; power amplifier; signal generators; UHF;
UHF output section; wide-frequency-range;
wide-frequency-range signal generator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Faulkner:1985:SGF,
author = "Thomas R. Faulkner and Earl C. Herleikson and Ronald
J. Mayer and Brian M. Miller and Mark A. Niemann",
title = "Signal Generator Frequency Synthesizer Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "24--31",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The frequency synthesizer of the HP 8642A/B Signal
Generator is designed to minimize the phase noise,
spurious response, and switching speed of the
instrument, while optimizing its angle modulation
capabilities. This design challenge was met by dividing
the frequency synthesis process into component
phase-locked loops, which were then individually
optimized for their specific function. The six
component phase-locked loops are the time base, the FM
loop, the SAWR (surface-acoustic-wave-resonator) loop,
the reference loop, the IF loop, and the sum loop. A
general block diagram of the frequency synthesizer,
shows the loops' interrelationships.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Spokane, Div, WA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Spokane, Div, WA, USA",
classcodes = "B6450F (Sound synthesisers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic surface wave devices; angle modulation
capabilities; component phase-locked; Design; frequency
synthesizers; HP 8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator;
if loop; loops; phase locked loops; phase noise;
reference loop; signal generator; signal generator
frequency synthesizer design; signal generators; speed;
spurious response; sum loop; switching; time base",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Tong:1985:AMS,
author = "Gary L. Tong",
title = "Audio Modulation Section for an {RF} Signal
Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "36",
number = "12",
pages = "31--35",
month = dec,
year = "1985",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8642A/B Signal Generator can produce AM, FM,
PM, and pulse modulation. Its modulation capabilities
are intended to satisfy as many standard applications
as possible, but their performance and versatility
allow the user to generate a wide variety of signals to
satisfy nonstandard and laboratory needs. HP 8642A/B
modulation capabilities include an internal,
low-distortion, variable-modulation oscillator that
covers 10 Hz to 100 kHz. The signal from this
oscillator can be used either internally for AM or FM
(may be simultaneous, if desired) or externally as a
low-frequency source. It can also be used internally
and externally simultaneously. Having an internal
modulation source eliminates the need for an additional
modulation source for many applications, thus saving
space and money. As an external source, the modulation
oscillator offers adjustable frequency and amplitude,
providing the user with a flexible low-frequency source
for a wide range of applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B6120 (Modulation methods); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
classification = "715; 716; 751",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AM; amplitude modulation; audio modulation; audio
modulation section; FM; frequency modulation; HP
8642A/B; HP 8642A/B signal generator; laboratory needs;
modulation; modulation oscillator; oscillators;
performance; phase; PM; pulse modulation; RF signal
generator; signal generator; signal generators; signal
generators --- Components; variable-modulation
oscillator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coutant:1986:CNG,
author = "Deborah S. Coutant and Carol L. Hammond and Jon W.
Kelley",
title = "Compilers for the New Generation of {Hewlett--Packard}
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "4--18",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Compilers are particularly important to the
reduced-complexity, high-precision architecture
currently being developed at Hewlett--Packard in the
program that has been code-named Spectrum. The Spectrum
program is implementing an REFS [sic] that is similar
in philosophy to the class of architectures called RISC
(reduced instruction set computers). This paper
describes the compiling system design and shows how it
addresses the specific requirements of the new
architecture. First, the impact of high-level language
issues on the early architectural design decisions is
described. Next, the low-level structure of the
compiling system is explained, with particular emphasis
on areas that have received special attention for this
architecture: program analysis, code generation, and
optimization. The paper closes with a discussion of
RISC-related issues and how they have been addressed in
this compiling system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Information Networks Div, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Information Networks Div, USA",
classcodes = "C6150C (Compilers, interpreters and other
processors)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "code generation; compilers; compiling system design;
computer architecture --- Design; computer operating
systems; computer programming languages; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard computers; high
level; high-level language; high-precision
architecture; instruction sets; language issues;
optimization; program; program analysis; Program
Compilers; reduced instruction set computer (RISC);
RISCs; Spectrum",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Daniels:1986:SMP,
author = "Thomas H. Daniels and John A. Fenoglio",
title = "A stand-alone measurement plotting system ({HP
7090A})",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "20--24",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This compact laboratory instrument serves as an X-Y
recorder, a low-frequency waveform recorder, a digital
plotter, or a data acquisition system. The HP 7090A
Measurement Plotting System uses analog-to-digital
converters (ADCs) and digital buffers to extend the
measurement bandwidth well beyond the limits of the
mechanism. Each input channel has a 12-bit ADC capable
of a 30-kHz sample rate. Since it is necessary to have
about 10 samples\slash cycle for a good plot of the
signal this approach allows signals with bandwidths up
to 3 kHz to be recorded.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210 (Instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3210 (Control systems and instrumentation); C5520
(Data acquisition equipment and techniques); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 942; 944",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acquisition system; complete data; computer peripheral
equipment --- Plotters; data acquisition; data
conversion, analog to digital; data processing --- Data
Acquisition; digital plotter; frequency waveform
recorder; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 7090A; HP 7090A
measurement plotting system; instruments; laboratory
recorder; low; low-frequency waveform recorder;
measurement; plotters; recorders; Recording;
stand-alone measurement plotting system; systems; X-Y
recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{VanVoorhis:1986:DCM,
author = "Steven T. {Van Voorhis}",
title = "Digital Control of Measurement Graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "24--26",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A low-cost servo is presented that is capable of
producing quality hard-copy graphics output, both in
real-time directly from the analog inputs and while
plotting vectors either from the instrument's internal
data buffer or received over the HP-IB (IEEE 488)
interface. The mechanical requirements of the design
were met by adopting the mechanics of the earlier HP
7475A Plotter. This approach had the significant
advantage of a lower-cost solution than could have been
achieved with a new design. What remained then was to
design the electronics and firmware for reference
generation and control of the plant (dc servo motor and
mechanical load).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, Design Graphics Section, San Diego,
CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, Design Graphics Section, San
Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C3260B (Electric actuators and final control
equipment); C3380B (Control of electronic instruments);
C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "705; 722; 731; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer peripheral equipment ---
Plotters; control systems, digital; data buffer; DC;
digital control; hard-copy graphics output; hardcopy
graphics output; HP 7090A measurement plotting system;
HP 7090A Measurement Plotting System; HP 7475A Plotter;
HP-IB interface; IEEE 488 interface; instruments,
digital; low-cost servo; measurement graphics;
mechanical load; plotters; servo motor;
servomechanisms; servomotors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bockman:1986:MGS,
author = "Francis E. Bockman and Emil Maghakian",
title = "Measurement Graphics Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "27--32",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP 17090A MGS is a software package written for the HP
7090A Measurement Plotting System that runs on HP's
Series 200 Computers. MGS allows the user to: set up
measurements; take measurements; store and retrieve
measurement data to and from disc files; annotate
measurements with text, axes, and simple graphics;
manipulate measured data; and provide soft and hard
copy of measured and manipulated data. MGS was written
to provide a system solution to some of the general
problems of measurement recording and data acquisition.
It is designed to be used by scientists and engineers
not wanting to write their own software. This software
package extends the capabilities of the stand-alone HP
7090A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego Div, San Diego, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C6130B (Graphics techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics; computer peripheral equipment ---
Plotters; computer software; data acquisition;
graphical representation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
17090A MGS; HP 7090A measurement plotting system; HP
7090A Measurement Plotting System; instruments, digital
--- Computer Interfaces; measurement data; measurement
data manipulation; measurement graphics; measurement
recording; packages; software; software package;
stand-alone HP 7090A",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sanchez:1986:ACL,
author = "Jorge Sanchez",
title = "Analog Channel for a Low-Frequency Waveform Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "32--35",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The analog channel of the HP 7090A Measurement
Plotting System conditions and digitizes the signals
connected to the inputs of the instrument. The analog
signals are amplified, filtered, and digitized by a
series of stages. After the signals are digitized, the
equivalent binary words are processed through a series
of calibration procedures performed by the
microprocessor to provide the full dc accuracy of the
machine. The architecture of the channel is designed
with flexibility of operation as a goal. Thus, the
microprocessor is used to set up the multiple stages
for coarse and fine gains and offsets. This allows the
execution of zeroing and calibration routines and
eliminates manual adjustments in the manufacturing
process. The analog channel has floating, guarded
inputs. Through the use of isolation and shielding,
common mode rejections of greater than 140 dB for dc
and greater than 100 dB for 60 Hz are obtained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems); C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
classification = "718; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog channel; analog signals; binary words;
calibration procedures; common mode rejection ratio
(CMRR); Communication Channels; data conversion, analog
to digital; full DC accuracy; HP 7090A; HP 7090A
measurement plotting system; information theory;
instruments, digital --- Recording; low-frequency;
low-frequency waveform recorder; Measurement Plotting
System; microprocessor; plotters; recorders; signal
processing; waveform analysis; waveform analysis ---
Instruments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harrington:1986:UTV,
author = "Daniel B. Harrington",
title = "Usability Testing: a Valuable Tool for {PC} Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "1",
pages = "36--40",
month = jan,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A key element in the design of a personal computer is
how easy it is for a new owner to set it up, get it
running, and do basic tasks such as printing output,
loading software, entering data, and handling files. To
evaluate these qualities, HP's Portable Computer
Division has conducted three usability tests, two on
the Integral PC (one before, one after introduction)
and one on The Portable (after introduction). A single
test program uses ten reviewers, one per day, each
performing for pay the same set of tasks on the
selected computer model. The tasks are performed in the
testing room at the division. The reviewers are
selected to meet the profile of the expected buyer of
the computer. Each reviewer's experience is videotaped,
and an observer in the test room constantly monitors
the reviewer's progress.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard, USA",
classcodes = "C0310H (Equipment and software evaluation methods)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer; computer evaluation; computer software ---
Testing; computer testing; computers, microcomputer;
designer; documentation preparer; PC design; personal
computer (PC) evaluation; product; task reviewers;
Testing; usability testing; user experiences",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Gibson:1986:GAL,
author = "Scott R. Gibson",
title = "Gallium Arsenide Lowers Cost and Improves Performance
of Microwave Counters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "4--10",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Integration of several microwave counter components in
a single hybrid gallium arsenide (GaAs) circuit, along
with other advances, has yielded a new family of
microwave frequency counters that offer comprehensive
feature sets, high-speed data transfer, optional
low-aging-rate oscillators, extended mean time between
failures (MTBF).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B7310G
(Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave measurement
techniques)",
classification = "712; 713; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "40 GHz; circuit; Costs; electronic circuits, counting
--- Microwaves; extended mean time between failures
(MTBF); frequency measurement; GaAs sampling
integrated; gallium arsenide; high-speed data transfer;
III-V; III-V semiconductor; integrated circuits ---
Microwaves; microwave counters; microwave detectors;
microwave frequency counters; microwave measurement;
optional low-aging-rate oscillators; performance;
semiconducting gallium arsenide; semiconductors",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Peregrino:1986:OSI,
author = "L. Peregrino",
title = "Optimum solution for {IF} bandwidth and {LO}
frequencies in a microwave counter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "11--14",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7310G (Frequency measurement); B7310N (Microwave
measurement techniques)",
keywords = "frequency measurement; IF bandwidth; linear
programming; local oscillator frequency; low-frequency
counter; measurement; microwave; microwave counter;
microwave detectors; optimum solution; range; receiver;
receivers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stever:1986:SSM,
author = "S. D. Stever and J. E. Mueller and T. G. Rodine and D.
W. Olsen and R. K. Tuttle",
title = "Seven-function systems multimeter offers extended
resolution and scanner capabilities",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "15--23",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
keywords = "access; automatic test system; EC 625; extended
resolution; front-panel; HP 3457A multimeter; HP-IB;
IEEE 488; multimeters; scanner capabilities; seven
function systems multimeter; test program debugging",
treatment = "N New Development; P Practical",
}
@Article{Egbert:1986:ASA,
author = "J. H. Egbert and K. F. Anderson and F. W. {Woodhull,
II} and J. {Rowell, Jr.} and D. C. Bender and K. A.
Richter and J. C. Faick",
title = "Advanced scalar analyzer system improves precision and
productivity in {R} and {D} and production testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "2",
pages = "24--39",
month = feb,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7310F (Power and energy measurement); B7310H
(Phase and gain measurement); B7310Z (Other electric
variables measurement)",
keywords = "8757A scalar network analyser; detector; display
channels; gain measurement; HP; inputs; insertion loss
measurement; loss measurement; measurement; network
analysers; power; precision; production testing;
productivity",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Cagan:1986:IHA,
author = "Martin R. Cagan",
title = "An introduction to {Hewlett--Packard}'s {AI}
workstation technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "4--14",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Hewlett--Packard AI Workstation Common Lisp
Development Environment represents the aggregate of the
major symbolic programming software development efforts
at Hewlett--Packard to solve problems using symbolic
programming techniques. This article explores the AI
Workstation by describing it from four perspectives:
the market, the technology, the environment, and the
applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Software Technology Lab, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Software Technology Lab, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6140D (High level
languages)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AI workstation; artificial intelligence; common lisp
development environment; Common Lisp development
environment; computer programming languages --- lisp;
computer software; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
artificial intelligence workstation research efforts;
LISP; object-oriented programming; rule-based
programming; symbolic programming software;
workstations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Blair:1986:DTS,
author = "Steven R. Blair",
title = "A defect tracking system for the {UNIX} environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "15--18",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A distributed defect tracking system (DTS) simplifies
the process of reporting, collecting, and summarizing
software defect data. It provides utilities for
submitting, receiving, resolving, and archiving defect
reports, and for generating detailed and summary report
listings. DTS solves these problems in a way that is
easy to learn and use. This paper presents the DTS
solution first from the project management perspective
and then in terms of user interaction. It describes the
system's operational environment and shows the current
status of DTS use at HP. Several graphical examples of
summarized DTS data are given.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corporate Engineering, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Corporate Engineering, CA,
USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer operating systems; computer software;
computers; data; defect tracking system; defect
tracking systems (DTS); development; Digital Equipment
Corporation VAX; DTS; effective defect tracking and
analysis tools; HP 9000; Management; metrics collection
needs; operating systems (computers); operational
environment; prerelease software; project management
perspective; software defect; software defects data;
software reliability; software tools; UNIX environment;
user interaction",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Burroughs:1986:TOO,
author = "Gregory D. Burroughs",
title = "A toolset for object-oriented programming in {C}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "19--23",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:08:09 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Object-oriented programming seeks to encapsulate
entities in a program into objects, methods, and
messages. It is useful for writing highly dynamic
software that is well-structured and easily
maintainable. This paper presents a set of tools that
support object-with-methods data structuring.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "C language; C listings; C programming languages;
computer programming --- Algorithms; computer
programming languages; computer software; data; data
processing; Data Structures; dynamic software;
entities; messages; methods; object-oriented
programming; object-with-methods data structuring;
objects; software tools; structuring; tool set",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fuget:1986:TAS,
author = "Craig D. Fuget and Barbara J. Scott",
title = "Tools for Automating Software Test Package Execution",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "24--28",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two software testing tools in use at HP's Data Systems
Division are the Virtual Terminal and the Scaffold Test
Package Automation Tool and Test Package Standard.
Developed by one HP Division and now used by others,
these two tools reduce the time it takes to develop
test packages and make it easy to reuse test packages
in regression testing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; 902",
corpsource = "Hewlett-Packerd Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Testing; automatic testing; computer
software; host; HP 1000 computers; interactive testing;
keyboard input; Scaffold; scaffold test package
automation tool; software test package execution;
software tools; system; test package; Test Package
Automation Tool and Test Package Standard; test package
standard; virtual terminal; Virtual Terminal",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ward:1986:UQM,
author = "William T. Ward",
title = "Using Quality Metrics for Critical Application
Software",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "28--31",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Software metrics have been used to evaluate the
quality of a computer-based medical device produced by
a large-scale software development project. This
article discusses the generation of several software
quality metrics from data collected during the system
integration stage of the patient monitor software
development cycle. The evaluation of these metrics has
provided the quantified estimates of software quality
required for product release into a critical
application environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Waltham Div, MA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Waltham Div, MA, USA",
classcodes = "C6100 (Software techniques and systems)",
classification = "461; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "based medical device; biomedical engineering ---
Patient Monitoring; computer software; computer-;
critical application environment; critical application
software; development cycle; large-scale software
development; Medical Applications; patient monitor
software; project; quality assurance --- Automatic
Testing; quality metrics; software metrics; software
quality; software reliability; system integration
stage",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Dea:1986:PSG,
author = "Robert W. Dea and Vincent J. D'Angelo",
title = "{P-Pods}: a Software Graphical Design Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "32--35",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Pictorial Procedure Oriented Design System (P-PODS) is
an interactive graphical software design and
documentation tool. Available for internal
Hewlett--Packard users only, its target users are
software R\&D engineers. As a design tool, P-PODS is
used during the design phase of a project to replace
the pseudocoding or flowcharting of detailed logic
structure that would normally be done. The resulting
diagrams supplement information available in the
finished code. As a documentation tool, P-PODS is used
to document existing code.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer graphics; computer
graphics --- Interactive; computer systems programming
--- Documentation; Design System; diagrams supplement
information; documentation tool; interactive graphical
software design and; Pictorial Procedure Oriented;
pictorial procedure oriented design system (p-pods);
software graphical design tool; software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bugarin:1986:TST,
author = "John R. Bugarin",
title = "Triggers: a Software Testing Tool",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "35--36",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Sat Apr 12 15:08:23 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Triggers is a software testing method to increase the
productivity (efficiency and effectiveness) of testing.
It allows the tester to force the execution of specific
paths in the software by setting specific boundary
conditions. The implementation of Triggers consists of
the data base (with insertion and deletion operations)
of records consisting of the two keys (module name and
trigger number), the reference count, and the escape
value. Interactive and programmatic interfaces for
inserting and deleting triggers in the data base should
be implemented. Triggers is explained through an
example using the language MODCAL.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Colorado Networks Operation, CO,
USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Colorado Networks Operation,
CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic testing --- Productivity; boundary; boundary
conditions of software; computer programming languages;
computer software; conditions; database systems ---
Computer Interfaces; interactive interfaces; MODCAL
language; program testing; programmatic interfaces;
software conditions; software tester; software testing
tool; software tools; Testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1986:HCL,
author = "Bruce A. Thompson and David J. Ellis",
title = "Hierarchy Chart Language Aids Software Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "37--42",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A graphics program, aimed specifically at generating
hierarchy charts, is presented that requires little
time to learn or operate. The Hierarchy Chart Language
(HCL) program is primarily a software engineering tool
used within several HP Divisions. It was developed to
facilitate the use of structured software design. HCL
grew out of the need to generate hierarchy charts
quickly and easily so the designers could concentrate
on the design rather than the representation of
software. HCL automatically places modules and routes
interconnections. This is the most time-consuming
aspect of chart generation for the engineer to do by
hand. This 100\% placement and routing is not
restrictive, however. The designer is still allowed the
flexibility to alter the appearance of the hierarchy
chart to conform to a personal style.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Greeley Div, CO, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, Greeley Div, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic chart generation; automatic modules
placement; computer programming languages; computer
software --- Software Engineering; development;
graphical representation; HCL; hierarchy chart;
hierarchy chart language; hierarchy chart language
(HCL); high level languages; interconnections routing;
software; software engineering; software structure;
structure software design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Donnelly:1986:MAD,
author = "James A. Donnelly",
title = "Module Adds Data Logging Capabilities to the {HP-71B}
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "3",
pages = "43--46",
month = mar,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The combination of the handheld HP-71B Computer and
the HP 3421A Data Acquisition\slash Control Unit
provides a low-cost hardware configuration for many
engineering or production data acquisition
applications. A 64K-byte plug-in ROM module offers new
BASIC language keywords for control of a
battery-powered data acquisition and control unit and
nine application programs for data capture,
presentation, and transmission to host computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co, OR, USA",
affiliationaddress = "Hewlett--Packard Co, OR, USA",
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); C3210G (Data
acquisition systems for control); C5320 (Digital
storage)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64Kbyte plug-; acquisition and control unit;
acquisition control unit; application programs; basic
language keywords; BASIC language keywords;
battery-powered data; capture; computer programming
languages --- basic; data; Data Acquisition; data
acquisition; data loggers; data logging capabilities;
data processing; data storage, digital --- Fixed; data
transmission; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-71B
computer; HP3421A data; in ROM; plug-in ROM module;
read-only storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rush:1986:DAS,
author = "Kenneth Rush and Danny J. Oldfield",
title = "A data acquisition system for a {1-GHz} digitizing
oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "4--11",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Alternate methods can be used to achieve high time
resolution in a digitizing oscilloscope. This article
describes a system used to realize one of these
methods, called random repetitive sampling. The system
achieves an equivalent sampling rate of 100 GHz and a
bandwidth of 1 GHz for a time resolution of 10 ps. The
HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope is described that
makes random observations of input signal voltages and
stores these observations in memory.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210G (Data acquisition systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210G (Data
acquisition systems for control); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope; 54100A/D; acquisition;
analogue-digital conversion; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
clock; data; Data Acquisition; data acquisition system;
data conversion, analog to digital; data processing;
data storage, digital; HP; input signal voltages;
instruments, digital --- Sampling; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray --- Storage; random observations; random
repetitive sampling; sample; trigger interpolator",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rush:1986:HPS,
author = "Kenneth Rush and William H. Escovitz and Arnold S.
Berger",
title = "High-performance Probe System for a {1-GHz} Digitizing
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "11--19",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The probing system for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
Oscilloscope is described. It consists of the following
components: The HP 54100A 1-GHz Miniature Active Probe;
The HP 54002A 50 OMEGA Input Pod; The HP 54003A 1-M
OMEGA Probe; and The HP 54300A Probe Multiplexer. All
components, their associated circuitry and the
instruments operation are illustrated and described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
classification = "715; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing; 1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope;
analogue-digital conversion; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
high performance probe system; HP 54001A 1-GHz
miniature active; HP 54002A 50 Omega input pod; HP
54003A 1-M Omega; HP 54100A/D; HP 5430A probe
multiplexer; instruments, digital --- Multiplexing;
multiplexing equipment; oscilloscope; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray --- Storage; Performance; probe; probe
multiplexer; probes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Schlater:1986:WGD,
author = "Rodney T. Schlater",
title = "Waveform Graphics for a {1-GHz} Digitizing
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "20--25",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Special attention was paid to developing a good
graphics interface for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
Oscilloscope. Several new methods of displaying
waveforms were developed that provide users greater
insight into their circuits. In addition, new
techniques were created for plotting waveforms on the
screen very quickly, making the HP 54100A/D very
responsive and giving it the feel of an analog
oscilloscope. The three display modes of the HP
54100A/D are variable persistence, infinite
persistence, and averaging. Variable persistence and
infinite persistence are new to digitizing
oscilloscopes. The averaging used is a continuous
average. Most digitizing oscilloscopes now use a
terminating type of average that stops when the
selected number of repetitions have been averaged.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems); C5540 (Terminals and graphic
displays)",
classification = "715; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope; averaging display mode;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computer graphic equipment;
graphics interface; infinite persistence display mode;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray; rise time; variable
persistence display mode; waveform analysis; waveform
graphics",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Genther:1986:HIH,
author = "Scott A. Genther and Eddie A. Evel",
title = "Hardware Implementation of a High-Performance Trigger
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "26--33",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The wide vertical bandwidth and precise timing
accuracy of the HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope
require a very high-quality trigger system. Therefore,
much effort was put into the design of the basic
trigger path to achieve high performance, and a radical
departure was taken from the traditional oscilloscope
feature set to provide triggering functions more useful
to designers of digital hardware. The front end of the
system is designed for very fast response to provide
repeatable and accurate timing between input
transitions and the time base reference. At the same
time, it is structured like the front end of a logic
analyzer, where each input has its own comparator. This
allows simultaneous and sequential processing of input
signals so that sophisticated functions resembling
those found in dual-time base oscilloscopes and logic
analyzers can be provided. In addition to the
traditional single-source triggering mode, the new
architecture provides the ability to trigger on
transmissions of a parallel pattern of several inputs,
like a logic timing analyzer. The digital nature of the
instrument makes possible a holdoff function that is
much improved over the corresponding delay feature on
conventional oscilloscopes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); C3210B (Recorders and indicators for
control systems)",
classification = "713; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "bandwidth accuracy; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
Computer Interfaces; electronic circuits, trigger;
hardware implementation; high-; HP 54100A/D digitizing
oscilloscope; instruments, digital; integrated
circuits, hybrid; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
Storage; performance trigger system; time base
accuracy; triggering functions",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Toeppen:1986:DOU,
author = "Derek E. Toeppen",
title = "{1-GHz} Digitizing Oscilloscope uses Thick-film Hybrid
Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "33--36",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Hybrid Manufacturing Technology is widely used for
high-frequency and microwave circuitry because of its
ability to provide low-parasitic connections to
devices. The HP 54100A/D Digitizing Oscilloscope uses
thick-film hybrid technology for circuitry with
bandwidths into the 3-to-4-GHz range. Seven hybrids
were designed and are in production using the new
processes: a 1-GHz preamplifier, a 3-GHz sampler, a
1-GHz probe receiver, a 300-MHz probe receiver, and
three trigger hybrids making up a 500-MHz trigger
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220G (Thick film circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); C3210B
(Recorders and indicators for control systems)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1-GHz digitizing; 1-GHz digitizing oscilloscope;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; connections;
controlled-impedance connections; controlled-impedance
connections between devices; digitizing oscilloscope;
diodes; high-frequency pnp transistors; HP 54100 A/D;
hybrid manufacturing technology; integrated circuits,
hybrid; low-parasitic; low-parasitic connections to
devices; oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
Components; step-recovery; thick film circuits; Thick
Films; thick-film hybrid technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Felps:1986:MPS,
author = "Jimmie D. Felps",
title = "A modular power supply",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "37--39",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The power supply for the HP 54100A/D Digitizing
Oscilloscope is divided into three different modules.
The primary assembly converts the input ac voltage to a
dc voltage that is distributed to two dc-to-dc
converters: the digital power supply and the analog
power supply. These are switching mode power supplies
using pulse width modulation (PWM) techniques at a
frequency of about 70 kHz. Each power supply assembly
is a plug-in card that plugs directly into a
motherboard. The primary assembly mounts directly to
the HP 54100A/D chassis. Two three-wire cables between
the primary assembly and the digital and analog power
supplies are the only chassis wiring required.
Instrument cooling is accomplished by a single fan that
varies in speed with the ambient temperature. The fan
drive circuitry is located on the analog power supply.
Each of the three modules can be tested and serviced
individually.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1210 (Power electronics, supply and supervisory
circuits); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "70 kHz; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cooling; DC-to-DC
converters; digital and analog power supplies; electric
converters; electric power supplies to apparatus; HP
54100A/D digitizing oscilloscope; Modular Construction;
modular power supply; motherboard; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray --- Electric Power Supplies; plug-in cards;
power supply circuits; pulse width modulation;
switching mode power supplies",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pedersen:1986:PHT,
author = "Christen K. Pedersen",
title = "Program Helps Teach Digital Microwave Radio
Fundamentals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "4",
pages = "40--46",
month = apr,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "I. Q Tutor is a computer program designed to teach the
fundamentals of digital microwave radio to people from
a wide variety of technical backgrounds. I. Q Tutor (HP
11736A) teaches fundamentals by modeling a digital
radio. Displays are used to make the program more
intuitive, and digital signal processing methods are
used to model the digital radio signals and typical
degradations like noise and multipath fades. The
student is able to observe a model communications
system and see the results of noise, fading, and
nonlinearities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7410F (Communications computing); C7810C
(Computer-aided instruction)",
classification = "709; 716; 723; 901; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer; computer aided instruction; Computer
Applications; computing; digital microwave radio
fundamentals; educational computing; engineering
education; HP 11736A; I. Q tutor computer program; I.Q
Tutor; microwave radio fundamentals; modeling;
multipath fades; noise; program; radio systems;
sequential teaching structure; signal processing ---
Digital Techniques; telecommunication links, radio ---
Microwaves; telecommunications",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rothschild:1986:LAI,
author = "Charles J. {Rothschild, III} and Robert C. Sismilich
and William T. Walker and A. Levine and D. J. Weller
and G. Kononenko and D. Schlesinger",
title = "Low-Cost Automated Instruments for Personal
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "4--11 (or 4--10??)",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP PC instruments is a new line of low-cost
programmable electronic instruments designed to be used
in conjunction with HP's Vectra Personal Computer and
the IBM PC\slash XT\slash AT computers. Designed for
the automated test and measurement requirements of a
wide range of technical professionals, the components
of this personal computer-based system include eight of
the most widely used electronic instruments in modular,
stackable cases.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C5520
(Data acquisition equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic testing; Computer Interfaces; computerised
instrumentation; computers; computers, microcomputer
--- Control; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; HP Vectra PC; IBM; IBM PC/XT/AT;
instruments; interface resources; low cost automated
instruments; low-cost automated instruments; personal;
personal computers; programmable electronic
instruments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hughes:1986:PLF,
author = "William L. Hughes and Kent W. Luehman",
title = "{PCIB}: a low-cost, flexible instrument control
interface for personal computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "11--16",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The choice of the interface for HP's PC instruments
product line was very important in the realization of
the system objective of significantly lowering the cost
of automated applications. Selecting such an interface
requires balancing a number of conflicting objectives
such as high speed, low cost, and low power. This
article discusses the goals for the PCIB interface,
compares it with other interfaces, and describes its
theory of operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; 731; 942; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; computer interfaces; computers,
microcomputer --- Control; flexible instrument control;
flexible instrument control interface; HP PC
Instruments; instruments; interface; PCIB; personal
computer interface bus (PCIB); personal computers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sismilich:1986:ICG,
author = "Robert C. Sismilich and William T. Walker",
title = "Interactive Computer Graphics for Manual Instrument
Control",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "17--23, 26",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One of the most innovative aspects of HP's PC
Instruments family is the soft front-panel program
supplied with the HP 61060AA and HP 61061BA system
software, which provides an interactive graphics
mechanism for the user to control instruments manually.
It calls the same instrument driver module to control
the instruments. A soft front-panel application program
PANELS, EXE, provides manual instrument control of each
PC Instruments module on the PCIB (personal computer
interface bus). The soft front-panel displays look and
behave just like their familiar hardware counterparts.
Numeric inputs, control functions, and output displays
are unified and systematized from instrument to
instrument. There is a synergism between manual and
programmed instrument control with identical
user-defined names, control syntax, and error messages
in both environments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6130B (Graphics
techniques)",
classification = "723; 731; 741; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "61060AA; application program; computer graphics;
computer interfaces; control syntax; display devices;
error messages; GW-BASIC; HP; HP 61061BA system
software; HP PC Instrument family; instruments ---
Control; Interactive; interactive computer graphics;
interactive systems; manual instrument control; MS-DOS
command lines; PANELS.EXE; PCIB; personal computer
interface bus (PCIB); program development; soft
front-panel displays; soft front-panel program;
user-defined names",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wolpert:1986:HCL,
author = "David L. Wolpert",
title = "{HP-IB} Command Library for {MS-DOS} Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "27--29",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP-IB Command Library provides HP-IB (IEEE
488\slash IEC 625) instrument control capabilities for
MS-DOS computer systems. The HP 61062BA version is used
for the HP Vectra PC and the HP 14857A version is used
for the HP 150 and Touchscreen Computers. The Command
Library offers interfaces between the HP-IB and
MicroSoft Pascal and C, interpreted and compiled BASIC,
and Lattice C. Its features include a number builder
and an interface with HP's PC Instruments software.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "BASIC; C; computer interfaces; computer operating
systems; Hewlett Packard interface bus (HP-IB); HP; HP
14857A version; HP 150; HP 61062BA version; HP-IB
command library; IEC 625; IEEE 488; instrument control
capabilities; Lattice C; MicroSoft Pascal; MS-DOS
systems; operating systems (computers); Touchscreen
Computers; Vectra PC",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Laczynski:1986:CSP,
author = "Edward Laczynski and Robert V. Miller",
title = "Case study: {PC} instruments counter versus
traditional counters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "29--32",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 5314A was chosen because it offers excellent
price\slash performance at the low end of stand-alone,
manual applications. Similarly, the HP 5316A covers the
low end of Hewlett--Packard's system offerings. The HP
61015A Universal Counter addresses both of these areas
for personal computer users, providing clear and
convenient manual operation using PC Instruments' soft
front-panel application software as well as a
programming mode that is easy to use and learn for
system applications. The HP 61015A Universal Counter is
described in terms of its differences from and its
similarities to its traditional instrument relatives,
the HP 5314A and HP 5316A Counters.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C3210B (Recorders and indicators for control systems);
C3380 (Control applications in instrumentation systems
and laboratory techniques)",
classification = "713; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application software; Computer Interfaces;
computerised instrumentation; computers, microcomputer
--- Instruments; digital instrumentation; display
instrumentation; electronic circuits, counting; HP
5314A; HP 5316A; HP 61015A; HP 61015A universal
counter; HP PC Instruments family; multimeters; PC
instruments counter; personal computer (PC)
instruments; programming mode; Universal Counter",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Amano:1986:SAM,
author = "Jun Amano",
title = "Salicide: Advanced Metallization for Submicrometer
{VLSI} Circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "5",
pages = "33--39",
month = may,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A self-aligned titanium silicide process is used to
provide lower contact and interconnect resistances in
VLSI circuits if one accounts for the effects of
impurities, dopant redistribution, phase formation, and
grain growth. Some of the important characteristics of
the advanced metallization are: low resistivity; low
contact resistivity; high-temperature stability; low
lithographic requirements; compatibility with silicon
and final metallization; above characteristics are
maintained during subsequent high-temperature
processing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2550F (Metallisation and interconnection technology);
B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits)",
classification = "542; 701; 713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "advanced metallization; compounds; dopant
redistribution; Electric Wiring; formation; grain
growth; impurities; integrated circuit technology;
integrated circuits, VLSI; interconnect; lower contact;
lower contact and interconnect resistances;
metallisation; metallization; phase; resistances;
salicide; self aligned TiSi/sub 2/ process;
self-aligned titanium silicide process; silicon
compounds --- Metallizing; submicrometer VLSI circuits;
titanium; titanium and alloys --- Electric
Conductivity; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lewis:1986:ICP,
author = "Jeffrey A. Lewis and Andrew A. Berlin and Allan J.
Kuchinsky and Paul K. Yip",
title = "Integrated Circuit Procedural Language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "4--7, 9--10",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "ICPL is a Lisp-embedded procedural layout language for
VLSI design. Circuit design in ICPL involves writing
and working with programs that resemble procedures,
take parameters, and can use the full symbolic
programming power of Lisp. This allows circuit
designers to write high-level software that
procedurally builds ICs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C6140D (High
level languages); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "circuit design; circuit layout CAD; computer
programming languages --- lisp; computer simulation
languages; ICPL; integrated circuit procedural
language; integrated circuit procedural language
(ICPL); integrated circuits, VLSI --- Computer Aided
Design; LISP; lisp-embedded procedural layout language;
Lisp-embedded procedural layout language; parameters;
procedures; specification languages; symbolic
programming; VLSI; VLSI design",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bhargava:1986:NMS,
author = "Raj K. Bhargava and Teri L. Lombardi and Alvina Y.
Nishimoto and Robert A. Passell",
title = "New Methods for Software Development: System for
Just-In-Time Manufacturing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "11--18",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Just-in-time (JIT) manufacturing that reduces
complexity on the factory floor by using fixed
production routings and a pull system for material
handling is considered. A HP JIT software package is
introduced to offer new approaches in prototyping,
next-bench involvement, performance modeling, and
project management.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C7420
(Control engineering)",
classification = "691; 722; 723; 901; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided manufacturing; computer software;
computers, microcomputer --- Applications; control;
engineering --- Project Management; factory floor;
fixed production routings; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP JIT; Industrial Applications; just-in-time (JIT)
manufacturing; just-in-time manufacturing;
manufacturing computer control; material handling;
materials handling; planning; production routing; pull
system; software development; software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{OConnell:1986:RDU,
author = "Raymond G. {O'Connell, Jr.}",
title = "The role of {Doppler} ultrasound in cardiac
diagnosis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "20--25",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "in Ultrasound imaging, pulse of acoustic energy is
transmitted into the human body and the strengths of
the returning echoes from various organs and tissues
are used to form an image on a display screen. Further
information about blood flow and movement can be gained
by measuring the shifts in the frequency of the
echoes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
A8760B (Sonic and ultrasonic radiation); A8770E
(Diagnostic methods and instrumentation); B7510B
(Radiation and radioactivity applications); B7820
(Sonic and ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "461; 631; 753; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic energy pulse; acoustic imaging; biomedical
engineering --- Cardiology; biomedical ultrasonics;
blood flow; blood flow and movement information; blood
movement; cardiac diagnosis; cardiology; Doppler
effect; Doppler ultrasound; echoes; flow of fluids ---
Medical Applications; frequency shifts; human body;
medicine; organs; patient diagnosis; tissues;
Ultrasonic Effects; ultrasonics --- Imaging Techniques;
ultrasound imaging; valvular stenosis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Magnin:1986:DEH,
author = "Paul A. Magnin",
title = "Doppler Effect: History and Theory",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "26--31",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The exact Doppler equation for sound is derived by
imaging a stationary source of sound of some frequency
and a listener at some distance from the source. The
use of ultrasonic waves to locate structures in the
human body is reviewed and various Doppler instruments
to measure blood flow are introduced. The evolution of
these Doppler blood flow instruments is considered, the
next step being to create a flow image by
simultaneously processing the Doppler shifts from every
point in the image and coding blood flow velocities in
color, thus providing a visual impression of the flow
at every point in the image in real time.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A0165 (History of science); A4110H (Electromagnetic
waves: theory)",
classification = "461; 741; 753; 931; 943",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "blood flow measurement; Doppler effect; Doppler flow
instrument; Doppler shift; flow of fluids --- Imaging
Techniques; history; mechanical variables measurement
--- Flow; Theory; ultrasonic waves --- Medical
Applications",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Chen:1986:PIM,
author = "James Chen",
title = "Power and Intensity Measurements for Ultrasonic
{Doppler} Imaging Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "31--34",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In the ultrasonic Doppler imaging system used to
obtain cardiological data by means of transducers,
there are two types of exposure parameters that must be
measured. They are the total acoustic power and the
intensity values measured at a particular point in the
acoustic field.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
B6140C (Optical information and image processing);
B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment); B7820 (Sonic
and ultrasonic applications); C5260B (Computer vision
and picture processing)",
classification = "462; 751; 752",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; acoustic output measurement;
acoustic power; acoustic transducers --- Medical
Applications; acoustic variables measurement;
computerised picture processing; Doppler; Doppler
effect --- Ultrasonic Effects; Doppler imaging systems;
effect; exposure parameters; force balance; HP
procedures; hydrophones; Intensity; intensity
measurements; intensity values; power measurement;
power measurements; pressure measurement; procedures;
total; total acoustic energy; transducer; ultrasonic;
ultrasonic Doppler imaging",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Halberg:1986:EBF,
author = "Leslie I. Halberg and Karl E. Thiele",
title = "Extraction of blood flow information using
{Doppler-shifted} ultrasound",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "35--40",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Ultrasound imaging in conjunction with detection of
Doppler frequency shifts from the transmitted
ultrasound frequency allows clinicians to measure blood
flow velocity from many vessels and hear chambers in
the human body. HP's Doppler instrument, the HP 77410A,
is inserted functionally between the scanning and
display subsystems of the HP 77020A Phased Array
Medical Ultrasound Imaging System. The HP 77410A is
made up of four state-of-the-art printed circuit cards
and a motherboard. These cards are the Doppler detector
card (DDC), the FFT (fast Fourier transform) card, the
data output card, and the processor card.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
A8745H (Haemodynamics, pneumodynamics); A8760B (Sonic
and ultrasonic radiation); A8770 (Biomedical
engineering); B6140C (Optical information and image
processing); B7510B (Radiation and radioactivity
applications); B7820 (Sonic and ultrasonic
applications); C5260B (Computer vision and picture
processing); C7330 (Biology and medicine); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "461; 723; 753; 921; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; biomedical; biomedical engineering;
biomedical equipment; biomedical ultrasonics; blood
flow in formation extraction; blood flow information
extraction; blood flow velocity; board; card;
clinicians; computerised; computerised picture
processing; data output; data processing --- Medical
Applications; DDC; display subsystems; Doppler; Doppler
detector card; Doppler detector card (DDC); Doppler
effect --- Applications; Doppler frequency shifts;
Doppler-shifted ultrasound; effect; fast Fourier
transform; FFT card; flow of fluids --- Ultrasonic
Applications; haemodynamics; heart chambers;
Hemodynamics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 77020A
phased array medical; HP 77410A; human body; image
processing; instrumentation; mathematical
transformations --- Fast Fourier Transforms;
measurement; mother-; printed circuit cards; processor
card; scanning; ultrasound frequency; ultrasound
imaging system; vessels",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Karp:1986:MUI,
author = "Sydney M. Karp",
title = "Modifying an Ultrasound Imaging Scanner for {Doppler}
Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "41--44",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 77200B scanner is the beam forming electronics
box in the HP 77020A Phased Array Medical Ultrasound
Imaging System. To understand how beam forming is done,
the hypothetical phased array system is considered.
This system consists of n parallel channels, each with
its own transmitter and receiver. Each transmitter
outputs an ultrasound pulse of short duration into the
human body. The pulse is partially reflected by
structures in the body and these reflections are
detected by the receivers. The receivers then send the
resulting signal to a delay mechanism and a summing
junction.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4385 (Acoustical measurements and instrumentation);
B7810 (Sonic and ultrasonic equipment); B7820 (Sonic
and ultrasonic applications); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "461; 741; 753; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; array medical ultrasound imaging
system; beam forming; beam forming electronics box;
biomedical equipment --- Imaging Techniques;
coefficient; computerised instrumentation; Doppler;
Doppler data; Doppler effect --- Measurements; Doppler
instrument; Doppler measurements; effect; generator;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 77020A phased; HP 77200B;
HP 77410A; information theory --- Communication
Channels; Medical Applications; operating software;
processor; scanner; TGC functions; timer; ultrasonic
equipment; ultrasonic waves --- Reflection;
ultrasonics; ultrasound imaging scanner",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hunt:1986:DPC,
author = "Barry F. Hunt and Steven C. Leavitt and David C.
Hempstead",
title = "Digital Processing Chain for a {Doppler} Ultrasound
Subsystem",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "6",
pages = "45--48",
month = jun,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The digital portion of the Doppler processing chain in
the HP 77410A Doppler System is composed of several
large functional blocks: a fast Fourier transform (FFT)
circuit, moment calculators, digital filtering, and
waveform software. These blocks serve to complete the
transformation of the raw time-domain quadrature
samples supplied by the detector into a gray-scale
spectral frequency presentation (time on the X axis,
frequency on the Y axis, and magnitude on the Z axis),
and spectral mean, maximum, and standard deviation
waveforms. It is shown what a spectral display looks
like with Doppler information waveforms presents (in
this case, the spectral means and maximum are
displayed). The functional block diagram for the
digital signal processing of the complex time-domain
Doppler data is also illustrated",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4360 (Acoustic signal processing); A4385 (Acoustical
measurements and instrumentation); B7820 (Sonic and
ultrasonic applications)",
classification = "751; 753; 921; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic imaging; acoustic signal processing;
calculators; deviation waveforms; digital filtering;
digital processing chain; Digital Techniques; domain
quadrature samples; Doppler effect; Doppler effect ---
Ultrasonic Effects; Doppler processing chain; Doppler
ultrasound subsystem; fast Fourier transform circuit;
functional blocks; gray-scale spectral frequency;
gray-scale spectral frequency presentation; HP 77410A
Doppler system; mathematical techniques --- Time Domain
Analysis; moment; presentation; raw time-; signal
filtering and prediction; signal processing;
time-domain quadrature samples; waveform analysis ---
Spectrum Analysis; waveform software",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Eaton:1986:DHP,
author = "John T. Eaton and Carl B. Lantz and Clifford B.
{Cordy, Jr.} and James W. Pearson and Michael J.
Barbour and Courtney Loomis and Ella M. Duyck",
title = "Design of {HP}'s Portable Computer Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "4--5, 7--9, 11--13",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Portable and Portable Plus Computers are compact,
lightweight, battery-powered personal computers with
built-in software and 80-character-line liquid-crystal
displays designed for use by professionals who need
portable computing capability in their work.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer hardware; computers, digital --- Design;
computers, personal; display devices --- Liquid
Crystal; HP portable computer; HP portable plus
computer; Portable",
}
@Article{Davidson:1986:IDC,
author = "Andrew W. Davidson and Harold B. Noyes",
title = "{I/O} and Data Communications in Portable Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "14--17",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One of the major features of the Portable and the
Portable Plus Computers is the extensive input\slash
output capabilities that are built into each machine:
specifically, the RS-232-C/V. 24, HP-IL
(Hewlett--Packard Interface Loop), and modem interfaces.
Low power consumption and small size are major design
constraints for built-in modems and interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computers, digital --- Data
Communication Equipment; computers, personal ---
Portable; HP portable computer; HP portable plus
computer; HP-IL interface; modems; RS-232-C/V. 24
interface",
}
@Article{May:1986:PAM,
author = "Robert B. May and Alesia Duncombe",
title = "Personal Applications Manager for {HP} Portable
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "18--21",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Personal Applications Manager (PAM) on the
Portable and Portable Plus Computers evolved from the
original PAM for the HP 150 Touchscreen Computer. PAM
is designed to provide a novice computer user access to
most of the features of MS-DOS without forcing the user
to learn all of its various commands. PAM provides a
file manager, which can perform several file
maintenance functions, such as formatting discs,
creating directories, and deleting, copying, and
renaming files. Using PAM, variables such as the size
of system RAM, the current font, and the printer and
data communications interfaces can be set and changed
according to the needs of the user, in a manner that is
transparent to an application program.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computer systems programming;
computers, personal --- Portable; file manager; HP
portable computers; personal applications manager",
}
@Article{Rowe:1986:MMP,
author = "Mark S. Rowe",
title = "Memory Management for Portable Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "21--25",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Portable and Portable Plus Computers run under
MS-DOS 2.11. This operating system requires a certain
amount of contiguous read\slash write memory (RAM)
beginning at physical address 0. This memory is called
system memory and is managed by the operating system.
The operations are handled by the memory management
code on the Portable Plus. Memory management on the
Portable is similar to that of the Portable Plus, but
is less complex since it deals with a fixed amount of
RAM and has no provision for handling plug-in
application ROMS. Within the Portable Plus the memory
management code must determine the total amount of RAM
in the system, allocate a portion of the total RAM to
system memory, maintain the RAM disc including read,
write, and formatting functions, identify any plug-in
ROMs and maintain the ROM disc, and provide utility
functions to allow applications to execute out of ROM
and directly access a ROM's contents.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer operating systems; computers, personal ---
Portable; data storage, digital --- Random Access;
memory management; ROM; Storage Allocation; system
memory",
}
@Article{Adler:1986:HSL,
author = "Glenn J. Adler",
title = "Hybrid Solution for a 25-Line {LCD} Controller",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "25--27",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Upgrading to a 25-line liquid-crystal display for the
Portable Plus required a redesign of the 16-line
controller used in the earlier HP 110 Computer, the
Portable. The designers decided to do a fast
turn-around design which leveraged the architecture of
the earlier 16-line custom controller. The objective of
the LCD controller is to regulate screen refresh while
allowing the CPU to access screen memory for character
placement. To support a full screen of graphics, it is
necessary to have more memory than the single 64K-bit
static RAM used in the Portable. Therefore, two such
RAMs are used in the Portable Plus.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer hardware; computers, personal --- Portable;
display devices; HP portable plus computer; LCD
controller; Liquid Crystal",
}
@Article{Frolik:1986:CPR,
author = "William R. Frolik",
title = "Creating Plug-In Roms for the Portable Plus Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "28--30",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:46:48 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP's Portable Plus computer was designed with multiple
plug-in ROM applications in mind. Until now, there has
been no easy way for either the user or software
vendors to produce programs in ROM form. What was
needed was a way that this could be done by the
customer, without requiring any assistance from
Hewlett--Packard. The Portable Plus ROM IMAGE
Development Package was written for just this purpose.
Used together with an additional RAM Module and a
peripheral EPROM programmer, it enables any Portable
Plus to become a plug-in ROM development system. with
the addition of a special ROM simulator card, the user
can test the appearance and behavior of the final
product before creating a ROM.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer software; computers, personal --- Portable;
data storage, digital; electronic disc driver; Fixed;
HP portable plus computer; plug-in ROM; ROM image
package",
}
@Article{Anderson:1986:NHF,
author = "Andrew G. Anderson and David L. Frydendall and Robert
D. Gardner and Robert M. Lenk and Robert J. Schneider
and Bonnie Dykes Stahlin and Ronald G. Tolley",
title = "New {HP-UX} Features for {HP} 9000 Series 300
Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "34--41",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The capabilities of the HP-UX operating system have
been extended in the Series 300 implementation to
handle real-time applications, communication with X.25
networks, and operation in native languages. The device
I/O library and HP Windows\slash 9000 are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computer operating systems;
computers, personal; HP 9000 series 300 workstations;
HP-UX operating system; X.25 networks",
}
@Article{Jensen:1986:PAL,
author = "Gordon A. Jensen and Stephen P. Reames and Jerry D.
Morris and Jeffrey H. Smith and Jeffrey Tomberlin and
James M. Umphrey",
title = "Protocol Analyzer for Local Area Networks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "7",
pages = "42--47",
month = jul,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 4971S LAN Protocol Analyzer allows 10 Mbit/s
network monitoring, testing, and performance analysis
independent of hardware and software composition. It
permits a user to view network traffic, simulate
node-to-node or network-wide traffic, and derive
network statistics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer hardware; computer networks; computer
software; HP 49715 LAN protocol analyzer; local area
networks; protocol analyzer; Protocols",
}
@Article{Sandberg:1986:AME,
author = "Gilbert I. Sandberg and Daryl E. Knoblock and John C.
Keith and Michael K. Bowen and Ronald P. Dean",
title = "Advanced Modular Engineering Workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "4--9",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:47:13 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Series 300 is a modular, high-performance,
technical workstation family (fig. 1) that can be
configured to meet the needs of a wide range of
technical applications. This workstation system allows
the user to choose the processor, display system,
memory, interface cards, peripherals, and operating
system most appropriate for the application. From two
SPUs, six displays, six I/O slots, and a wide range of
input devices to meet exact needs it is shown how the
workstation can be upgraded with any of the options
with only a few minutes of assembly effort. This
article discusses the impact of such a large choice of
options on the Series 300's development.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces --- Selection; computer operating
systems --- Selection; computer peripheral equipment
--- Selection; computers, microcomputer; displace
systems; interface cards; Modular Construction; modular
engineering workstations; system processing unit (SPU);
workstation upgrading",
}
@Article{Speer:1986:MCL,
author = "Martin L. Speer and Nicholas P. Mati",
title = "Modular Computer Low-End Processor Board Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "9--12",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 06:51:22 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Heart of the HP 9000 Model 310 system processing
unit (SPU) is the processor board. With the exception
of the power supply, no other major electrical
subsystems need exist within the Model 310 SPU box. By
adding a medium-resolution monochrome video monitor, an
HP-HIL keyboard, and mass storage, a complete and
useful workstation capable of running Pascal, BASIC, or
the HP-UX operating system can be constructed. The
single-board processor unit is described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "713; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Selection;
computers, microcomputer --- Modular Construction;
Design; engineering workstation; printed circuits;
system processing unit (SPU); workstation",
}
@Article{Rubinstein:1986:HSM,
author = "Jonathan J. Rubinstein",
title = "High-Performance {SPU} for a Modular Workstation
Family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "12--16",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 06:51:20 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Model 320 Computer is the high-performance
member of the Series 300 family. It is based on a 16.
67-MHz MC68020 microprocessor and an MC68881
floating-point coprocessor. The processor board is a
full 32-bit implementation that uses a 16K-byte
high-speed cache memory to allow the processor to
operate at full speed. A 32-bit memory management unit
(MMU) provides up to four gigabytes of virtual address
space. The cache and memory management architectures
are presented, Cache emulation is described and the
predicted and actual performance are characterized.
Benchmarks to compare processor performance are
introduced and the testing methods are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "32-bit implementation; computer architecture; computer
peripheral equipment --- Terminals; computers,
microcomputer; data storage, digital --- Virtual; HP
9000 model 320 computer; memory management unit (MMU);
Modular Construction; modular workstation; system
processing unit (SPU)",
}
@Article{Brokish:1986:CVC,
author = "James A. Brokish and David J. Hodge and Richard E.
Warner",
title = "Custom {VLSI} Circuits for Series 300 Graphics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "17--22",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The architecture of a color display subsystem for the
HP9000 series 300 graphics is considered and the
display controller chip is a custom VLSI circuit built
with HP's NMOS-IIIB process technology, is discussed.
It provides CRT control, frame buffer management,
cursor, and bit-BLT (bit block transfer) functions for
a bit-mapped display. A single display controller chip
can control a monochrome display and multiple chips can
be used for color displays. Each of the display
controller chips has two ports to the processor data
bus. The first is a typical 16-bit-word data port used
for most register accesses. The second is a 2-bit port
called the pixel port. Each display controller's pixel
port is tied to two different I/O lines on the
processor data bus for sensing and control.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "713; 714; 723; 732; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color display control clip; computer graphics ---
Color; custom VLSI circuits; electron tubes, cathode
ray --- Control; Imaging Techniques; integrated
circuits, VLSI",
}
@Article{Palombo:1986:SCS,
author = "Rosemarie Palombo",
title = "Software Compatibility for Series 200 and Series 300
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "22--27",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Several software obstacles exist for the Series 200
user who wants to move to HP's new family of modular
workstations, the HP 9000 Series 300. This article
identifies these obstacles and describes the features
of BASIC 4.0 (the latest release of HP's enhanced
version of the BASIC language system) designed to
overcome them.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "basic 4.0 surface; computer programming languages ---
basic; computer software; computers, microcomputer ---
Modular Construction; HP modular workstations;
Portability",
}
@Article{Hurtado-Sanchez:1986:IWE,
author = "Luis Hurtado-Sanchez and Amy Tada Mueller and Robert
A. Adams and Kristy Ward and Rebecca A. Dahlberg",
title = "Implementing a Worldwide Electronic Mail System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "9",
pages = "30--48",
month = sep,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A BRIEF REVIEW of the current literature on electronic
mail (EM) implementation shows a scarcity of material
on this topic. In addition, many of the existing papers
focus on pilot projects, small-scale implementation of
EM systems, or both. This paper will concentrate on
HP's large-scale (worldwide) implementation of its own
EM system product, HP DeskManager (HP Desk), in which
the initial or pilot project is but a small component.
This paper aims to do three things. First, it sketches
a generalized strategic framework for EM implementation
suitable for use by most any type of organization,
manufacturing or service, private or governmental,
commercial or nonprofit. Second, within the limited
framework, it provides direct and specific tactical
advice to address the technical, operational, training,
and support challenges that crop up in implementing an
EM system. Third, it points out potential pitfalls and
how to avoid them to ensure a successful project.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; electronic mail; HP DeskManager;
internal messaging; local messaging coordinator (LMC);
Reviews",
}
@Article{Reusser:1986:HOS,
author = "Gertrude G. Reusser and Donald C. Loughry",
title = "{Hewlett--Packard} and the {Open Systems
Interconnection Reference Model}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "4--5",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Fri Jan 05 10:11:10 2001",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The OSI Reference Model of the International
Organization for Standardization is seen as the most
significant tool for meeting HP's customers' needs.
Communication takes place between open systems by
transferring data among peer application processes of
distinct end systems. This means that a user who has a
set of equipment will be able to communicate with
another user who has any other set of equipment if both
users adhere to the standard protocols. To reach that
goal, HP is taking an active part in the process of
further developing these standards while implementing
them and developing action plans for the conversion of
applicable current non-OSI products to OSI products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks --- Protocols; computers,
microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
processing --- Data Transfer; data transmission; open
system interconnection (OSI); OSI reference model;
Standardization",
}
@Article{Carlson:1986:HAG,
author = "Robert J. Carlson and Atul Garg and Arie Scope and
Craig Wassenberg and Lyle A. Weiman",
title = "{HP AdvanceNet}: a Growth-Oriented Computer Networking
Architectural Strategy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "6--10",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP has undertaken a major effort to develop new
networking software products according to the OSI
model, yet to retain the same end-user network services
that existed before. This new architectural strategy is
called HP AdvanceNet. Based on the seven-layer ISO OSI
model, HP AdvanceNet accommodates old and new protocols
in the same network, ensures migration paths to new
systems, and provides ease of use and transparency.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 722; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; computer networks; computers,
microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
processing --- File Organization; data transmission ---
Standards; HP advance net; migration paths; open system
interconnection (OSI); Protocols; transparency; X.25
protocol",
}
@Article{Faulkner:1986:NST,
author = "Kevin J. Faulkner and Charles W. Knouse and Brian K.
Lynn",
title = "Network Services and Transport for the {HP} 3000
Computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "11--18",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "NS\slash 3000 provides network services for HP 3000
Computers attached to local area networks (LAN). It is
compatible with older network products, it is
expandable to new network topologies, and it can
communicate with other HP computers. Network services
corresponds to the application and presentation layers
of the ISO OSI reference model. The LAN\slash 3000
product allows an HP 3000 to attach to a local area
network and to communicate with other computers on that
network. LAN\slash 3000 is composed of the NS\slash
3000 transport and the LAN link. The NS transport
provides an interface equivalent to the OSI session
layer and implements industry standard protocols for
the transport and network layers. The LAN link is the
software and hardware for the data link and physical
layers for the local area network.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computers, microcomputer --- Data
Communication Systems; data processing --- Data
Transfer; HP 3000 computer; Local Networks; network
services (ns); ns/3000 software and hardware; open
system interconnection (OSI) layers; OSI reference
model",
}
@Article{Graham:1986:LAN,
author = "Tonia G. Graham and Charles J. {de Sostoa}",
title = "Local Area Network for {HP} Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "18--22",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The first HP local area network LAN\slash 3000 HP
product is an implementation of the IEEE 802.2 and
802.3 standards for local area networks. The LAN is an
interconnection system intended to permit connection of
up to one hundred `intelligent devices' within a
facility. Data is exchanged via unacknowledged
datagrams. Transmission is bit-serial at 10
megabits\slash second. The transmission medium is
coaxial cable. Communication is half-duplex baseband
using carrier sense multiple access\slash collision
detect (CSMA\slash CD).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "carrier sense multiple access (CSMA); collision
detection (CD); computer networks; computers,
microcomputer --- Data Communication Systems; data
transmission; datagrams; IEEE 802 standards; local area
network (LAN); Local Networks; standards",
}
@Article{Fugitt:1986:NSH,
author = "J. Christopher Fugitt and Dean R. Thompson",
title = "Networking Services for {HP} 9000 Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "28--32",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Developing a networking service (NS) for the members
of the HP 9000 family presented a number of design
challenges, among them dealing with different
microprocessor architectures, the introduction of new
members to the family, and being able to communicate
with other HP computer products. NS\slash 9000 services
allow a user of an HP 9000 Series 200, Series 300, or
Series 500 HP-UX workstation to exchange files freely
with another HP 9000 workstation, an HP 3000 system, or
an HP 1000 system. In addition, NS\slash 9000 provides
transparent file access between HP-UX systems and
direct access to the Ethernet, IEEE 802.2, and IEEE
802.3 protocols, allowing a sophisticated user to write
high-speed network applications. NS\slash 9000 also
provides a set of diagnostic utilities and other aids
for diagnosing network configuration problems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computers, microcomputer --- Data
Communication Systems; data processing --- File
Organization; Ethernet, IEEE 802.2 and IEEE 802.3
protocols; HP 9000 computer family; networking services
9000 (ns/9000); transparent file access",
}
@Article{Mettetal:1986:XWA,
author = "Pierry Mettetal",
title = "{X}. 25 Wide Area Networking for {HP} Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "36--40",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "X.25 protocol, an international standard for wide area
networking (WAN), is considered for HP computers. It
defines the communication interface between the user
equipment and the transportation network. In other
words, it defines the access to the packet switched
network (PSN). X.25, adopted today by many
manufacturers, including IBM, Digital Equipment, Data
General, Wang, and others, favors communication among
multivendor equipment, and offers high connectivity. By
using only one data communication link to the PSN, one
user system is able to connect concurrently to many
remote systems and\slash or workstations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer networks; computers --- Data Communication
Systems; data transmission --- Packet Switching; packet
switched network (PSN); Protocols; standards; wide area
networking (WAN); X.25 access protocol",
}
@Article{Navarro:1986:DMT,
author = "Nancy L. Navarro and Deepak V. Desai and Timothy C.
Shafer",
title = "Dmi/3000: a Move Toward Integrated Communication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "10",
pages = "41--48",
month = oct,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Using a standard, nonproprietary interface to provide
computer communication over private digital telephone
networks is a relatively new idea. Hewlett--Packard has
participated in the development of a standard for one
such interface, called the Digital Multiplexed
Interface (DMI). This standard, announced by AT\&T
Information Systems and supported by over 60 companies
along with Hewlett--Packard, promises to lead to more
efficient and cost-effective PBX-based terminal-to-host
communication.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 722; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer interfaces; computers --- Data Communication
Systems; digital communication systems --- Standards;
digital multiplexed interface (DMI); DMI/3000;
Multiplexing; PBX-based terminal-to-host communication;
private branch exchange (PBX); telephone exchanges,
private --- Computer Applications",
}
@Article{Collins:1986:MEC,
author = "Douglas M. Collins",
title = "Molecular-Scale Engineering of Compound Semiconductor
Materials",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "4--10",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The ever increasing sophistication of semiconductor
electronic devices and integrated circuits continues to
place increasing demands on the precision with which
the underlying semiconductor materials are produced.
The development of molecular beam epitaxy allows the
highly repeatable growth of compound semiconductor
epitaxial films (such as GaAs and Al//xGa//1// minus
//xAs) with atomically abrupt changes in alloy
composition and doping and with excellent uniformity.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compound semiconductor epitaxial films; epitaxial
layer; group iii-v compound semiconductors; integrated
circuits --- Materials; molecular beam epitaxy;
molecular-scale engineering; Processing; semiconducting
films --- Doping; semiconducting gallium compounds;
semiconductor devices --- Heterojunctions;
semiconductor materials",
}
@Article{Ehlers:1986:EMD,
author = "Eric R. Ehlers and Sigurd W. Johnsen and Douglas A.
Gray",
title = "Extending Millimeter-wave Diode Operation to 110
{GHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "10--14",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An effort was launched by Hewlett--Packard to develop a
family of diodes particularly suited to millimeter-wave
applications. A device was sought that could be readily
integrated into a microwave structure, was rugged and
capable of handling high drive levels for multiplier
applications, and had at least the sensitivity of
presently available diodes. The III-V compound
semiconductor gallium arsenide (GaAs) offers several
advantages over silicon. Modified barrier diodes for
millimeter waves are presented that are formed by
growing a multilayer GaAs epitaxial structure
sandwiched between two low-resistance contacts. The
design of the epitaxial structure determines the
barrier height of the diode. Therefore, extremely tight
control of epitaxial layer doping and thickness is
required.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "110 GHz operation; iii-v compound; integrated circuits
--- Materials; Millimeter Waves; millimeter-wave diode;
planar doped barrier diode; semiconducting gallium
arsenide --- Doping; semiconductor diodes",
}
@Article{Zurakowski:1986:DIC,
author = "Mark P. Zurakowski and Domingo A. Figueredo and Scott
S. Elliott and George A. Patterson and William J.
Anklam and Susan R. Sloan",
title = "Diode Integrated Circuits for Millimeter-Wave
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "14--21",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "GaAs diode integrated circuits based on
metal-semiconductor (Schottky) or modified barrier
diodes have now extended the operating frequency range
of small-scale ICs beyond 100 GHz. These circuits,
which form the basis for many of HP's new
millimeter-wave instruments, are useful for nonlinear
and frequency-translation applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100 GHz diodes; diode integrated circuits; integrated
circuits; Millimeter Waves; modified barrier diodes;
Schottky barrier diodes; semiconducting gallium
arsenide --- Doping; semiconductor devices, Schottky
barrier; semiconductor diodes --- Materials",
}
@Article{Matreci:1986:USM,
author = "Robert J. Matreci",
title = "Unbiased Subharmonic Mixers for Millimeter-Wave
Spectrum Analyzers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "22--26",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "External waveguide mixers are used to extend the
frequency range of a microwave spectrum analyzer beyond
its frequency limit for a coaxial connector input.
Since a microwave analyzer's local oscillator (LO) has
a typical range of 2 to 6.2 GHz, the mixers must
operate on higher-order harmonics of the LO. To
maintain the analyzer's amplitude measurement accuracy,
individual calibration and flat frequency response of
the mixer are mandatory. If there are no electrical or
mechanical adjustments to be made as a function of
frequency (e. g., bias current or backshort position),
then wideband and automated spectral measurements are
possible. High burnout level and ruggedness are
required for reliability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "711; 713; 714; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "electronic circuits, mixer; external waveguide mixers;
frequency range extension; local oscillator (lo);
microwave measurements --- Frequency; Millimeter Waves;
oscillators, microwave; spectrum analyzers ---
Microwaves; unbiased subharmonic mixers; waveguide
components",
}
@Article{Wasmuth:1986:PSA,
author = "David B. Wasmuth and Bruce J. Richards",
title = "Predictive Support: Anticipating Computer Hardware
Failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "30--33",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Predictive Support software is discussed that lives on
the customer system and periodically examines the soft
error rate of the various system components. When these
rates approach uptime threatening levels, the
Predictive Support system automatically notifies the
appropriate person so that corrective action can be
taken. The current implementation of Predictive Support
covers all system disc drives, magnetic tape drives,
and system memory.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer peripheral equipment --- Analysis; computer
software; computer systems, digital --- Failure;
predictive analysis; predictive support; soft error
rate; trend detection",
}
@Article{Slater:1986:AEA,
author = "Lynn R. {Slater, Jr.} and Craig M. Myles and Keith A.
Harrison",
title = "Aida: an Expert Assistant for Dump Readers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "34--41",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "AIDA (Automated Interactive Dump Assistant) is
presented that is designed to assist the human dump
reader in the analysis of memory dumps taken from the
HP 3000 family of computers. By reducing the amount of
detailed knowledge needed to read a dump AIDA speeds
dump analysis and increases the pool of dump readers.
The time needed to read a dump can be further reduced
by allowing user management of the information
presented. The capabilities of AIDA in automated
detection of simple data structure or subsystem
corruption, automatic analysis, of some type of class
problems and ergonomic presentation of data from the
dump is discussed. While AIDA cannot guarantee an
automatic solution to any problem presented, it is a
superior formatter which makes it easy for dump readers
to pursue independent lines of inquiry without changing
their environment or their thought flow.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence; automated interactive dump
assistant (AIDA); data storage units --- Computer Aided
Analysis; dump readers; Expert Systems; formatter;
memory dump analysis",
}
@Article{Button:1986:TAA,
author = "Brian T. Button and R. Michael Young and Diane M.
Ahart",
title = "Troubleshooting Aid for Asynchronous Data
Communications Links",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "42--47",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Problems created by asynchronous data communication
links in connection with personal computers and office
automation are considered and Schooner, an expert
system is introduced. Schooner combines an inference
engine and a knowledge base to provide expert-level
assistance with asynchronous, point-to-point data
communications problems for fault diagnosis and
personnel training. It verbally guides Response Center
engineers, field support personnel, or other uses
through the solution of problems in this area.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "718; 723; 912",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence --- Expert Systems;
asynchronous data communications links; computers,
microcomputer; Data Communication Systems; fault
diagnosis; inference engine; knowledge base; office
automation --- Personnel Training; point-to-point
links; telecommunication links --- Computer
Interfaces",
}
@Article{Gottschalk:1986:RSD,
author = "George R. Gottschalk and Roy M. Vandoorn",
title = "Rule-Based System to Diagnose Malfunctioning Computer
Peripherals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "11",
pages = "48--53",
month = nov,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To diagnose malfunctioning peripherals more
effectively, the Intelligent Peripheral Troubleshooter
(IPT) has been developed. IPT is an expert system that
performs a diagnosis of a malfunctioning peripheral
based on aspects of its current state. Its following
three characteristics are discussed: A peripheral
independent inference engine; A system and component
representation of a peripheral; and A knowledge base
built by an interactive rule-maker. The classic expert
system model of separation of knowledge and the
inference engine is shown that allows the inference
engine to be totally device independent.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence; computer peripheral equipment
--- Failure; Expert Systems; inference engine;
intelligent peripheral troubleshooter (IPT); knowledge
base; rule-based system",
}
@Article{Clegg:1986:HOS,
author = "Frederick W. Clegg and Gary Shiu-Fan Ho and Steven R.
Kusmer and John R. Sontag",
title = "{HP-UX} Operating System on {HP} Precision
Architecture Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "12",
pages = "4--12, 15--22",
month = dec,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP-UX is the technical operating system of HP
Precision Architecture processors. It's an extension of
AT\&T's UNIX System V. 2. Its implementation on the
Model 840 provides all of the functionality needed for
full support of both computer integrated manufacturing
(CIM) and design automation (CAD\slash CAE). After a
quick summary of HP-UX, this article stresses the
contributions to HP-UX made by the HP Information
Technology Group project teams responsible for
implementing HP-UX or HP Precision Architecture. These
contributions include kernel preemption, job control,
native language support, and real-time enhancements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer aided engineering;
computer architecture; computer integrated
manufacturing; computer operating systems; computers,
personal; design automation; HP Precision Architecture
computers; HP-UX operating systems; UNIX operating
system",
}
@Article{Brown:1986:DBM,
author = "Alan S. Brown and Thomas M. Hirata and Ann M. Koehler
and Krishnan Vishwanath and Jenny Ng and Michael J.
Pechulis and Mark A. Sikes and David E. Singleton and
Judson E. Veazey",
title = "Data Base Management for {HP} Precision Architecture
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "37",
number = "12",
pages = "33--48",
month = dec,
year = "1986",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP ALLBASE supports both network and relational data
access and runs under both the MPE XL and the HP-UX
operating systems. Migration of existing data bases to
the new architecture has been carefully planned for. In
addition to ALLBASE, the data base management software
for HP Precision Architecture computers includes a
migration package that helps customers move their
existing data bases and applications to ALLBASE, and
query products that allow users to access their HPIMAGE
and HPSQL data bases without writing programs. An
overview of ALLBASE and all its major software
components is given. Described are: transaction
management, concurrency control, logging and recovering
and various query products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer architecture; data processing, business ---
Control; database systems; Management",
}
@Article{Atkinson:1987:LFA,
author = "Edward S. Atkinson and Gaylord L. {Wahl, Jr.} and
Michael L. Hall and Eric J. Wicklund and Steven K.
Peterson",
title = "Low-Frequency Analyzer Combines Measurement Capability
with Modeling and Analysis Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "4--16",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The name FFT analyzer has been applied to a category
of signal analysis instruments because their dominant
(in some cases, their only) analysis feature has been
the calculation of the fast Fourier transform of the
input signals for spectrum and network response
measurements. The HP 3562A Dynamic Signal Analyzer
performs fast, accurate network, spectrum, and waveform
measurements from dc to 100 kHz. Measurements include
power spectrum, histogram, frequency response, and
cross-correlation. These can be performed in real time
or on stored data. Built-in analysis and modeling
capabilities can derive poles and zeros from measured
frequency responses or construct phase and magnitude
responses from user-supplied models. Direct control of
external digital plotters and disc drives allows easy
generation of hard copy and storage of measurement
setups and data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; analysis tools; digital signal processing
algorithms; dynamic signal analyzer; electric
measurements; electric network analyzers --- Computer
Interfaces; fast Fourier transforms; HP 3562A; linear
resolution spectrum; low frequency analyser;
mathematical transformations --- Fast Fourier
Transforms; modeling; network analysers; processing
equipment; signal; signal processing; sine network
analysis; spectrum and network response measurements;
swept; two-channel FFT analyzer",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Blackham:1987:MMD,
author = "Raymond C. Blackham and James A. Vasil and Edward S.
Atkinson and Ronald W. Potter",
title = "Measurement modes and digital demodulation for a
low-frequency analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "17--25",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3562A dynamic signal analyzer provides three
different measurement modes for low-frequency spectrum
and network analysis from 64$\mu$Hz to 100 kHz within
one instrument with two input channels and a dynamic
range of 80 dB: Swept sine; Logarithmic resolution; and
FFT-based linear resolution. These measurement modes
use advanced digital signal processing algorithms to
provide more accurate and more repeatable measurements
than previously available with conventional analog
circuit approaches.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64 muHz to 100 kHz; analyzer; demodulation ---
Measurements; digital demodulation; digital signal;
electric measurements; electric network analyzers;
FFT-based linear resolution; HP 3562A dynamic signal
analyser; logarithmic resolution; low-frequency;
low-frequency analyzer; measurement modes; modulation;
network analysers; processing algorithms; signal
processing --- Digital Techniques; signal processing
equipment; swept sine measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adcock:1987:ASF,
author = "James L. Adcock",
title = "Analyzer Synthesizes Frequency Response of Linear
Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "25--32",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A complete capability for synthesizing the frequency
response of linear systems based on their pole-zero,
pole-residue, or polynomial model is included in the HP
3562A Signal Analyzer. This synthesis capability
includes table conversion, the ability to convert
automatically between the three models. The frequency
responses can be frequency scaled and system time
delays can be added. The designed system frequency
responses are synthesized with exactly the same
frequency points as those used by the corresponding HP
3562A measurement mode. Hence, the synthesized version
of the desired frequency response can be directly
compared to the measured response of the actual
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "703; 713; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "and zeros; electric filters --- Synthesis; electric
measurements; electric network analyzers; frequency
response; linear systems; network analysers;
pole-residue; pole-zero; poles; polynomial model;
signal analyzer; signal processing; signal processing
equipment; Synthesis; system time delays; table
conversion",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Adcock:1987:CFP,
author = "James L. Adcock",
title = "Curve Fitter for Pole-Zero Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "33--37 (or 33--36??)",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The curve-fitting algorithm in the HP 3562A Analyzer
finds a pole-zero model of a linear system based on the
system's measured frequency response. The curve fitter
does this by calculating a weighted least-squares fit
of a rational polynomial to the measured frequency
response. Then the polynomials in the denominator and
numerator can be factored to find the poles and zeros
of the measured system (or alternatively the
pole-residue or polynomial form). Actual curve fits by
the HP 3562A for very clean and very noisy
measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0290F (Interpolation and function approximation);
B1130 (General analysis and synthesis methods); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems)",
classification = "921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; analytical model; curve fitter; curve
fitting; Curve Fitting; curve fitting algorithm;
electric network analyzers; engineering design process;
fast Fourier transforms; FFT; HP 3562A analyzer;
mathematical techniques; measured frequency response;
network analysers; parameter extraction; pole-zero;
pole-zero analysis; poles and zeros",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Callister:1987:PAH,
author = "James R. Callister and Craig W. Pampeyan",
title = "Performance Analysis of the {HP} 3000 Series 70
Hardware Cache",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "1",
pages = "38--48",
month = jan,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This paper gives a description of the methodology with
examples drawn from the major component of the HP 3000
Series 70 --- the cache memory subsystem. An outline of
the generic performance engineering cycle is shown in
Fig. 1. The steps of characterization (modeling, design
analysis and tracking, benchmarking and product
testing) are straightforward. A precise methodology
includes the use of sampling theory, statistical
analysis, and measurement validation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage)",
classification = "722; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Business Computer product line; Analysis; buffer
storage; cache memories; cache memory subsystem; data
storage units; HP; HP 3000 Series 70 hardware cache;
mathematical statistics; measurement validation;
modeling; performance analysis; sampling --- Theory;
sampling theory; statistical analysis; verification",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:NFP,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "A new family of precise, reliable, and versatile fiber
optic measurement instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "4--5",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new family of Hewlett--Packard fiber optic
measurement instruments takes some new approaches to
achieve the high goals of reliability and honest
accuracy that customers expect and need. The family
includes the HP 8152A Optical Average Power Meter,
which is used with the HP 81520A and 81521B Optical
Heads, the HP 8154B LED Sources, the HP 8158B Optical
Attenuators, and the HP 8159A Optical Switch. The
fiberless technique used in the HP 8158B Option 002.
Optical Attenuator makes it, to our knowledge, the only
variable optical attenuator usable in both single-mode
and multimode systems. The HP 81520A and 81521B Optical
Heads for the HP 8152A Power Meter feature individual
wavelength calibration stored in EEPROM and a specially
designed high-precision optical interface. All of the
instruments have HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625)
capability for computer-controlled operation in
production, R\&D, or maintenance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B4260D (Light emitting diodes); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "714; 717; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "81520A and 81521B optical heads; 81521B optical; 8152A
optical average power meter; Applications; diodes;
fiber optics; fibre optics; heads; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard fiber optic measurement
instruments; HP; HP 81520A; HP 8152A optical average
power meter; HP 8154B LED sources; HP 8158B optical
attenuators; HP 8159A optical switch; instruments;
light emitting; optical; optical communication
equipment; optical instruments; semiconductor diodes,
light emitting; switches; telecommunication links,
optical",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:SLS,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "Stable {LED} Sources for a Wide Range of
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "6--8",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Characterization of passive fiber optic components
like connectors, splitters, patchcord cables,
attenuators, and other devices usually requires a
stable light source. The absolute value of its power
output is not critical. Stability is the main feature.
For fewer problems from interference or modal noise, a
light-emitting diode (LED) is preferred over a laser
diode. The new HP 8154B Optical Sources provide stable
optical power for testing fiber optic components. The
HP 8154B Option 001 provides --- 17 dBm (20$\mu$W) at
850 nm, the HP 8154B Option 002 provides --- 20 dBm (10
$\mu$W) at 1300 nm, and the HP 8154B Option 003
provides --- 23 dBm (5$\mu$W) at 1550 nm.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B4260D (Light emitting diodes)",
classification = "714; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "fiber optic components; fiber optics --- Components;
fibres; generator; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8154B
optical sources; HP 8154B option 001; HP 8154B option
002; HP 8154B option 003; HP-IB; IEEE 488/IEC 625;
light emitting diode (led) sources; light emitting
diodes; light sources; optical; optical testing; power;
semiconductor diodes, light emitting --- Stability;
square-wave; stable LED sources; stable optical;
testing",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Schweikardt:1987:ATO,
author = "Horst Schweikardt",
title = "An accurate two-channel optical average power meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "8--12 (or 8--11??)",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In combination with the HP 81520A or 81521B Optical
Head, the HP 8152A Optical Average Power Meter is
useful for both absolute and relative power
measurements over a wavelength range of 450 to 1700 nm.
Two optical inputs are available for power measurements
on two channels or for power ratio measurements. The
two channels are useful for such applications as
checking the insertion loss or attenuation of optical
connectors or cables. For automatic test system use,
the power meter is programmable via the HP-IB (IEEE
488\slash IEC 625). A flexible optical interface
connects quickly and easily to all common optical
connectors.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "450 to 1700 nm; 488/IEC 625; 81521B optical head;
absolute power measurement; attenuation; automatic test
system; automatic testing --- Equipment; cables;
channels; Computer Interfaces; connectors; data
conversion, analog to digital; data conversion, digital
to analog; fiber optics; flexible optical interface;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 81520A; HP 8152A; HP
8152A mainframe; HP 8152A optical average power meter;
HP-IB; HP-interface bus (IB); IEEE; IEEE 488/IEC 625
standards; insertion loss; loss measurement;
measurements; optical; optical average power meter;
optical fibres; optical inputs; optical variables
measurement; power measurement; power meter; power
ratio; programmability; relative power measurements;
two-channel optical average; wavelength",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Flade:1987:OPM,
author = "Bernhard Flade and Michael Goder",
title = "Optical Power Meter Firmware Development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "12--15",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Objectives for the development of the HP 8152A Optical
Power Meter firmware are presented. To save time and
effort, software was leveraged from other projects as
much as possible. For example, the operating system and
the HP-IB kernel software were leveraged from the HP
8175A Data Generator project. The software was divided
into independent modules that could be developed
without interfering with one another. Newly written
software was shared among the members of the new
instrument family as much as possible. Time was also
saved by decoupling the hardware and software designs
as long and as much as possible, and by working with
good and easy-to-use software tools.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
B7320P (Optical variables); C3380B (Electronic
instruments); C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "active; adjustments; automatic testing --- Equipment;
bugs; channel; channel specific parameters; Computer
Interfaces; computer software --- Modular Construction;
computerised instrumentation; computers; connected
heads; development; fiber optics --- Measurements;
firmware; friendly operating concept; Hewlett Packard;
HP 8152A optical power meter; HP 8152A optical power
meter firmware; HP-IB kernel software; human interface;
individual head calibration; linear; logarithmic units;
mainframe; optical variables measurement; power
measurement; ratio measurements; self-calibration;
self-test; self-test capabilities; software; software
support; troubleshooting",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Becker:1987:DOP,
author = "Josef Becker",
title = "Detectors for Optical Power Measurements",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "16--21",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Design and characterization of an optical power meter
detector are more easily understood if one considers
that its parents are the photometer for chemical
analysis and the radiation detector in physics labs or
national bureaus of standards. In a fiber optic
communications link, the detector has to respond to
fast and weak digital signals, so its speed and noise
performance are optimized, while linearity and
stability are of secondary interest. A typical detector
for this application is the avalanche photodiode,
mounted straight onto the fiber end. Various detectors
based on light emitting diodes (LED), laser diodes, or
any sort of freely propagating light beams are
considered. Optical radiation detectors (ultraviolet,
visible, infrared), thermal, pyrolitic and quantum
detectors are analyzed. Their homogeneity, angular
response, optical interfaces and other characteristics
are studied. The calibration and measurement standards
are also considered.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); B7320P
(Optical variables)",
classification = "717; 902; 921; 941; 944",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "avalanche; beam intensity; detector; fiber end; fiber
optic communications; fiber optic measurement; fiber
optics --- Measurements; fibre optic sensors; freely
propagating light beam; infrared detectors; intelligent
optical power; laser diode; LED; link; measurement;
meters; noise performance; optical communication
equipment; optical power measurements; optical power
meters; optical variables measurement; optical
variables measurement --- Standards; Optimization;
photodetectors; photodiode; power; pyroelectric
detector; quantum detectors; semiconductor diodes,
photodiode; speed; telecommunication links, optical;
thermopile",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Huning:1987:POH,
author = "Hans Huning and Emmerich Mueller and Siegmar Schmidt
and Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "Precision Optical Heads for 850 to 1700 and 450 to
1020 Nanometers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "22--27",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Both precision optical heads are described. The HP
81521B Optical Head is characterized by a wide dynamic
range for average power measurements from plus 3 dBm to
minus 80 dBm, wide spectral responsivity individually
measured in 10-nm steps from 850 nm to 1700 nm and the
values stored in each optical head, high stability over
a temperature range from 0 degree C to 40 degree C, a
well-cooled detector chip for operation up to 55 degree
C, a noise floor well below minus 70 dBm, user-friendly
optical interfacing, and availability of a large
variety of optical adapters and other accessories
including a filter holder, a beam splitter, and a bare
fiber adapter. The HP 81520A Optical Head is designed
for optical average power measurements at shorter
wavelengths, including the spectral window from 450 nm
to 1020 nm. A wide dynamic range from plus 10 dBm down
to minus 100 dBm for average power measurements,
spectral responsivity individually measured in 10-nm
steps from 450 nm to 1020 nm and the values stored in
each head, high stability over a temperature range from
0 degree C to plus 55 degree C, and a noise floor well
below minus 90 dBm are features of this head. The
associated optical power splitter, the electrically
erasable programmably read only memory (EEPROM) and the
optical interface are also presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7230
(Sensing devices and transducers)",
classification = "714; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Accessories; automatic testing --- Instruments;
computerised instrumentation; fiber optics --- Testing;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 81520A; HP 81520A optical
head; HP 81521B; HP 81521B optical head; HP 8152A
optical power; HP 8152A optical power meter; meter;
nanometers; nonelectric sensing devices; optical
instruments; power measurement; precision optical
heads; semiconductor devices --- Applications",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Radermacher:1987:HOC,
author = "Wilhelm Radermacher",
title = "A high-precision optical connector for optical test
and instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "28--30",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Diamond HMS-10 H/P Connector is described that is
the new family of Hewlett--Packard fiber optic
instruments. This high-precision optical connector,
developed jointly by Diamond and HP, is used not only
in a direct connector-to-connector scheme like a
utility connector, but also as an interface to
instrumentation containing bulk optical modules. Its
key characteristics are reviewed, and the insertion
loss is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "A4281C (Fibre testing and measurement of fibre
parameters); A4281M (Fibre couplers and connectors);
B4125 (Fibre optics); B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7230E (Fibre optic sensors); C7400
(Engineering)",
classification = "717; 741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Accessories; fiber optic; fiber optic connectors;
fiber optic test instrumentation; fiber optics ---
Testing; fibre optic sensors; high-precision optical
connector; instruments; interface; optical; optical
connector; optical coupler; optical couplers; optical
instruments; optical testing; telecommunication links,
optical --- Reliability; test; utility connector",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Maisenbacher:1987:DAP,
author = "Bernd Maisenbacher and Siegmar Schmidt and Michael
Schlicker",
title = "Design Approach for a Programmable Optical
Attenuator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "31--35",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The new HP 8158B Option 002 Optical Attenuator is
believed to be the first variable optical attenuator
suitable for both single-mode and multimode
applications. It handles all fiber core diameters from
9 to 100$\mu$m and is calibrated at both 1300 nm and
1550 nm. For other wavelengths between 1200 nm and 1650
nm, it automatically calculates adjustment factors. The
HP 8158B Option 001 Optical Attenuator is designed for
the wavelength range from 600 to 1200 nm and is
calibrated at 850 nm. It handles fiber core diameters
from 50 to 100$\mu$m. The maximum attenuation range of
both attenuators is 60 dB. Resolution is 0.01 dB and
typical insertion loss is 1.0 dB for multimode and 2. 0
dB for single-mode. Precise calibration and a digital
display ensure repeatability within 0.04 dB over a
temperature range of 0 to 55 degree C. Optical system,
automated calibration with wavelength correction,
connector considerations, hardware and software are
discussed, and the motor control algorithm is
deduced.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4125 (Fibre optics); B4130 (Optical waveguides);
B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems)",
classification = "705; 731; 741; 921; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "600 to 1200 nm; adjustment factors; Attenuation;
attenuator; attenuators; automatic test equipment;
computers; electric motors --- Control; fiber core
diameters; fiber optics; Hewlett Packard; HP 8158B
option 001 optical attenuator; HP 8158B option 002
optical; mathematical techniques --- Algorithms;
multimode applications; optical communication
equipment; optical connectors; optical fibres; optical
variables measurement --- Instruments; programmable
optical attenuator; single-mode; variable optical
attenuator; waveguide attenuators --- Design;
wavelength correction; wavelengths",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1987:PFO,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann",
title = "A programmable fiber optic switch",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "36--??",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8159A Optical Switch is a fiber optic switch
designed to simplify measurement systems in production
and R\&D environments. The main feature of the switch
is its good repeatability, which means that once its
three optical paths are characterized in terms of
insertion loss, many reliable measurements can be
performed without having to do a recalibration cycle.
The instrument is described by an example of a typical
application.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2180B (Relays and switches); B4125 (Fibre optics);
B4130 (Optical waveguides); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems)",
classification = "741; 941",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 nm; 850 nm; automatic test equipment;
computerised instrumentation; fiber optics; fibre
optics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 8159A optical
switch; insertion loss; measurement systems; optical
instruments --- Components; optical paths; programmable
fiber optic switch; R and D environments;
repeatability; switches; Switching",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Elmore:1987:QMM,
author = "Glenn E. Elmore and Louis J. Salz",
title = "Quality Microwave Measurement of Packaged Active
Devices",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "2",
pages = "39--48",
month = feb,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A special fixture, the HP 8510 Microwave Network
Analyzer, and the concept of de-embedding provide a
solution to a formerly difficult measurement problem.
This instrument makes accurate and rapid
error-corrected measurements of packaged active
devices, including a variety of packaged transistors.
Accurate calibration of such a fixture is necessary to
provide repeatable and accurate device data.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "714; 715; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "active device measurements pac; applications product;
automatic test equipment; computerised instrumentation;
de-embedding; electric network analyzers ---
Calibration; electronic equipment testing;
error-corrected; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 85014A; HP 85041A transistor test fixture; HP 8510;
HP 8510 microwave network analyzer; instrumentation;
Instruments; measurements; microwave devices ---
Measurements; microwave measurement; microwave
measurements; microwave network analyzer; packaged
active devices; packaged transistor measurements;
software; transistors --- Electronics Packaging",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fotland:1987:HDF,
author = "David A. Fotland and John F. Shelton and William R.
Bryg and Ross V. {La Fetra} and Simin I. Boschma and
Allan S. Yeh and Edward M. Jacobs",
title = "Hardware Design of the First {HP} Precision
Architecture Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "4--17",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 9000 MODEL 840 and the HP 3000 Series 930 are
the first technical and commercial computer products,
respectively, to use the new Hewlett--Packard Precision
Architecture. HP Precision Architecture combines a
simplified, RISC-like instruction set with a powerful
coprocessor architecture, a 64-bit virtual memory
addressing system, a new high-performance I/O
architecture, and provision for multiprocessors. After
the history of the project is presented, the design of
the central Processing Unit (CPU) is described,
including the instruction unit, register file board,
execution unit, translation lookaside buffer (TLB),
cache and coprocessor. The architectural impact and
processor pipeline are also discussed. The performance
of the computers is emphasized in examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5220 (Computer architecture); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Series 930; 64-bit; 64-bit virtual memory
addressing system; architecture; computer architecture;
computers; coprocessor architecture; data storage,
digital --- Virtual; Design; FAST TTL; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard precision architecture;
Hewlett--Packard Precision Architecture;
high-performance I/O; HP; HP 3000 series 930; HP 9000
model 840; HP 9000 Model 840; HP Precision Architecture
computers; I/O system; memory system; minicomputers;
multiprocessors; PALs; printed circuit boards; reduced
instruction set computers (RISC); reduced instruction
set computing; RISC-like instruction set; static RAMs;
TTL logic; virtual memory addressing system",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wylegala:1987:ATS,
author = "Thomas B. Wylegala and Long C. Chow and Randy J.
Teegarden",
title = "An automated test system for the first {HP Precision
Architecture} computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "18--20",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:47:47 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The automated test system for the first computers of
the HP Precision Architecture family can test up to ten
HP 9000 Model 840 or HP 3000 Series 930 Computers
simultaneously. A block diagram of the test system is
provided. A Model 840\slash Series 930 Computer
configured with two special boards can be connected to
the test system via a cable. The test system then has
the ability to load diagnostic programs into the Model
840\slash Series 930 and monitor the results of those
tests. The host for the test system is an HP 9000 Model
220, but any HP 9000 machine that runs the HP-UX 5.1
operating system could serve as well. Besides testing
for proper operation, the system gathers specific
failure information and generates summary statistics to
be used in improving the manufacturing process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C5470
(Performance evaluation and testing); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
classification = "421; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automated test system; automatic test equipment;
automatic testing; boards; cable; computer peripheral
equipment; computer testing; computers; computers ---
Monitoring; diagnostic programs; Equipment; failure
analysis --- Computer Interfaces; Hewlett Packard;
host; HP 3000 Series 930 computers; HP 9000 Model 220;
HP 9000 Model 840; HP precision architecture computers;
HP Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX 5.1
operating system; minicomputers; special; unit under
test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buchanan:1987:DTC,
author = "Gregory F. Buchanan and Francois Gaullier and Olivier
Krumeich and Eric Lecesne and Jean-Pierre Picq and Heng
V. Te",
title = "{Distributed Terminal Controller} for {HP Precision
Architecture} Computers Running the {MPE XL} Operating
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "21--28",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 2345A Distributed Terminal Controller (DTC) is
designed for the HP 3000 Series 930 and Series 950
Computers. It enables up to 48 asynchronous devices
(terminals or serial printers) to be connected to these
systems over an IEEE 802.3 local area network (LAN),
thereby greatly simplifying the cabling and lowering
the associated costs. Future releases will allow a
terminal user connected to the DTC to establish a
session with an MPE XL system, and then by a simple
command, to switch to another MPE XL system on the same
LAN. This switching capability, combined with the
possibility of distributing the DTC in a building, is a
major contribution of this new commercial computer
system family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C5420 (Mainframes
and minicomputers); C5610N (Network interfaces); C5610P
(Peripheral interfaces); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "722; 723; 731; 902",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "asynchronous; Computer Interfaces; computer
interfaces; computer networks --- Local Networks;
control systems, distributed parameter; devices; DTC;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP 2345A Distributed; HP
2345A distributed terminal controller (DTC); HP 3000
Series 930; HP precision architecture computers; HP
Precision Architecture computers; IEEE 802.3 local area
network; IEEE 802.3 local area network (LAN); LAN;
local area; minicomputers; MPE XL operating; networks;
serial printers; Series 950 computers; SPU cabinet;
standards; system; system processing unit; terminal
connections; Terminal Controller",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Pettis:1987:HPA,
author = "Karl W. Pettis and William B. Buzbee",
title = "{Hewlett--Packard Precision Architecture} compiler
performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "3",
pages = "29--35",
month = mar,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This paper describes the influence performance
criteria had on the implementation of the new compilers
and how various problems were overcome. First, the
influence that the high-level languages had on the
design of the instruction set is described. Specific
examples of instructions are given that enable the
compilers to implement some high level constructs
efficiently, and to avoid problems that some see as
inevitable with a reduced instruction set computer
(RISC). Next, the problem of doing truly complex
operations is described. These operations are sometimes
implemented as instructions on traditional machines.
Instead, it was decided to implement a streamline
procedure calling convention and a group of routines
known as Millicode to solve such problems. Finally, the
results for specific examples are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers); C6150C
(Compilers, interpreters and other processors)",
classification = "723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Architecture; codes, symbolic; compilers; computer
operating systems; convention; convention procedure;
hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard
Precision; high-level language interfaces; HP Precision
Architecture machines; instruction; instruction sets;
low-level interface; Millicode; millicode routines;
minicomputers; performance criteria; Program Compilers;
program compilers; set; true complex operations",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Neumann:1987:DSG,
author = "Uwe Neumann and Michael Vogt and Friedhelm Brilhaus
and Frank Husfeld",
title = "Digital Signal Generator Combines Digital and Analog
Worlds",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "4--12",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8175A digital signal generator is capable of
providing up to three different types of output stimuli
depending on the selected configuration. It can be
configured by simple keystroke as either a 24-channel
parallel data generator, a two-channel serial data
generator, or a two-channel arbitrarily programmable
waveform generator. A combination of two types of
output stimuli is also possible. For instance, a
digital data sequence can be generated while the analog
equivalent or a different analog function is generated
by the analog part of the machine.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210 (Control systems and
instrumentation)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "24-channel parallel data generator; Design; digital
instrumentation; digital patterns; generators; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 8175A digital signal generator;
keystroke; output stimuli; serial data generator;
signal; signal generators; signal processing ---
Digital Techniques; simple; two-channel; two-channel
arbitrarily programmable; two-channel arbitrarily
programmable waveform generator; two-channel serial
data generator; waveform generator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Hakenjos:1987:UIS,
author = "Ulrich Hakenjos and Wolfgang Srok and Ruediger
Kreiser",
title = "User Interface and Software Architecture for a Data
and Arbitrary Waveform Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "12--20",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A complex, versatile, and powerful instrument like the
HP 8175A Data Generator requires a human interface that
is easy to learn and comfortable to use. The HP 8175A
human interface is based on a cursor-driven menu
concept similar to that of the HP 1630 Logic Analyzer.
A special feature of the HP 8175A is that the user can
preset changes of settings or conditions, such as data
patterns or cycling conditions, while the HP 8175A is
running. The new conditions can then be transferred to
the outputs of some convenient time. A powerful new
capability is the creation of timing diagrams (data
generator) and waveforms (optional arbitrary waveform
generator) by means of a graphic editor that includes
several interpolation capabilities, a pattern editor,
or a calculator mode.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3210 (Control systems and
instrumentation); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems)",
classification = "715; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "9-inch CRT; arbitrary waveform generator;
architecture; computer architecture; computer graphics;
Computer Interfaces; computer software; concept;
conditions; cursor-driven menu; data waveform
generator; digital instrumentation; display page;
generator; generators; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
8175A data; HP 8175A data generator; HP 8175A human
interface; mathematical techniques --- Interpolation;
settings; signal; signal generators; software; timing
diagrams; user interface; user interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wilson:1987:PSS,
author = "Edward L. Wilson and Kelly A. Sznaider and Clemen
Jue",
title = "A planning solution for the semiconductor industry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "21--27",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "PL-10 is a master planning tool developed by
Hewlett--Packard for the semiconductor manufacturing
industry. It addresses the task of medium-range
production planning (up to 2 years) for a
geographically distributed semiconductor division or
company. PL-10 helps the planner develop master
production schedules for all major areas of a
semiconductor company: wafer FAB, sort, assembly, and
test. The planner enters basic planning parameters ---
product demand forecasts, time-phased WIP
(work-in-process) availability, product yields, and
lead times --- either manually or through batch files.
PL-10 works backward from product demand to determine
wafer requirements, which the planner can review and
modify. It then projects forward from planned wafer
starts to expected shipments. The planner can review
rough-cut capacity use projections and associate
component requirements with product demand. Repeated
iterations of this process result in a workable
companywide production plan.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "714; 723; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembly; batch files; component requirements; data
processing, business --- File Organization; expected
shipments; geographically distributed; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; integrated circuit
manufacture; lead times; master planning tool; master
production schedules; medium-range; PL-10; pl-10 master
planning tool; planned wafer start; Planning; planning
parameters; planning solution; product demand; product
demand forecasts; product yields; production planning;
projections; rough-cut capacity; scheduling; scheduling
--- Computer Applications; semiconductor company;
semiconductor device manufacture; semiconductor
division; semiconductor manufacturing industry; sort;
test; time-phased; time-phased WIP (work-in-process)
availability; wafer fab; wafer requirements; WIP
availability",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Barrett:1987:SPD,
author = "George E. Barrett and John H. Lau",
title = "A study of panel deflection of partially routed
printed circuit boards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "29--34 (or 29--33??)",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To reduce machine setup time during the manufacture
and assembly of printed circuit boards, small circuit
boards are processed in subpanel form. A subpanel
consists of one or more finished boards still attached
to a supportive frame. To facilitate separation of the
boards after assembly, a partial router path is cut
around the perimeter of each board, so that the boards
are held in place by connecting tabs. Since the
elimination of partial routing would require the
development of a more sophisticated and costly
depanelization process, a finite element analysis was
used to determine the impact of routing paths on panel
rigidity. The primary objective of this analysis was to
characterize the deflection of a printed circuit board
that had been partially routed and to compare the panel
deflection with the specification for panel flatness.
Induced stresses were also characterized, to verify
that material failure did not occur.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0290 (Numerical analysis); B2210D (Printed circuit
manufacture)",
classification = "423; 713; 921; 931",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "board deflection; board length; connecting tabs;
depanelization; finished boards; finite element
analysis; flatness; induced stresses; mathematical
techniques --- Finite Element Method; panel; panel
deflection; panel rigidity; partial; partially routed
printed circuit boards; perimeter; printed circuit
manufacture; printed circuits; router path; routing
paths; Structural Analysis; structural panels ---
Stresses; subpanel form; supportive frame; surface
mount boards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Drake:1987:RTA,
author = "H. Dean Drake and Duane E. Wolting",
title = "Reliability Theory Applied to Software Testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "4",
pages = "35--39",
month = apr,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The execution-time theory of software reliability is
extended to the software testing process by
introduction of an accelerating factor. It is shown
that the accelerating factor can be determined from
repair data and used to make prerelease estimates of
software reliability for similar products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170N (Reliability); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems)",
classification = "723; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "accelerated life cycle testing; accelerating factor;
Applications; computer software --- Testing;
execution-time theory; failure analysis; failure rate;
prerelease estimates; program testing; reliability
theory; repair data; software reliability; software
reliability model; software testing",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Atkinson:1987:LAC,
author = "Edward S. Atkinson and Gaylord L. {Wahl, Jr.} and
Michael L. Hall and Eric J. Wicklund and Steven K.
Peterson",
title = "Low-Frequency Analyzer Combines Measurement Capability
with Modeling and Analysis Tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "4--15",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 19 07:47:53 2002",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The name FFT Analyzer has been applied to a category
of signal analysis instruments because their dominant
(in some cases, their only) analysis feature has been
the calculation of the fast Fourier transform of the
input signals for spectrum and network response
measurements.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "601; 608; 722; 723; 731",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer peripheral equipment
--- Terminals; control systems, numerical; database
systems; dynamic signal analyzer; Equipment; machinery
--- Control; mechanical engineering --- Assembly;
spectrum and network response measurements; two-channel
FFT analyzer",
}
@Article{Werner:1987:MCG,
author = "Kalr-Heinz Werner and Stephen Yie and Friedhelm M.
Ottliczky and Harold B. Prince and Heinz Diebel",
title = "{ME CAD} Geometry Construction, Dimensioning,
Hatching, and Part Structuring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "16--29",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Creating Mechanical Part Drawings is a necessary part
of the design process for mechanical engineers and
drafting and documentation support personnel. Using an
HP ME Series 5/10 Workstation makes this task easier,
simplifies the work required to make revisions later,
and provides a data base that can be used by other
designers and subsequent manufacturing facilities. The
tools provided with the ME Series 5/10 allow a user to
create and manipulate simple geometric entities.
Construction lines, circles, arcs, fillets, polygons
and splines are described by vector algebra, and all
quantities are expressed as multiples of real
numbers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "608; 722; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided design; computer graphics; computer
peripheral equipment --- Terminals; data processing ---
Data Structures; HP me series 5/10 workstation;
mathematical techniques --- Geometry; mechanical
engineering --- Design; mechanical part drawings;
multiples of real numbers; vector algebra",
}
@Article{Harmon:1987:ASE,
author = "Paul Harmon",
title = "Alpha Site Evaluation of Me Series 5/10",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "30--33",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An alpha\slash test site for ME Series 5/10 CAD
systems is used for the evaluation of the new software
package. Although lacking three-dimensional solids
modeling capability, ME Series 10 is intended to be the
user interface for a new three-dimensional modeling
system. Advantages and missing capabilities are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "608; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "alpha site evaluation; computer aided design ---
Testing; computer graphics; computer hardware; computer
peripheral equipment; computer software; Evaluation; me
series 5/10 CAD; mechanical engineering --- Computer
Applications",
}
@Article{Piety:1987:IDT,
author = "Robert A. Piety",
title = "Intrabuilding Data Transmission Using Power-Line
Wiring",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "5",
pages = "35--40",
month = may,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An investigation of the transfer and noise
characteristics of intrabuilding power lines has
indicated the feasibility of their use for local data
communication at data rates greater than 100 kbits/s.
Within certain constraints, data rates of 1 Mbits/s or
greater are possible. This paper discusses typical
powerline characteristics in the 1-to-20-MHz region and
one implementation of a 100-kbits/s spread spectrum
data link operating in the 3.5-to-10.5-MHz range.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "706; 716; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "carrier-current communication; computers --- Data
Communication Equipment; data rates greater than 100
kbits/s; data transmission; electric lines --- Carrier
Transmission; electric wiring, buildings; intrabuilding
data transmission; radio transmission --- Spread
Spectrum; telecommunication links, radio",
}
@Article{Malzbender:1987:PTO,
author = "Thomas Malzbender",
title = "Permuted Trace Ordering Allows Low-Cost,
High-Resolution Graphics Input",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "4--7",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The task of any graphics tablet is to provide the host
computer with information corresponding to the position
of a pen-like stylus relative to the top surface of the
tablet, commonly referred to as the platen. This
capability allows the user to input graphical data in a
more natural manner for applications such as menu
picking, CAD (computer-aided design), sketching, and
drawing. A scheme that substantially reduces the number
of trace drivers required provides an inexpensive, but
high-performance graphics tablet for HP's HP-HIL
family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5540 (Terminals and graphic displays)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "45911A Graphics Tablet; computer aided design;
computer graphic equipment; computer graphics; computer
interfaces --- Human Factors; footprint; Hewlett
Packard computers; high-resolution graphics input; HP;
HP 45911A graphics tablet; HP's human interface link
(HP-HIL); Interactive; permuted trace ordering; systems
science and cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Starr:1987:HHI,
author = "Robert R. Starr",
title = "The {Hewlett--Packard Human Interface Link}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "8--12",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Connecting human-input devices to personal computers
and workstations is simplified by the definition of an
interface link that adapts to the devices on the link
and allows them to be added or disconnected during
operation. The Hewlett--Packard Human Interface Link
(HP-HIL) is an intelligent, low-cost interface for
connecting human-speed input devices (e. g., keyboards,
mice, and digitizing tablets) to personal computers and
workstations. HP-HIL can support up to seven such
devices at one time by daisy-chaining them together
through a single port on the computer. There are no
restrictions on the type and order of the devices
connected. Users can easily expand their system by
simply plugging in additional input devices.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics; computer interfaces; computer
peripheral equipment; daisy-chaining; data collection;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard Human
Interface Link; Hewlett--Packard human interface link
(HP-HIL); HP-HIL; Human Factors; human-operated input
devices; human-speed input devices; input devices;
interface; interfaces; low-cost; personal computers;
port; standard input device; systems science and
cybernetics --- Man Machine Systems; user;
workstations",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Herington:1987:SVU,
author = "Daniel E. Herington and Paul A. Nichols and Roger D.
Lipp",
title = "Software Verification Using Branch Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "13--22",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Imposing branch coverage requirements on a software
testing project can be counterproductive unless a
comprehensive branch analysis methodology is followed.
This paper addresses the problems and issues of using
branch analysis during software testing. We begin by
discussing common software testing metrics, including
the branch coverage metric. We then discuss software
testing, both functional and structural, using branch
analysis.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6150G
(Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic testing --- Analysis; branch analysis;
branch coverage metric; code; computer software;
decision points; execution; functional testing;
meantime between failures (MTBF); metrics; probes;
procedure calls; program testing; program verification;
software engineering; software testing; software
testing metrics; software verification; Testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nishi:1987:DVC,
author = "Yoshio Nishi",
title = "Direction of {VLSI CMOS} Technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "24--25",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Jan 6 17:49:38 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Since stochastic fluctuation of device and process
parameters becomes more significant with increasing
numbers of transistors on a chip, there is a strong
requirement for increased noise immunity and decreased
power consumption in higher density circuits. Although
low-power CMOS circuits were invented in the 1960s,
they did not increase in importance until integration
density exceeded 100,000 devices\slash chip. Since then
CMOS has penetrated into static memories as well as
microprocessors. This article will briefly review the
current status of CMOS technology and discuss
engineering challenges for future microcircuit
technology.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classification = "714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "100,000 devices/chip; complementary MOS (CMOS); higher
density circuits; integrated circuits, VLSI ---
Components; microcircuit technology; Noise;
semiconductor devices, MOS; transistors",
}
@Article{Watkins:1987:SAU,
author = "Marvin L. Watkins",
title = "Software Architecture and the {UNIX} Operating System:
an Introduction to Interprocess Communication",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "6",
pages = "26--36",
month = jun,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Signals, pipes, shared memory, and message queues are
some of the facilities provided by the UNIX operating
system for communication among software modules. The
strengths and weaknesses of each facility are
discussed. The discussion is organized into three major
sections. The first section deals with some fundamental
ideas and concepts of software engineering that arise
in multiprocessing systems. Here, the important
concepts of complexity, modularity, concurrency, and
synchronization are presented. The second section deals
with use and performance issues that arise with the
UNIX operating system's interprocess communication
(IPC) facilities. In this section, the UNIX IPC
facilities ranked for various uses and data is
presented to support the ranking. The third section
discusses each IPC facility in detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "complexity; computer architecture; computer operating
systems; computer programs; computer software ---
Modular Construction; computers; concurrency; Data
Communication Systems; engineering; exchange;
information; information sharing; interprocess
communication; interprocess communication (IPC);
message queues; modularity; multiprocessing programs;
multiprocessing systems; operating systems (computers);
performance; shared memory; software; software
architecture; software communications; software
engineering; synchronization; UNIX IPC; UNIX operating
system; use",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Haworth:1987:DDM,
author = "David J. Haworth and John R. Pottinger and Murdo J.
McKissock",
title = "Dedicated Display Monitors Digital Radio Patterns",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "4--10, 12--13",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One way of displaying the complex waveforms generated
in digital radio systems is the constellation display,
a method that allows rapid visual evaluation of a
system's performance. The waveforms are random
multilevel wideband signals, and require a
high-performance sampling oscilloscope to display them.
The HP 3709A Constellation Display described is a
specially engineered two-channel sampling
oscilloscope.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 716; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
computerised monitoring; constellation pattern
monitoring; digital communication systems; digital
radio; digital radio patterns; display devices;
electronic equipment testing; eye pattern monitoring;
HP 3709A constellation display; in-phase (I) channel;
Monitoring; oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Sampling;
quadrature (Q) channel; radio receivers; sampling
oscilloscope; two-channel; two-channel sampling
oscilloscope; waveform analysis",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{McKissock:1987:CMT,
author = "Murdo J. McKissock",
title = "Constellation Measurement: a Tool for Evaluating
Digital Radio",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "13--17",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The constellation display is an invaluable tool for
alignment and fault diagnosis of digital radios, and an
important indicator of the radio's performance margin.
The HP 3709A Constellation Display is the first
commercial instrument that provides the capability to
make quantitative measurements of a constellation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "716; 741; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3709A constellation display; automatic test equipment;
cathode-ray oscilloscopes; computerised monitoring;
constellation measurement; digital communication
systems; digital communication systems --- Evaluation;
digital radio evaluation; digital radios; display
devices; electric measurements; electronic equipment
testing; HP; radio --- Performance; radio receivers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Waters:1987:DRN,
author = "Geoffrey Waters",
title = "A digital radio noise and interference test set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "19--26",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set for
evaluating long-haul digital telecommunications systems
is described. This instrument facilitates the
measurement of the bit error ratio (BER) under
simulated path fade conditions. A desired
carrier-to-noise (C/N) or carrier-to interference (C/I)
ratio can be established and maintained in the presence
of received radio signal variations.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables)",
classification = "716; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; bit error ratio (ber); C/I
ratio; C/N ratio; carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio;
carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio; conditions; digital
communication system; digital communication systems;
digital radio; digital radio noise; electric measuring
instruments; electric noise measurement; electronic
equipment testing; HP 3708A; interference;
Measurements; microwave links; microwave radio; noise
and interference; path fade; radio interference ---
Testing; radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise;
radiofrequency; simulated path fade conditions; test
set",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lymer:1987:MPA,
author = "Anthony Lymer",
title = "Microprocessor-Enhanced Performance in an Analog Power
Meter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "26--30",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set can be
used to test microwave point-to-point radios. It
simulates flat (frequency independent) fading and
co-channel and adjacent channel interference by
injecting band-limited noise or interference into the
IF stages of the radio. The instrument continuously
monitors the incoming carrier level and adjusts the
impairment level to maintain an accurate
carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio or carrier-to-interference
(C/I) ratio. This feature is particularly convenient
when live radio traffic is being used as the test
signal to measure fade margin.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310F (Power and energy)",
classification = "716; 722; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3708A noise and interference test set; analog power
meter; automatic test equipment; carrier-;
carrier-to-interference (C/I) ratio;
carrier-to-interference ratio; carrier-to-noise (C/N)
ratio; channel interference; Computer Interfaces;
custom; digital communication systems; digital radio;
electric measurements --- Power; electric measuring
instruments; electronic equipment testing; HP; HP 3708A
noise and interference test set; measurement;
microprocessor-based instrument; microwave links;
microwave point-to-; point radios; power; radio
interference --- Testing; radio receivers; radio
receivers --- Noise; radio transmission --- Fading;
radiofrequency interference; telecommunication links,
microwave; thermal converter IC; to-noise ratio",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Rasaratnam:1987:AWN,
author = "Dayananda K. Rasaratnam",
title = "An accurate wideband noise generator and a
high-stability reference source",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "30--32, 34--36",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3708A Noise and Interference Test Set simulates
microwave flat fade conditions by injecting noise of
defined spectral density into the IF section of a radio
receiver. It automatically maintains a selected
carrier-to noise (C/N) ratio by adjusting the noise
power level so that reliable measurements can be made
to evaluate the performance of the radio. This requires
an accurate wideband noise generator and a
high-stability reference source in the instrument.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715; 716",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; carrier-to-noise;
carrier-to-noise (C/N) ratio; digital communication
systems; digital radio; electronic equipment testing;
generators; high-; high-stability reference source; HP
3708A noise and interference; HP 3708A noise and
interference test set; Measurements; microwave flat
fade conditions; microwave links; noise; radio ---
Performance; radio receiver; radio receiver performance
evaluation; radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise;
radiofrequency interference; ratio; reference circuits;
signal generators; stability reference source; test
set; testing; wideband noise generator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Duff:1987:ART,
author = "John A. Duff",
title = "Automated Radio Testing Shortens Test Time and
Enhances Accuracy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "7",
pages = "36--37, 39",
month = jul,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "When testing the flat fade performance of a digital
radio, a series of repetitive measurements have to be
made to produce a complete curve. If a typical
characteristic plot consists of ten measured points
(each averaged over three readings), the overall test
would take about one hour. By using the HP 3708A Noise
and Interference Test Set to vary the IF C/N level
directly, this test time can be reduced to around 20
minutes while increasing the measurement accuracy and
repeatability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B5210C (Radiowave propagation); B5230 (Electromagnetic
compatibility and interference); B6250D (Point-to-point
radio systems); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7310Z (Other electric variables); C7410F
(Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "716; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; automatic test equipment; Automatic
Testing; bit error; digital communication systems;
digital communication systems --- Equipment; digital
microwave radio; digital radio; digital radio receiver
testing; electric measurements --- Performance;
electric noise measurement; electronic equipment
testing; fading; flat fade performance; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 3708A noise and; HP 3708S noise and
interference measurement; HP 9000; HP-IB; IEC 625; IEEE
488; interference test set; microcomputer; microwave
links; radio; radio interference --- Measurements;
radio receivers; radio receivers --- Noise; radio
transmission --- Fading; radiofrequency interference;
rate test sets; system; telecommunications computing;
testing",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wechsler:1987:HBC,
author = "Susan L. Wechsler",
title = "A handheld {Business Consultant}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "4--10",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP's Business Consultant is an advanced handheld
calculator that combines many of the most popular
features of the earlier HP-12C with enhancements such
as a menu-driven user interface, customization without
programming, a four-line dot-matrix display, and an
infrared transmitter for sending data to an optional
cordless printer. Because the Business Consultant uses
the same CPU as the HP-71B Handheld Computer, its
financial calculations run at least 15 times faster
than those on the HP-12C.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calculator; computer interfaces; computers; data
processing, business; display; display devices;
electronic calculators; four-line dot-matrix; four-line
dot-matrix display; handheld; handheld Business
Consultant; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP-18C handheld business consultant; infrared
transmitter; mathematical instruments --- Pocket
Calculators; menu-driven user interface; portable",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Wickes:1987:ERC,
author = "William C. Wickes",
title = "An evolutionary {RPN} calculator for technical
professionals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "11--17",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP-28C provides the most extensive mathematical
capabilities ever available in a handheld calculator.
Its built-in feature set exceeds even the capabilities
of the earlier HP-71B Handheld Computer with its Math
ROM. Furthermore, the HP-28C introduces a new dimension
in calculator math operations --- symbolic algebra and
calculus. A user can perform many real and complex
number calculations with purely symbolic quantities,
delaying numerical evaluation indefinitely. This allows
a user to formulate a problem, work through to a
solution, and study the mathematical properties of the
solution entirely on the calculator.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "calculations; calculator; calculus; complex number;
computer metatheory; electronic calculators; handheld;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP-28C; HP-28C scientific
handheld calculator; mathematical capabilities;
mathematical instruments; professionals; real and
complex number calculations; real number calculations;
reverse Polish notation (RPN) calculator; RPN
calculator; symbolic algebra; symbolic algebra and
calculus; technical",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Layman:1987:MDH,
author = "Judith A. Layman and Mark A. Smith",
title = "Mechanical Design of the {HP-18C} and {HP-28C}
Handheld Calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "17--20",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP-18C represents a new mechanical design for HP
handheld calculators. These products use a vertical
clam-shell format with a simplified keyboard in a
coat-pocket-size package. Using the productivity
advantages provided by the use of CAD\slash CAM
(computer-aided design and manufacturing) tools, the
package was designed for manufacturability and then
thoroughly tested for reliability to ensure quality
performance for the customer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "715; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "CAD/CAM; coat-pocket-size package; computer aided
design; computer aided manufacturing; electronic
calculators; electronics packaging --- Testing;
handheld calculators; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP-18C; HP-18C and HP-28C handheld calculators; HP-28C;
mathematical instruments; mechanical design;
performance; quality; reliability; vertical clam-shell
format",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Patton:1987:SCH,
author = "C. M. Patton",
title = "Symbolic computation for handheld calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "21--25",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers); C6150J (Operating systems)",
keywords = "calculator development; electronic calculators;
expert-; handheld calculators; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett
Packard computers; operating; operating system;
prototyping environment; RAM space; research and
development projects; ROM space; symbolic computation;
symbolic mathematics operations; system capabilities;
systems (computers)",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical",
}
@Article{Hauge:1987:MHP,
author = "B. R. Hauge and R. E. Dunlap and C. D. Hoekstra and
Chong Num Kwee and P. R. {Van Loan}",
title = "A multichip hybrid printed circuit board for advanced
handheld calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "25--30",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2210 (Printed circuits); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
keywords = "calculators; circuits; display; drivers; electronic
calculators; epoxy layer; gold wire bonds; gold-plated
pads; handheld; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-18C;
HP-28C; liquid-crystal display; microprocessor;
multichip hybrid printed circuit board; printed",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McClellan:1987:ESH,
author = "Paul J. McClellan",
title = "An equation solver for a handheld calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "30--34",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The ideal equation solver reliably finds all solutions
for an arbitrary variable in any equation defined by
the user. Since this is probably impossible in general,
more realistic expectations are to solve for an
arbitrary variable in a wide range of equations, to
provide understandable and reliable diagnostic
information should the solver fail to find a solution,
and to provide the means for using the solver to obtain
multiple solutions of an equation if more than one
solution exists. These were the design objectives for
the equation solver in the HP-18C Business
Consultant.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "arbitrary variable; combination of direct and
iterative solvers; electronic calculators; equation
solver; handheld calculator; Hewlett Packard; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-18C business consultant; HP-18C
Business Consultant; mathematical instruments ---
Pocket Calculators; mathematical techniques",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Brown:1987:EDA,
author = "Preston D. Brown and Gregory J. May and Megha Shyam",
title = "Electronic Design of an Advanced Technical Handheld
Calculator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "8",
pages = "34--39",
month = aug,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design of an advanced handheld calculator such as
the HP-28C requires solutions of some special problems:
how to package the system in a limited space, how to
provide power from three small batteries for six
months, how to keep the cost down, and how to release
the new design in less than 18 months. These challenges
were met by designing three custom CMOS ICs, packaging
the electronics using chip-on-board and surface-mount
technologies, and using powerful design aids. The
HP-28C includes a four-line liquid-crystal display
(LCD), 128K bytes of ROM, 2K bytes of RAM, a clock, and
an infrared transmitter for sending data to an optional
detached printer. The HP-18C Business Consultant
contains the same electronics, but only one ROM.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 715; 722; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "128 Kbytes; 2 Kbytes; advanced technical handheld
calculator; chip-on-board; chip-on-board and
surface-mount technologies; crystal display; custom
CMOS; data storage, digital; display devices --- Liquid
Crystal; electronic calculators; electronic design;
electronic equipment; electronics packaging; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-18C business consultant; HP-28C;
ICs; liquid-; mathematical instruments --- Pocket
Calculators; printed circuits; ROM; surface-mount
technologies",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Mangelsdorf:1987:VPH,
author = "Steven T. Mangelsdorf and Darrell M. Burns and Paul K.
French and Charles R. Headrick and Darius F.
Tanksalvala",
title = "A {VLSI} processor for {HP Precision Architecture}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "4--11",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This paper describes the VLSI chip set used in the
processors of three HP Precision Architecture
computers: the HP 3000 Series 950 and the HP 9000
Models 850S and 825. The Series 950 and Model 850S
processors are identical. All of the chips are designed
in HP's NMOS-III process. NMOS-III is a
high-performance NMOS process with 1.7-$\mu$m drawn
channel lengths (0.95-$\mu$m effective channel
lengths), 2.5-$\mu$m minimum contacted pitch, and two
levels of tungsten metallization. The chips have been
designed for a worst-case operating frequency of 30
MHz, although with the static RAMs available for caches
at present, the Model 850S\slash Series 950 processor
operates at 27.5 MHz and the Model 825 processor
operates at 25 MHz. A 272-pin ceramic pin-grid array
package was developed to support the electrical and
mechanical requirements for the chip set.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265 (Digital
electronics); B1265F (Microprocessors and
microcomputers); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices); C5130
(Microprocessor chips)",
classification = "703; 714; 715; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.95 micron; 1.7; 1.7 micron; 25 to 30 MHz; circuits;
computers, microcomputer; digital integrated circuits;
Electronics Packaging; field effect integrated; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 3000 Series 950; HP 9000
Model 825; HP 9000 Model 850S; HP precision
architecture computers; micron; microprocessor chips;
NMOS-III process; packaging; pin-grid array package;
Precision Architecture; VLSI; VLSI chip set; VLSI
processor",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Yetter:1987:HPA,
author = "Jeffry D. Yetter and Jonathan P. Lotz and William S.
Jaffe and Mark A. Forsyth and Eric R. DeLano",
title = "{HP} Precision Architecture {NMOS-III} Single-Chip
{CPU}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "12--18",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Like all of the custom VLSI chips designed for the HP
3000 Series 950 and HP 9000 Models 850S and 825 SPUs,
the CPU is designed using HP's NMOS-III fabrication
process. NMOS-III was a natural choice not only because
it affords the density and speed required for the
design, but also because of its proven
manufacturability. The CPU chip contains 115,000
transistors packed onto a square die measuring 8.4 mm
on a side.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265F (Microprocessors and microcomputers); B2570F
(Other MOS integrated circuits); C5130 (Microprocessor
chips); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "714; 722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "central processing unit (cpu); Components; computer
architecture; computers, microcomputer; control; CPU;
custom VLSI chips; execution; field effect integrated
circuits; hardwired CPU; hardwired instruction
sequencing; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000 Series
950; HP 9000 Model 825; HP 9000 Model 850S; HP
Precision Architecture; microprocessor chips; NMOS-III
fabrication process; NMOS-III single-chip; pipelined
instruction; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kohlhardt:1987:DVT,
author = "Charles Kohlhardt and Tony W. Gaddis and Daniel L.
Halperin and Stephen R. Undy and Robert A. Schuchard",
title = "Design, Verification, and Test Methodology for a
{VLSI} Chip Set",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "18--26",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Ten custom VLSI chips are used in the processors of
the HP 3000 Series 950 and HP 9000 Models 850S and 825
Computers. The complexity of the design, integration,
and testing required to deliver ten VLSI chips that
meet the functional and electrical requirements for
these products demanded close attention to detail
throughout the development program. With the lab
prototype characterization complete, the chips are
released for production prototyping with the
expectation that the chips would be production quality.
Tactics to accomplish this strategy were then defined.
The first aspect was how to deliver first silicon that
would meet the lab prototype quality level. This was
the design methodology. The lab prototype evaluation
tactics were to define feedback paths required for
complete functional and electrical characterization of
the chips, boards, and systems. The production
prototyping evaluation tactics were to repeat those
feedback paths where changes had been made.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170C (Project and design engineering); B1265
(Digital electronics); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); C5100 (Circuits and devices)",
classification = "713; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "850S; custom VLSI chips; Design; design cycle; design
engineering; design methodology; design verification;
digital integrated circuits; effect integrated
circuits; field; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 3000; HP
9000 Model; HP 9000 Model 825; HP Precision
Architecture; integrated circuit testing; integrated
circuits, VLSI; methodology; NMOS; Series 950; test;
verification methodology; VLSI; VLSI chip set",
}
@Article{Robinson:1987:MVH,
author = "Craig S. Robinson and Leith Johnson and Robert J.
Horning and Russell W. Mason and Mark A. Ludwig and
Howell R. Felsenthal and Thomas O. Meyer and Thomas V.
Spencer",
title = "A midrange {VLSI Hewlett--Packard Precision
Architecture} computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "26--34",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The goal established for HP Precision Architecture
computers was to provide a scalable set of hardware and
software with the flexibility to be configured for many
different applications in a wide variety of market
areas. The HP 9000 Model 825 is a midrange, compact,
high-performance NMOS-III VLSI implementation of HP
Precision Architecture. The wide range of system
components available in this architecture are all
compatible with the Model 825. These include operating
systems, languages, graphics, networking, and a wide
variety of peripherals. Also, because adapting to
established environments and easy porting of existing
applications are of vital import, the Model 825 has
been designed in accordance with international
standards wherever possible. Designed for both
single-user workstation and multiuser applications
running the HP-UX operating system. It can be used for
mechanical and electrical computer-aided design,
computer integrated manufacturing, real-time control,
and general-purpose technical applications.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "9000 Model 825; computer integrated manufacturing;
computer-aided design; computers, microcomputer;
Design; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard
Precision Architecture computer; HP; HP 9000 model 825;
HP Precision Architecture; minicomputers; NMOS-III
VLSI; NMOS-III VLSI implementation; real-time control;
VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gassman:1987:VHH,
author = "Gerald R. Gassman and Michael W. Schrempp and Ayee
Goundan and Richard Chin and Robert D. Odineal and
Marlin Jones",
title = "{VLSI-Based} High-Performance {HP} Precision
Architecture Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "9",
pages = "38--48",
month = sep,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 9000 Model 850S and the HP 3000 Series 950 are
both based on the same system processing unit (SPU),
which consists of processor, memory, I/O, power, and
packaging subsystems. The Model 850S\slash Series 950
processor uses the NMOS-III VLSI chip set. The
differences between the Model 850S and the Series 950
are primarily in the areas of software and
configuration. The Model 850S is configured primarily
for technical applications. It runs HP-UX, HP's version
of AT\&T's UNIX(REGISTERED) System V operating system
with real-time extensions. The Series 950 is configured
for business applications. It executes MPE XL, a new
version of HP's proprietary MPE operating system. This
provides compatibility as well as a performance upgrade
for the current HP 3000 customer base.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "714; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "850S; computer architecture; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 3000 Series 950; HP 9000 Model; HP
Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX; HP-UX
operating system; minicomputers; MPE; MPE operating
system; MPE XL operating systems; NMOS-III;
Performance; system processing unit; system processing
unit (SPU); Unix System V operating system; VLSI; VLSI
chip set; XL",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Carder:1987:ITI,
author = "Norman Carder and William I. Dunn and James H. Elliott
and David W. Grieve and W. Gordon Rhind",
title = "In-service transmission impairment testing of voice-
frequency data circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "4--15",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 4948A In-Service Transmission Impairment
Measuring Set (ITIMS) advances the state of the art in
analog data communications link testing by offering new
possibilities for testing leased voice-frequency data
circuits. Conventional test methods require that
service be suspended while testing takes place.
In-service testing allows the same measurements to be
made directly on the modem signal without disrupting
service. This means that if there is a problem, it can
be investigated immediately without waiting until the
circuit can be removed from service. The HP 4948A does
not need a conventional test signal, but instead uses
the live modem signal as its input.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C3380B (Electronic instruments)",
classification = "718; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; computers --- Data
Communication Systems; data logging; data transmission;
equipment; event logging; HP4948A in-service;
in-service test; in-service transmission impairment
measuring set; interface; ITIMS; live modem signal;
measurement systems; measurement techniques;
Measurements; modems; period logging; preventative
maintenance; telecommunication links --- Testing;
transmission impairment measuring set; user; voice;
voice-frequency data circuits",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Harper:1987:ILL,
author = "Steven L. Harper and Robert S. Worsley and Bruce A.
Stephens",
title = "An infrared link for low-cost calculators and
printers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "16--21",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A separate accessory printer, which connects to the
calculator in some way, is considered for the addition
of printing capability. One very critical design area
for such an accessory printer is the means of
interconnection to the calculator. The HP-IL interface
is used in the HP-41C for connection to a number of
peripherals, including an accessory printer. Infrared
transmission is used as the wireless technology that
allows the use of low-cost, low-power, and readily
available components. The transmitter and receiver used
to implement the link are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6260 (Optical links and equipment); C5430
(Microcomputers)",
classification = "717; 722; 741; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "coding; computer peripheral equipment --- Printers;
correction; critical timing; data transmission;
electronic calculators; error; handheld calculator;
HP-18C calculators with remote printer; HP-41C
calculator; infrared devices --- Computer Interfaces;
infrared link; infrared transmission; interface; IR;
low-cost calculators; mathematical instruments ---
Pocket Calculators; optical links; printers; printing
calculators; telecommunication links; unidirectional
communication",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1987:LWP,
author = "David L. Smith and Masahiko Muranami",
title = "A low-cost wireless portable printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "21--23",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 82240A Infrared Printer is a portable
battery-powered thermal printer capable of printing a
maximum of 24 columns of alphanumeric characters or 166
columns of continuous graphics per line. Designed for
use with an HP-18C or HP-28C handheld calculator, the
information to be printed is transmitted to the printer
by the calculator using an infrared beam.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "717; 722; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2.5 inches; 3.5 inches; 7.25 inches; AA-sized
batteries; AC adaptor; computer peripheral equipment;
data transmission; electronic calculators; HP-18C
handheld calculator; HP-18C or HP-28C handheld
calculator.; HP-28C handheld calculator; infrared
devices; infrared link; infrared printer; IR; low-cost
wireless portable; printer; Printers; remote printer;
telecommunication links; thermal printer; thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Riper:1987:MSH,
author = "Richard W. Riper",
title = "Manufacturing State-Of-The-Art Handheld Calculators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "24--27",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Design and manufacturing cooperation on HP-18C and
HP-28C calculator project is described, where
manufacturing personnel are involved in the design
process. The technology used was CAD\slash CAM. The
HP-18C and HP-28C were the first products to be
designed primarily on a CAD system, which consists of
local work stations connected to HP 9000 Computers.
This resulted in easier sharing of design information,
which also was more accurate.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "713; 715; 723; 913; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembling; assembly process; computer aided design;
computer aided manufacturing; conveyer; electronic
assembly; electronic calculators; electronic equipment
--- Assembly; final assembly; flow chart; flowcharting;
handheld calculators; HP-18C handheld calculator;
HP-28C; manufacturing process automation; manufacturing
processes; mathematical instruments; Pocket
Calculators; printed circuits --- Manufacture;
production flow; robots, industrial --- Applications",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Barnett:1987:ITM,
author = "G. Octo Barnett and Judith L. Piggins and Gordon T.
Moore and Ethan A. Foster",
title = "Information Technology and Medical Education",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "28--35",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "There is considerable reason to believe that
computer-based educational applications can facilitate
acquisition of essential knowledge and mastery of
problem-solving skills. Comprehensive training and
experience with modern methods of information
management during the students' formative years may
greatly enhance their effective functioning as health
care practitioners and as professionals committed to
lifelong learning and teaching. This paper discusses
the use of information technology in an experimental
curriculum at Harvard Medical School and describes
several of the computer-based educational modules that
have been developed for the program.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction)",
classification = "461; 723; 901",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "access; computer aided instruction; computer-based;
computer-based education; curriculum; data base; data
processing --- Educational Applications; education;
educational modules; experimental; Harvard Medical
School; information technology; Medical Applications;
medical education; new pathway program; patient;
physiology simulations; simulations; software packages;
test bank questions; vocabulary acquisition",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coleman:1987:FPD,
author = "Derek Coleman and Robin M. Gallimore",
title = "A framework for program development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "10",
pages = "37--40",
month = oct,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Software design is a complex process involving many
decisions. The developer is faced with the task of
formalizing the problem and reducing its level of
abstraction to that of the programming language to be
used. This paper presents a framework for recording a
software design activity as a directed acyclic design
graph, where each node denotes a fragment of the design
and each arrow represents some kind of design decision
that has been made. The framework presented uses a
graphical notation to help record some aspects of the
design of a program. Using the framework, component and
program specifications are recorded during program
design in a systematic, possibly formal, way.
Significantly, the specifications can be related to
both the definitions on which their intended meaning is
based and the code modules that implement the component
bodies using a simple graphical notation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 921; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acyclic design graph; component and program
specifications; computer programming languages --- List
Processing; computer software; decision theory and
analysis; Design; design decision; design steps;
directed; directed acyclic design graph; mathematical
techniques --- Graph Theory; nodes and arrows; program
development; simple graphical notation; software design
activity; software development; software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Edwards:1987:VSG,
author = "Allen P. Edwards",
title = "Vector Signal Generation and Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "4--5",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator and the HP 8980A
Vector Analyzer are described. To appreciate the nature
of these products some of the concepts of vector
modulation and its applications are explained.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6120 (Modulation methods); B7220 (Signal processing
and conditioning equipment and techniques); B7250E
(Signal generators); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplitude modulation; analyzer; digital
communications; digital radio; display instrumentation;
generation; HP 8780A vector signal generator; HP 8980A
vector; HP 8980A vector analyzer; mathematical
techniques --- Vectors; modulation; modulation schemes;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Sampling; phase
modulation --- Phase Shift Keying; phase shift keying;
PSK; QAM; quadrature amplitude modulation; signal
generators; signal processing equipment; spectrum
analysis --- Instruments; test receivers; vector
analysis; vector modulation; vector signal; vector
signal analysis; vector signal generation",
treatment = "G General Review",
}
@Article{Naegeli:1987:HSD,
author = "Andrew H. Naegeli and Juan Grau",
title = "Hardware System Design for a Vector Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "6--17",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8980A Vector Analyzer is designed to measure
instantaneous amplitude and phase of wideband RF and
microwave signals by analyzing their I and Q components
in the time domain. It is a fully programmable HP-IB
(IEEE 488\slash IEC 625) instrument designed for R\&D
and production applications. The amplitude and phase of
a signal can be analyzed visually by plotting the Q
component versus the I component graphically in
Cartesian coordinates. The amplitude is then
represented by the distance from the center of the plot
and the phase is represented simply by the angle
thereon. The polar displays of vector network analyzers
work on this same principle.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 716; 921; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "350 MHz; Applications; constellation display; digital
modulation signal; display instrumentation; domain;
electric measurements --- Phase; eye patterns; hardware
system design; HP 8980A vector analyzer; instantaneous
amplitude measurements; measurements; modulation ---
Analysis; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; processing
equipment; pulse timing; sampled data systems; sampling
display system; signal; signal processing --- Digital
Techniques; single time instant; time; triggering;
vector display; video signal processing; wideband RF",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Messenger:1987:FSD,
author = "Brian S. Messenger and Peter H. Fisher and Stanley P.
Woods",
title = "Firmware System Design for a Vector Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "17--24",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8980A Vector Analyzer is an example of this
substantial change in the importance of software in
electronic instrumentation. It uses a 32-bit 68000
microprocessor for overall control, in addition to a
keyboard processor, an HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625)
interface processor, and a CRT display processor. A
half megabyte of software used is written in C and,
where optimization for speed was critical, in assembly
language.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating instruments);
C5140 (Firmware); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "715; 723; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; assembly language; automatic testing; C
language; computer hardware --- Control; computer
programming languages; computer software; computerised
instrumentation; computers, microcomputer ---
Applications; digital-to-analog converters; display
instrumentation; display software; electronic test
instrumentation; firmware; hardware control software;
HP 1345A display; HP 8980A vector analyser; HP 8980A
vector analyzer; HP-IB; IEEE 488.2 standard;
interactive help function; internal calibration
software; measurement markers; oscilloscopes, cathode
ray; test equipment; trigger and timing calibration",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gildea:1987:VMS,
author = "David R. Gildea and Donald R. Chambers",
title = "Vector Modulation in a Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "25--29",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator is a
10-MHz-to-3-GHz synthesized signal generator with
special wideband modulation capabilities. It has
calibrated scalar, digital, burst, vector, and
frequency modulation capabilities in both analog and
digital formats. By combining the different modulation
types, diverse signals such as Doppler-shifted QPSK for
satellite communication can be simulated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715; 716; 718; 942",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 MHz to 3 GHz; 10-MHz-to-3-GHz synthesized signal;
amplitude level control; burst modulation; digital
modulation; Doppler-shifted QPSK; frequency; frequency
modulation; generator; HP 8780A vector signal
generator; Modulation; modulation; phase modulation ---
Phase Shift Keying; resolution; scalar modulation;
signal generators; signal purity; vector modulation;
wideband modulation",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Jensen:1987:FVS,
author = "James E. Jensen and Eric D. McHenry",
title = "Firmware for a Vector Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "30--33",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The firmware used to control the HP 8780A Vector
Signal Generator is written in both C and assembly code
and uses approximately 180K bytes of ROM. The majority
of the code is written in C, chosen for its speed,
efficiency, and flexibility. When the compiled C code
for a particular function did not meet our speed
requirements, the function was rewritten in assembly
language. Such assembly language routines account for
10\% of the code in the HP 8780A. Metrics show that
25\% of the code is related to calibration, 18\% to
instrument hardware setup, and the remainder to the
HP-IB (IEEE 488\slash IEC 625) and user interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C3380B (Electronic
instruments); C5140 (Firmware); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "715; 722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog circuit interface; assembly code; automatic
testing; C code; calibration; calibration firmware;
codes, symbolic --- Errors; computer hardware; computer
programming languages --- Flowcharting; computer
software; computerised instrumentation; error;
firmware; front panel operation; HP 8780A vector signal
generator; HP 8780A Vector Signal Generator; HP-1B
operation; interrupt; interrupt processing; interrupts;
process; processing; selftest program; signal
generators; signal generators --- Computer Interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Carey:1987:LSD,
author = "Thomas J. Carey and John C. Lovell and Thomas L.
Grisell",
title = "Low-Noise Synthesizer Design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "34--38",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The internal frequency synthesizer of the HP 8780A
Vector Signal Generator is designed to achieve a
combination of state-of-the-art phase noise and
spurious output performance. A synthesis technique
based on three phase-locked loops is used. An IF
reference loop provides frequency resolution in
millihertz steps. This phase-locked loop uses the
fractional-N frequency synthesis technique, which
allows the output of such a loop to be incremented in
frequency steps smaller than the loop's reference
frequency. An RF reference loop provides large-step
resolution in 20-MHz increments. The outputs of these
loops are combined in the output sum loop to provide
coverage of the desired 980-MHz-to-1520-MHz output
range with millihertz resolution.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "980 MHz to 1520; Design; fractional-n frequency
synthesis technique; frequency synthesizers; HP 8780A;
HP 8780A vector signal generator; IF; internal
frequency synthesizer; MHz; output sum loop; phase
locked loops; reference loop; RF reference loop; signal
generators; signal generators --- Noise, Spurious
Signal; signal source; signal source spectral purity;
sum loop; synthesizer CPU; time base; Vector Signal
Generator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lau:1987:DVB,
author = "Chung Y. Lau",
title = "Digital and Vector Baseband Circuits for a Vector
Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "39--44",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "By using a vector modulator instead of conventional
amplitude and frequency modulators, the HP 8780A has
the ability to generate complex digital and vector
modulations. The baseband system is vastly different
from those found in conventional signal generators.
This system also provides the instrument with some
special features.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplitude modulation; baseband system; circuitry;
Digital Devices; digital modulation; flexible baseband;
HP 8780A; integrated circuits, digital --- Switching;
modulator; modulators; phase modulation --- Phase Shift
Keying; quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM); signal
generators; vector; vector baseband circuits; vector
modulation; vector modulator; vector signal generator;
wideband linear vector",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{McHenry:1987:WFS,
author = "Eric D. McHenry",
title = "A wideband {FM} subsystem for a low-noise synthesizer
module",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "45--47",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The FM subsystem of the HP 8780A Vector Signal
Generator is responsible for supplying the 1-GHz fixed
frequency reference for the generator during CW or
vector modulation and a frequency-modulated 1-GHz
signal for FM modes. The FM subsystem can be
functionally divided into two sections: baseband
(dc-to-12-MHz bandwidth) and RF (producing a modulated
1-GHz signal). The modulated 1-GHz signal is multiplied
up to a 8 GHz by the IF multipliers before being mixed
down to the HP 8780A's output frequency band. Although
the multiplication makes the design of a linear FM
oscillator easier (the linear range is eight times
smaller), it creates many other problems, the most
difficult being related to phase noise and
microphonics. Much effort was put into the design to
keep phase noise, microphonics, and spurious signals
low (all of these get multiplied by a factor of 8, or
18 db).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0 to 12 MHz; 1 GHz; 1-GHz fixed frequency; 8780A
Vector Signal Generator; calibration counter; cw
modulation; DC-to-12-MHz bandwidth; electronic
circuits, frequency multiplying; FM baseband circuitry;
FM RF circuitry; frequency modulation; frequency
synthesizers --- Noise, Spurious Signal;
frequency-modulated 1-GHz signal; HP; loops; low-noise
synthesizer module; microphonics; Microwaves;
modulators; noise; oscillators; phase locked loops;
phase noise; phase-locked; reference; signal
generators; vector modulation; wideband FM subsystem",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kelly:1987:VMO,
author = "Wayne M. Kelly and Mark J. Woodward and Eric B. Rodal
and Pedro A. Szente and James D. McVey",
title = "Vector Modulator, Output Amplifier, and Multiplier
Chain Assemblies for a Vector Signal Generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "48--52",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Obtaining an accurate modulated signal from a
synthesized low-frequency source requires several
carefully designed assemblies to modulate and amplify
the signal and to multiply its frequency to the range
desired. The diverse types of modulation and wideband
performance required of the HP 8780A Vector Signal
Generator made the design of such assemblies for its
particularly challenging.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1220 (Amplifiers); B1250 (Modulators, demodulators,
discriminators and mixers); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10-to-3000-MHz range; 350 MHz; 8-GHz; 8.01 to 11.0
GHz; amplifiers; combiner; driver amplifier; dual
modulator; electronic circuits, frequency multiplying;
frequency; frequency doubler; frequency synthesizers;
high power amplifier; HP 8780A vector signal generator;
HP 8780A vector signal modulator; I-Q; I-Q splitter;
instrumentation amplifiers; integrated circuits;
microcircuits; modulated signal; modulators; multiple
chain filters; multiplier chain assemblies; multiplier
chains; output amplifier; output mixer; quadruplers;
signal generators; splitter; synthesized low-frequency
source; vector modulator",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gravitz:1987:CBT,
author = "Michael E. Gravitz and G. Booth",
title = "A combinational board test system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "53--64",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 3065AT is a combinational tester in the sense
that it supports both in-circuit and functional testing
methods. It provides a completely integrated set of
resources for testing analog, hybrid, and digital
circuits incorporating surface mounted devices,
application specific ICs, and VLSI circuits.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170E (Production facilities and engineering); B2210
(Printed circuits); B2220 (Integrated circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C5210B (Computer-aided
logic design); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "713",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ASIC; automatic test equipment; automatic testing ---
Components; board; circuit testing; combinational board
test; combinational tester; digital subsystem;
electronic equipment testing; error logging; execution;
functional test; functional test integration;
functional test preparation; generation; HP 3065at
combinational board test system; HP 3065AT Tester; IC
testing; in-circuit test; in-circuit test debug;
integrated circuit testing; integrated circuit testing
--- Equipment; integrated circuits, digital; integrated
circuits, hybrid; pattern capture; preparation; printed
circuits; sequencer; surface mounted devices (SMD);
system; Testing; vector address",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Busch:1987:MXO,
author = "John R. Busch and Alan J. Kondoff and Darryl Ouye",
title = "{MPE XL}: The Operating System for {HP}'s Next
Generation of Commercial Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "68--86",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "MPE XL is a new commercial operating system developed
for HP Precision Architecture computer systems. It
provides fundamental advances in operating system
technology and helps users migrate to the new systems
by providing maximum compatibility with existing
systems. Described are: the use of HP Precision
Architecture and its compliers, the structure of the
operating system, the design of the kernel, the I/O and
data management portions of the operating system, the
tools and utilities provided, and the support of the
user environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "atomic; availability; codes, symbolic; compilers;
computer architecture; computer operating systems;
computer systems, digital; data consistency; data
integrity; data processing --- Security of Data; data
processing, business --- File Organization; Design;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP precision architecture;
HP Precision Architecture; in-line code; main memory;
mapped disc files; mapped files; millicode; MPE XL
commercial operating system; operating systems
(computers); recoverability; recovery properties;
storage management; system availability; transaction
model; workload",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bergh:1987:HEH,
author = "Arndt B. Bergh and Keith Keilman and Daniel J.
Magenheimer and James A. Miller",
title = "{HP} 3000 Emulation on {HP} Precision Architecture
Computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "38",
number = "11",
pages = "87--89",
month = dec,
year = "1987",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two software subsystems for HP Precision Architecture
machines provide program execution that duplicates that
of HP 3000s running the MPE V operating system. The HP
3000 Emulator and the HP 3000 Object Code Translator
(OCT), provide program execution that duplicates that
of MPE V on the non-HP-Precision-Architecture HP 3000s.
The Emulator enables a user program to be loaded and
run without preparation or modification on an HP
Precision Architecture computer with the normal MPE
commands. In the case of the OCT, specific action by
the user is required to produce a translated program
before it can be run in the improved-performance
translated mode. This involves no code modification but
only a compiler-like invocation of the OCT for
translation, after which the target program will
automatically execute translated.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3000 Object Code Translator; commercial operating
system; compatibility mode; computer architecture;
computer operating systems --- Program Compilers;
computers; environment; Hewlett Packard computers; HP;
HP 3000 emulator; HP 3000 Emulator; HP 3000 object code
translator (oct); HP 3000 Series 930; HP Precision
Architecture; MPE V; MPE XL operating system; operating
systems (computers); program execution; program
translation; software portability; virtual machines",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sorden:1988:PDO,
author = "James L. Sorden",
title = "Precision Digital Oscilloscopes and Waveform
Recorders",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "6--11, 14",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author discusses a precision instrument family
consisting of five digitizing oscilloscopes based on
three waveform recorders and an analysis, display, and
I/O section. He focuses on the HP 5183A waveform
recorder, the precision digital trigger, the time base
system, and the memory system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 bit; 12 bit; 20; 250 MHz; 4 MHz; 8 bit; cathode-ray
oscilloscopes; digital; digital instrumentation;
digitizing oscilloscopes; HP 5180A; HP 5180T; HP 5180U;
HP 5183A; HP 5183A waveform recorder; HP 5183T; HP
5183U; HP 5185A; HP 5185T; memory system; MHz;
oscilloscopes; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; precision;
precision digital oscilloscopes; precision digital
trigger; recorders; recording --- Equipment; time base
system; waveform analysis; waveform recorders",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Gee:1988:SCA,
author = "Albert Gee and Ronald W. Young",
title = "Signal conditioning and analog-to-digital conversion
for a 4-{MHz}, 12-bit waveform recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "15--22",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) in the HP 5183A
Waveform Recorder samples at a rate of four million
samples per second and provides 12 bits of amplitude
resolution. Key features of the analog circuitry
include the design of a modern discrete operational
amplifier, a discrete sample-and-hold circuit,
series-parallel ADC topology with pipelined ADC timing,
a low-noise oscillator, and pseudorandom noise to
improve the ADC's linearity. Digital signal processing
techniques can be used on the raw digital data to
increase the signal-to-noise performance; these
techniques include averaging multiple measurements and
oversampling (with respect to input signal bandwidth)
followed by digital filtering. These issues are
discussed in detail.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "12 bit; 4; 74 dB; A/D convertor; amplifier;
amplifiers; amplifiers, operational; analogue-digital
conversion; analysis; data conversion, analog to
digital; discrete operational amplifier; HP 5183A; HP
5183A waveform recorder; input; input amplifier;
Instruments; MHz; recorders; recording;
series-parallel; signal conditioning; SNR performance
improvement techniques; waveform; waveform recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Page:1988:ASR,
author = "Richard W. Page and Nancy W. Nelson",
title = "{Adaptive Sample Rate}: a first-generation automatic
time base",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "23--25",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "When capturing transient signals, it is desirable to
use a high sample rate to preserve input signal
details. This limits the maximum recording time of the
measurement. In the HP 5183A Waveform Recorder with
Option 301 Adaptive Sample Rate (ASR), the input signal
is sampled at the selected fast rate only when there is
significant detail present, and at a much slower rate
when there is no significant detail. Thus ASR maximizes
the recording time without compromising signal
integrity. The ASR implementation and the underlying
signal processing theory are examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adaptive sample rate; adaptive systems; automatic time
base; HP 5183A; HP 5183A waveform recorder; Option 301
adaptive sample rate; processing; recorders; recording;
Sampling; signal; signal processing; signal processing
equipment; time bases; transient signal capture;
waveform analysis; waveform recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Page:1988:WRT,
author = "Richard W. Page and Allen S. Foster",
title = "Waveform Reconstruction Techniques for Precision
Digitizing Oscilloscopes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "26--31",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The maximum sample rate, dynamic performance, and
reconstruction strategy of a digitizing oscilloscope
determine its bandwidth. The dynamic performance
specification determines the sampling accuracy near the
Nyquist rate. Waveform reconstruction allows signals
sampled near the Nyquist limit to be displayed with
accuracy approaching the sampler-imposed limits. The
reconstruction algorithm accuracy can be specified as a
design parameter. Speed of operation, reconstruction
filter impulse response length, and reconstruction
accuracy are interrelated. Reconstruction is also
useful when memory constraints dictate sampling slower
than the minimum digitizer rate. A good reconstruction
algorithm allows the user to take maximum advantage of
the digitizing oscilloscope's memory by allowing
sampling near the Nyquist limit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "A/D convertor circuitry; analogue-digital conversion;
computer programming --- Algorithms; digital
instrumentation; digitizing oscilloscopes; digitizing
waveform recorders; HP 5180A; HP 5183A; Nyquist limit;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray; precision digitizing
oscilloscopes; recorders; sampling; signal processing;
signal reconstruction; waveform analysis; waveform
reconstruction; waveform reconstruction algorithms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Pon:1988:DDH,
author = "Rayman W. Pon and Steven C. Bird and Patrick D.
Deane",
title = "Digital Design of a High-Speed Waveform Recorder",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "32--38",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This article examines how the design of the HP 5185A
Waveform Recorder digital hardware provides the ability
to capture and focus upon the portion of the signal
conveying the desired information. A design overview is
followed by a discussion of the digital system, timing
issues, DC-to-250-MHz operation, pipeline partitioning,
data deceleration, the analog-digital trigger, and
two-channel synchronous data storage.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265Z (Other digital circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog-digital trigger; data deceleration; digital
instrumentation; electronic circuits, timing;
electronic circuits, trigger; high-speed digital
waveform recorder; HP 5185A; HP 5185A waveform
recorder; Instruments; pipeline partitioning;
recorders; recording; timing; timing circuits;
two-channel synchronous data storage; waveform
analysis",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Frohring:1988:WRD,
author = "Brian J. Frohring and Bruce E. Peetz and Mark A.
Unkrich and Steven C. Bird",
title = "Waveform Recorder Design for Dynamic Performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "39--48 (or 39--47??)",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The authors describe the relation between various
types and sources of phase noise and the effects of
this noise on amplitude errors when sampling
high-slew-rate signals. They then discuss
considerations related to the choice of oscillator
topology, circuit design, and component selection to
achieve the required performance in the SAW reference
oscillator, that is, less than 2 ps rms phase jitter.
Finally, they review how dynamic performance is
measured and outline the closed-form sine wave curve
fitting algorithm used in production testing of the HP
5185A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 723; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "acoustic surface wave devices --- Applications; analog
components; analog-to-digital conversion; closed-form
sine wave curve fitting algorithm; computer programming
--- Algorithms; delay mismatches; delays; distortion;
dynamic performance; dynamic response; effective bits;
electric distortion; HP 5185A; HP 5185A waveform
recorder; Instruments; low-level sampling-clock phase
noise; low-order input-amplifier; mathematical
techniques --- Curve Fitting; noise; noise, spurious
signal; oscillators --- Performance; phase noise;
quantiser on-chip delays; recorders; recording; saw
reference oscillator; waveform analysis; waveform
recorder",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Deane:1988:PHA,
author = "Patrick D. Deane and Simcoe {Walmsley, Jr.} and Farid
Dibachi",
title = "Packaging a High-Performance 250-Megasample-Per-Second
Analog-To-Digital Converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "49--52",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The authors discuss the packaging scheme used in the
HP 5185A waveform recorder, the fundamental objective
of which was to achieve maximum performance from the
custom chip set, taking into account not only
electrical performance but also reliability,
producibility, and serviceability. Previous
high-performance analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
measurement systems have used either thick-film or
thin-film hybrid technology. Several modifications of
standard thin-film hybrid technology were developed to
achieve the performance goals of the HP 5185A.
Substrate technology, interconnections, and thermal
performance are examined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0170J (Product packaging); B1265H (A/D and D/A
convertors); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "250 MHz; analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
conversion; analysis; component packaging; custom ICs;
data conversion, analog to digital; electronics
packaging; HP 5185A waveform recorder; hybrid
packaging; integrated circuits, hybrid;
interconnections; packaging; recorders; recording ---
Instruments; solid state devices, thin film; substrates
--- Processing; thermal performance; thin-film hybrid
technology; waveform",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Nichols:1988:PDO,
author = "Douglas C. Nichols",
title = "Precision digitizing oscilloscope waveform analysis,
display, and input\slash output",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "53--64",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author describes the HP 5180T/U, HP 5183T/U, and
HP 5185T precision digitizing oscilloscopes, each
consisting of a waveform recorder and an analysis,
display, and I/O module. The waveform recorder is the
HP 5180A, the HP 5183A, or the HP 5185A. The display is
a 9-inch-diagonal 2048 multiplied by 2048-point
addressable vector CRT display that generates
high-resolution text and waveform images. System
control is managed by a real-time multitasking
operating system that simultaneously handles multiple
processes such as keyboard entry, data analysis, and
waveform display. A 6803 microprocessor manages all
front-panel inputs including hardkey and data entry
knob control firmware and scanning control for the
touchscreen display.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7260 (Display technology and
systems); C5610P (Peripheral interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "based unit; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; cathode-ray
tube displays; computer interfaces; computerised
instrumentation; CRT display; digital; digitizing
oscilloscopes; HP 51089A analysis display and I/O
module; instrumentation; microcomputer-; oscilloscopes,
cathode ray; precision digitizing oscilloscope;
recording --- Instruments; waveform analysis; waveform
recorders",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
xxauthor = "D. C. Nicols",
}
@Article{Regelson:1988:DPC,
author = "Elaine C. Regelson",
title = "Developing a Printed Circuit Board Design System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "65--67",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In 1982 Hewlett--Packard addressed the computer-aided
printed circuit board layout problem with HP EGS (HP's
Engineering Graphics System), a product that provides
design capture (via an electrical schematic) and
general physical design capabilities. In 1986 HP
introduced its first fully automated printed circuit
board layout product as a member of the HP DesignCenter
family. This HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS)
is a fully functional computer-aided design application
that couples printed circuit board layout to electrical
engineering design, manufacturing, and testing. This
article provides an overview of the product and the
environment in which it runs, and includes a discussion
of HP PCDS' Design Module.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; automated printed circuit board layout;
autorouter module; circuit layout CAD; Computer Aided
Design; computer aided design --- Equipment;
computer-aided design; Design; design module; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 300 technical
workstations; HP Design Center; HP PCDS; HP printed
circuit design system; library module; microcomputer;
Module; Printed Circuit Design System; printed
circuits; software packages",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Jackoway:1988:APC,
author = "Gary Jackoway",
title = "Automating the Printed Circuit Board Design Process",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "68--71",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author describes the placement method used in the
HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS). He then
discusses placement improvement methods. He finally
describes the autorouter, its parameters and its method
of operation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C7410D
(Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; autorouter; circuit layout CAD; Computer
Aided Design; computer aided design --- Equipment;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit
design system; HP Printed Circuit Design System;
microcomputer; PCB layout CAD; placement; printed
circuit placement; printed circuit routing; printed
circuits; software packages",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Reese:1988:MHP,
author = "Paul S. Reese and Mark E. Mayotte",
title = "Managing {HP PCDS} with the {Design System Manager}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "71--76",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A description is given of the Design System Management
(DSM) part of the HP Printed Circuit Design System. The
discussion covers: design history and version control;
DSM architecture; DSM networks; file structure;
interface; design access; file security; the spooler
system; and customization and usability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6120 (File organisation);
C6150J (Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic
engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application; CAE/CAD systems; circuit layout CAD;
Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
Equipment; computers; Design System; design system
manager; DSM; file organisation; file security; Hewlett
Packard; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design system; HP
Printed Circuit Design System; integration; local area
networks; Manager; microcomputer applications; multiple
file-version control; network operating systems;
network support; packages; printed circuits; software",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lienhart:1988:MST,
author = "Deborah H. Lienhart",
title = "A multidevice spooler for technical applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "77--80",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS)
produces output that goes to a wide variety of physical
devices. The DSM (Design System Manager) spooler system
provides a method for accessing each of the peripherals
and the Autorouter Module through a common user
interface. This lets HP PCDS users concentrate on
designing printed circuit boards instead of interacting
with each device individually. The DSM spooler can be
easily customized. This allows customer sites to
configure the systems to that it works with their
peripherals and manufacturing processes. Because the
spooler is integrated within DSM, the user does not
need to specify information that is already known by
DSM, such as the names and locations of files. In
addition, DSM can be used to transfer job files and
status information across the network.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C6150J
(Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "batch process spooling; cartridge tape; circuit layout
CAD; Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
Equipment; Design System Manager; drive; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP 9000 Series 300 technical
workstation; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design system;
HP Printed Circuit Design System; input-output;
magnetic tape; microcomputer applications; multidevice
spooler; NC drill tape punch machines; PCDS; plotters;
printed circuits; printers; programs; software
packages; user interface",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Mayotte:1988:IAD,
author = "Mark E. Mayotte",
title = "Integrating Applications in a Design Management
System",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "80--83",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author describes the Design System Manager, which
was developed in conjunction with the HP Printed
Circuit Design System (HP PCDS) to allow an
organization to control the access to and the
distribution of their CAD data. The basic functions of
a design manager are to provide the file management
tasks of versioning, access control, archival storage,
and reporting. The discussion focuses on the
environment initialization, automatic execution, and
the DSM query facility.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1130B (Computer-aided circuit analysis and design);
B2210B (Printed circuit layout and design); C6150J
(Operating systems); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application; automatic execution; circuit layout CAD;
Computer Aided Design; computer aided design ---
Equipment; design; design management system; Design
System Manager; environment initialization; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP PCDS; HP printed circuit design
system; HP Printed Circuit Design System; integration
functions; local area; management system; microcomputer
applications; network operating; networks; printed
circuits; software packages; systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Martin:1988:SQA,
author = "David E. Martin",
title = "Software Quality Assurance on the {HP} Printed Circuit
Design System Project",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "84--86",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author describes the efforts made to ensure
software quality during the development of the HP
Printed Circuit Design System (HP PCDS). He covers
defect tracking, environment issues, system
integration, and formal quality assurance activities.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5620L (Local area networks); C6110B (Software
engineering techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C7410D (Electronic
engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 723; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "circuit layout CAD; computer networks --- Local
Networks; computer software; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP Defect Tracking System; HP PCDS; HP Printed Circuit
Design; HP printed circuit design system; integration;
LAN; local area; microcomputer applications; networks;
printed circuits --- Computer Aided Design; program
testing; Quality Assurance; software defect tracking;
software design environments; software engineering;
software packages; software quality assurance; system;
System; testing",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Colinge:1988:SMD,
author = "Jean-Pierre P. Colinge",
title = "Silicon-On-Insulator {MOS} Devices for Integrated
Circuit Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "1",
pages = "87--93",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Several techniques for fabricating regions of
crystalline silicon on insulating (SOI) substrates are
available. These methods are described briefly and
device design considerations introduced by the use of
SOI are discussed. The advantages of SOI devices are
described; these are absence of latch-up, process
simplicity, radiation resistance, and reduction of
parasitic capacitance. The physics of an SOI MOS
transistor are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2570F (Other MOS integrated circuits)",
classification = "712; 714",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "circuit; CMOSFET devices; device design; Fabrication;
field effect integrated circuits; integrated;
integrated circuit; integrated circuits; semiconducting
silicon --- Applications; semiconductor device
manufacture; semiconductor devices --- Design;
semiconductor devices, MOSFET; Si; Si-on-insulator MOS
devices; silicon-on-insulator devices; SOI technology;
technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sayed:1988:MSI,
author = "Mohamed M. Sayed and John R. Regazzi",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Sources and Instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "6--7, 9--11",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The recent growth in developing and applying
millimeter-wave systems has created a corresponding
demand for millimeter-wave test instrumentation.
Millimeter-wave sources with full waveguide coverage
are key instruments for many systems in this frequency
range. Instruments based on a diode frequency
multiplier are described. They include sources, a
scalar analyzer, a vector analyzer, and a
millimeter-wave source-system interface.
Millimeter-wave source specification and V-and W-band
sources are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "711; 713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "characteristics; diode multiplier; electric measuring
instruments; electronic circuits, frequency
multiplying; frequency resolution; insertion losses;
microwave circuits; microwave measurement; microwave
synthesizer; microwaves; millimeter-wave instruments;
millimeter-wave source-system interface;
millimeter-wave sources; MM wave sources; modulation;
multiplying circuits; scalar analyzers; signal
generators; solid-state; solid-state amplifiers;
spectral purity; stability; technique; vector
analyzers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dildine:1988:MVN,
author = "Robert G. Dildine and James D. Grace",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Vector Network Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "12--18",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A method of making vector network measurements at
frequencies above 26 GHz was developed that retains the
error-correction capability, time-domain analysis, and
accuracy of the HP 8510B Microwave Network Analyzer at
microwave frequencies. The system makes reflection and
transmission measurements and is based on HP 8510B, but
no HP 8510B Series test set is used. Full waveguide
band coverage is obtained from 26.5 to 100 GHz, and the
system features accuracy and speed similar to that of
the HP 8510B in stepped sweep operation. In addition,
the system's waveguide test ports can be moved,
eliminating the need for custom or flexible waveguide
to connect the device under test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "706; 711",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "26.5 to 100 GHz; analysis; band coverage; electric
network analyzers; error-correction capability; HP
8510B; HP 8510B microwave network analyzer;
mathematical techniques --- Time Domain Analysis;
measurements; microwave circuits; microwave
measurement; microwave reflection measurements;
microwave transmission measurements; millimeter waves;
millimeter-wave vector network analysis; MM-wave vector
network analysis; network analysers; solid-state;
time-domain; transmission measurements; vector network;
waveguide",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Albin:1988:MSM,
author = "Robert D. Albin",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Source Modules",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "18--19, 21, 23--25",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A description is given of the modules, and their
performance is examined. Driven by a microwave source,
these modules double or triple the input frequency to
generate output frequencies in the millimeter-wave
range. The source module amplifier is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices); B7310N
(Microwave techniques)",
classification = "711; 713; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "11 to 20 GHz; amplifiers, microwave; circuits;
electronic circuits, frequency multiplying; finlines;
flexible coaxial cable; HP 8349B microwave amplifier;
HP's MM-wave source modules; leveled source match;
microwave; microwave measurement; millimeter waves;
millimeter-wave sources; modules; signal generators;
solid-state microwave; sweep generator family; test
system; waveguide; waveguides, dielectric",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bloom:1988:HMS,
author = "Alan R. Bloom and Roger R. Graeber and Kenneth A.
Richter and Andrew N. Smith and Ronald T. Yamada",
title = "High-Power Microwave Source for Millimeter-Wave
Generation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "26--30",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 82550A RF PLUG-IN for the HP 8350B Sweep
Oscillator was conceived as a low-cost microwave driver
for the HP 8355x family of millimeter-wave source
modules. The HP 83550A also functions well as a
stand-alone high-power 8-to-20-GHz source. The authors
discuss system, considerations, high-performance pulse
modulation, product design, and self-test.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230B (Oscillators); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and
devices); B7310N (Microwave techniques)",
classification = "711; 715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8 to 20 GHz; high-power microwave source; HP 8350B
Sweep; HP83550A RF plug-in; microwave circuits;
microwave driver; microwave measurement; microwave
oscillators; microwave source; microwaves; millimeter
waves; millimeter-wave generation; Oscillator; product
design; pulse modulation; self-test; signal generators;
solid-state; YIG",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Upham:1988:MDE,
author = "Herbert L. Upham",
title = "Millimeter-Wave Detectors Extend Range of Scalar
Network Analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "31--34",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A description is given of a family of millimeter-wave
detectors designed specifically for use with the HP
8757A Scalar Network Analyzer, extending the
capabilities of this instrument for millimeter-wave
system measurements. These detectors operate in both
modulated (ac) and unmodulated (dc) modes for optimum
performance in various measurement configurations. The
unmodulated mode is particularly beneficial in
millimeter-wave measurements, because the source does
not need to include an accurate modulator. These
detectors provide excellent accuracy in a wide variety
of applications. All three detectors work over their
designated waveguide bands with typical flatness better
than plus or minus 1.5 dB and return loss greater than
12 dB. The specifications, design, and applications of
these detectors are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems)",
classification = "706; 711; 942",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysers; electric network analyzers; HP 8757A scalar
network analyzer; HP Q85026A; HP R85026A; HP U85026A;
HP's MM-wave detectors; microwave detectors; microwave
measurement; millimeter waves; millimeter-wave
detectors; modulated modes; network; radiation
detectors; scalar network analyzer; solid-state
microwave circuits; unmodulated modes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Colby:1988:DPM,
author = "Lee H. Colby",
title = "Design and Performance of Millimeter-Wave Thermocouple
Sensors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "35--38",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author discusses the HP Q8486A and HP R8486A power
sensors, incorporate a special method that inserts a
50-MHz calibrating signal into the waveguide. The
sensors have the same 50-ohm thermocopule used by HP's
lower-frequency coaxial power mounts and share the same
one-microwatt-to-100-milliwatt power range, low drift,
low SWR, 50-MHz calibration, and accuracy that these
coaxial thermocopule power sensors have. The HP Q8486A
operates in the 33-to-50-GHz waveguide band and the HP
R8486A operates in the 26.5-to-40-GHz band. He covers
the thermocouple, the waveguide-to-coaxtransition,
50-MHz and millimeter-wave diplexer, and the
constant-impedance taper.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1250 (Modulators, demodulators, discriminators and
mixers); B1350F (Solid-state circuits and devices);
B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers)",
classification = "711; 942; 944",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1 muW to 100 mW; 26.5 to 50 GHz; 50-MHz calibrating;
design; electric sensing devices; HP Q8486A; HP R8486A;
microwave detectors; microwave devices; millimeter
waves --- Sensors; millimeter-wave thermocouple
sensors; performance; power sensors; signal;
solid-state; thermocouples; waveguide",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Watkins:1988:AUL,
author = "Marvin L. Watkins",
title = "Adapting {UNIX} Logon Mechanisms to Automation
Applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "39--47",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author discusses the utilities provided by the
UNIX operating system which can be adapted in various
ways for use by novice operators in an automated
environment. He describes special UNIX boot and logon
programs that have been created to handle the problems
associated with dial-in lines, modem control, security,
etc. A series of design considerations and issues
concerning controllers are raised. Possible resolutions
using adaptations outlined earlier are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C7420 (Control
engineering)",
classification = "723; 731",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "(computers); automation applications; boot; CIM;
Computer Applications; computer operating systems;
control systems; data acquisition; logon mechanisms;
manufacturing computer control; monitoring; novice
operators; operating systems; process control; UNIX;
UNIX logon mechanisms",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Olsson:1988:VUS,
author = "Kjell A. Olsson and Mark Bergman",
title = "A virtual user simulation utility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "48--53",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Testing activity is a major part of software
development. The task is particularly acute if the
testing requires interactive communication between the
tester and the product. Vuser is a software utility
created to do interactive testing without a human
tester. The vuser utility makes it possible to simulate
one or several users on a system. It is a useful tool
for all types of testing, particularly interactive
testing. Vuser runs under the HP-UX operating system on
HP 9000 Series 800 and 300 computers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150E (General utility programs); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer simulation; computer software; digital
simulation; Hewlett Packard computers; HP 9000
computers; HP 9000 Series 800; HP Series 300 computer;
HP-UX operating system; interactive testing; program;
Testing; testing; utility programs; virtual user
simulation utility; vuser utility",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Olsson:1988:HKL,
author = "Kjell A. Olsson and Grace T. Yee",
title = "An {HP-UX} kernel load and measurement system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "54--60",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The kernel load and measurement system has been
developed to test the HP-UX operating system on HP
Precision Architecture computers under various levels
of stress, and at the same time, to measure and control
that stress. The system is designed to be used together
with any type of tests or test packages (kernel,
commands, subsystem, or application test package). The
system makes sure that the specified load or
measurement is generated and leaves the testing
responsibilities to the test package. The load
generating portion of the system is a feedback
controlled package that allows a user to specify a
desired load on a scale between 0 and 100\%. For each
load area, a specific program is responsible for
maintaining the specified load. A user can add a load
program to any areas measured. The measurement portion
of the system is used by all of the load programs and
by on-line and off-line display programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "723",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application test; Architecture computers; commands;
computer operating systems; computer software ---
Testing; Hewlett Packard computers; HP Precision; HP
Precision Architecture computers; HP-UX kernel load and
measurement system; HP-UX operating system; kernel;
kernel load and measurement system; operating systems
(computers); package; packages; program testing;
subsystem; test",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{LeVitt:1988:PMI,
author = "Richard M. LeVitt",
title = "Process Measures to Improve {R\&D} Scheduling
Accuracy",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "61--65",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A major effort to improve the accuracy of project
schedules is described. Key to the effort is a view of
scheduling as an ongoing process subject to continuous,
objective measurement. Two new process measurements
that provide sensitive and timely indexes of project
progress are presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1290F (Industry); C7100 (Business and
administration)",
classification = "901",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "engineering --- Project Management; engineering
research; estimation quality factor; Hewlett--Packard;
PEQF; Process EQF; process measures; product
development; project schedules; R and D scheduling
accuracy; real-time index; research and development;
Scheduling; scheduling",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hassun:1988:AWS,
author = "Roland Hassun and Albert W. Kovalick",
title = "An arbitrary waveform synthesizer for {DC} to 50
{MHz}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "69--71, 73--77",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The development of the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
Synthesizer is described. The HP 8770A has a digital
architecture and an analog output of plus or minus 1
volt into 50 ohms, from dc to 50 MHz. The HP 8770A
architecture is examined, and design tradeoffs are
discussed. The article covers: amplitude, phase and
frequency resolution; harmonic distortion; spurious
sidebands; amplitude flatness and phase linearity;
versatility; and synchronization.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplitude resolution; architecture; calibration;
digital; digital instrumentation; frequency resolution;
frequency synthesizers; HP 8770A; HP 8770A Arbitrary
Waveform Synthesizer; magnetic media certifiers; phase
resolution; signal distortion; signal generators;
simulated radar return pulse; source; TV test signals;
waveform synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sagun:1988:DCS,
author = "Wilfredo T. Sagun and Fred H. Ives and Gary L. Baldwin
and Thomas Hornak",
title = "A {125-MHz} 12-bit digital-to-analog converter
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "78--85",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The final high-speed conversion of digital data to the
analog output signal in the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
Synthesizer is done in a custom ceramic microcircuit
followed by a filter and amplifiers. The underlying
design goal for these circuits was to achieve precision
and repeatable waveform synthesis within a 50-MHz
bandwidth. The analog system architecture consists of a
125-MHz, 12-bit, NMOS digital-to-analog converter
(DAC), a gallium arsenide sampler, a
differential-to-single-ended converter, a low-pass
filter, and output amplifiers. The authors discuss the
accuracy evaluation of the system, DAC\slash sampler
microcircuit design implementation; the DAC IC initial
development; and the low-pass filter used for
postprocessing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7250E (Signal
generators); C5180 (A/D and D/A convertors)",
classification = "713; 715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "12 bit; 125; 125-MHz 12-bit digital-to-analog
converter; amplifiers; amplifiers --- Applications;
ceramic; data conversion, digital to analog;
differential-to-single-; digital-analogue conversion;
electric filters, low pass --- Applications; ended
converter; filter; frequency synthesizers; GaAs
sampler; HP 8770A; HP 8770A arbitrary waveform
synthesizer; integrated circuits --- Design; low-pass
filter; MHz; microcircuit; output amplifiers; sampling
circuit; signal generators --- Components; system;
waveform synthesizer",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kovalick:1988:AWS,
author = "Albert W. Kovalick and Roland Hassun",
title = "Arbitrary Waveform Synthesizer Applications in
Magnetic Recording and Radar",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "86--93",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8770A arbitrary waveform synthesizer is
well-suited for generating signals to test read
channels and servo channels in disc drives. It can also
be used to calibrate disc media certifiers. This
article will explore these applications and the use of
signal simulation in the field of analog radar system
design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); B6320 (Radar equipment,
systems and applications); B7250E (Signal generators)",
classification = "715; 716; 722",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analog radar system design; arbitrary waveform;
certifiers; data storage, magnetic --- Disk; digital
instrumentation; disc drives; disc media; frequency
synthesizers; HP 8770A; magnetic; magnetic recording;
radar systems; radar systems --- Design; recording;
servo channels; signal generators; signal simulation;
synthesizer; waveform synthesizer",
treatment = "A Application; P Practical",
}
@Article{Kikuchi:1988:WGL,
author = "Derrick T. Kikuchi and Rafael F. Miranda and Peter A.
Thysell",
title = "A waveform generation language for arbitrary waveform
synthesis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "2",
pages = "94--96",
month = apr,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The waveform generation language (WGL) was developed
by Hewlett--Packard as a software tool for waveform
design and analysis. Running on HP 9000 Series 200 and
300 computers, it is the primary front-panel interface
used to control the HP 8770A Arbitrary Waveform
Synthesizer. Depending on whether you are a beginning
user, a programmer, or an applications engineer, WGL
can be approached in different ways.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "715; 723",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer programming languages; frequency
synthesizers; front-panel interface; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 8770A; HP 8770A
arbitrary waveform; HP 9000 Series 200; HP 9000 Series
300 computer; signal generators; software; software
tool; synthesizer; tools; waveform generation language;
waveform synthesis; WGL",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Read:1988:SIS,
author = "Sherry L. Read and Timothy R. C. Read",
title = "Statistical Issues in Setting Product Specifications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "6--11",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The authors illustrate how statistical methods of data
analysis can help product designers, manufacturing and
marketing engineers provide efficient and accurate
answers to questions about product performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1140Z (Other and miscellaneous); C1290D (Economics
and business); C1290F (Industry)",
classification = "715; 921; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "data analysis; electronic equipment; error
propagation; manufacture; manufacturing; marketing;
marketing engineers; mathematical techniques ---
Estimation; Performance; performance; potential
customer; product designers; product specifications;
robust estimators; statistical analysis; statistical
methods; test line limit",
treatment = "T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kafadar:1988:CDU,
author = "Karen Kafadar and Lynn M. Plouse",
title = "Circuit Design Using Statistical Data Analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "12--17",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A methodology for setting limits of uncertainty on
amplifier output power based on measured prototype data
facilitates the design of amplifiers that minimize
output power variations. This paper discusses the
application of statistical methodology to seven printed
circuit boards used in the prototype design phase for
amplifiers. This project illustrates the power of
statistics and the value of a statistical analysis of
data collected early in the design stage. The success
of this approach is verified by the close prediction of
lab pilot units from the prototype, and, more
important, by the labor savings from designing a
printed circuit board requiring no adjustments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0240Z (Other and miscellaneous); B1130B
(Computer-aided circuit analysis and design); B2210B
(Printed circuit layout and design); C1140Z (Other and
miscellaneous); C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
classification = "703; 713; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "amplifiers; analysis; circuit CAD; circuit design;
circuit layout CAD; Design; design; error transmission;
frequency measurement; frequency synthesizers; HP
86792A agile upconverter; lab pilot units; parameters;
printed circuit boards; printed circuits; printed
circuits --- Design; prototype design; prototype design
phase; statistical; statistical data analysis;
statistical methods; synthesizer; temperature testing;
thermal effects",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kafadar:1988:SCV,
author = "Karen Kafadar",
title = "Statistical Calibration of a Vector Demodulator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "18--25",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Circuit performance characteristics must be determined
and accounted for in instrument calibration. This paper
describes an algorithm for statistical demodulator
calibration to guarantee high precision in the
demodulated signal. It is applied to the calibration of
the HP 8981A vector modulation analyzer. Examples of
real data illustrate the computations in the
statistical algorithm and formulas for the
uncertainties in the calibration factors. It is shown
that the algorithm can be used to calibrate not only
the demodulator in the HP 8981A but also external
demodulators.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B0240Z (Other and miscellaneous); B7130 (Measurement
standards and calibration); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); C1140Z (Other and miscellaneous);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "716; 723; 921; 922",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "algorithm; analysis; Calibration; calibration;
calibration factors; circuit performance; computer
programming --- Algorithms; computerised
instrumentation; demodulator calibration; demodulators;
Hewlett Packard computers; histograms; HP 8981A vector;
HP 8981A vector modulation analyzer; instrument
calibration; mathematical techniques --- Estimation;
modulation analyzer; network analysers; standard
errors; statistical; statistical methods;
uncertainties; vector demodulator; vector signal
generator",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Rehder:1988:ARC,
author = "Wulf D. Rehder",
title = "An Availability and Reliability Calculation Tool for
Computer Systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "26--29",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new algorithm for modeling the reliability,
availability, and serviceability\slash supportability
(the RAS features) RAS features of large systems has
been implemented in a prototype software tool for
internal use within Hewlett--Packard. This software
program helps R\&D engineers make tradeoffs in
designing for reliability. It also provides marketing
representatives with a tool to evaluate the reliability
and availability of customer-defined systems.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C1210B (Reliability theory); C5470 (Performance
evaluation and testing)",
classification = "722; 723; 913",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "availability; computer; computer programming ---
Algorithms; computer systems, digital;
customer-defined; fault tolerant computing;
maintainability; Markov chain algorithm; R and D
engineers; RAS features; Reliability; reliability
calculation tool; reliability theory; serviceability;
software program; supportability; systems",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Kruger:1988:PMU,
author = "Gregory A. Kruger",
title = "Project Management Using Software Reliability Growth
Models",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "30--35",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The author discusses the use of the Goel-Okumoto
software reliability growth model which has provided a
means for more accurately predicting the duration of
system testing and determining when to release a new
product. The emphasis is on choosing the right software
reliability metric and confidently managing the testing
effort with the aid of software reliability growth
models.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C0310F (Software development management)",
classification = "723; 913; 921",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "compare; computer software; DP management; duration;
engineering; Goel-Okumoto model; improvement; metrics;
project engineering; project management; release;
Reliability; reliability; reliability --- Mathematical
Models; software; software metrics; software
reliability growth; software reliability growth models;
software reliability metric; successive software
products; system testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dong:1988:RAS,
author = "John W. Dong and Kraig A. Proehl and Ronald L.
Abramson and Leslie G. {Christie, Jr.} and Douglas R.
Domel",
title = "A reliable, autoloading, streaming half-inch tape
drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "36--42",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 7980A is an autoloading, reel-to-reel,
horizontally mounted, streaming drive that reads and
writes in two standard nine-track formats: 6250 GCR and
1600 PE. This maintains compatibility with previous
drives and tapes, an important feature because
half-inch tape is still a significant standard in the
computer industry for backing up, archiving, and
interchanging computer data. Designed for rack
mounting, this compact tape drive channels air flow to
load different-sized half-inch tape reels
automatically. It also features higher performance and
reliability than its predecessor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1600 PE; 6250 GCR; autoloading; backup drive;
Components; computer peripheral equipment; data storage
units --- Components; Hewlett Packard computers;
horizontally mounted; HP 7980A; HP7980A; magnetic tape
storage; memory; online disc; rack mounting; reel-;
reliable; standard nine-track formats; streaming
half-inch tape drive; tape drives; tape path; to-reel",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
xxnote = "Check authors??",
}
@Article{Culp:1988:STD,
author = "Bradfred W. Culp and Douglas R. Domel and Wayne T.
Gregory and Jeffery J. Kato and Gerod C. Melton and
Kraig A. Proehl and David W. Ruska and Virgil K. Russon
and Peter Way",
title = "Streaming Tape Drive Control Electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "43--54",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The development of the HP 7980A tape drive is
described. Design goals included a low factory cost, a
small form factor, an auto-loading capability, and a
selection of interfaces. To achieve these goals,
advancements were made in many key areas of tape drive
design. These areas included the drive architecture,
controller software, read\slash write electronics, tape
servo system, and front panel.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B3120B (Magnetic recording); C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
classification = "722; 732",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "autoloading capability; Components; computer
peripheral equipment; control electronics; control
equipment; controller software; data storage units ---
Components; drive architecture; drives; factory cost;
form factor; front panel; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
7980A; HP 7980A tape drive; interfaces; magnetic tape
storage; read/write electronics; streaming tape; tape
drives; tape servo system",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Millard:1988:ODO,
author = "Joe K. Millard",
title = "A one-gigasample-per-second digitizing oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "58--59",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A brief description is given of the HP 54111D
oscilloscope. This instrument's high sampling rate
makes it particularly useful for analyzing high-speed,
one-shot occurrences. A blend of state-of-the-art
designs was required to achieve this performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cathode-ray oscilloscopes; digitizing oscilloscope;
Hewlett Packard computers; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP
54111D oscilloscope; HP 5411D;
one-gigasample-per-second digitizing oscilloscope;
oscilloscope; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; performance;
sampling rate",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Corcoran:1988:OAC,
author = "John J. Corcoran and Ken Poulton and Knud L. Knudsen",
title = "A one-gigasample-per-second analog-to-digital
converter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "59--66",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Each channel of Hewlett--Packard's Model 54111D
Oscilloscope contains a one-gigasample-per-second
analog-to-digital converter (ADC) which digitizes the
signal from the preamplifier and writes the result to
digital memory. The characteristics of this ADC are
discussed. Also discussed are: interleaving digitizers;
sample-and-hold circuits; increasing resolutions;
system performance; and packaging.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C5180 (A/D and D/A
convertors)",
classification = "715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ADC; analogue-digital conversion; data conversion,
analog to digital; digital memory; digitizing
oscilloscope; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; high-speed ADC; high-speed
oscilloscopes; horizontal; HP 54111D oscilloscope;
model 54111D; one-gigasample-per-second
analog-to-digital converter; oscilloscope;
oscilloscopes, cathode ray --- Components;
preamplifier; vertical resolution",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bohley:1988:FSC,
author = "Thomas K. Bohley and Mark E. Mathews and Lewis R. Dove
and Joe K. Millard and David W. Bigelow and Donald D.
Skarke",
title = "Front-End Signal Conditioning for a High-Speed
Digitizing Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "67--69",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The design of the front-end signal conditioning stages
of the HP 54111D oscilloscope is discussed. The design
was particularly difficult because of the HP 54111D's
500-MHz required signal bandwidth. Key elements in the
design are the attenuator, the switch assembly, the
hybrid circuit upon which the attenuator is fabricated,
and the preamplifier.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning equipment
and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "714; 715",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "attenuator; cathode-ray oscilloscopes; Design;
digitizing oscilloscope; electric attenuators; electric
switches; front-end signal conditioning; Hewlett
Packard computers; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP 54111D
oscilloscope; hybrid circuit; integrated circuits,
hybrid; oscilloscopes, cathode ray; preamplifier;
processing equipment; signal; signal bandwidth; stages;
switch assembly",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Montijo:1988:DFH,
author = "B. Allen Montijo",
title = "Digital Filtering in a High-Speed Digitizing
Oscilloscope",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "3",
pages = "70--76",
month = jun,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This article deals with the signal processing aspects
of digitizing and assumes that aliasing is not a
concern. With this assumption, the digitized signal
contains all of the information necessary to
reconstruct the original continuous signal, with some
additional noise. Then the digital samples can be
interpreted as the original analog signal with
quantization noise added.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 715; 723",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "aliasing; analog process; cathode-ray oscilloscopes;
conversion; digital filtering; digital filters; digital
signal; Digital Techniques; digitizing oscilloscope;
electric filters, digital; filtering and; fir digital
filters; format; high-speed oscilloscopes; HP 54111D
oscilloscope; noise; oscilloscopes, cathode ray ---
Components; prediction theory; processing; s-plane;
sampling; signal filtering and prediction; waveform
acquisition; z-plane",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Baker:1988:DDC,
author = "Jeffrey P. Baker and David A. Johnson and Vyomesh
Joshi and Stephen J. Nigro",
title = "Design and Development of a Color Thermal Inkjet Print
Cartridge",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "6--15",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP Paintjet Color Graphics Printer uses thermal
inkjet technology to produce vivid color graphics for
overhead transparencies and reports. Intended for
personal computer applications, it produces text and
graphics with 180-dots-per-inch resolution and
near-letter-quality (NLQ) text at a speed of 167
characters per second. This paper discusses drop
generator design, drop volume selection, reliable drop
ejection, effect of bubbles in the ink, hydraulic cross
talk between adjacent nozzles, reservoir design,
initial pen prototypes, capillary reservoir thermal
inkjet pens, ether-type polyurethane foam, preparation
of the foam reservoir and testing program including
print quality testing, reliability testing and system
operational testing. 1 Ref.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cartridge; color hard copy; computer graphics ---
Color; computer peripheral equipment; Disposable print
cartridges; disposable print cartridges; foam
reservoir; Hewlett Packard; hydraulic crosstalk; ink;
ink jet printers; inkjet technology; PaintJet Color
Graphics Printer; polyurethanes --- Fans; print; print
cartridge; Print cartridge; Printers; thermal; thermal
inkjet; Thermal inkjet technology; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Smith:1988:DCG,
author = "James C. Smith and David C. Tribolet and Hatem E.
Mostafa and Emil Maghakian",
title = "Development of a Color Graphics Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "16--21",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Full-color graphics, reliability, and software support
received high priorities in the development of the HP
PaintJet Color Graphics Printer. This paper presents
the features of the printer. The Paintjet printer
offers seven colors at 180-dots-per-inch (dpi)
resolution: cyan, yellow, magenta, red, green, blue,
and black. At 90 pixels per inch the user can select
from a palette of 330 colors.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color graphics printer; Color graphics printer; color
graphics printer; computer graphic equipment; computer
graphics --- Color; computer peripheral equipment;
Graphics; graphics; Hewlett--Packard; ink jet printers;
near-letter-; Near-letter-quality; Overhead
transparencies; overhead transparencies; PaintJet;
printer; Printers; printers; quality; raster line
quality; Reliability; reliability; Reports; reports;
Software support; software support; thermal; thermal
inkjet; Thermal inkjet printer",
thesaurus = "Computer graphic equipment; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ta:1988:MDC,
author = "Chuong Cam Ta and Lawrence W. Chan and P. Jeffrey
Wield and Ruben Nevarez",
title = "Mechanical Design of a Color Graphics Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "21--27",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "From the mechanical design viewpoint, the Paintjet
Color Graphics Printer offered several challenges.
Among the more interesting ones were the development of
the print cartridge latching mechanism, the electrical
interconnect to the print cartridge, the media drive
design, and the primer design. These are the major
subjects discussed in this paper.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "cartridge latching; color graphics printer; Color
graphics printer; color graphics printer; computer
graphics --- Color; computer peripheral equipment;
Hewlett--Packard; ink jet printers; Mechanical design;
mechanical design; PaintJet Color Graphics Printer;
primer design; print cartridge; Printers; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Askeland:1988:STI,
author = "Ronald A. Askeland and Winthrop D. Childers and
William R. Sperry",
title = "The second-generation thermal inkjet structure",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "28--31",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The performance specifications of the PaintJet printer
required a second-generation material set rather than
further tuning of what had been developed for the
ThinkJet program. Print resolution is increased from 96
dots per inch to 180 dots per inch. This requirement
increased the resistor count from 12 to 30 resistors
per printhead. Usable ink volume is increased from 3.5
ml to 12 ml. The ink volume for each drop is reduced
from 220 picoliters to 100 pl. These changes require a
3.5-fold increase in resistor life. The most striking
performance improvement offered by the PaintJet printer
is its ability to generate over 330 different colors.
This is achieved by combining patterns of magenta,
yellow, and cyan droplets, all generated from a single
cartridge. This requires significantly different ink
management schemes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer graphics --- Color; computer peripheral
equipment; generation material set; HP Paintjet print
cartridge; ink; ink jet printers; Ink management; ink
management; PaintJet printer; Printers; Printhead;
printhead; second-; Second-generation material set;
thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet structure; thermal
inkjet structure; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
}
@Article{Boeller:1988:HMC,
author = "Cheryl A. Boeller and Timothy J. Carlin and Peter M.
Roessler and Steven W. Steinfield",
title = "High-Volume Microassembly of Color Thermal Inkjet
Printheads and Cartridges",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "32--40",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "When a new technology slated for very high-volume
production is being developed, manufacturing
engineering concerns have to be addressed early. In the
case of the HP PaintJet print cartridges, the R and D
lab had its charter to invent designs and processes
that would satisfy performance and life objectives. In
parallel, manufacturing engineering had to ensure that
the design and processes would meet the objectives of
high volume, high reliability, and cost-effectiveness.
The authors look at the manufacturing aspects of the
PaintJet print cartridges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adhesives --- Applications; Cartridges; cartridges;
computer peripheral equipment; engineering; high-volume
microassembly; ink jet printers; manufacturing;
Manufacturing engineering; microassembling;
Microassembly; microassembly; Paintjet print
cartridges; PaintJet print cartridges; Printers;
Printheads; printheads; printing --- Color; thermal
inkjet printheads; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Microassembling; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Erturk:1988:IRC,
author = "Erol Erturk and Brian D. Gragg and Mary E. Haviland
and W. {Wistar Rhoads} and Jim L. Ruder and Joseph E.
Scheffelin",
title = "Ink Retention in a Color Thermal Inkjet Pen",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "41--44",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This paper discusses the development of the Paintjet
pen and its assembly processes which was recognized as
being one of the toughest projects undertaken by HP's
San Diego Division. The objective was to supply
customers with a high-quality pen that could be mass
produced. The primary job of the final assembly
processes is to get ink into the pen and ensure that it
stays there until the pen is used by the customer.
Inserting the foam (ink reservoir), filling it with
ink, and sealing the pen are very complex tasks. Aside
from the inherent problems encountered when using a
low-tech material in a high-tech application, the foam
is required to fit precisely into the pen cavity. The
plug must hermetically seal to the pen and allow it to
vent to the outside atmosphere. The packaging must
provide a physical barrier to ink leakage at the
nozzles, and must limit the pressure drop and water
loss during shipping and storage.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; 804; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color thermal inkjet pen; Color thermal inkjet pen;
color thermal inkjet pen; computer peripheral
equipment; foam/ink interactions; ink; ink jet
printers; ink retention; Ink retention; ink retention;
PaintJet printer; pen packaging; Pen production; pen
production; Printers; printing --- Color; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Palmer:1988:IMD,
author = "Donald J. Palmer and John Stoffel and Ronald J.
Selensky and Peter C. Morris and M. Beth Heffernan and
Mark S. Hickman",
title = "Ink and Media Development for the {HP Paintjet}
Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "45--50",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The ink, paper, overhead transparency film, and
printhead for the HP Paintjet Color Graphics Printer
had to be designed as a system because of the complex
interactions between these elements. This article
discusses the subjects of ink design, prevention of
clogging, paper design, converting overhead
transparency film constructed from polyester
substrate.",
abstract-2 = "The design of ink, paper and overhead transparency
film for the PaintJet Color Graphics Printer required
substantial interaction between the ink, media, print
cartridge, and product teams. Throughout the program,
design issues were approached from a system perspective
so that the best overall performance and reliability
could be achieved. The authors look at these design
issues and describe how they were overcome.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 804; 811; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Color Graphics; Color Graphics Printer; computer
peripheral equipment; computer stationery; fanfolded
paper; Ink; ink; ink --- Design; ink jet printers;
overhead transparency film; Overhead transparency film;
overhead transparency film; PaintJet; Paintjet color
graphics printer; Paintjet printer; Paper; paper; paper
--- Coating; Printer; Printers",
thesaurus = "Computer stationery; Ink jet printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hollis:1988:CTI,
author = "Jennie L. Hollis and Philip C. Schultz and William J.
Walsh",
title = "Color Thermal Inkjet Printer Electronics",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "51--56",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The PaintJet printer project had to develop a
low-cost, high-volume product on an aggressive
schedule. It was important that the product have a low
part count and be easy to manufacture. For the
electronics, the engineers needed a high level of
integration, and wanted to select the cheapest parts
that could do the job. Flexibility was required,
however, to fix the inevitable development and
production problems. They also needed to respond to
changes in the product as more was learned about
customer needs. Such changes could occur at any point
before product introduction. When weighing design
trade-offs, these were the main constraints. The
authors show how these constraints affected one
particular area of the PaintJet electronics and
firmware design, namely, some circuitry that was added
to the PaintJet printer's custom chip to alleviate
weaknesses in the microprocessor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "713; 722; C5140 (Firmware); C5550 (Printers,
plotters and other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard, San Diego, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "color thermal inkjet printer; computer peripheral
equipment; design trade-offs; electronic circuits;
firmware; Firmware design; firmware design; Hewlett
Packard; ink jet printers; PaintJet; Paintjet
electronics; printer; Printer electronics; printer
electronics; Printers; thermal inkjet; Thermal inkjet
printer; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Ink jet printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rosenberg:1988:HES,
author = "Steven T. Rosenberg",
title = "{HP-RL}: an Expert Systems Language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "57--65",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP-RL is an integrated set of artificial intelligence
programming tools that has been used at HP for many
types of expert systems experiments. This paper
presents the history of the HP-RL, an extended example
of it and describes its development environment. Also
the information on commercial systems similar to HP-RL
is provided. 16 Refs.",
abstract-2 = "For several years, the expert systems department of HP
Laboratories investigated knowledge representation and
reasoning techniques in artificial intelligence (AI).
One of the ways this was approached was through the
construction of an expert systems language called HP-RL
(Hewlett--Packard Representation Language). The goal has
been to create a powerful and integrated collection of
tools that is usable over a wide range of application
domains. HP-RL is now a mature experiment, and work on
it has come to an end. The author discusses the
project, and describes the finished product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6170 (Expert
systems)",
classification = "723; C6140D (High level languages); C6170 (Expert
systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "artificial intelligence; computer programming
languages; Expert Systems; Expert systems; expert
systems; Expert systems language; expert systems
language; Hewlett--Packard; Hewlett--Packard
Representation Language; high level languages; HP; HP
Laboratories; HP-RL; HP-RL (Hewlett--Packard
representation language); Knowledge representation;
knowledge representation; Laboratories; programming
tools; Representation Language",
thesaurus = "Expert systems; High level languages",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ambras:1988:MIP,
author = "James P. Ambras and Lucy M. Berlin and Mark L.
Chiarelli and Alan L. Foster and Vicki O'Day and
Raldolph N. Splitter",
title = "{MicroScope}: an Integrated Program Analysis Toolset",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "71--82",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "MicroScope, an experimental program analysis system
developed at HP Laboratories analyzes and monitors
programs written in Common Lisp. It also provides some
support for CommonObjects, an object-oriented extension
to Common Lisp. The code examples presented in this
article are given in Lisp, but most of the features of
MicroScope are applicable to conventional languages.
This paper describes the graphical interface, at the
same time giving an overview of the capabilities
MicroScope provides. It discusses MicroScope's
cross-reference analysis component in greater detail,
including representation and implementation issues. 21
Refs.",
abstract-2 = "Programmers often need to modify existing programs for
the purpose of fixing bugs, adding features, or
integrating these programs into new hardware or
software environments. Since this task is
time-consuming and error-prone, the maintenance
(evolution) of existing software is one of the most
inefficient activities in the software life cycle.
MicroScope supports evolutionary software development
by helping programmers understand complex programs
written in Common Lisp.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Common Lisp; computer interfaces; computer
programming; computer programming languages --- lisp;
development systems; execution monitoring; graphical
user interface; LISP; Maintenance; maintenance;
MicroScope; Program analysis toolset; program analysis
toolset; programming environments; Software
development; software development; Software
maintenance; software maintenance; software tools;
static program analysis",
thesaurus = "Development systems; LISP; Programming environments;
Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Steranka:1988:RAL,
author = "Frank M. Steranka and Dennis C. DeFevere and Michael
D. Camras and Chin-Wang Tu and David K. McElfresh and
Serge L. Rudaz and Louis W. Cook and Wayne L. Snyder",
title = "Red {AlGaAs} Light-emitting Diodes",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "4",
pages = "84--88",
month = aug,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP has recently released indicator and display
products containing a new type of red light-emitting
diode (LED) based on the aluminum gallium arsenide
(AlGaAs) materials system. These LEDs offer a
significant improvement in efficiency over the red LEDs
that have previously been available but cost only
slightly more. This paper provides an overview of the
different types of AlGaAs devices that are available
and compares their performance to that of the other red
LED technologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B4260D (Light emitting diodes)",
classification = "714; 741",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "AlGaAs; aluminium compounds; aluminium gallium;
aluminum gallium arsenide; arsenide; diodes; display
devices; double heterostructure (DH); Efficiency;
gallium arsenide; Hewlett--Packard; HP; III-V
semiconductors; LED; light emitting diodes;
light-emitting; liquid phase epitaxy (LPE); red
light-emitting diode; semiconductor diodes, light
emitting",
treatment = "N New Development",
}
@Article{Wang:1988:DHW,
author = "Scott W. Wang",
title = "Discless {HP-UX} workstations",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "6--9",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP-UX release 6.0 system is a major software
contribution to the HP 9000 Series 300 workstation
platform. This release of the HP-UX operating system
provides discless workstation operation in a network
and intervendor file sharing through the network file
system (NFS). The HP-UX 6.0 system enables tightly
networked discless graphics workstations to share a
single file system server transparently in an Ethernet
or IEEE 802.3 local area network. In addition to the
discless and NFS capabilities, the HP-UX 6.0 system
also offers: industry standard small computer system
interface (SCSI) and VME support; enhanced graphics
support for the new HP 98550A high-resolution graphics
board and displays and the HP 98556A 2D integer-based
graphics accelerator; commands and libraries from
Release 1.0 of the HP 9000 series 800 HP-UX system; the
X Window System.",
abstract-2 = "HP-UX 6.0 provides low-cost discless workstation
operation over a local area network. It also provides a
single file system view, intervendor file sharing, and
conformance to UNIX System V Interface Definition
(SVID) semantics.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Div. of Calculator Products, Hewlett--Packard",
affiliationaddress = "Loveland, CO, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L (Local
area networks); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "Div. of Calculator Products, Hewlett--Packard,
Loveland, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Interfaces; Computer Networks; Computer
Software; Data Processing--File Organization; Discless
Workstation; Discless workstation operation; discless
workstation operation; Displays; displays; Ethernet;
Graphics support; graphics support; Hewlett Packard
computers; high-resolution graphics board; HP 9000
Series 300 workstation; HP 9000 series 800 HP-UX; HP
9000 series 800 HP-UX system; HP 98550A; HP 98550A
high-resolution graphics board; HP 98556A 2D; HP 98556A
2D integer-based graphics accelerator; HP-; HP-UX
operating system; HP-UX release 6.0 system; HP-UX
Release 6.0 System; HP-UX release 6.0 system; IEEE
802.3 local area network; integer-based graphics
accelerator; Intervendor file sharing; intervendor file
sharing; local area networks; Local Networks; Network;
network; Network file system; network file system; NFS;
operating systems; SCSI; small computer; Small computer
system interface; Small Computer System Interface
(SCSI); system; system interface; System V Interface
Definition (SVID) Semantics; Unix; UX operating system;
VME; X Window System; X window system",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network operating systems; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bartlett:1988:DHF,
author = "Debra S. Bartlett and Joel D. Tesler",
title = "A discless {HP-UX} file system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "10--14",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Several changes were made to the file system portion
of the standard HP-UX kernel to support discless
operations. These changes were made with the
requirement of maintaining stand-alone HP-UX semantics
and file system performance in a discless environment.
Elements of the file system that were modified include:
file system I/O, named FIFOs, file locking, and
pathname lookup. The discless file system operates in
conjunction with the remainder of the kernel and other
file systems. In particular, the discless system is
designed to work together with the Sun Microsystems
Network File System (NFS), which provides transparent
access to files on remote machines in a heterogeneous
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6120 (File
organisation)",
classification = "723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Networks; Data Processing; Discless HP-UX
File System; Discless HP-UX file system; discless HP-UX
file system; File locking; File Locking; file locking;
file organisation; File Organization; File system I/O;
file system I/O; Hewlett Packard computers; Named
FIFOs; named FIFOs; network; Network File System (NFS);
NFS; operating systems; Pathname lookup; Pathname
Lookup; pathname lookup; Remote machines; remote
machines; Stand-Alone HP-UX Semantics; Sun Microsystems
network file; Sun Microsystems network file system;
system; Transparent access; transparent access; Unix",
thesaurus = "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Hwang:1988:DPE,
author = "Ching-Fa Hwang and William T. McMahon",
title = "Discless program execution and virtual memory
management",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "15--20",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Many distributed systems based on the UNIX operating
system offer some form of remote file access
capability. However, only a few of them provide
discless workstation capability, particularly in the
area of paging, swapping, and execution of programs
over a network. Almost all the remote file access
systems assume a well-defined client\slash server
model. The HP-UX 6.0 system provides a fairly complete
implementation for HP-UX discless program execution and
virtual memory management. Among the features provided
to this end are backwards compatibility for executable
files, remote swap services, and HP-UX semantics for
executable files. New mechanisms are included to
minimize performance degradation over a network.",
abstract-2 = "The key technical challenges for implementing paging,
swapping, and execution of programs over a network in
an HP-UX environment include: preservation of the
behavior and semantics of existing program types (such
as preloading versus demand paging), efficient and
flexible global swap device management and performance
that is good enough to justify the cost of discless
workstations. The paper describes some of the design
issues and the solutions in overcoming these technical
challenges.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, Taiwan",
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "723; C6120 (File organisation); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Nat. Taiwan Univ., Taipei, Taiwan",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Behavior; behavior; Client/Server Model; Computer
Networks--Management; Data Processing--File
Organization; Data Storage, Digital; Discless program
execution; Discless Program Execution; discless program
execution; Discless Workstation Capability;
environment; Execution of programs; execution of
programs; file organisation; Global swap device
management; Global Swap Device Management; global swap
device management; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX;
HP-UX Discless Cluster; HP-UX environment; Network;
network; operating systems; Paging; paging;
Preservation; preservation; program; Program types;
Semantics; semantics; Swapping; swapping; types; Unix;
Virtual; Virtual memory management; virtual memory
management; virtual storage",
thesaurus = "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers; Network
operating systems; UNIX; Virtual storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gutierrez:1988:DNF,
author = "David O. Gutierrez and Chyuan-Shiun Lin",
title = "The design of network functions for discless
clusters",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "20--26",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Within an HP-UX discless cluster, the kernel of the
client and server machines uses a simple, fast, and
reliable network protocol to communicate through a
single IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s local area network (LAN).
The discless protocol is based on the request\slash
reply model and its interface to the HP-UX operating
system is specially tailored for efficient data
transfer. To become a viable product, a discless system
must provide a level of performance comparable to that
of systems with local discs. Measurements on HP 9000
Model 350s show that remote file I/O throughput
performance of the HP-UX 6.0 discless implementation
using an HP 7958A Disc Drive is 91\% of stand-alone
performance in read operations and 87\% of stand-alone
performance in write operations when transferring large
files. This performance level is achieve by a
low-overhead network protocol, efficient network buffer
management, cluster server processes, and carefully
implemented read\slash write algorithms.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque, NM, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150J (Operating
systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "New Mexico Univ., Albuquerque, NM, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "6.0 discless implementation; Client; client; Computer
Networks; Data Processing--Data Transfer; Data Storage,
Magnetic--Disk; Data transfer; data transfer; Discless
Clusters; Discless Network Protocol; Discless protocol;
discless protocol; File Transfer; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 7958A disc drive; HP 9000; HP 9000 Model
350s; HP-UX; HP-UX 6.0 discless implementation; HP-UX
discless cluster; HP-UX operating system; IEEE 802.3
10-Mbit/s local area; IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s local area
network; IEEE 802.3 10-Mbit/s Local Area Network;
Interface; interface; LAN; local area networks;
machines; Model 350s; network; Network functions;
network functions; Network protocol; network protocol;
operating systems; Protocols; protocols; Remote File
I/O Throughput; Remote file I/O throughput performance;
remote file I/O throughput performance; Request/reply
model; request/reply model; server; Server machines;
Unix",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network operating systems; Protocols; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Randel:1988:CDR,
author = "Annette Randel",
title = "Crash detection and recovery in a discless {HP-UX}
system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "27--32",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Crash detection and recovery are an important part of
making HP-UX clusters dynamic and resilient. Fast and
reliable detection of failures allows users to add and
remove cnodes dynamically without affecting users on
other cnodes. LAN cable failure detection allows
changes in the LAN configuration to be made without
shutting down the cluster. Different mechanisms work
together to make crash detection and recovery in HP-UX
clusters both reliable and fast.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Graceland Coll., Lamoni, IA, USA",
classcodes = "B6210L (Computer communications); C6150G (Diagnostic,
testing, debugging and evaluating systems); C6150J
(Operating systems); C5620L (Local area networks)",
classification = "722; 723; B6210L (Computer communications); C5620L
(Local area networks); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing,
debugging and evaluating systems); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
corpsource = "Graceland Coll., Lamoni, IA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Cluster Nodes; Cluster nodes; cluster nodes; clusters;
Cnodes; cnodes; Codes, Symbolic--Error Detection;
Computer Networks; Computer Programming--Algorithms;
Computers--Data Communication Systems; crash; Crash
detection; Crash Detection and Recovery; Crash
recovery; crash recovery; Data Processing--File
Organization; detection; Discless HP-UX System;
Discless HP-UX system; discless HP-UX system; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-UX; HP-UX clusters; LAN cable
failure detection; local area networks; Local Networks;
network; operating systems; Recovery Algorithm; system
recovery; Transparent File System Access; Unix",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Local area networks;
Network operating systems; System recovery; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Scott:1988:BMD,
author = "Perry E. Scott and John S. Marvin and Robert D.
Quist",
title = "Boot mechanism for Discless {HP-UX}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "33--36",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The implementation of a discless work-station requires
three distinct services: a remote file system, a remote
swapping capability, and the ability to load and
initialize the operating system from a remote source.
All of these services are implemented for the HP-UX 6.0
system with the goal of maintaining a single-system
view. For the boot mechanism this means that although
the operating system and its loader are on a remote
system (i.e. the root server), a user can power up any
work-station in a cluster and get the same boot
sequence that is experienced with a stand-alone system.
A stand-alone system is a workstation that uses a local
disc for booting and file system operations. The
article describes how the standard HP-UX boot mechanism
works, and the modifications made for the HP-UX 6.0
discless implementation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, ND, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6150J (Operating systems)",
corpsource = "North Dakota State Univ., Fargo, ND, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Boot Mechanism; Boot mechanism; boot mechanism; Boot
sequence; boot sequence; Cluster; cluster; computer
bootstrapping; Computer Networks; Computer Operating
Systems; Computer Peripheral Equipment--Terminals; Data
Processing--File Organization; Data Storage,
Digital--Fixed; Discless HP-UX; discless HP-UX; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP-UX 6.0; HP-UX 6.0 Discless
Workstation; HP-UX 6.0 system; Initialize; initialize;
Load; load; Local Networks; network; Operating system;
operating system; operating systems; Remote file
system; remote file system; Remote source; remote
source; Remote swapping; remote swapping; Remote
Swapping Capability; Remote system; remote system; Root
server; root server; station; system; Unix; work-;
Work-station",
thesaurus = "Computer bootstrapping; Hewlett Packard computers;
Network operating systems; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wagner:1988:DSC,
author = "Kimberly S. Wagner",
title = "Discless system configuration tasks",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "37--39",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Going from a group of stand-alone machines to a
clustered environment is not a particularly difficult
task, but because of the large number of steps required
to configure the system, an automated tool called
reconfig is provided with the HP-UX discless system to
simplify the process. Reconfig enables the system
administrator to set up the cluster server node and add
or delete cluster nodes (cnodes) as necessary. Reconfig
was originally developed for the HP 9000 Series 200 and
300 Computers' HP-UX 5.1 operating system. The tool
contains a collection of monotonous and terse system
administration tasks within a user-friendly menu-driven
environment. Basic tasks such as setting up user access
to the system and reconfiguring kernels can be easily
accomplished. With the advent of discless workstations
in a clustered environment, changes were made to
enhance the original reconfig tool.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "California Univ., Davis, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6150J (Operating
systems)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6150J
(Operating systems)",
corpsource = "California Univ., Davis, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automated tool; automated tool; Cluster nodes; cluster
nodes; Cluster server node; cluster server node;
Cluster Server Process (CSP); clustered; Clustered
environment; Cnodes; cnodes; Computer Operating
Systems; Configuration tasks; configuration tasks; Data
Processing; discless system; environment; File
Organization; Hewlett Packard computers; HP-UX; HP-UX
Discless System; HP-UX discless system; network
operating systems; Reconfig; reconfig; Reconfiguring
kernels; reconfiguring kernels; software tools; System
administration tasks; system administration tasks;
Unix; User access; user access; user-friendly
menu-drive; User-friendly menu-drive environment",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Network operating systems;
Software tools; UNIX",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Perlmetter:1988:SCS,
author = "Paul Q. Perlmetter",
title = "Small computer system interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "39--45",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "During the past few years manufacturers of small
computer systems and intelligent peripheral devices
realized the need for an industry standard I/O
interface for their systems. This interest resulted in
the small computer system interface standard. The SCSI
standard is the newest interface for the HP 9000 series
300 family of HP-UX workstations. It offers improved
performance, simplicity in design, a wide choice of
controller chips, and, most important, wide acceptance
in the UNIX community. Marketing data predicts that by
mid-1989, approximately one-half of all UNIX
workstations will have an SCSI interface. The article
provides an overview of the SCSI standard and the
implementation of SCSI on the series 300.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
classification = "723; 902; C5610P (Peripheral interfaces)",
corpsource = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ANSI Committee Standard X3.131; computer interfaces;
Computer Interfaces; Computer Operating Systems;
Computer Peripheral Equipment; Data Processing--Data
Transfer; family; General-Purpose I/O Bus; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP 9000 series 300; HP 9000 series
300 family; HP-UX workstations; industry standard I/O
interface; Industry standard I/O interface;
input-output; interface standard; programs; SCSI
standard; small computer system; Small Computer System
Interface (SCSI); Small computer system interface
standard; standards; Standards; UNIX; UNIX Operating
System",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Hewlett Packard computers;
Input-output programs; Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "P. Q. Perimutter",
}
@Article{Hall:1988:XWS,
author = "Frank E. Hall and James B. Byers",
title = "{X}: {A} window system standard for distributed
computing environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "46--50",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The X Window System allows applications running in
different environments and on different machines to
communicate high quality, graphical user interfaces
over a network. The increasing power of the distributed
computing environment, makes X a very timely
technology. It has integrating implications for the
areas of user interface, graphics, and networking. It
also presents new challenges for addressing the
emerging distributed computing market. This paper
compares the architecture of X to conventional window
systems, and describes the industry efforts to support
X as a standard.",
abstract-2 = "The X Window System has emerged on the industry
standard for supporting windowed user interfaces across
a computer network. The X Window System is network
transparent, which means that an application running on
one vendor's computer can display a high-quality,
graphical user interface to a user sitting either at
that same system or at another computer across the
network, perhaps made by a different vendor. The
increasing power of the distributed computing
environment makes X a very timely technology. It has
integrating implications for the areas of user
interface, graphics, and networking. It also presents
new challenges for addressing the emerging distributed
computing market. The paper compares the architecture
of X to conventional window systems, and describes the
industry efforts to support X as a standard.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, FL, USA",
classcodes = "C6150J (Operating systems); C6130B (Graphics
techniques); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "722; 723; 902; C6130B (Graphics techniques); C6150J
(Operating systems); C6180 (User interfaces)",
corpsource = "Florida State Univ., Tallahassee, FL, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; computer graphics; Computer
Graphics--Computer Interfaces; Computer network;
computer network; Computer Networks--Protocols;
Computer Operating Systems--Standards; Computer
Systems, Digital; Distributed; Distributed computing
environments; distributed computing environments;
distributed processing; Graphical user interface;
graphical user interface; multiprogramming; Network
Transparency; Network transparent; network transparent;
standards; User Interface; user interfaces; Window
system standard; window system standard; Windowed user
interfaces; windowed user interfaces; X Window System;
X window system",
thesaurus = "Computer graphics; Distributed processing;
Multiprogramming; Standards; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Rhodes:1988:MDH,
author = "John D. Rhodes",
title = "Managing the development of the {HP DeskJet Printer}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "51--54",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Forays into unexplored regions of technology are
inevitable in the development of breakthrough products,
but they must be limited and carefully managed. The HP
DeskJet printer is a personal-convenience printer that
produces laser-quality output at a price comparable to
other low-cost personal printers. Among its features
are 300-dot-per-inch resolution, merged text and
graphics, multiple fonts, two slots for font or
personality cartridges, 120-character-per-second
letter-quality speed, built-in cut-sheet feeder for
common office paper, desktop design, and quiet
operation.",
abstract-2 = "The HP DeskJet printer is a personal-convenience
printer that produces laser-quality output at a price
comparable to other low-cost personal printers. Among
its features are 300-dot-per-inch resolution, merged
text and graphics, multiple fonts, two slots for font
or personality cartridges, 120-character-per-second
letter-quality speed, built-in-cut-sheet feeder for
common office paper, desktop design, and quiet
operation. The DeskJet printer comes with Centronics
parallel and RS-232-D interfaces.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "601; 722; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Stanford Univ., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "300-Dot-Per-Inch Resolution; built-in-cut-;
Built-in-cut-sheet feeder; Computer Peripheral
Equipment; Desktop design; desktop design; Graphics;
graphics; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
Printer; ink jet printers; laser-; Laser-quality
output; Letter-quality speed; letter-quality speed;
Merged text; merged text; Merged Text and Graphics;
Multiple fonts; Multiple Fonts; multiple fonts;
Personal-convenience printer; personal-convenience
printer; Personality cartridges; personality
cartridges; Printers; printers; Printing--Thermal
Effects; Product Design--Reliability; quality output;
Quiet operation; quiet operation; Reliability--Testing;
sheet feeder; thermal",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Buskirk:1988:DHT,
author = "William A. Buskirk and David E. Hackleman and Stanley
T. Hall and Paula H. Kanarek and Robert N. Low and
Kenneth E. Trueba and Richard R. {Van de Poll}",
title = "Development of a high-resolution thermal inkjet
printhead",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "55--61",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP DeskJet printer's 300-dot-per-inch resolution
is fundamental to its ability to produce laser-quality
output. The resolution was achieved by separating the
nozzles into two columns and removing the resistor
separator barriers from the orifice plate. These
barriers are now provided by a polymer, which is
applied over the thin films and patterned before the
orifice plate is attached.",
abstract-2 = "In the spring of 1984, Hewlett--Packard introduced the
HP ThinkJet printer with its replaceable thermal inkjet
printhead. This was a revolutionary concept that
validated the use of inkjet printing in a low-priced
printer. In the summer of 1987 the next generation of
Hewlett--Packard's thermal inkjet technology was
introduced in the PaintJet color graphics printer. In
addition to providing color output, this printer offers
improved text print quality at a resolution of 180 dots
per inch, almost twice that of the ThinkJet printer. In
parallel with the development of the PaintJet printhead
at HP's San Diego Division, another team was busy at
work at the Inkjet Components Operation in Corvallis,
Oregon, and at the printer division in Vancouver,
Washington. The goal for this HP DeskJet printer design
team was laser-quality output on `plain' paper for
about the same price as the new 24-wire printers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Colorado Univ., Boulder, CO, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "300-Dot-Per-Inch Resolution; Computer Peripheral
Equipment; Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard;
High-resolution thermal inkjet printhead;
high-resolution thermal inkjet printhead; HP DeskJet
printer; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet printer; HP
ThinkJet printer; Ink Barrier; ink jet printers;
PaintJet color graphics printer; Printers; printers;
Printing Machinery--Components; Printing--Thermal
Effects; Replaceable thermal inkjet printhead;
replaceable thermal inkjet printhead; thermal; Thermal
Inkjet Printhead",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Harmon:1988:IPH,
author = "J. Paul Harmon and John A. Widder",
title = "Integrating the printhead into the {HP DeskJet}
Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "62--66",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The printhead support systems provide signals to
energize the ink-firing resistors, electrical
connections to the pen, a carriage to hold and move the
pen, and elements to protect and maintain the pen.
Several overall design constraints guided the design of
the printhead support systems. Each element had to meet
the longevity goals set for it, perform its task, be
robotically assemblable, and be low in cost. To meet
the last two goals the carriage mechanism for top-down
assembly and minimum part count.",
abstract-2 = "The HP DeskJet thermal inkjet printhead requires a
higher level of support from the printer than earlier
generations. There are more nozzles to drive, they have
to be driven faster, and more electrical connections
have to be made to the head. Smaller nozzles with
fast-drying, plain-paper ink require protection to
prevent the head from drying out and mechanisms to
recover nozzles that have clogged. And like earlier
disposable thermal inkjet printheads, a carriage is
needed to move the printhead across the paper. Several
overall design constraints guided the design of the
printhead support systems. Each element had to meet the
longevity goals set for it, perform its task, be
robotically assembled, and be low in cost. To meet the
last two goals the project attempted as much as
possible to design the carriage mechanism for top-down
assembly and minimum part count.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "713; 722; 731; 745; 922; C5550 (Printers, plotters
and other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Washington Univ., Seattle, WA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Carriage; carriage; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet Printer; HP
DeskJet printer; HP DeskJet thermal inkjet printhead;
ink jet printers; Mathematical Statistics--Monte Carlo
Methods; Nozzles; nozzles; Printed
Circuits--Mathematical Models; Printers; printers;
Printhead; Printhead support systems; printhead support
systems; Printing Machinery--Design;
Printing--Components; Robotic Assembly; thermal;
Top-Down Assembly",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jackson:1988:DPC,
author = "Larry A. Jackson and Kieran B. Kelly and David W.
Pinkernell and Steve O. Rasmussen and John A. Widder",
title = "{DeskJet} printer chassis and mechanism design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "67--75",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Two mechanisms of DeskJet printer are described. One
mechanism moves the carriage while another uses a
single motor to pick, feed, and eject paper and prime
the pen. The polycarbonate chassis supports everything.
The chassis is designed as one large part that takes
the place of many parts and functions as the main
structure for the printer mechanism. The chassis also
integrates many of the functions of the printer.",
abstract-2 = "The chassis of the DeskJet printer is an injection
molded plastic part that supports the mechanical and
electrical systems. Besides meeting its own objectives,
the chassis design helps accomplish some of the overall
objectives for the printer. Part count is minimized by
the large amount of functionality built into this
single part, and ease of assembly of the other parts to
the chassis is a feature of the design. Both factors
help reduce the cost of the printer. Two important
criteria for the chassis design were material selection
and tooling. The material needs to be very good
structurally, have good dimensional stability, and help
dissipate electrostatic charge created by the paper
motion. It also needs to be a good bearing material and
a good snap material. Requirements for the tooling are
that it be simple, fast and durable. The chassis is
designed as one large part that takes the place of many
parts and functions as the main structure for the
printer mechanism. The chassis also integrates many of
the functions of the printer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Utah State Univ., Logan, UT, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "601; 705; 722; 732; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters
and other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Utah State Univ., Logan, UT, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Peripheral Equipment--Printers; Design;
DeskJet printer chassis; Ease of assembly; ease of
assembly; Functionality; functionality; Hewlett Packard
computers; injection molded; Injection molded plastic
part; ink jet printers; material; Material selection;
Mechanism design; mechanism design;
Mechanisms--Electric Drive; plastic part; printers;
Printing Machinery; selection;
Servomechanisms--Mathematical Models; thermal; Tooling;
tooling",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{May:1988:DDH,
author = "Donna J. May and Mark D. Lund and Thomas B. Pritchard
and Claude W. Nichols",
title = "Data to dots in the {HP DeskJet} Printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "76--80",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A microprocessor-controlled custom IC manipulates dot
data to provide double-width, half-width, compressed,
half-height, draft-quality, bold, underlined, and tall
characters, and graphics. The basic function of the HP
DeskJet printer is to transform input data into tiny
ink dots on a page. The DeskJet printer offers
high-quality characters in a variety of algorithmic
character enhancements. As a result, the data must be
transformed by a number of processes before being sent
to the printhead.",
abstract-2 = "From data to dots, all of this processing provides
DeskJet printer users with a wide variety of
enhancements that yield high-quality print. From the
internal Courier 10-pitch set alone, a user can select
one of 18 character sets (including the 13 ISO sets),
one of four pitches (normal, half-width, double-width,
or compressed), normal or half-height, normal or bold
weight, and one of three vertical placements (normal,
superscript, or subscript). Since all of these
characteristics can be applied in any combination, the
internal font alone can be used to generate 864
different fonts.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)C6130 (Data handling techniques)",
classification = "722; 723; 731; 745; C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C6130 (Data handling
techniques)",
corpsource = "Iowa State Univ., Ames, IA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Algorithmic Character Enhancements; Bold weight; bold
weight; character; Character Sets; Character sets;
character sets; Compressed; compressed; Computer
Peripheral Equipment--Printers; Computer
Programming--Algorithms; Control Systems--Computer
Interfaces; Data to Dots Transformation; Double-width;
double-width; Fonts; fonts; Half-height; half-height;
Half-width; half-width; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskJet printer; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet
printer; ink jet printers; Internal Courier 10-pitch
set; internal Courier 10-pitch set; ISO sets; Normal;
normal; Pitches; pitches; Printing; Printing
Machinery--Control; sets; Subscript; subscript;
Superscript; superscript; thermal printers; Vertical
placements; vertical placements",
thesaurus = "Character sets; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet
printers; Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{DiVittorio:1988:FLT,
author = "Mark J. DiVittorio and Brian Cripe and Claude W.
Nichols and Michael S. Ard and Kevin R. Hudson and
David J. Neff",
title = "Firmware for a laser-quality thermal inkjet printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "81--86",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A high-level language, C, was chosen to implement the
DeskJet feature set, with the target processor being a
Z80 microprocessor. The firmware is basically split
into two categories: code that implements the generic
feature set, called generic printer code, and code that
interacts with the custom electronics and mechanism,
called product specific code. Both segments of the code
set are almost entirely written in C, although there is
small amount of assembly language code that performs
paper motor control and provides feedback for the servo
in the carriage velocity control system. This was
necessary because these functions have to be done
quickly and in real time.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara Univ., CA, USA",
classcodes = "C6100 (Software techniques and systems); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "722; 723; C5140 (Firmware); C6100 (Software
techniques and systems)",
corpsource = "Santa Clara Univ., CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Assembly Language Code; Codes, Symbolic; Computer
Operating Systems; Computer Peripheral Equipment;
Computer Programming Languages; Computer Software;
Epson; Epson FX-80 emulation; Firmware; firmware; FX-80
emulation; Generic printer code; Generic Printer Code;
generic printer code; Hewlett Packard computers; HP
DeskJet; HP DeskJet printer; ink jet printers;
Laser-quality thermal inkjet printer; laser-quality
thermal inkjet printer; printer; Printer specific code;
Printer Specific Code; printer specific code; Printers;
Thermal Inkjet Printer; thermal printers",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet printers;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Gast:1988:RAH,
author = "P. David Gast",
title = "Robotic assembly of {HP DeskJet} Printed Circuit
Boards in a just-in-time environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "87--90",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The printed circuit boards in the HP DeskJet and
Rugged-Writer 480 printers are hybrid boards composed
of a mixture of surface mount and through-hole
components. Assembly of these boards is done on an
automated high-volume assembly line capable of
processing the boards for both printers in a mixed-mode
production environment. This robotic printed circuit
board assembly system is carefully designed to fit into
the HP Vancouver Division's just-in-time manufacturing
system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Texas A and M Univ., College Station, TX, USA",
classcodes = "B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture); B0170E
(Production facilities and engineering); C3355F
(Assembling); C3350Z (Other industries)",
classification = "713; 731; 741; B0170E (Production facilities and
engineering); B2210D (Printed circuit manufacture);
C3350Z (Other industries); C3355F (Assembling)",
corpsource = "Texas A and M Univ., College Station, TX, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembling; automated; Automated high-volume assembly
line; boards; environment; Hewlett Packard computers;
high-volume assembly line; HP DeskJet printed circuit
boards; HP DeskJet Prints; hybrid; Hybrid boards;
industrial robots; JIT; Just-in-time; just-in-time;
Just-In-Time (JIT) Manufacturing System; Just-in-time
environment; just-in-time environment; Manufacturing
system; manufacturing system; mixed-mode production;
Mixed-mode production environment; mount technology;
Plastic Leaded Chip Carriers; printed circuit
manufacture; Printed Circuits; production control;
Robotic Assembly; Robotic printed circuit board
assembly system; robotic printed circuit board assembly
system; Robots, Industrial--Vision Systems;
Rugged-Writer 480 printers; surface; Surface mount;
surface mount; Surface Mount Components; Through-hole
components; through-hole components; Vision-guided
robot; vision-guided robot",
thesaurus = "Assembling; Hewlett Packard computers; Industrial
robots; Printed circuit manufacture; Production
control; Surface mount technology",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Huth:1988:CMV,
author = "Mark C. Huth and Robert A. Conder and Gregg P. Ferry
and Brian L. Helterline and Robert F. Aman and Timothy
S. Hubley",
title = "{CIM} and machine vision in the production of thermal
inkjet printheads",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "91--98",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The use of vision systems in the assembly of the HP
DeskJet printhead has had many benefits. Verification
of the quality level of the printheads produced is
probably the most understandable. In addition, the
process verification and part inspections have improved
the quality of the printhead. Improvements in the
process are only possible with the data to show where
the problems are or how well a process has been
performed. The TAB prep, TAB placement, encapsulant,
and adhesive inspection systems satisfy the first level
of an open-loop system. Print quality inspection is on
a level that begins to close the feedback loop by
connecting data paths in the CIM format. All levels of
machine vision applications have shown their worth in
helping to produce a high-quality printhead.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Virginia Tech., Blacksburg, VA, USA",
classcodes = "C3355F (Assembling); C7420 (Control engineering);
C5260B (Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "723; 731; 741; 913; C3355F (Assembling); C5260B
(Computer vision and picture processing); C5550
(Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices); C7420 (Control engineering)",
corpsource = "Virginia Tech., Blacksburg, VA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "adhesive; Adhesive inspection systems; CAD/CAM; CIM;
Computer Integrated Manufacturing; computer vision;
Control Systems; data; Data paths; DeskJet Printhead
Production; Encapsulant; encapsulant; Feedback loop;
feedback loop; Hewlett Packard computers; HP DeskJet
printhead; ink jet; Inspection; inspection systems;
inspections; Machine vision; machine vision;
manufacturing computer control; Open-Loop Go/No-Go
Systems; Open-loop system; open-loop system; part; Part
inspections; paths; printers; Process Control; Process
verification; process verification; Process
Verification Systems; systems; TAB placement; TAB prep;
Thermal inkjet printheads; thermal inkjet printheads;
thermal printers; vision; Vision systems;
Vision--Artificial",
thesaurus = "CAD/CAM; Computer vision; Hewlett Packard computers;
Ink jet printers; Manufacturing computer control;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Epstein:1988:EHO,
author = "Howard C. Epstein and Mark G. Leonard and Robert
Nicol",
title = "Economical, high-performance optical encoders",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "5",
pages = "99--106",
month = oct,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A high-resolution, high-speed printer like the HP
DeskJet printer needs an electronic ruler to know where
it is on the page. For this function, the DeskJet
printer uses a separately available HP product, the
HEDS-9000 shaft encoder module. The version of this
two-channel position sensor in the DeskJet printer
provides 2000 marks (500 cycles) per revolution and
gives direction information. The module facilitates a
large reduction in the cost of servo motion control and
is one reason the DeskJet printer is able to provide
high-quality, speedy printing at a low price. The
article describes key elements of the module's design,
manufacturing strategies, and performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "California State Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7230 (Sensing devices and transducers); B7320C
(Spatial variables); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices); C3120C (Spatial
variables); C3240F (Nonelectric transducers and sensing
devices)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; B7230 (Sensing devices and
transducers); B7320C (Spatial variables); C3120C
(Spatial variables); C3240F (Nonelectric transducers
and sensing devices); C5550 (Printers, plotters and
other hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "California State Univ., Los Angeles, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "9000 shaft encoder module; Codes, Symbolic; Computer
Peripheral Equipment--Printers; detectors; Direction
information; direction information; Electronic ruler;
electronic ruler; Encoding; HEDS-; HEDS-9000 shaft
encoder module; HEDS-9000 Shaft Encoder Module; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP DeskJet Printer; HP DeskJet
printer; ink jet printers; Optical Data Processing;
Optical Encoders; Optical encoders; optical encoders;
position control; position measurement; Servo motion
control; servo motion control; thermal printers;
Two-channel position sensor; two-channel position
sensor",
thesaurus = "Detectors; Hewlett Packard computers; Ink jet
printers; Position control; Position measurement;
Thermal printers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fleischer-Reumann:1988:HOT,
author = "Michael Fleischer-Reumann and Franz Sischka",
title = "A high-speed optical time-domain reflectometer with
improved dynamic range",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "6--13",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Basic information is presented on optical time-domain
reflectometry and the HP 8145A, which uses a data
correlation technique to increase measurement speed and
dynamic range, is introduced. The HP 8145A optical
time-domain reflectometer makes one-port impulse
response measurements of optical fibers and cables. It
operates at 1300 nm, 1540 nm, or both, and has 0.01 dB
power resolution, 1-m display resolution, and 200-km
maximum range.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
classification = "723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1 M; 1 m; 1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1540 Nm; 1540 nm; 200 Km;
200 km; Data Correlation; Data correlation; data
correlation; dynamic; Dynamic range; Fiber Optics; HP
8145A; Improved Dynamic Range; Measurement Speed;
measurements; one-port impulse response; One-port
impulse response measurements; Optical cables; optical
cables; Optical fibers; optical fibers; optical fibres;
Optical time-domain reflectometer; optical time-domain
reflectometer; Optical Variables Measurement;
Performance; range; Reflectometers; reflectometers;
reflectometry; time-domain; Time-Domain Reflectometer",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.54E-06 m;
Distance 2.0E+05 m; Distance 1.0E+00 m",
thesaurus = "Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
Time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Sischka:1988:CCO,
author = "Franz Sischka and Steven A. Newton and Moshe
Nazarathy",
title = "Complementary correlation optical time-domain
reflectometry",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "14--21",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An optical time-domain reflectometer (OTDR) is an
instrument that characterizes optical fibers by
launching a probe signal into a fiber under test and
detecting, averaging, and displaying the return signal.
The distance to a given feature is determined by
measuring the time required for the signal to travel to
the feature and back again to the measuring instrument.
The autocorrelation function of a complementary Golay
code pair has zero sidelobes, making these codes ideal
for spread-spectrum optical time-domain
reflectometry.",
abstract-2 = "The autocorrelation function of a complementary Golay
code pair has zero sidelobes, making these codes ideal
for spread-spectrum optical time-domain reflectometry.
The implementation of these principles, in an
instrument is described with particular reference to
the HP 8145A.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics)",
classification = "741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260 (Optical links
and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Autocorrelation Function; Autocorrelation function;
autocorrelation function; Code Pair; complementary;
Complementary correlation optical time-domain
reflectometry; complementary correlation optical
time-domain reflectometry; Complementary Golay code
pair; Fiber Optics; Golay code pair; HP 8145A; optical
cables; Optical fibres; optical fibres; Optical
Variables Measurement; Performance; Reflectometers;
reflectometers; reflectometry; spread-spectrum optical;
Spread-spectrum optical time-domain reflectometry;
time-domain; Time-domain Reflectometry; time-domain
reflectometry; Zero Sidelobes; Zero sidelobes; zero
sidelobes",
thesaurus = "Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
Time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Beck:1988:OCD,
author = "Juergen Beck and Siegfried Gross and Robin Giffard",
title = "Optical component design for a correlation-based
optical time-domain reflectometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "22--28",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Three principal components of an optical time-domain
reflectometer are the laser diode and its driver, the
optical system, and the receiver. The laser diode emits
the probe light pulses. This light is guided and
coupled into the fiber under test by the optical
system. The reflected and backscattered light coming
out of the fiber under test is split out of the forward
ray path and guided to the receiver by the optical
system. The output of the receiver, a sampled digital
signal, is fed to the digital signal processor. This
article discusses the design of the laser driver, the
optical system, and the receiver.",
abstract-2 = "Aspects of the design of the HP 8145A instrument are
described. The major requirements for the laser driver,
optical system and receiver were single-mode,
two-wavelength operation, high linearity, low noise and
low insertion loss.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical
links and equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); B4360
(Laser applications)",
classification = "714; 741; 744; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B4360
(Laser applications); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical variables)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "correlation-based; Correlation-based optical
time-domain reflectometer; Design; Fiber Optics;
Insertion loss; insertion loss; Laser Diode; Laser
Driver; Laser driver; laser driver; lasers; Lasers,
Semiconductor; Light Pulses; Linearity; linearity;
measurement by laser beam; Noise; noise; optical;
optical cables; Optical Devices; optical fibres;
Optical system; optical systems; optical time-domain
reflectometer; Receiver; receiver; Reflectometers;
reflectometers; reflectometry; Sampled Digital Signal;
Single-mode two-wavelength operation; single-mode
two-wavelength operation; system; time-domain;
Time-Domain Reflectometer",
thesaurus = "Lasers; Measurement by laser beam; Noise; Optical
cables; Optical fibres; Optical systems;
Reflectometers; Time-domain reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Rivoir:1988:DPC,
author = "Jochen Rivoir and Wilfried Pless",
title = "Data processing in the correlating optical time-domain
reflectometer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "29--34",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The digital signal processing engine is a powerful
32-bit digital signal processor with an architecture
designed especially for the correlating HP 8145A
Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer. With its 200 MSI
ICs, the DSPE outperforms any available microprocessor
or signal processor for its tasks. After being started
by the main microprocessor, the DSPE can work
independently while the main processor performs other
measurement tasks. The firmware for these tasks is
designed for pipelined operation to reduce overhead and
maximize throughput.",
abstract-2 = "In the HP 8145A instrument, a powerful special-purpose
digital signal processor, a general-purpose main
processor and pipelined measurement firmware work with
the optical components to make measurements. These
processing components are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C5130 (Microprocessor chips); C5140 (Firmware); C7410F
(Communications)",
classification = "716; 717; 718; 723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics);
B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems); B7250G
(Display, recording and indicating instruments); B7320P
(Optical variables); C5130 (Microprocessor chips);
C5140 (Firmware); C5260 (Digital signal processing);
C7410F (Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "chips; computerised instrumentation; computing;
Correlating optical time-domain reflectometer;
correlating optical time-domain reflectometer; Data
Processing; digital signal processing; firmware;
general-purpose; General-purpose main processor;
General-Purpose Main Processor; HP 8145A; main
processor; microprocessor chips; optical cables;
optical fibres; Performance; Pipelined measurement
firmware; pipelined measurement firmware; Pipelined
Operation; Reflectometers; reflectometers; Signal
Processing--Digital Techniques; Special-Purpose Digital
Signal Processor; Special-purpose digital signal
processor; special-purpose digital signal processor;
telecommunications; Time-Domain Reflectometer;
time-domain reflectometry",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital signal
processing chips; Firmware; Microprocessor chips;
Optical cables; Optical fibres; Reflectometers;
Telecommunications computing; Time-domain
reflectometry",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Vobis:1988:OTR,
author = "Joachim Vobis",
title = "Optical time-domain reflectometer user interface
design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "35--38",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8145A Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer
described in this issue is a highly sophisticated
machine. Its hardware and its theory of operation are
difficult to understand. On the other hand, most users
want to see an interface that is self-explanatory and
helps them do everything from simple to complex tasks
easily. The creation of a friendly user interface for
both local and remote control is the task of a large
portion of the firmware built into the HP 8145A. An
attempt is made to describe the firmware.",
abstract-2 = "The creation of a friendly user interface for both
local and remote control is the task of a large portion
of the firmware built into the HP 8145A. The firmware
can be divided into five parts: a central database; the
keyboard/display process; the HP-IB process for remote
control; the measurement process and the check
process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7320P (Optical variables); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B6260 (Optical links and
equipment); B4125 (Fibre optics); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410F
(Communications)",
classification = "722; 723; 741; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B6260
(Optical links and equipment); B7210B (Automatic test
and measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments); B7320P (Optical
variables); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410F
(Communications); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Central database; central database; Check process;
check process; Computer Applications; Computer
Interfaces; computerised instrumentation; domain
reflectometry; fibres; Firmware; firmware; Friendly
user interface; friendly user interface; Front-Panel
Interface; HP 8145A; HP-IB process; Invisible
Intelligence; Keyboard/display process;
keyboard/display process; Local and Remote Control;
measurement; Measurement process; optical; optical
cables; Optical time-domain reflectometers; optical
time-domain reflectometers; process; Reflectometers;
reflectometers; Remote control; remote control;
telecommunications computing; time-; Time-Domain
Reflectometer; User Interface; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Optical cables; Optical
fibres; Reflectometers; Telecommunications computing;
Time-domain reflectometry; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bares:1988:PPP,
author = "Steven J. Bares",
title = "Printing on plain paper with a thermal inkjet
printer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "39--44",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A low-cost inkjet printer to produce true
letter-quality print on plain paper is described.
Intended for office use, the printer was designer
specifically to meet customer demand for products that
use available office papers.",
abstract-2 = "An understanding of `plain papers' and how their
variability affects performance played a key role in
the development of the HP DeskJet printer. A major
challenge during the development phase was to construct
a printhead that would produce reliable print quality
over the wide range of papers used in offices. To meet
this challenge, the design team needed to identify and
obtain samples of the types of papers available to the
user and to understand the chemical and physical
variability of these papers. This included obtaining
information about the paper industry's raw materials,
manufacturing processes and distribution networks. This
paper summarizes the results of these studies. Topics
covered include the types of papers found in the
office, the properties of these papers, and the effect
of these properties on inkjet print quality.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5550 (Printers, plotters and other hard-copy output
devices)",
classification = "722; 745; 811; C5550 (Printers, plotters and other
hard-copy output devices)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Chemical properties; chemical properties; Computer
Peripheral Equipment; Customer Demand; HP DeskJet
printer; Ink; ink jet printers; Letter-Quality Print;
manufacturing; Manufacturing processes; Office Papers;
Office Use; paper; paper industry; Paper--Printing
Properties; Physical properties; physical properties;
Plain paper; Plain Paper; plain paper; Printers;
Printing Machinery; processes; Thermal inkjet printer;
Thermal Inkjet Printer; thermal inkjet printer; thermal
printers",
thesaurus = "Ink jet printers; Paper; Paper industry; Thermal
printers",
treatment = "G General Review; P Practical; R Product Review; X
Experimental",
}
@Article{Berger:1988:HIM,
author = "Arnold S. Berger",
title = "Host independent microprocessor development systems",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "45--51",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 64700 family are described. A new architecture
makes it possible to use this family of emulators with
various hosts, such as workstations, mainframes or
personal computers. The cabling technology and chassis
design are also discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C7430 (Computer
engineering); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "722; 723; C5220 (Computer architecture); C5250
(Microcomputer techniques); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "64700 family; Architecture; architecture; Cabling
technology; cabling technology; chassis; Chassis
Design; Chassis design; computer architecture; Computer
Systems, Digital--Multiprocessing; computers;
Computers, Microcomputer; Computers, Personal; design;
development systems; Emulators; Hewlett Packard; Host
Independence; Host-independent microprocessor
development systems; host-independent microprocessor
development systems; HP; HP 64700 family; Mainframes;
Microprocessor; Performance; Workstations",
thesaurus = "Computer architecture; Development systems; Hewlett
Packard computers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Fischer:1988:HIE,
author = "William A. {Fischer, Jr.}",
title = "Host independent emulator software architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "52--56",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "For a microprocessor emulator, the system software is
a significant portion of the overall design. HP 64700
Series emulators have an entire microprocessor
development system built into firmware. This firmware
lays the groundwork for future emulator design. When a
silicon manufacturer releases a new microprocessor, it
is important that emulation support be available in a
timely fashion. The present HP 64000-UX Advanced
Integration Environment offers more than 40 different
microprocessor emulators. A flexible software
architecture was developed for the HP 64700 Series that
also supports many different emulators. This article
discusses the HP 64700 software architecture. It is
shown how the software architecture improves the
emulation development environment and how users benefit
with easy-to-use, flexible emulation interfaces.",
abstract-2 = "Built into the firmware of the HP 64700 series host
independent emulators is an entire microprocessor
development system. The general software architecture,
terminal interface, firmware structure, host interface,
programmatic interface and PC interface are among the
aspects discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5250 (Microcomputer techniques); C6115 (Programming
support)C5140 (Firmware); C7430 (Computer
engineering)",
classification = "722; 723; C5140 (Firmware); C5250 (Microcomputer
techniques); C6115 (Programming support); C7430
(Computer engineering)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Software; Computers,
Microcomputer; development systems; Emulation
Development; Firmware; firmware; Firmware structure;
firmware structure; Flexible Emulation Interfaces;
Flexible Software Architecture; Hewlett Packard
computers; host; Host independent emulators; Host
interface; host interface; HP 64700 series; independent
emulators; Microprocessor development system;
microprocessor development system; Microprocessor
Emulator; PC interface; Performance; Programmatic
interface; programmatic interface; Software
architecture; software architecture; Terminal
Interface; Terminal interface; terminal interface",
thesaurus = "Development systems; Firmware; Hewlett Packard
computers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Lum:1988:EMH,
author = "Gary W. Lum and Milton J. Lau and Wesley H. Stelter",
title = "Expanded memory for the {HP} Vectra {ES} personal
computer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "57--63",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This memory subsystem provides the expanded memory and
extended memory support for the HP Vectra Personal
Computer, while maintaining compatibility with industry
standards. The hardware architecture, map table
operation, hardware implementation, software driver
architecture, data structure and expanded memory access
of the card are discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C5320G (Semiconductor storage); C6120 (File
organisation); C5220 (Computer architecture)",
classification = "721; 722; 723; C5220 (Computer architecture); C5320G
(Semiconductor storage); C6120 (File organisation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "add-on boards; Components; computer architecture;
Computer Hardware; computers; Computers, Personal; Data
Storage, Digital; Data structure; data structure;
driver architecture; Expanded Memory; Expanded memory
access; expanded memory access; Extended memory
support; extended memory support; Hardware
architecture; Hardware Architecture; hardware
architecture; Hardware implementation; hardware
implementation; Hewlett Packard; HP Vectra ES personal
computer; IBM compatible machines; Industry Standards;
Map table operation; map table operation; Memory
expansion card; memory expansion card; Memory
Subsystem; Memory Support; semiconductor storage;
software; Software driver architecture; Standards;
standards; storage management",
thesaurus = "Add-on boards; Computer architecture; Hewlett Packard
computers; IBM compatible machines; Semiconductor
storage; Storage management",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Keller:1988:GRT,
author = "Alexander Keller and Ulrich H. Haeberlen",
title = "Generalization of the {Redfield-Kunz} treatment of
quadrature phase time domain",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "39",
number = "6",
pages = "74--76 (or 74--75??)",
month = dec,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A prescription is given to compute the complex Fourier
transform spectrum from quadrature phase time data when
the x and y signals are sampled neither simultaneously
nor alternately. This case applies to the sampling
scheme of the HP 5180A Waveform Recorder.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "C1120 (Analysis); C1130 (Integral transforms); C4160
(Numerical integration and differentiation)",
classification = "921; 942; C1120 (Analysis); C1130 (Integral
transforms); C4160 (Numerical integration and
differentiation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett--Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Complex Fourier Transform; Complex Fourier transform
spectrum; complex Fourier transform spectrum;
Digitalization; domain; Fourier Transforms; Fourier
transforms; Generalised Redfield-Kunze method;
generalised Redfield-Kunze method; HP 5180A; HP 5180A
waveform recorder; integration; Mathematical
Transformations; quadrature phase time; Quadrature
Phase Time Data; Quadrature phase time domain;
Redfield-Kunz Treatment; Spectrum Analyzers; waveform
analysis; Waveform Recorder; waveform recorder; X And Y
Signals",
thesaurus = "Fourier transforms; Integration; Waveform analysis",
treatment = "P Practical; T Theoretical or Mathematical",
}
@Article{Wechsler:1988:CTV,
author = "Mark Wechsler",
title = "Characterization of time varying frequency behavior
using continuous measurement technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "6--12",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 5371A Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer
implements the continuous measurement technique to
provide advanced capabilities for measuring frequency
and time interval variations. The measurement and
analysis capabilities of the HP 5371A can be applied to
microwave and millimeter-wave signals, for example by
down-converting these signals using the HP 5364A
Microwave Mixer\slash Detector. Designed as a companion
instrument to the HP 5371A, the HP 5364A uses a
mix-down technique that retains the phase and timing
information of the original signal.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "716; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Continuous measurement
technique; continuous measurement technique; Continuous
Measurement Technology; Digital Communication
Systems--Synchronization; Frequency and time interval
analyzer; frequency and time interval analyzer;
frequency measurement; Frequency Meters; Frequency/Time
Interval Analyzer hp5371a; HP 5371A; measurement;
Measurement technology; Microwaves; Millimeter Waves;
Radar; Signal Processing--Sampling; Spectral analyser;
spectral analyser; spectral analysers; technology; Time
interval; time interval; Time Varying Frequencies; Time
varying frequency; time varying frequency",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Frequency measurement;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}
@Article{Nimori:1988:FSD,
author = "Terrance K. Nimori and Lisa B. Stambaugh",
title = "Firmware system design for a frequency and time
interval analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "13--21",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Based on continuous measurement technology, the HP
5371A Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer represents a
significant contribution to dynamic signal analysis.
Powerful analysis and graphics firmware provide
enhanced performance capabilities for such applications
as frequency modulation and timing jitter measurements.
This article examines the major firmware components of
the HP 5371A, and focuses on their design and
application to the continuous measurement concept.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara",
affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7310G (Frequency); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); B7210X (Other instrumentation
and measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation);
C5140 (Firmware)",
classification = "723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310G (Frequency); C5140 (Firmware);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "5371A; Computer Operating Systems; computerised
instrumentation; Continuous measurement technology;
continuous measurement technology; CRT Interface;
Database Systems; Dynamic Signal Analysis; Firmware;
firmware; Firmware components; firmware components;
frequency; Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer;
Frequency Meters; Frequency/Time Interval Analyzer HP
5371A; graphics; Graphics firmware; HP; HP 5371A;
measurement; Performance capabilities; performance
capabilities; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
Spectral analyser; spectral analyser; spectral
analysers; Spectrum Analyzers",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Frequency
measurement; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}
@Article{Stambaugh:1988:TDH,
author = "Lisa B. Stambaugh",
title = "Table-driven help screen structure provides on-line
operating manual",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "21--24",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 5371A help screen feature is designed to give
the novice user enough basic information to traverse
the front panel, locate configuration information in
the menus, become familiar with continuous count
concepts, and get started using the instrument to make
measurements. The help screens are organized around a
simplified instrument block diagram, allowing the user
to choose an area of interest quickly. The main help
screen shows this block diagram, along with softkeys
for each main area. The menu structure is only one
level deep, allowing the user to return to the main
level by pressing one key. Where possible, graphics are
used to illustrate concepts, such as arming examples.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
C7410H (Instrumentation); C6180 (User interfaces)",
classification = "942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C6180 (User interfaces); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Block diagram; block diagram; computerised
instrumentation; Display Systems; Frequency Meters;
Frequency/Time Interval Analyzer HP 5371A; Help screen
structure; help screen structure; HP 5371A; Instrument
Help Screens; Menus; menus; On-line operating manual;
on-line operating manual; Softkeys; softkeys; Spectrum
Analyzers; Table-Driven Help Screen; user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxnote = "Check year: 1988 or 1989??",
}
@Article{Heinzl:1988:IAT,
author = "Johann J. Heinzl",
title = "Input amplifier and trigger circuit for a 500-{MHz}
frequency and time interval analyzer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "24--27",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 5371A frequency and time interval analyzer
operates on a signal by determining both its cycle
count and the times of its zero crossings. The function
of the input amplifier and trigger circuit is to
convert the analog input signal into a binary signal
whose timing transitions are representative of the zero
crossings of the original signal. The high performance
of the input amplifier is mainly a result of optimizing
the important specifications such as step response,
cross talk between channels, noise floor, timing
precision at zero crossings, and others. Circuit models
were constructed for most of the components and the
design was simulated and optimized using the HP Spice
program.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B2220G (Thick film circuits); B1220 (Amplifiers);
B1290 (Other analogue circuits); B7250G (Display,
recording and indicating instruments)",
classification = "713; 723; 942; B1220 (Amplifiers); B1290 (Other
analogue circuits); B2220G (Thick film circuits);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "500 MHz; Amplifier; amplifier; amplifiers; Amplifiers,
Radio Frequency; autotrigger modes; Circuits; dc Offset
Circuit; display instrumentation; Electronic Circuits,
Comparator; Electronic Circuits, Trigger; Frequency
Meters; Frequency/Time Interval Analyzed HP 5371A;
Impedance Conversion; Input Amplifier; Manual trigger;
manual trigger; repetitive; Repetitive autotrigger
modes; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques; Single
autotrigger; single autotrigger; thick film circuits;
Thick-film hybrid circuits; thick-film hybrid circuits;
Trigger Circuit; Trigger circuit; trigger circuit;
trigger circuits; Triggering; triggering",
numericalindex = "Frequency 5.0E+08 Hz",
thesaurus = "Amplifiers; Display instrumentation; Thick film
circuits; Trigger circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Chu:1988:PDN,
author = "David C. Chu",
title = "Phase digitizing: {A} new method for capturing and
analyzing spread-spectrum signals",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "28--32, 34--35",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The signal digitizing method used in the HP 5371A
Frequency and Time Analyzer is based on continuous
counting and sampling only a signal zero crossings. The
method bypasses the two extra steps, voltage digitizing
and voltage-to-phase conversion, and directly digitizes
the phase progression of the signal. The procedure may
therefore be appropriately called `phase progression
digitizing', or `phase digitizing' for short. Amplitude
information is discarded. Because the data is already
in the form of phase and time, trigonometric functions
are totally avoided, replaced by simple functions like
straight lines and parabolas, making analysis simple
for even moderately complex modulation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara",
affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B6140 (Signal processing and detection); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B6250 (Radio
links and equipment); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems)",
classification = "716; 723; 942; B6140 (Signal processing and
detection); B6250 (Radio links and equipment); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X (Other
instrumentation and measurement systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplitude Digitizing; crossings; Frequency Chirp; HP
5371A; phase digitizing; Phase digitizing; Phase
Digitizing; Phase Modulation--Phase Shift Keying; phase
progression digitizing; Phase progression digitizing;
Phase Progression Digitizing; Radio
Transmission--Spread Spectrum; sampling; Sampling;
signal digitizing method; Signal digitizing method;
signal processing; Signal Processing--Signal Encoding;
signal zero; Signal zero crossings; spectral analysers;
spectral analysis; Spectrum Analyzers; spread spectrum
communication; Spread Spectrum Signals Analysis;
waveform analysis",
thesaurus = "Signal processing; Spectral analysers; Spectral
analysis; Spread spectrum communication; Waveform
analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stephenson:1988:FTI,
author = "Paul S. Stephenson",
title = "Frequency and time interval analyzer measurement
hardware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "35--41",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Frequency agile systems pose many new measurement
challenges. For example, how do you characterize
modulation on a pseudorandom or unknown carrier? How do
you capture relatively long time histories of frequency
agile sources without using megabytes of memory? The
design of the measurement hardware in the HP 5371A
Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer had to deal with
these challenges. The author describes the design and
operation of the measurement hardware, using a
frequency-hopping radio measurement example.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Santa Clara",
affiliationaddress = "Santa Clara, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems);
B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement systems);
B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
classification = "716; 723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7210X (Other instrumentation and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Digital Communication
Systems; electronic equipment testing; Frequency Agile
Radio; Frequency agile sources; frequency agile
sources; Frequency and Time Interval Analyzer;
Frequency Meters; Frequency-hopping radio measurement;
frequency-hopping radio measurement; Frequency/Time
Interval Analyzer HP 5371A; hardware; HP 5371A;
measurement; Measurement hardware; Measurements; Radio;
radio applications; Signal Processing--Digital
Techniques; Spectral analyser; spectral analyser;
spectral analysers; Spectrum Analyzers",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Electronic equipment
testing; Radio applications; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Coackley:1988:IVD,
author = "Robert Coackley and Howard L. Steadman",
title = "An Integrated Voice and Data Network Based on Virtual
Circuits",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "42--49",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database; Distributed/QLD.bib",
abstract = "Developed as an HP Laboratories research project, this
network offers true integration of voice and data, a
single architecture for local and wide area networks,
high throughput, low host overhead, very good
cost\slash performance ratio, and effective interfacing
to existing standards. The network architecture,
virtual circuit switching, data flow and congestion
control, routing strategies are described.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
annote = "Developed as an HP Laboratories research project, this
network offers true integration of voice and data, a
single architecture for local and wide area networks,
high throughput, low host overhead, very good
cost\slash performance ratio, and effective interfacing
to existing standards.",
bydate = "DS",
byrev = "Le",
classcodes = "B6210M (ISDN); B6210L (Computer communications);
C5620W (Other networks)",
classification = "716; 718; 723; B6210L (Computer communications);
B6210M (ISDN); C5620W (Other networks)",
country = "USA",
date = "25/10/89",
descriptors = "Voice/data integration; LAN; WAN; MAN; throughput;
virtual channel; integrated network;",
enum = "3473",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "10 Mbit/s; communication; Computer Networks;
Congestion Control; data communication systems; Data
Transmission; Digital Communication Systems; HP
Laboratories; HP StarLAN 10; Integration of voice and
data; integration of voice and data; ISDN; Local area
network; local area network; local area networks;
Network Routing; pair wire; twisted-; Twisted-pair
wire; Virtual Circuit Switching; Virtual circuits;
virtual circuits; voice; Voice/Data Integrated
Services",
location = "FHL",
numericalindex = "Bit rate 1.0E+07 bit/s",
references = "3",
revision = "21/04/91",
thesaurus = "Data communication systems; ISDN; Local area networks;
Voice communication",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ives:1988:MSB,
author = "Fred H. Ives",
title = "Multifunction synthesizer for building complex
waveforms",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "52--54, 56--57",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Modern communications systems employ complex
modulation formats, sometimes using subcarriers or time
varying signals to increase their capacity and
usability. The divergent testing requirements imposed
by these systems have been typically solved with
one-of-a-kind custom solutions. This is a costly and
sometimes unreliable solution. The HP 8904A
Multifunction Synthesizer was developed to provide a
low-cost, high-performance alternative to these
application-specific complex waveform synthesis
solutions. The HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer uses
the latest VLSI technology to create complex waveforms
from digitally synthesized sine, square, triangle,
ramp, Gaussian white noise, and dc waveforms. In
addition to the standard internal synthesizer
(channel), three more identical internal synthesizers
can be added.",
abstract-2 = "The HP 8904A uses VLSI technology to create complex
waveforms from six fundamental waveforms: sine, square,
triangle, ramp, Gaussian white noise, and DC. Sine
waves are provided in the range from 0.1 Hz to 600 kHz
with 0.1-Hz resolution. The square, ramp, and triangle
waveforms are available from 0.1 Hz to 50 kHz. All
waveform values in the HP 8904A are digitally
calculated in real time by HP's digital waveform
synthesis IC (DWSIC). The use of this IC results in
signals that have well-defined accuracy and exact
repeatability.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 716; 723; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.1 Hz to 50 kHz; accuracy; complex waveforms; Complex
waveforms; Complex Waveforms; computerised
instrumentation; DC; Digital Waveform Synthesis;
digital waveform synthesis IC; Digital waveform
synthesis IC; exact repeatability; Exact repeatability;
function generators; Function Generators; fundamental
waveforms; Fundamental waveforms; Gaussian white noise;
HP 8904A; Modulation; multifunction synthesizer;
Multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; ramp; Ramp waveforms; Signal Processing--Digital
Techniques; sinewaves; Sinewaves; square waves; Square
waves; triangle; Triangle waveforms; VLSI technology;
waveforms; well-defined; Well-defined accuracy",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E-01 to 5.0E+04 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Function generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Talbot:1988:DWS,
author = "Mark D. Talbot",
title = "Digital waveform synthesis {IC} architecture",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "57--62",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The digital waveform synthesis IC is the heart of the
HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer. It provides a
digital approach to the conventional analog functions
of modulation and signal generation. The design
objectives for the DWSIC called for the following
features and functions: Four concurrently operating
channels with independent frequency, waveform,
amplitude, and phase settings; Amplitude modulation,
double-sideband suppressed carrier modulation,
frequency modulation, phase modulation, and pulse
modulation on one of the channels; Channels that can be
selectively summed together; Random access memory to
provide rapid selection of up to 16 different settings
of frequency, amplitude, and phase under internal or
external control, and Modulation of one channel from
another internal channel, from the sum of channels, or
from an external input.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B7250E (Signal
generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265H (A/D
and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplitude Modulation; computerised instrumentation;
digital integrated circuits; Digital Waveform Synthesis
IC; Digital waveform synthesis IC; digital waveform
synthesis IC; digital-analogue conversion; DWSIC;
Function Generators; function generators; HP 8904A;
Integrated Circuits, Digital; Multifunction;
Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; Phase Accumulator; Phase Modulation; Signal
Processing--Digital Techniques; Synthesizer",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Digital integrated
circuits; Digital-analogue conversion; Function
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Heikes:1988:DDW,
author = "Craig A. Heikes and James O. Barnes and Dale R.
Beucler",
title = "Development of a digital waveform synthesis integrated
circuit",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "62--65",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Custom digital very large-scale integrated (VLSI)
circuits are used extensively in many HP computer
products, but are just beginning to show up in HP test
instruments. The HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer
represents an excellent example of using custom VLSI to
reduce cost and increase functionality, accuracy, and
reliability in a test instrument. The digital waveform
synthesis IC (DWSIC) is a digital approach to doing
conventional analog functions of modulation and signal
generation. The primary design challenges included
implementing the highly parallel design as a data path
layout, using behavioral modeling and verification to
ensure accuracy, and designing new custom circuits
(e.g. multiplier and ROM).",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1230G (Function generators); B1265Z (Other digital
circuits)B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); B2570F (Other MOS
integrated circuits)",
classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265Z
(Other digital circuits); B2570F (Other MOS integrated
circuits); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "application specific integrated circuits; automatic
test; circuits; Custom VLSI; custom VLSI; Data path
layout; data path layout; Design; design; digital
instrumentation; digital integrated; Digital waveform
synthesis IC; digital waveform synthesis IC; Digital
Waveform Synthesis IC (DWSIC); equipment; field effect
integrated circuits; function; Function Generators;
generators; HP 8904A; HP test instruments; Integrated
Circuits, Digital; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
Multifunction Synthesizer; NMOS; Parallel design;
parallel design; Signal Processing--Digital Techniques;
VLSI",
thesaurus = "Application specific integrated circuits; Automatic
test equipment; Digital instrumentation; Digital
integrated circuits; Field effect integrated circuits;
Function generators; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Higgins:1988:AOS,
author = "Thomas M. {Higgins, Jr.}",
title = "Analog output system design for a multifunction
synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "66--69",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The waveforms generated in the digital waveform
synthesis IC (DWSIC) in the HP 8904A Multifunction
Synthesizer exist only as 12-bit binary numbers at the
output of the IC. The output system converts these
binary numbers into the desired analog signals. The
article describes this analog output system, consisting
of a sampler, anti-aliasing filters and a floating
output amplifier.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
generators); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)B1230G (Function generators)",
classification = "713; 723; B1230G (Function generators); B1265H (A/D
and D/A convertors); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7220 (Signal processing and
conditioning equipment and techniques); B7250E (Signal
generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Amplifiers; Amplitude Scaling; Analog output system;
analog output system; Anti-Aliasing Filters; DAC; Data
Conversion, Digital to Analog; digital waveform;
digital waveform synthesis; Digital waveform synthesis
IC; digital-analogue conversion; Floating Output
Amplifier; Frequency response; frequency response;
Function Generators; function generators; HP 8904A; IC;
Low distortion; low distortion; Multifunction
synthesizer; multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction
Synthesizer HP 8904A; Signal Filtering and Prediction;
Signal Processing--Sampling; synthesis IC",
thesaurus = "Digital-analogue conversion; Function generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Talbot:1988:FDM,
author = "Mark D. Talbot",
title = "Firmware design for a multiple-mode instrument",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "70--73",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8904A multifunction synthesizer hardware offers
many different operating modes, depending on the
requirements of the user. The HP 8904A firmware was
designed and implemented with the goal of efficiently
handling the existing operating modes and allowing for
changes within these modes and the addition of new
modes. Three major firmware modules provide this
required flexibility: the numeric data parser, the
command parsing structure, and the interrupt handling
scheme. Each of these modules provides hooks to
customize or add to the HP 8904A firmware with little
or no changes to the existing firmware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "713; 723; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C5140 (Firmware);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Command parsing structure; command parsing structure;
computerised instrumentation; Firmware; firmware;
Firmware modules; firmware modules; Function
Generators; function generators; HP 8904A; Interrupt
handling scheme; interrupt handling scheme;
Mini-Parsers; Mode Command Parsers; multifunction;
Multifunction synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; Multiple-mode instrument; multiple-mode
instrument; numeric data; Numeric Data Parser; Numeric
data parser; parser; Signal Processing--Digital
Techniques; synthesizer; Vectored Interrupts",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Function
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Thompson:1988:MSA,
author = "Kenneth S. Thompson",
title = "Multifunction synthesizer applications",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "73--76",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The flexibility and accuracy afforded by the
architecture of the digital waveform synthesis IC make
the HP 8904A Multifunction Synthesizer suited for a
broad range of applications. These applications areas
include telecommunications, navigation, mobile radio
communications, consumer electronics, sonar, and
electromechanical systems. Typically the conflicting
requirements of these applications have been met by
many specialized sources optimized for specific tasks
or by expensive high-performance sources. The HP 8904A
can compete with these application-specific sources and
in many cases exceed their performance at a lower
cost.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 716; 752; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250E (Signal generators);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Applications; applications; Channel Configuration
Mode; computerised instrumentation; Consumer
electronics; consumer electronics; Digital
Communication Systems; Digital Waveform Synthesis;
Digital waveform synthesis IC; digital waveform
synthesis IC; Electromechanical systems;
electromechanical systems; Function Generators;
function generators; hop RAM Mode; HP 8904A; Mobile
radio communications; mobile radio communications;
Multifunction; Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction
Synthesizer HP 8904A; Navigation; navigation; Radio
Receivers--Testing; Radio Systems, Mobile; Signal
Sequencing Modes; Sonar; sonar; Synthesizer;
Telecommunications; telecommunications",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Function generators",
treatment = "A Application",
}
@Article{Schwartz:1988:TPM,
author = "David J. Schwartz and Alan L. McCormick",
title = "Testing and process monitoring for a multifunction
synthesizer",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "1",
pages = "77--80 (or 77--79??)",
month = feb,
year = "1988",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Ensuring the quality and reliability of the HP 8904A
Multifunction Synthesizer required a twofold test
strategy. The first step was to understand the
instrument and its performance characteristics. Because
of its state-of-the-art design, there are no reliable,
fast, and automated means of directly measuring some of
its critical parameters. Also, its versatility makes it
impossible to measure even a significant fraction of
the waveforms it is capable of producing. Understanding
the instrument at this level made it possible for us to
find a concise set of parameters that can be measured
accurately and quickly to verify that the unit under
test is working correctly, and allowed us to make small
design changes that enhanced testability. The second
step of the solution was to develop a test strategy for
the HP 8904A that emphasized process control, rather
than intense end-of-the-line testing. By testing
critical parts and modules and then verifying the
assembly process, the performance of the unit under
test is assured quickly and inexpensively. Fault
isolation and repair are also easier because problems
are identified earlier in the production process.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B0170E (Production
facilities and engineering)",
classification = "713; 723; 913; 942; B0170E (Production facilities
and engineering); B7250E (Signal generators)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Data Conversion, Digital to Analog; electronic
equipment testing; Function Generators; function
generators; HP 8904A; Instruments--Quality Assurance;
Multifunction Synthesizer; Multifunction Synthesizer HP
8904A; Performance characteristics; performance
characteristics; Process control; Process Control;
process control; Process monitoring; process
monitoring; production testing; quality control;
Statistical Quality Control; Test strategy; test
strategy; Testability; testability; Testing; Twofold
test strategy; twofold test strategy",
thesaurus = "Electronic equipment testing; Function generators;
Production testing; Quality control",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stever:1989:DDM,
author = "Scott D. Stever",
title = "An 8.5-digit digital multimeter capable of 100000
readings per second and two-source calibration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "6--7",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The digital multimeter, or DMM, is among the most
common and most versatile instruments available for
low-frequency and dc measurements in automated test,
calibration laboratory, and bench R\&D applications.
The use of general-purpose instrumentation in automated
measurement systems has steadily grown over the past
decade. A highly linear and extremely flexible
analog-to-digital converter and a state-of-the-art
design are reported. These feature offer new
performance and measurement capabilities for automated
test, calibration laboratory, or R\&D applications.",
abstract-2 = "The HP 3458A Digital Multimeter was developed to
address the increasing requirements for flexible,
accurate, and cost-effective solutions in today's
automated test applications. The product concept
centers upon the synergistic application of
state-of-the-art technologies to meet these needs.
While it is tuned for high throughput in computer-aided
testing, the HP 3458A also offers calibration
laboratory accuracy in DC volts, AC volts, and
resistance. Owners can trade speed for resolution, from
100000 measurements per second with 4/sup 1///sub
2/-digit (16-bit) resolution to six measurements per
second with 8/sup 1///sub 2/-digit resolution. At 5/sup
1///sub 2/-digit resolution, the DMM achieves 50000
readings per second. To maximize the measurement speed
for the resolution selected, the integration time is
selectable from 500 nanoseconds to one second in 100-ns
steps. The effect is an almost continuous range of
speed-versus-resolution trade-offs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems)",
classification = "723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "8 1/2 Digit; 8 1/2 digit; automatic test equipment;
calibration; Data Conversion, Analog to Digital; dc
Measurements; Digital multimeter; Digital Multimeter;
digital multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital
Readout; Electric Measuring Instruments; Hewlett
Packard; HP 3458A; HP 3458A Digital Multimeter;
two-source; Two-source calibration; Two-Source
Calibration",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Digital multimeters",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Goeke:1989:DIA,
author = "Wayne C. Goeke",
title = "An 8.5-digital integration analog-to-digital converter
with 16-bit, 100000-sample-per-second performance",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "8--15",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "This integrating-type ADC uses multislope runup,
multislope rundown and a two-input structure to achieve
the required speed, resolution, and linearity.
Multislope is a versatile ADC technique, allowing speed
to be traded off for resolution within a single
circuit. It is easier to understand multislope by first
understanding its predecessor, dual-slope which is
explained.",
abstract-2 = "The analog-to-digital converter (ADC) design for the
HP 3458A digital multimeter was driven by the
state-of-the-art requirements for the system design.
For example, autocalibration required an ADC with 8/sup
1///sub 2/-digit (28-bit) resolution and 7/sup 1///sub
2/-digit (25-bit) integral linearity, and the digital
AC technique required an ADC capable of making 50000
readings per second with 18-bit resolution. The HP
3458A's ADC uses an enhanced implementation of the
multislope technique to achieve a range of speeds and
resolutions never before achieved-from 16-bit
resolution at 100000 readings per second to 28-bit
resolution at six readings per second. In addition to
high resolution, the ADC has high integral
linearity-deviations are less than 0.1 p.p.m. (parts
per million) of input. Multislope is a versatile ADC
technique, allowing speed to be traded off for
resolution within a single circuit.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors)",
classification = "723; 942; B1265H (A/D and D/A convertors)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "ADC; ADC technique; Analog-to-digital converter;
analog-to-digital converter; analogue-digital
conversion; Autocalibration; autocalibration; Data
Conversion, Analog to Digital; Dual-Slope Theory;
Electric Measuring Instruments--Digital Readout;
Equipment; HP 3458A; integrating circuits; Multislope
Rundown; Multislope Runup; Multislope technique;
multislope technique",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Integrating circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Swerlein:1989:PAV,
author = "Ronald L. Swerlein",
title = "Precision {AC} voltage measurements using digital
sampling techniques",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "15--21",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Instead of traditional DMM techniques such as thermal
conversion or analog computation, the HP 3458A DMM
measures rms ac voltages by sampling the input signal
and computing the rms value digitally in real time.
Track-and-hold circuit performance is critical to the
accuracy of the method.",
abstract-2 = "The HP 3458A digital multimeter implements a digital
method for the precise measurement of RMS AC voltages.
A technique similar to that of a modern digitizing
oscilloscope is used to sample the input voltage
waveform. The RMS value of the data is computed in real
time to produce the final measurement result. The HP
3458A objectives for high-precision digital AC
measurements required the development of both new
measurement algorithms and a track-and-hold circuit
capable of fulfilling these needs. The author looks at
these developments.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7310B (Voltage); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments)",
classification = "723; 942; B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7310B (Voltage)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Digital Multimeter; Digital multimeter; digital
multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital Sampling;
Digital sampling techniques; digital sampling
techniques; Electric Measurements; Electric Measuring
Instruments--Digital Readout; HP 3458A; measurement;
Precise measurement; precise measurement; Precision ac
Voltage Measurements; rms ac Voltages; RMS AC voltages;
sample and hold circuits; Sampling; Track-and-Hold
Circuit; Track-and-hold circuit; track-and-hold
circuit; Voltage; voltage; Voltage measurements;
voltage measurements",
thesaurus = "Digital multimeters; Sample and hold circuits; Voltage
measurement",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Goeke:1989:CDM,
author = "Wayne C. Goeke and Ronald L. Swerlein and Stephen B.
Venzke and Scott D. Stever",
title = "Calibration of an 8.5-digit multimeter from only two
external standards",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "22--30",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "One of the earliest product concepts for the HP 3458A
Digital Multimeter was to develop a means for
calibrating its measurement accuracies from only two
external reference standards. The objectives for
two-source calibration are to reduce the floor
uncertainty and to provide an independent method to
increase confidence in the overall calibration process.
The HP 3458A uses a highly linear analog-to-digital
converter (ADC) to measure the ratio between a
traceable reference and its divided output. The ADC
performs the function of the precise ratio transfer
device.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration)",
classification = "723; 902; 942; B7130 (Measurement standards and
calibration); B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Calibrating; calibrating; calibration; Data
Conversion, Analog to Digital; Digital Multimeter;
digital multimeters; Digital Readout; Electric
Measurements--Standards; Electric Measuring
Instruments; HP 3458A; Multimeter; multimeter; Precise
ratio transfer device; precise ratio transfer device;
Ratio Transfer Device; reference; Reference standards;
Reference Standards; reference standards; traceable;
Traceable reference; Two external standards; Two
External Standards; two external standards; Two-Source
Calibration; Two-source calibration; two-source
calibration",
thesaurus = "Calibration; Digital multimeters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ceely:1989:DHT,
author = "Gary A. Ceely and David J. Rustici",
title = "Design for high throughput in a system digital
multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "31--38",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Considering the history of DMM performance, it becomes
obvious that the design of the instrument as a system
in itself is critical to the performance of the
surrounding automatic test system as well. Two key
design goals for the HP 3458A were that it be able to
reconfigure itself and take a reading 200 times per
second, and that it be able to take and transfer
readings (or store them internally) at a burst rate of
100000/s. To achieve these goals, system design for the
HP 3458A focused on expediting the flow of data through
the instrument, both in the hardware and in the
firmware. The author discusses how these goals were
met.",
abstract-2 = "Achieving high throughput in a system DMM is a matter
of designing the instrument as a system for moving data
efficiently. Hardware and firmware must be designed as
integral elements of this system, not as isolated
entities. In the design of the HP 3458A, experience
with DMM performance limitations provided insight into
key areas of concern. As a result, significant
improvements in throughput were achieved through the
development of high-speed custom gate arrays for ADC
control and interprocessor communications. Use of
high-performance microprocessors and supporting
hardware also contributed to meeting design goals, as
did the investment in firmware design and development
that was necessary to translate increased hardware
performance into increased system performance.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "721; 723; 942; B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B7250G (Display, recording and
indicating instruments); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "automatic test equipment; Computer Hardware;
computerised instrumentation; Custom Gate Arrays;
Digital Multimeter; digital multimeters; Digital
Readout; DMM; Electric Measuring Instruments; firmware;
Firmware; hardware; Hardware; high throughput; High
throughput; High Throughput; HP 3458A; Logic
Devices--Gates; Microprocessor; system digital
multimeter; System digital multimeter",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Computerised
instrumentation; Digital multimeters",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Czenkusch:1989:HDT,
author = "David A. Czenkusch",
title = "High-resolution digitizing techniques with an
integrating digital multimeter",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "39--49",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "With its integrating analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
capable of making 100000 conversions per second, the HP
3458A Digital Multimeter (DMM) raises the possibility
that, for the first time, a voltmeter can satisfy many
requirements for high-resolution digitizing. What are
the characteristics of a high-resolution digitizer?
Digitizing requires a combination of fast, accurate
sampling and precise timing. It also needs a flexible
triggering capability. The HP 3458A allows sampling
through two different signal paths, each optimized for
particular applications. Converting a signal using the
DC volts function (which does not use a sample-and-hold
circuit, but depends on the short integration time of
the ADS) provides the highest resolution and noise
rejection. The direct sampling and subsampling
functions, which use a fast-sampling track-and-hold
circuit, provide higher signal bandwidth and more
precise timing.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7250G (Display, recording and indicating
instruments); B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques)",
classification = "723; 942; B7220 (Signal processing and conditioning
equipment and techniques); B7250G (Display, recording
and indicating instruments)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3458A; analogue-digital conversion; digital
multimeters; Digital Readout; Digitizing techniques;
digitizing techniques; Direct sampling; direct
sampling; Electric Measuring Instruments;
High-resolution; high-resolution; High-Resolution
Digitizing; Higher signal bandwidth; higher signal
bandwidth; hold circuits; HP; HP 3458A; Integrating
digital multimeter; Integrating Digital Multimeter;
integrating digital multimeter; precise; Precise
timing; sample and; Sampling; sampling; Subsampling
functions; subsampling functions; timing;
Track-and-Hold Circuit; Voltmeters--Electronic",
thesaurus = "Analogue-digital conversion; Digital multimeters;
Sample and hold circuits",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Nakajo:1989:SAS,
author = "Takeshi Nakajo and Katsuhiko Sasabuchi and T.
Akiyama",
title = "A structured approach to software defect analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "50--56",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "An attempt is made to identify the flaws hiding in our
current software design methodology and procedures and
examine possible countermeasures against them. We
analyzed about five hundred actual problems that
occurred during software development for three
instruments and used these defects as a basis for our
investigation. We believe that SA\slash SD methods can
solve some of our design problems. However, there are
still some challenges, which are outlined.",
abstract-2 = "Problems that occur in software development because of
human error negatively affect product quality and
project productivity. To detect these problems as early
as possible and prevent their recurrence, one approach
is to identify flaws in present software development
methodologies and procedures and recommend changes that
will yield long-term defect prevention and process
improvement. The instrument division of Yokogawa
Hewlett--Packard (YHP) joined with Kume Laboratory of
Tokyo University to analyze 523 software defects that
occurred in three products developed by YHP. They tried
to identify the flaws hiding in their current software
design methodologies and procedures, and examine the
impact of using the structured analysis and structured
design (SA/SD) methods. The paper discusses the results
of the joint investigation.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 942; C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; analysis; Computer Software; Electric
Measuring Instruments; Failure Analysis; Human error;
human error; Human Errors; Instrument division;
instrument division; Product quality; product quality;
program diagnostics; Program Faults; Software defect
analysis; Software Defect Analysis; software defect
analysis; Software development methodologies; software
development methodologies; software engineering;
structured; Structured analysis; Structured approach;
structured approach; Structured design; structured
design; Yokogawa Hewlett--Packard",
thesaurus = "Program diagnostics; Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Grady:1989:DSF,
author = "Robert B. Grady",
title = "Dissecting software failures",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "57--63",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "If we can understand why mistakes occur without
accusing individuals, we might eliminate the causes of
those mistakes. Unfortunately, discussions concerning
software defects are confusing because different people
describe them from different perspectives. This paper
discusses some of the terminology of these different
views. It then examines some simple data collection and
analysis techniques that help identify causes of
defects and point to areas where improvements can be
made. It presents some guidelines for justifying change
based upon the results of analyses.",
abstract-2 = "Most people don't like to be told that they've made a
mistake. It's only human not to want to be wrong. On
the other hand, software engineers don't intentionally
make mistakes, so if we can understand why mistakes
occur without accusing individuals, we might eliminate
the causes of those mistakes. Unfortunately,
discussions concerning software defects are confusing
because different people describe them from different
perspectives. The paper discusses some of the
terminology of these different views. It then examines
some simple data collection and analysis techniques
that help identify causes of defects and point to areas
where improvements can be made. Finally, it presents
some guidelines for justifying change based upon the
results of analyses.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 922; C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; analysis; Computer Software; data collection
and; Data collection and analysis; Failure Analysis;
Improvements; improvements; program diagnostics;
Quality Data Collection; Software defects; software
defects; software engineering; Software Failures;
Software failures; software failures",
thesaurus = "Program diagnostics; Software engineering",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Ward:1989:SDP,
author = "William T. Ward",
title = "Software defect prevention using {McCabe's} complexity
metric",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "64--69",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "It is possible to study, measure, and quantify many
aspects of the software development process, and if
sufficient data about good practices used in recently
released projects is available, real-time adjustments
can be made to ongoing projects to minimize past
mistakes and to leverage ideas from past successes.
HP's Waltham Division has maintained an extensive
software quality metrics database for products
developed here over the past three years. They have
been able to use this database during project
postmortem studies to provide insight into the
strengths and weaknesses of Waltham's software
development process. The McCable methodology and
toolset have been integrated into the Waltham software
development process over the past year. This process
has been accomplished with no disruption to current lab
projects and has resulted in several successes: each of
these successes has contributed to the overall success
of the software defect prevention program presently
underway at the Waltham lab. By identifying and
correcting software code defects very early in the
coding phase of product development, the McCabe
methodology and toolset continue to have a major impact
on efforts to improve the productivity of the Waltham
development process and the quality of the resultant
products.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "723; 922; C6110B (Software engineering techniques);
C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Software; Defects; Electronic Equipment
Testing--Automatic Testing; Failure Analysis; HP's
Waltham Division; McCabe; McCabe methodology; McCabe's
Complexity Metric; McCabe's complexity metric;
methodology; quality metrics; software; Software defect
prevention program; software defect prevention program;
software engineering; Software Modules; Software
quality metrics; software tools; Toolset; toolset;
Waltham lab; Waltham software development process",
thesaurus = "Software engineering; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fiedler:1989:OUT,
author = "Steven P. Fiedler",
title = "Object-oriented unit testing",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "69--74",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Although object-oriented environments are being used
more frequently in software development, little has
been published that addresses object-oriented testing.
The author describes the processes and experiences of
doing unit testing on modules developed with an
object-oriented language. The language is C++ and the
modules are for a clinical information system. Because
the system must acquire real-time data from other
devices over a bedside local area network and the user
requires instant information access, extensions were
made to the language to include exception handling and
process concurrency. This enhanced version is called
Extended C++. Test routines were developed and executed
in an environment similar to that used in development
of the product. This consists of an HP 9000 Series 300
HP-UK 6.01 system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and evaluating
systems); C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "714; 715; 723; C6110B (Software engineering
techniques); C6150G (Diagnostic, testing, debugging and
evaluating systems)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automatic Testing; Clinical information system;
clinical information system; Computer Programming
Languages; Computer Software; Electronic Equipment
Testing; Exception Handling; HP 9000 Series 300;
language; Local Area Network; object-oriented;
Object-Oriented Language; Object-oriented language;
object-oriented programming; Object-oriented testing;
object-oriented testing; Object-Oriented Unit Testing;
Process Concurrency; program testing; Unit testing;
Unit Testing; unit testing",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming; Program testing",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kruger:1989:VFA,
author = "Gregory A. Kruger",
title = "Validation and further application of software
reliability growth models",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "75--79",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "At HP's Lake Stevens Instrument Division, a software
reliability growth model has demonstrated its
applicability to projects ranging in size from 6 KNCSS
to 150 KNCSS (thousand lines of noncomment source
statements), and in function from instrument firmware
to application software. Reliability modeling curves
have been used to estimate the duration of system
integration testing, to contribute to the
release-to-sales decision, and to estimate field
reliability. Leveraging from the basic model, project
managers are beginning to plan staffing adjustments as
the QA effort moves through the defect-fixing-limited
phase and into the defect-finding-limited phase.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110B (Software engineering techniques)",
classification = "723; 913; 922; C6110B (Software engineering
techniques)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application software; application software; Computer
Software; Failure Analysis; Field reliability; field
reliability; Growth models; growth models; Instrument
firmware; instrument firmware; Modeling curves;
modeling curves; Reliability; Reliability Theory;
Software reliability; software reliability; Software
Reliability Growth Models",
thesaurus = "Software reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fischer:1989:CSU,
author = "William A. {Fischer, Jr.} and James W. Jost",
title = "Comparing structured and unstructured methodologies in
firmware development",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "80--85",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Structures methodologies have been promoted as a
solution to software productivity and quality problems.
At HP's Logic System Division one project used both
structures and unstructured techniques, and collected
metrics and documented observations for comparing the
two methodologies. The authors present some objective
and subjective data on the relative merits of
structures and unstructured (traditional)
methodologies.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C5140
(Firmware)",
classification = "723; 913; C5140 (Firmware); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Software; firmware; Firmware development;
Firmware Development; firmware development; HP's Logic;
HP's Logic System Division; microprogramming;
Productivity; Quality Control; Software productivity;
software productivity; Structured Methodologies;
structured programming; Structures; structures; System
Division; Unstructured; unstructured; Unstructured
Methodologies",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Microprogramming; Structured programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kurtz:1989:OMS,
author = "Barry D. Kurtz and Donna Ho and Teresa A. Wall",
title = "An object-oriented methodology for systems analysis
and specification",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "86--90",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "As software systems become larger and more complex,
the task of systems analysis continues to increase in
effort and difficulty. Traditional methodologies for
systems analysis sometimes fail to meet the analyst's
expectations because of their limitations in properly
capturing and organizing all of the information that
must be considered. Object-oriented systems analysis
(OSA) is an approach to systems analysis and
specification that builds upon the strengths of
existing methodologies and, at the same time, addresses
their weaknesses. The paper describes the basic
concepts of the OSA methodology.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Analysis; Computer Software; methodology;
object-oriented; Object-Oriented Methodology;
Object-oriented methodology; object-oriented
programming; Object-oriented systems analysis;
object-oriented systems analysis; Object-Oriented
Systems Analysis (OSA); OSA; Specification;
specification; Systems analysis; systems analysis;
Systems Engineering",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming; Systems analysis",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jessen:1989:VNI,
author = "Kenneth Jessen",
title = "{VXIbus}: {A} new interconnection standard for modular
instruments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "91--95",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The goal of the VXIbus is to provide a technically
sound standard for modular instruments that is based on
the VMEbus and is open to all manufacturers. It is a
specification for interconnecting and operating various
modules from a variety of manufacturers within a single
mainframe to satisfy the need for high-performance,
high-density instrumentation. Users are able to select
from four nodule sizes and are free to choose modules
and a mainframe from different suppliers based on price
and performance. The VXIbus standard ensures
compatibility of all the elements within a VXIbus
system. For example, a user may find that a particular
digital multimeter module offers the best combination
of price and measurement capability for a particular
job, but that the best function generator for the
application comes from another manufacturer. The user
may then select a third manufacturer for the mainframe.
This amounts to unprecedented flexibility in the
creation of an instrumentation system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5610S (System buses)",
classification = "722; 723; 902; 942; C5610S (System buses)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Hardware--Standards; computer interfaces;
Computer Software--Standards; computerised
instrumentation; Digital Multimeter; Electric Measuring
Instruments; Flexibility; flexibility; high-density;
High-density instrumentation; High-performance;
high-performance; instrumentation; Instrumentation
system; Interconnection Standard; Interconnection
standard; interconnection standard; Modular
Construction; Modular instruments; modular instruments;
Modules; modules; Specification; specification;
Standard; standard; standards; system; VMEbus; VXIbus",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Computerised instrumentation;
Standards",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Jessen:1989:VPD,
author = "Kenneth Jessen",
title = "{VXIbus} product development tools",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "2",
pages = "96--97",
month = apr,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To provide manufacturers with tools to develop VXIbus
products, Hewlett--Packard has developed a VXIbus C-size
mainframe, a Slot 0 module, and VXIbus development
software. Other accessories include a breadboard module
and a chassis shield. These tools are designed to give
the VXIbus user the ability to develop products faster
and with reduced resources. The list of HP VXIbus
development tools is presented.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5610S (System buses); C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers);
C5610S (System buses)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Breadboard Module; Breadboard module; breadboard
module; C Size Module; C-size mainframe; C-Size
Mainframe; C-size mainframe; Chassis Shield; Chassis
shield; chassis shield; Computer Hardware; computer
interfaces; Computer Software; Development software;
development software; development systems;
Hewlett--Packard; mainframes; Performance; Product
development tools; product development tools; VXIbus;
VXIbus Mainframe; VXIbus products",
thesaurus = "Computer interfaces; Development systems; Mainframes",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fatehi:1989:DBR,
author = "Feyzi Fatehi and Cynthia Givens and Le T. Hong and
Michael R. Light and Ching-Chao Liu and Michael J.
Wright",
title = "A data base for real-time applications and
environments",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "6--17",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP Real-Time Data Base is a set of subroutines and a
query facility that enable real-time application
developers to build and access a real-time,
high-performance, memory-resident data management
system. The software runs in an HP-UX environment on an
HP 9000 Series 300 or 800 Computer.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6160 (Database management systems (DBMS))",
classification = "722; 723; C6160 (Database management systems
(DBMS))",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "applications; Computer Programming; Computer Systems,
Digital--Real Time Operation; Data base; data base;
database management systems; Database Systems;
facility; High-performance; high-performance; HP 9000
Series 300; HP 9000 series 800 computer; HP Real-Time
Data Base; HP-UX environment; memory-resident data
management; Memory-Resident Data Management System;
Memory-resident data management system; query; Query
facility; real-time; Real-time applications; Real-Time
Data Base; real-time systems; Subroutines; subroutines;
system",
thesaurus = "Database management systems; Real-time systems",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Meyer:1989:NMM,
author = "Thomas O. Meyer and Russell C. Brockmann and Jeffrey
G. Hargis and John Keller and Floyd E. Moore",
title = "New midrange members of the {Hewlett--Packard Precision
Architecture} computer family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "18--25",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "New midrange HP Precision Architecture computer
systems have been added to the HP 9000 and HP 3000
Computer families. The HP 9000 Model 835 technical
computer and the HP 3000 Series 935 commercial computer
share the same system processing unit (SPU). Designed
with significantly improved floating-point and integer
performance, the Model 835/Series 935 SPU meets the
computational needs of mechanical and electrical
computer-aided engineering (CAE) and multiuser
technical and commercial applications. The HP 3000
Series 935 is configured for business applications and
runs HP's proprietary commercial operating system, MPE
XL. HP 9000 Model 835 products include the Models 835S
and 835SE general-purpose multiuser computers, the
Models 835CHX and 835SRX engineering workstations with
2D and 3D (respectively) interactive graphics, and the
powerful Model 835 TurboSRX 3D solid-rendering graphics
superworkstation with animation capability. All Model
835 systems run the HP-UX operating system. As a member
of the HP Precision Architecture family, the Model
835/Series 935 SPU supports a wide variety of
peripherals, languages, networks, and applications
programs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5420 (Mainframes and minicomputers)",
classification = "713; 714; 722; 723; C5420 (Mainframes and
minicomputers)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "16M-Byte Memory Board; 835 TurboSRX; 835CHX; 835S;
835SE; 835SRX; Architecture; Computer Architecture;
Computer Systems, Digital; Data Storage, Digital;
Engineering workstations; engineering workstations;
Floating-Point Coprocessor; General-purpose multiuser
computers; general-purpose multiuser computers; HP
3000; HP 3000 Series 935; HP 9000; HP 9000 Model 835;
HP Precision; HP Precision Architecture; Integrated
Circuits; minicomputers; Performance; Precision
Architecture Computer; Surface Mount Manufacturing",
thesaurus = "Minicomputers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Bianchi:1989:DCH,
author = "Mark J. Bianchi and Jeffery J. Kato and David J. {Van
Maren}",
title = "Data compression in a half-inch reel-to-reel tape
drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "26--31",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP 7980 tape drives are industry-standard, half-inch,
reel-to-reel, streaming tape drives that operate at 125
inches per second, have automatic tape loading, and can
be horizontally rack-mounted for better floor space
utilization. They are available in a variety of
configurations and support three industry-standard tape
formats: 800 NRZI, 1600 PE, and 6250 GCR. The HP 7980XC
Tape Drive is a new member of this family. Its special
contribution is its use of a sophisticated real-time
data compression scheme that provides extended
performance to the 6250 GCR format. The implementation
of data compression in the HP 7980XC involves two
different but complementary components. The authors
address the design and implementation of data
compression in the HP 7980XC.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "713; 714; 721; 722; C5320C (Storage on moving
magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "6250 GCR format; CMOS VLSI Chip; compression; Data
compression; data compression; Data Storage, Magnetic;
HP 7980 tape drives; HP 7980XC; HP 7980XC Tape Drive;
Information Theory--Data Compression; Integrated
Circuits, VLSI; magnetic tape; magnetic tape equipment;
real-time data; Real-time data compression;
Reel-to-Reel Tape Drive; storage; Tape",
thesaurus = "Data compression; Magnetic tape equipment; Magnetic
tape storage",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{VanMaren:1989:MTC,
author = "David J. {Van Maren} and Mark J. Bianchi and Jeffery
J. Kato",
title = "Maximizing tape capacity by super-blocking",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "32--34",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Interrecord gaps on the tape limit the capacity
improvement attainable with data compression in the HP
7980XC Tape Drive. Super-blocking eliminates most of
these gaps.",
abstract-2 = "Super-blocking is a proprietary Hewlett--Packard method
for maximizing half-inch tape data capacity. This
capacity improvement is achieved by the removal of some
of the interrecord gaps ordinarily placed between host
data records. It is performed in real time by the
firmware residing in the cache buffer of the HP 7980XC
tape drive. The authors describe how super-blocking
works.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "721; 722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic
media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Data Storage, Magnetic; Firmware; firmware; half-inch;
Half-inch tape data capacity; Hewlett--Packard; HP
7980XC; HP 7980XC tape drive; Information Theory--Data
Compression; Interrecord Gaps; Interrecord gaps;
interrecord gaps; Magnetic Tape; magnetic tape storage;
Super-Blocking; Super-blocking; super-blocking; Tape;
Tape capacity; tape capacity; tape data capacity; Tape
Drive; tape drive",
thesaurus = "Magnetic tape storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wong:1989:HLC,
author = "Roger W. Wong and Paul Hernday and Michael G. Hart and
Geraldine A. Conrad",
title = "High-speed lightwave component analysis",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "35--51",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "A new analyzer system is described. It performs
stimulus-response testing of electrical-to-optical,
optical-to-electrical, optical-to-optical, and
electrical-to-electrical components of high-speed fiber
optic communications systems.",
abstract-2 = "Looks at the HP 8702A Lightwave Component Analyzer
Three basic systems are offered: modulation capability
to 6 GHz at 1300 nm; modulation capability to 3 GHz at
1300 nm (high dynamic range); modulation capability to
3 GHz at 1550 nm (high dynamic range). Each HP 8702A
system consists of a lightwave source, a lightwave
receiver, the lightwave component analyzer, and a
lightwave coupler. The system measures the modulation
transfer function of a device under test and provides
the modulation amplitude and phase response of that
device. The input or stimulus signal can either be a
radio frequency (RF) signal or a modulated optical
signal, and the output or response signal can either be
an RF signal or a modulated optical signal. Thus, the
device under test (DUT) can be an
electrical-to-electrical, electrical-to-optical,
optical-to-electrical, or optical-to-optical.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B6260 (Optical links and equipment); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "717; 741; B6260 (Optical links and equipment);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 Micron; 1300 micron; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 3 GHz; 6
GHz; amplitude; Component Analyzer; computerised
instrumentation; Device under test; device under test;
equipment; Fiber Optic Communications Systems; Fiber
Optics; HP 8702A; Lightwave; Lightwave component;
lightwave component; Lightwave Component Analysis;
Lightwave Component Analyzer; modulated; Modulated
optical signal; modulation; Modulation amplitude;
Modulation transfer function; modulation transfer
function; Optical Communication; optical communication;
optical signal; Phase response; phase response; Radio
frequency; radio frequency; RF signal; Spectral
analyser; spectral analyser; spectral analysers;
Stimulus-Response Testing; Testing",
numericalindex = "Frequency 6.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz;
Wavelength 1.3E-03 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Optical communication
equipment; Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Albin:1989:DOH,
author = "Robert D. Albin and Kent W. Leyde and Rollin F. Rawson
and Kenneth W. Shaughnessy",
title = "Design and operation of high-frequency lightwave
sources and receivers (for lightwave component
analyser)",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "52--57",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "For high-frequency fiber optic measurements,
calibrated transitions are needed from electrical
signals to optical signals and back again. In HP 8702A
Lightwave Component Analyzer systems, these transitions
are provided by the HP 83400 family of lightwave
sources and receivers, which are designed for easy
integration into HP 8702A measurement systems. Power
supply connections, RF connections, signal levels, and
calibration data are all designed for direct
compatibility with the HP 8702A, which is the signal
processing unit in the system. To date, four lightwave
sources and two lightwave receivers have been released.
They are: HP 83400A lightwave source-1300 nm, 3-GHz
modulation, single-mode 9/125-$\mu$m fiber; HP 83401A
light source-1300 nm, 3-GHz modulation, multimode
50/125-$\mu$m fiber; HP 83402A lightwave source-1300
nm, 6-GHz modulation, single-mode 9/125-$\mu$m fiber;
HP 83403A lightwave source-1550 nm, 3-GHz modulation,
single-mode 9/125-$\mu$m fiber; HP 83410B lightwave
receiver-1300 or 1550 nm, 3-GHz modulation, multimode
62.5/125-$\mu$m fiber; and HP 83411A lightwave
receiver-1300 or 1550 nm, 6-GHz modulation, single-mode
9/125-$\mu$m fiber. The authors look at the design and
operation of these lightwave sources and receivers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B7210X (Other instrumentation and measurement
systems); B7320P (Optical variables); B4125 (Fibre
optics); B7230C (Photodetectors)",
classification = "717; 741; 744; 941; B4125 (Fibre optics); B7210X
(Other instrumentation and measurement systems); B7230C
(Photodetectors); B7320P (Optical variables)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1300 Nm; 1300 nm; 1550 Nm; 1550 nm; 3 GHz; 8702A
Lightwave Component Analyzer; 8702A measurement
systems; analysers; computerised instrumentation; Fiber
Optics; Fibre optics; fibre optics; High-Frequency
Fiber Optic Measurements; HP; HP 83400 family; HP
83400A; HP 83401A; HP 83402A; HP 83403A; HP 83410B; HP
83411A; HP 8702A Lightwave Component Analyzer; HP 8702A
measurement systems; Lasers; light sources; Lightwave
receivers; lightwave receivers; Lightwave Sources;
Lightwave sources; lightwave sources; Measurements;
Optical Communication; Optical Signals; Optical
Variables Measurement; optical variables measurement;
Photodetectors; photodetectors; Signal Receivers;
spectral",
numericalindex = "Wavelength 1.3E-06 m; Wavelength 1.55E-06 m;
Frequency 3.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Fibre optics; Light
sources; Optical variables measurement; Photodetectors;
Spectral analysers",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Tuttle:1989:VNT,
author = "Myron R. Tuttle and Danny Low",
title = "Videoscope: a nonintrusive test tool for personal
computers",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "58--64",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The Videoscope system uses signature analysis
techniques developed for digital troubleshooting to
provide a tool that allows a tester to create an
automated test suite for doing performance,
compatibility, and regression testing of applications
running on HP Vectra Personal Computers. Videoscope is
a test tool developed and used by HP's Personal
Computer Group (PCG) for automated performance,
compatibility, and regression testing of interactive
applications running on HP Vectra Personal Computers.
It is independent of the operating system and
nonintrusive. Nonintrusive means that it does not
interfere with or affect the performance and behavior
of the application being tested or the operating
system. Videoscope is for internal use and is not
available as a product.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C5430 (Microcomputers)",
classification = "722; 723; C5430 (Microcomputers); C6115 (Programming
support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "analysis; Automated test suite; automated test suite;
Automatic Testing; Compatibility testing; compatibility
testing; Computers, Digital--Shift Registers;
Computers, Personal; Digital Troubleshooting; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP; HP Vectra Personal Computers;
microcomputers; nonintrusive; Nonintrusive test tool;
Nonintrusive Test Tool; Performance testing;
performance testing; Personal computers; personal
computers; program testing; Regression testing;
regression testing; signature; Signature Analysis;
Signature analysis; software tools; test tool; Vectra
Personal Computers; Videoscope system",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Microcomputers; Program
testing; Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Shackleford:1989:NDS,
author = "J. Barry Shackleford",
title = "Neural data structures: programming with neurons",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "69--78",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Networks of neurons can quickly find good solutions to
many optimization problems. Looking at such problems in
terms of certain neural data structures makes
programming neural networks natural and intuitive. To
develop an intuition for programming with neurons, a
conceptual model is needed. This model has three
layers. The innermost layer is the Hopfield neuron.
Changing the properties of the neuron has a global
effect on the problem. The second layer is composed of
elemental data structures suited to the properties of
neurons. The third layer is the method by which the gap
between the data structure and the problem statement is
bridged. It can be explained and observed but, like
programming in conventional computer languages, it is
best practiced.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Yokogawa",
affiliationaddress = "Yokogawa, Jpn",
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C1230 (Artificial
intelligence); C5210 (Logic design methods)",
classification = "461; 721; 723; C1230 (Artificial intelligence);
C5210 (Logic design methods); C6120 (File
organisation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Automata Theory; Computer Programming; data; Data
Processing--Data Structures; Data structures; data
structures; Hopfield neuron; logic design; networks;
neural; Neural data structures; Neural Data Structures;
neural data structures; Neural Nets; neural nets;
Neural networks; Optimization problems; optimization
problems; Programming with neurons; programming with
neurons; structures; Systems Science and Cybernetics",
thesaurus = "Data structures; Logic design; Neural nets",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Marcoux:1989:NSM,
author = "Paul J. Marcoux and Paul P. Merchant and Vladimir
Naroditsky and Wulf D. Rehder",
title = "A new {2D} simulation model of electromigration",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "3",
pages = "79--84",
month = jun,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Electromigration in miniature IC interconnect lines is
simulated in HP's sophisticated two-dimensional model,
giving new quantitative and graphical insights into one
of the most important metallization failure sources for
VLSI chips. The author looks at this 2D simulation
model for electromigration.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliationaddress = "USA",
classcodes = "B2560B (Modelling and equivalent circuits); B2570
(Semiconductor integrated circuits); C7410D (Electronic
engineering)",
classification = "539; 713; 714; 723; B2560B (Modelling and equivalent
circuits); B2570 (Semiconductor integrated circuits);
C7410D (Electronic engineering)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "2D Simulation; Computer Simulation; Electromigration;
electromigration; Integrated Circuit
Manufacture--Metallizing; Integrated Circuits, VLSI;
Interconnect lines; interconnect lines; Miniature IC;
miniature IC; semiconductor device models; Simulation
model; simulation model; Two-dimensional model;
two-dimensional model; VLSI; VLSI Chips",
thesaurus = "Electromigration; Semiconductor device models; VLSI",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fuller:1989:OHN,
author = "Ian J. Fuller",
title = "An overview of the {HP NewWave} environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "6--8",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The NewWave environment is a comprehensive system
developed by HP to provide a new level of flexibility
and ease of use in our business systems. This article
presents the history, the motivation, and an overview
of the features and major components of the NewWave
environment. The NewWave environment allows users to
concentrate on the task and not the computer system.
For developers of new applications, it provides the
facilities to integrate applications into the NewWave
environment.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support); C6110 (Systems analysis
and programming); C6180 (User interfaces); C7100
(Business and administration)",
classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming); C6115
(Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces); C7100
(Business and administration)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application Programs; Applications; Computer Networks;
Computer Software; Data Processing, Business;
Flexibility; flexibility; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; History; history; HP NewWave
environment; Integrated Software Packages;
object-oriented programming; Office Automation; office
automation; Office Systems Software; Open Architecture;
Personal Computer Software; programming environments;
user interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
programming; Office automation; Programming
environments; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Showman:1989:OUI,
author = "Peter S. Showman",
title = "An object-based user interface for the {HP NewWave}
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "9--17",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The NewWave environment is designed to allow users to
focus on their tasks and not the tools. A key element
of the HP NewWave environment is the combination of a
system conceptual model, which defines the user's
perception of how the system works, and an object
model, which defines the architecture of the system.
This article describes the NewWave conceptual model and
object model by presenting examples based on an office
metaphor.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming);
C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User interfaces)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Architecture; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Software; Data Integration; environment; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave; HP
NewWave environment; Integrated Software; metaphor;
Object Based Architecture; Object Based User Interface;
Object model; object model; Object-based user
interface; object-based user interface; object-oriented
programming; office; Office Automation; Office
Automation Software; Office metaphor; programming
environments; System Conceptual Model; System
conceptual model; system conceptual model; user
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Object-oriented
programming; Programming environments; User
interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Dysart:1989:NOM,
author = "John A. Dysart",
title = "The {NewWave} object management facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "17--23",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The NewWave object management facility (OMF) provides
the HP NewWave environment with a sophisticated
object-based file system. The OMF supports a powerful
mechanism for building compound, multimedia objects
with automatic transfer of data when changes are made.
Although it does not have any user interface itself, it
is in some ways the most important part of the NewWave
user interface. This paper describes the concepts and
features of this system.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6120 (File organisation); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support); C6120 (File
organisation)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Code Sharing; Compound Multimedia Objects; Computer
Software; Data Processing, Business; Data Sharing;
environments; file organisation; File Organization;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP
NewWave environment; Integrated Software; NewWave
environment; NewWave object management facility; Object
Based File; Object Management Facility; Object-based
file system; object-based file system; Office
Automation; OMF; programming",
thesaurus = "File organisation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lam:1989:NO,
author = "Beatrice Lam and Scott A. Hanson and Anthony J. Day",
title = "The {NewWave Office}",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "23--31",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP NewWave Office is the focal point for the
user's interaction with the NewWave environment, and it
is the first NewWave object the user sees when the
NewWave environment is initialized. It remains active
throughout the entire session until the user terminates
the NewWave environment. It incorporates many special
features to reinforce the office concept in the minds
of users. These features include iconic representation
of tools found in a real office. It is easy to work
with these tools using a mouse to manipulate the icons
that represent the tools. The article describes the
main features of the NewWave Office and shows how these
features interact with other NewWave components.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6180 (User interfaces); C6115 (Programming support);
C7100 (Business and administration)",
classification = "722; 723; C6115 (Programming support); C6180 (User
interfaces); C7100 (Business and administration)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Graphics--Interactive; Computer Interfaces;
Computer Peripheral Equipment--Graphics; environments;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP; HP
NewWave Office; Iconic Representation; Iconic
representation; iconic representation; Icons; icons;
Mouse; mouse; NewWave environment; NewWave Office;
NewWave Software Environment; Office Automation; office
automation; Office Environment; Office environment;
office environment; programming; Tools; tools; User
interface; User Interface; user interface; user
interfaces",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Office automation;
Programming environments; User interfaces",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Stearns:1989:AHN,
author = "Glenn R. Stearns",
title = "Agents and the {HP NewWave} application program
interface",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "32--37",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "To improve the productivity and ease of use of
workstation applications, products such as macro
processors, script facilities, and integrated
intelligent front-end processors are being incorporated
into application programs. These allow the machine to
do more of the work in performing a task. If these
facilities are integrated into each application
designed for a software environment, they can be
accessed from the integrating environment and operate
across all the applications. One of these facilities,
known as an agent, performs tasks on behalf of the user
within and across applications. The agent is a software
paradigm, like objects. The agent is added to the
system to increase its intelligence. Objects provide
the capabilities the agent has at its disposal. The
agent uses the objects in an intelligent way to perform
work on behalf of the user.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Agent; agent; Application Program Interface;
Artificial Intelligence; Computer Interfaces; Computer
Software--Software Engineering; Data Processing,
Business; environment; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave application; HP NewWave
application program interface; Integrated intelligent
front-end processors; integrated intelligent front-end
processors; Integrated Software; Integrating
environment; integrating environment; Macro processors;
macro processors; Object Based Software; Office
Automation; paradigm; program interface; programming
environments; Script facilities; script facilities;
software; Software environment; Software paradigm;
Software Paradigm; Software robot; Software Robot;
software robot; software tools; Workstation
Applications",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments;
Software tools",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Packard:1989:EAT,
author = "Barbara B. Packard and Charles H. Whelan",
title = "An extensible agent task language",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "38--42",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The agent task language of the HP NewWave environment
is a set of procedural commands that provide users
access to the task automation functions of the NewWave
environment. With this language, users of the HP
NewWave environment can create scripts to direct their
NewWave agent to perform tasks for them. The language
is designed for both novice and knowledgeable users.
The Task Language is discussed.",
abstract-2 = "The agent task language of the HP NewWave environment
is a set of procedural commands that provide users
access to the task automation functions of the NewWave
environment. Scripts can be written to create, delete,
modify, and otherwise manipulate NewWave objects. The
scripts are processed by an interpretive engine, which
is part of the agent object.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6140D (High level languages); C6115 (Programming
support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support); C6140D (High level
languages)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Agent object; agent object; Agent task language; Agent
Task Language; agent task language; Computer
Metatheory--Programming Theory; Computer Operating
Systems--Program Compilers; Computer Programming
Languages; Create; create; Delete; delete; environment;
environments; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; high level languages; HP NewWave; HP
NewWave environment; Interpretive engine; interpretive
engine; Manipulate; manipulate; Modify; modify; NewWave
objects; Object Based Software; Object Manipulation;
Problem Orientation; Procedural Commands; Procedural
commands; procedural commands; programming; Script
Creation; Scripts; scripts; Task Automation; Task
automation functions; task automation functions",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; High level languages;
Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Spilman:1989:HNE,
author = "Vicky Spilman and Eugene J. Wong",
title = "The {HP NewWave} environment help facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "43--47",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "During the investigation and design phases of the help
facility for the HP NewWave environment, the
development team followed objectives passed down from
the system level. Among these were ease of use,
emphasis on the tasks instead of the tools, and
consistent user interfaces. Other objectives were also
added specifically for the help facility, but all of
these objectives can be summarized by four descriptors:
common facility, context sensitive, intuitive user
interface, and unobtrusive. This Help Facility is
outlined.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Common Facility; Computer Programming; Computer
Software; Context Sensitive; Help Facility; Hewlett
Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave
environment help facility; Intuitive User Interface;
NewWave Applications; Office Automation; Problem
Orientation; programming environments; Windows
Environment",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Lynch-Freshner:1989:NCT,
author = "Lawrence A. Lynch-Freshner and R. Thomas Watson and
Brian B. Egan and John J. Jencek",
title = "{NewWave} computer-based training development
facility",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "48--56",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Computer-based training, or CBT, has been extensively
used by the military for teaching. Properly written CBT
can cut costs while raising retention and motivation.
Achieving this requires a partnership between the
courseware and the CBT authoring software.
Computer-based training in the NewWave environment
allows users to learn how to use the system at their
own pace, and provides facilities for users to create
their own computer-based training courseware. The HP
NewWave CBT facility is discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C7810C (Computer-aided instruction); C6115
(Programming support)",
classification = "723; 901; 912; C6115 (Programming support); C7810C
(Computer-aided instruction)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computer aided instruction; Computer Based Training;
Computer Software; computer-based training development;
Computer-based training development facility;
Computerized Teaching; Courseware; courseware;
Education--Teaching; facility; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave environment;
Intelligent Tutoring; NewWave Environment; Personnel
Training; Personnel Training--Computer Applications;
programming environments; training",
thesaurus = "Computer aided instruction; Hewlett Packard computers;
Programming environments; Training",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Crow:1989:EAN,
author = "William M. Crow",
title = "Encapsulation of applications in the {NewWave}
environment",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "57--66 (or 57--64??)",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "For an existing MS-DOS based application program to
operate correctly in the HP NewWave environment, either
the application must be modified, the HP NewWave
environment must recognize and accommodate the MS-DOS
application, or an additional program must provide an
interface between the MS-DOS application and the HP
NewWave environment. The HP NewWave encapsulation
facility uses a combination of all these techniques to
provide a wide range of support for applications not
specifically written to operate in the HP NewWave
environment. The NewWave encapsulation facilities are
discussed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6115 (Programming support)",
classification = "723; C6115 (Programming support)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Application Program; Application Specific
Encapsulation; Applications; applications; Computer
Operating Systems--Program Translators; Computer
Programming; Computer Software; DOS Programs;
Encapsulation facilities; encapsulation facilities;
Generic Encapsulation; Hewlett Packard computers;
Hewlett--Packard; HP NewWave environment; HP NewWave
Environment; HP NewWave environment; Portability;
Program Conversion; programming environments",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Programming environments",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Topham:1989:MDN,
author = "Andrew D. Topham",
title = "Mechanical design of a new quarter-inch Cartridge Tape
Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "67--73",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The ever-increasing volumes of data being handled by
computer systems make it mandatory for backup tape
devices to continue to match the growing disc
capacities being projected. Both data transfer rate and
tape cartridge capacity must continually be improved.
The HP 9145A $1/4$-inch cartridge tape drive was
developed in response to this need. The HP 9144A has a
cartridge capacity of 67 Mbytes and a data transfer
rate of 2 Mbytes per minute. The autochanger uses the
same mechanism and has the same transfer rate, but
achieves a capacity of 536 Mbytes by changing eight
tape cartridges without operator attention.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "/Sup 1///sub 4/-inch cartridge tape drive; /sup
1///sub 4/-inch cartridge tape drive; 0.033 MByte/s;
0.25 In; 0.25 in; 536 MB; 67 MB; Autochanger;
autochanger; backup; Backup tape devices; Cartridge
Tape Drive; Data Storage Units; Data Storage,
Digital--Storage Devices; Data Storage, Magnetic; Data
transfer rate; data transfer rate; Hewlett Packard
computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP 9145A; magnetic tape
storage; Mechanical Design; Quarter-inch cartridge tape
drive; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive; Tape; Tape
cartridge capacity; tape cartridge capacity; tape
devices; Tape Speed; Track Density",
numericalindex = "Size 6.3E-03 m; Memory size 7.0E+07 Byte; Byte rate
3.3E+04 Byte/s; Memory size 5.62E+08 Byte",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Magnetic tape storage",
treatment = "P Practical",
xxauthor = "Andrew D. Tompham",
}
@Article{Gills:1989:RAQ,
author = "David Gills",
title = "Reliability assessment of a quarter-inch Cartridge
Tape Drive",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "74--78",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The quality goals for the HP 9145A tape drive included
a failure rate that was half that of the earlier HP
9144A, an error rate performance that was 10 times
better than the HP 9144A's, the same useful life as the
HP 9144A, and full backwards compatibility with all HP
/sup 1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges. The reliability
test plan showed that to be able to halve the failure
rate value within the development time of just over 1.5
years, then approximately 100 prototype units would be
needed, resulting in an accumulation of 97000 test
hours before manufacturing release. Reliability growth
was monitored using the Duane plot technique, and there
were interim goals at each of several checkpoints
within the development program. The reliability of this
product is also being continuously assessed during
manufacturing. For this purpose a detailed
manufacturing reliability audit test schedule was
developed.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
classification = "722; C5320C (Storage on moving magnetic media)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges; Audit Test Schedule;
Cartridge Tape Drive; Computer Hardware--Reliability;
Data Storage Units--Quality Control; Data Storage,
Magnetic; Duane plot technique; Error rate performance;
error rate performance; Failure rate; failure rate;
Hewlett Packard computers; Hewlett--Packard; HP /sup; HP
/sup 1///sub 4/-inch data cartridges; HP 9145A; HP
9145A tape drive; magnetic tape storage; Manufacturing
Reliability; Manufacturing reliability audit test
schedule; manufacturing reliability audit test
schedule; Quality Standards; Quarter-inch cartridge
tape drive; quarter-inch cartridge tape drive;
reliability; Reliability Assessment; Tape; tape drive",
thesaurus = "Hewlett Packard computers; Magnetic tape storage;
Reliability",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Bartlett:1989:USM,
author = "Paul F. Bartlett and Paul F. Robinson and Tracey A.
Hains and Mark J. Simms",
title = "Use of structured methods for real-time peripheral
firmware",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "79--86",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In the development of the HP 9145A Cartridge Tape
Drive at HP Computer Peripherals Bristol Division (CPB)
the firmware was always on the critical path during the
entire product development time. Each engineer on the
project was equipped with an HP 9000 Series 300
workstation which was used for program development and
emulation. To enable us to use the structured analysis
and structured design (SA\slash SD) methods
effectively, HP Teamwork\slash SA was installed on each
workstation. Other software tools that we used included
a code-efficient cross compiler from C to 68000
assembly language and a 68000 emulator. This paper
describes our experiences with applying SA\slash SD
techniques and tools to the development of the HP 9145A
firmware.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "722; 723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Computer Peripheral Equipment--Computer Aided Design;
Computer Peripherals Bristol Division; Computer
Programming; Data Processing--Critical Path Analysis;
Data Storage, Magnetic--Tape; Development schedule;
development schedule; firmware; Firmware Development;
Firmware development process; firmware development
process; Hewlett--Packard; peripheral firmware; product;
quality; Quality product; Real Time Peripheral
Firmware; real-time; Real-time peripheral firmware;
SA/SD; Software Tools; Structured Analysis; Structured
analysis/structured design; structured
analysis/structured design; Structured Design;
Structured methods; structured methods; structured
programming; Subroutines",
thesaurus = "Firmware; Structured programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Kraemer:1989:PDU,
author = "Thomas F. Kraemer",
title = "Product development using object-oriented software
technology",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "4",
pages = "87--97, 99--100",
month = aug,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Object-oriented technology is rapidly becoming an
accepted technology for designing and developing
software systems. The essential idea in the
object-oriented approach is that data and procedures
are represented in a structure called an object, and
the data is only accessible through the procedures
contained in the object. Also, objects are the basic
building blocks for any system designed using an
object-oriented approach. This paper provides a brief
history, a tutorial, and a description of HP's Lake
Stevens Instrument Division's experience using the
technology for product development.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
classcodes = "C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
classification = "723; C6110 (Systems analysis and programming)",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Code Reuse; Computer Programming Languages--Problem
Orientation; Computer Programming--Analysis; Computer
Software; Data Processing--Data Structures; Data
Representation; Design; Hewlett--Packard; history;
History; HP Lake Stevens Instrument Division; Object
Oriented Language; Object Oriented Software; object-;
object-oriented programming; Object-oriented software
technology; oriented software technology; product
development; Product development; Software Development;
Software Maintainability; software systems; Software
systems",
thesaurus = "Object-oriented programming",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Leath:1989:YCT,
author = "Charles L. Leath",
title = "40 years of chronicling technical achievement",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "6--13",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Mon Feb 3 18:59:03 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Over the last 40 years the HP Journal has created a
record of HP's technical achievements by communicating
technical information to professional people in all
fields served by HP. With Hewlett--Packard celebrating
its 50th anniversary the author takes a look at the HP
Journal, past and present, and some of the
technological history of Hewlett--Packard it has
chronicled.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett--Packard Journal",
affiliationaddress = "Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classification = "709; 745; 901; 903",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Electrical Engineering; Engineering; HP Journal;
Information Dissemination; Publishing; Technical
Information",
}
@Article{McNamee:1989:MFH,
author = "Michael D. McNamee and David L. Platt",
title = "A modular family of high-performance signal
generators",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "14--20",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "HP has developed a new family of internally modular
signal generators called the performance signal
generators (PSG). The three members of this family are
the HP 8644A 1-GHz or 2-GHz synthesized signal
generator, the HP 8645A 1-GHz or 2-GHz agile signal
generator, and the HP 8665A 4.2-GHz synthesized signal
generator. These three signal generators are designed
for three specific application segments. The HP 8644A
is for the traditional out-of-channel transceiver test
applications. The HP 8645A is focused on frequency
agile transceiver testing. The HP 8665A is designed for
high-performance applications up to 4.2 GHz,
particularly radar, telemetry, and spurious testing of
UHF transceivers.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "714; 715; 716; B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "1 GHz; 2 GHz; 4.2 GHz; 8645A; Agile Signal Generator;
Agile signal generator; agile signal generator;
applications; computerised instrumentation; Electronic
Equipment Testing; Frequency agile transceiver testing;
frequency agile transceiver testing; generator;
generators; Hewlett Packard computers; High Performance
Signal Generators; high-performance; High-performance
applications; HP; HP 8644A; HP 8645A; HP 8665A;
Internally modular signal generators; internally
modular signal generators; Out-of-channel transceiver
test applications; out-of-channel transceiver test
applications; Performance; performance signal;
Performance signal generators; PSG; Radar; radar;
Signal Generators; signal generators; Spurious testing;
spurious testing; synthesized signal; Synthesized
signal generator; synthesized signal generator;
Telemetry; telemetry; Transceiver Test; transceivers;
UHF; UHF transceivers; UHF Transceivers",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 2.0E+09 Hz;
Frequency 4.2E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical; R Product Review",
}
@Article{Kanago:1989:FDM,
author = "Kerwin D. Kanago and Mark A. Stambaugh and Brian D.
Watkins",
title = "Firmware development for modular instrumentation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "20--26",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP performance signal generators (PSG) product
line represents an internally modular platform approach
to the development of signal generators. Since reuse
was a key issue in PSG control firmware development,
the majority of the control firmware was written in a
high-level language. Only time-critical routines, code
that directly interfaces with hardware, and certain
library routines were written in assembly code. The
control firmware for all three PSG instruments consists
of 100 KNCSS (thousands of noncomment source
statements) of Pascal source code and 8 KNCSS of
assembly language source code.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems)",
classification = "715; 722; 723; 942; B1230 (Signal generators);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C6100 (Software techniques and
systems); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "assembly language source; Assembly language source
code; code; computerised instrumentation; computers;
Control Firmware; development; Electric Measuring
Instruments--Modular Construction; firmware; Hewlett
Packard; High-level language; high-level language; HP
performance signal generators; Internally modular
platform; internally modular platform; KNCSS; Library
routines; library routines; Modular instrumentation;
modular instrumentation; Pascal source code;
Performance; PSG control firmware; PSG control firmware
development; Reuse; reuse; Signal Generators; signal
generators; statements; thousands of noncomment source;
Thousands of noncomment source statements;
Time-critical routines; time-critical routines",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Firmware; Hewlett
Packard computers; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Andersen:1989:RSG,
author = "Brad E. Andersen and Earl C. Herleikson",
title = "{RF} signal generator single-loop frequency synthesis,
phase noise reduction, and frequency modulation",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "27--33",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The three HP performance signal generators (PSG) share
a common synthesis block diagram. In the article,
operation of each frequency-locked loop and its effect
on noise performance is discussed. The frequency
modulation scheme is also explained, including loop
crossovers and the various operating modes.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "701; 713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230 (Signal
generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; Delay Line
Discriminators; Frequency modulation; Frequency
Modulation; frequency modulation; Frequency
Synthesizers; Frequency-locked loop; frequency-locked
loop; Frequency-Locked Loops; generators; Hewlett
Packard computers; HP performance signal; HP
performance signal generators; Loop crossovers; loop
crossovers; Noise performance; noise performance; noise
reduction; Operating modes; operating modes;
Performance; phase; Phase Locked Loops; Phase noise
reduction; Phase Noise Reduction; phase-locked loops;
RF Signal Generator; RF signal generator single-loop
frequency synthesis; Signal Generators; signal
generators; Single-Loop Frequency Synthesis; Synthesis
block diagram; synthesis block diagram",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Phase-locked loops; Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{McJunkin:1989:DCF,
author = "Barton L. McJunkin and David M. Hoover",
title = "Design considerations in a fast hopping
voltage-controlled oscillator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "34--36",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "In its fast hopping mode of operation, the HP 8645A
agile signal generator can switch to a new frequency in
less than 15 microseconds with an accuracy of one part
per million or better. The article describes the fast
hopping VCO block diagram and the five major technical
challenges that had to be met to build the fast hopping
VCO.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230B (Oscillators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 715; B1230B (Oscillators); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); B7250E (Signal
generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Agile Signal Generator; computerised instrumentation;
Design; Fast Hopping VCO; generator; Hewlett Packard
computers; HP 8645A agile signal; HP 8645A agile signal
generator; Oscillators; Signal Generators; signal
generators; variable-frequency oscillators; VCO block
diagram; Voltage-controlled oscillator;
Voltage-Controlled Oscillator; voltage-controlled
oscillator",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Signal generators; Variable-frequency
oscillators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Summers:1989:HFS,
author = "James B. Summers and Douglas R. Snook",
title = "High-spectral-purity frequency synthesis in a
microwave signal generator",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "37--41",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The HP 8665A is the high-frequency member of the
performance signal generator family. Like the other PSG
instruments, it employs a simplified single-loop
frequency synthesis scheme. The HP 8665A differs,
however, in that its fundamental oscillator operates in
the octave from 3 to 6 GHz. The fundamental oscillator
is a YIG-tuned oscillator that provides low phase noise
and low-distortion FM. A low-noise GaAs divider IC was
developed to allow division of the 3-to-6-GHz octave
into the frequency range of the PSG fractional-N
synthesis hardware and the optional frequency
discriminator noise reduction hardware. This allows the
entire performance signal generator family to share
common synthesis hardware, reducing development time
and production costs.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 715; B1230 (Signal generators); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "3 To 6 GHz; 3 to 6 GHz; computerised instrumentation;
frequency discriminator noise reduction; Frequency
discriminator noise reduction hardware; Frequency
range; frequency range; Frequency Synthesizers;
frequency synthesizers; GaAs divider; generator;
generators; hardware; Hewlett Packard computers; High
spectral-purity frequency synthesis; high
spectral-purity frequency synthesis;
High-Spectral-Purity Frequency Synthesis; HP 8665A;
loop frequency synthesis; low phase; Low phase noise;
Low-distortion FM; low-distortion FM; microwave
oscillators; microwave signal; Microwave signal
generator; noise; Oscillators--Garnets; Performance;
Performance signal generator; performance signal
generator; PSG fractional-N; PSG fractional-N synthesis
hardware; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; signal;
Signal Generators--Microwaves; single-; Single-loop
frequency synthesis; synthesis hardware; Synthesized
Signal Generator; yig-tuned Fundamental Oscillator;
YIG-tuned oscillator",
numericalindex = "Frequency 3.0E+09 to 6.0E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Frequency synthesizers;
Hewlett Packard computers; Microwave oscillators;
Signal generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Fried:1989:MSG,
author = "Steve R. Fried and Keith L. Fries and John M. Sims",
title = "Microwave signal generator output system design",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "42--50",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The output system of the HP 8665A synthesized signal
generator takes the synthesized and divided signals
from a GaAs divider IC and produces an output signal in
the range of 0.1 MHz to 4.2 GHz. It also provides
automatic level control (ALC), amplitude modulation,
and reverse power protection. The main output section,
which provides output frequencies from 0.1 MHz to 3
GHz, consists of a divided output section for
frequencies from 0.1875 to 3 GHz and a heterodyne
output section for frequencies from 0.1 to 187.5 MHz.
There is a separate microwave extender output section
for frequencies from 3 to 4.2 GHz.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAsIC/int As/int Ga/int C/int I/int GaAsIC/ss As/ss
Ga/ss C/ss I/ss",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave
techniques); B1230 (Signal generators); B1350
(Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B (Automatic
test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230 (Signal generators);
B1350 (Microwave circuits and devices); B7210B
(Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); B7310N (Microwave techniques);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "0.1 MHz to 3 GHz; 0.1 MHz to 4.2; 0.1 MHz to 4.2 GHz;
0.1 To 187.5 MHz; 0.1 to 187.5 MHz; 0.1875 To 3 GHz;
0.1875 to 3 GHz; 3; 3 To 4.2 GHz; ALC; Amplitude
Modulation; Amplitude modulation; amplitude modulation;
automatic level; Automatic Level Control; Automatic
level control; automatic test equipment; control;
Divided output section; divided output section; GaAs
divider IC; GHz; Heterodyne Output; heterodyne output;
Heterodyne output section; Hewlett Packard computers;
HP 8665A; HP 8665A synthesized signal generator;
Microwave; microwave devices; Microwave Extender;
Microwave extender output section; microwave extender
output section; microwave generation; Microwave signal
generation; microwave signal generation; Output signal;
output signal; Output system design; output system
design; protection; reverse power; Reverse power
protection; section; Signal Generators; signal
generators; Synthesized Signal Generator; synthesized
signal generator; Thick-Film Microcircuits; to 4.2
GHz",
numericalindex = "Frequency 1.0E+05 to 4.2E+09 Hz; Frequency 1.0E+05
to 3.0E+09 Hz; Frequency 1.875E+08 to 3.0E+09 Hz;
Frequency 1.0E+05 to 1.875E+08 Hz; Frequency 3.0E+09 to
4.2E+09 Hz",
thesaurus = "Automatic test equipment; Hewlett Packard computers;
Microwave devices; Microwave generation; Signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Snook:1989:DHP,
author = "Douglas R. Snook and G. Stephen Curtis",
title = "Design of a high-performance pulse modulation system",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "51--59",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "The pulse modulation option for the HP 8665A
synthesized signal generator adds a pulse modulator and
an internal pulse generator. The pulse modulator uses
gallium arsenide field-effect transistor switches on
microwave monolithic integrated circuits. The paper
looks at its design.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
chemicalindex = "GaAs/int As/int Ga/int GaAs/bin As/bin Ga/bin",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B1230J (Pulse generators);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
classification = "712; 713; 715; 716; 717; 718; B1230J (Pulse
generators); B7210B (Automatic test and measurement
systems); B7250E (Signal generators); C7410H
(Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "computerised instrumentation; GaAs; gallium arsenide
field-effect transistor; Gallium arsenide field-effect
transistor switches; Gallium Arsenide Field-Effect
Transistor Switches; Hewlett Packard computers;
High-performance pulse modulation system;
high-performance pulse modulation system; HP 8665A; HP
8665A synthesized signal generator; Integrated
Circuits, Monolithic--Microwaves; internal; Internal
pulse generator; Internal Pulse Generator; Microwave
monolithic integrated circuits; microwave monolithic
integrated circuits; Modulators; Performance; pulse
generator; Pulse Generators; pulse generators; Pulse
Modulation; pulse modulation; Pulse modulator; pulse
modulator; Semiconducting Gallium Arsenide; signal
generators; switches; Synthesized Signal Generator;
synthesized signal generator",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Pulse generators; Pulse modulation; Signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Wright:1989:RRE,
author = "Larry R. Wright and Donald T. Borowski",
title = "Reducing radiated emissions in the performance signal
generator family",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "59--68 (or 59--65??)",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Radiated interference is a common problem in signal
generators. The performance signal generator product
line offers the user a choice of two levels of radiated
emissions. The lower level, option 010, is for
extremely sensitive applications, such as testing
pagers and transceivers, for which the standard level
is not acceptable. The paper shows how radiated
emissions were reduced in the HP PSG family.",
acknowledgement = ack-nhfb,
affiliation = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
classcodes = "B7250E (Signal generators); B7210B (Automatic test and
measurement systems); B1230 (Signal generators); B5230
(Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
C7410H (Instrumentation)",
classification = "711; 715; 716; B1230 (Signal generators); B5230
(Electromagnetic compatibility and interference);
B7210B (Automatic test and measurement systems); B7250E
(Signal generators); C7410H (Instrumentation)",
corpsource = "Hewlett Packard Co., Palo Alto, CA, USA",
journalabr = "Hewlett Packard J",
keywords = "Antennas--Radiation; computerised instrumentation;
Hewlett Packard computers; HP PSG family; Option 010;
option 010; Pagers; pagers; Performance; performance;
Performance signal generator family; Radiated
Emissions; Radiated emissions; radiated emissions;
Radiated interference; Radiated Interference; radiated
interference; radiofrequency interference; signal
generator family; Signal Generators; signal generators;
Signal Interference; Standard level; standard level;
Testing; testing; Transceivers; transceivers",
thesaurus = "Computerised instrumentation; Hewlett Packard
computers; Radiofrequency interference; Signal
generators",
treatment = "P Practical",
}
@Article{Sloan:1989:PPT,
author = "Susan R. Sloan",
title = "Processing and passivation techniques for fabrication
of high-speed {InP\slash InGaAs\slash InP} mesa
photodetectors",
journal = j-HEWLETT-PACKARD-J,
volume = "40",
number = "5",
pages = "69--75",
month = oct,
year = "1989",
CODEN = "HPJOAX",
ISSN = "0018-1153",
bibdate = "Tue Mar 25 14:12:15 MST 1997",
bibsource = "Compendex database",
abstract = "Proper surface preparation and a conformal mesa